(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Undergraduate consolidated catalog / the University of Maryland at College Park"

jniversiTY of marvLanD coLLece parK, marYLano 20742 




universiTY 
OF marvLanD 
ai coLLece pan^ 

consoLiDareD 
unoercraDuaTe 

caraLOG 



"^^^^ 





■^T- 



-T 



«s 




\am\ 



V- 



w 




I 



■^ i2 -J 




t«afc»MiiMl«w I IT 1 1 ■ ^».4^.^ 



■ms, 



n • 



-^.:c- 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

AT COLLEGE PARK 

UNDERGRADUATE 

CONSOLIDATED CATALOG 

1971-72 



THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND BULLETIN is published: once in August; three times in September; 
two times in October; once in November; seven times in December; three times in January; once m 
February; once in March; two times in April; four times in May; two times in June; and three times in 
July. Published thirty times. Re-entered as second class mail matter under the Act of Congress on 
August 24, 1912, and second class postage paid at College Park, Maryland 20742. 




INDEX 




CODE 


INDEX 




CODE 


INDEX 


Adminlxrolion^Bra^. 






DoirY ITurnor Lob) 




Mt 


Heotinq Plont 


Moin Admin. SIdq 




hi 


Doiry Born 




K2 


Heo.yDe.corchLob 


North Admin BIdg 




K» 


Denton Hotl 




E2 


Holioplel Holl 


South Admin BIdq .Grod Sc 


hool BIdq 


K7 


Dininq Holl 1 




IB 


Home Economic* 


Adult Education Cfnttr 




C6 


Dininq Holl 2 




12 


Home Monoqemcnt Center 




1 HolH 


KS 


Dininq Holl 3 




01 


Indutt'iol Educotion Anrtei 


Aqriculturi Publicotiont Ann*i 




IB 


Dininq Holl 4 




El 


Infirmory— Heolth Service 


Animol Scitnct C«nt«t 






Dininq Holl S 




G2 


Informotion 


Annopolit Holl 




K9 


Droki Locturi Holli 




K4 


Mom Adm.n lldq 


Aplory 




fZ 


Educotion Ann»i 




HI 


Police Deportment 


Afchittctur*. School of (ODI 




If 


Educotion BIdq 




G4 




Armory. Rtehord 
Artt and Scitncot. Cellaqt of 
(Froneit Scott Koy Halll 




It 

17 


Educotion Coll<q> of lEdocotloil lUf 

Enqm»*rinq Clotireoftii 

Enqin»tfinq. Colloqo of lEnq'tinq Clo»» 


14 

tl 14 


Journohtm lldq 
Judqinq Povilien 


Aipholl Initituto 




11 


Enqinvtrinq Lobi 




^* 


Librory. McKeldin 


■ urtou of Mln«. U S 




IS 








Librory ond Informotion Sorvicel. 


lulinoti ond Public Adminiitro 


IOt\ 




Colo. Student Actxitiot Btdq 




GS 


School of 1 McKeldIn Ubeoril 


II P A 1 lldq — Tydrnqi Hoi 
kuiinvti ond Public Adminutro 


on. 


17 


Preinhort Eioldhout* 
P.ne Artt Center. Towel 




G7 
Ft 


Lord Cotvert Aportmentt 
Mor.e Mount Holl 


Colltq. ol IIP A lldq 




17 


Fire Ser.iee BIdq 




li^B 


Mothemotict Hdq 


lyrd Stodium 




03 


Fiih ond Wildlife Service. U S 




J5 


McKeldin Librory 


Ctntrol R*cti>inq-G«n Supplio 


1 O«pot 


PS 


Foreiqn Lonquoqei BIdq 




Ht 


Memorial Chapel 
Mobil Unitt— Troilerf 


Chop*! M«mo'<ol 




K7 


Froneit Scott Key Holl 




n 


S"""'"' ="1' "1 'KH- 




K] 


Generol Suppliet Depot-Centrol 


Receir 


q P8 


Molecular Phytic* IWq 


Ch.m.,1., lldq 




K4 


&oll Courte 




C2 


Morrill HoU 


C.il 0>t<nt> T'o.ninq lldq. 




01 


Oroduotr School BIdq -So Admi 


lldq 


K7 


Motot Vehiclei TroMtportatiea Focili 


Colt Studtnt Acti.>t,«i|ldq 




OS 


Greenhouiet 




Nt 


Nuclear leoctor 


Col>t*um Riichif 




M7 


Groundt — CultodisI BIdq 




M3 


Nurtinq School of I Dentott Hoi 1 


Computtr Sc>«nct Cvnttr 




I] 


Horriton Lob 




Nt 


Potterton Holl H J 1 Aqronomy-lo 


Cotioq*! 




M7 


Heolth Scnriee — Inftrmory 




HS 


Poitrr.onMoll J M 1 l.duitr .ol Edu 



INKX 4 

Pliywcai Cdwcattoa. Roci 
Heoltli. Cofcqe of IC 
ntyuci Mf 1 

PtoolLob 
Police De p aitmeot 
Poultry Lob ^ 

PreMkkert FiiMhiitf» 
Ptint Shop— UotvoeiltT I 
Rechoed Aimori ^ 

•oiidoKe Hah. Mm'i * 



■olvodero Ciiiip ^i| 
C^en Hd ' 

Caiii»ri4«o Hrf 
C Otoe tin Gf««p 



EKc 



tHol 



Frederick Hrf 
Garrett Ha« 
Har<ot4H«i 
Howard Hrf 




WELCOME TO 
1 HE 

UNIVERSITY 

OF 
MARYLAND 

COLLEGE PARK 
CAMPUS 



1 1 




|4 ^.;^J T_M«4mfM H«ul^=Jf««i— '- 



ADMINISTRATION 

Prtiident of the Uni»«filty 
(MoinAdmiriHrotionBllf?.) 

Vic* Preiident for Academic Affain 
IMoln AdmlnMrotionBld^.l 



Groduote School Bid?.' 

Soulh AdminlittationBldg.l 
Vice Preiident for Agricultural Affoiri 

ISymoniHolll 
Vice Preiident for Student AOgltf 

(Nortti Adminittrotion BIdg.l 
Atliitont to tite President 
for University Relotions 

(MalnAdminillfationUdg.l 







INDEX 
University Press — Print Sfci 
Veterons' Fomily Units 
Warehouse 
Wind Tunnell 
Woods Hall 
Zoology-Psychology BIdg. 



Carroll Holl 
Center. illc Hoi 



Surplus Property Bldg- 



Temporary Clossr< 
AA— Health 
CC — Zoology 



Terropin Holl 

Theatre ITaviesFine Arts C 

Trailers— Mobil Units 

Antietom Group 

Belvedere Group 

Catoctin Group 
Turner Lab (Doiryl 
TydinqsHoll— B-P.A. BIdg. 
University College 

lAdult Education Center 
University Hills Aportments 



Metered porking is olso ovo.loOK 
Student Union and in parking o 
ministrotion Buildings). DD Co 



This publication is a consolidation of information on eighit individual undergraduate schools and 
colleges at the University's College Park campus. It also Incorporates information governing Uni- 
versity facilities, services and student life contained in the Student Guide, University General and Aca- 
demic Regulations. 

Copies of the Undergraduate Consolidated Catalog w\\\ be distributed free of charge to all students 
at the time of their first admission to the University. Those persons requesting copies prior to admis- 
sion may secure them from the Catalog IVIailing Office at $1.50 each. On the campus, copies may be pur- 
chased at the Student Supply Store for the same amount. Copies are also available for examination 
in high schools, public libraries, colleges, junior colleges, and in the schools and colleges of the Uni- 
versity. 

Photography: Bill Clark, inside front cover; pp. v, vi, 14, 36, 60, 72, 105, 106, 113, 237, 238, 280, 313, 332, 
351, 352. Bill Speisman, pp: 8, 118, 204. Lary Grouse, p. 314. 

POJ 681. 171 




The University of Maryland stands firmly at tine intellectual, political 
and economic crossroads of the twentieth century. Located in the shadow 
of the Nation's capitol, the university provides exciting opportunities to 
study the forces that give life to our society. 

Our objective is to open minds so that they may discover new worlds. 
Here, you will encounter diverse discipines, personalities and opinions. It 
is our hope that in this challengng environment you will acquire a creative 
academic spirit. 

The knowledge of mankind is available to you. Avail yourself of it. 



(^ f i^^a.^ 



Chancellor, College Park 



FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 



College Park Campus 
University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 20742: 

For copies of this publication — 
$1.50 per copy 

Catalog Mailing Office 

North Administration Building 

College Park Campus 

Director, Office of Admissions 
North Administration Building 
College Park Campus 

Director, Housing Office 
North Administration Building 
College Park Campus 

Director, Office of Student Aid 
North Administration Building 
College Park Campus 

Vice President for Student Affairs 
North Administration Building 
College Park Campus 

University Counseling Center 
Shoemaker Building 
College Park Campus 



Office of the Dean of the 
Respective College 
College Park Campus 

Vice President for Graduate 
Studies and Research 
College Park Campus 

Director, Summer School 

Turner Lab 

College Park Campus 

University College 
Center of Adult Education 
College Park Campus 

The Registrar, UMBO 
5401 Wilkins Avenue 
Baltimore, Maryland 21228 

Office of the Dean of the 
Respective College 
University of Maryland 
Lombard and Greene Streets 
Baltimore, Maryland 21201 

Director of Admissions 
University of Maryland, 
Eastern Shore 
Room 311, Maryland Hall 
Princess Anne, Maryland 



The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student 
and the University of Maryland. Changes are effected from time to time in the general regulations and 
in the academic requirements. There are established procdures for making changes, procedures which 
protect the institution's integrity and the individual student's interest and welfare. A curriculum or grad- 
uation requirement, when altered, is not made retroactive unless the alteration is to the student's ad- 
vantage and can be accommodated within the span of years normally required for graduation. When the 
actions of a student are judged by competent authority, using established procedure, to be detrimental 
to the interests of the University community, that person may be required to withdraw from the Uni- 
versity. 

The University of Maryland, in all its branches and divisions, subscribes to a policy of equal educa- 
tional and employment opportunity for people of every race, creed, ethnic origin, or sex. 



The University of Maryland has been elected to membership in the Association of American Universi- 
ties. This Association founded in 1900 is an organization of those universities in the United States and 
Canada generally considered to be preeminent in the fields of graduate and professional study and 
research. 



Contents 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

THE UNIVERSITY 1 

FIELDS OF STUDY 3 

EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL AID 9 

ACADEMICS 15 

GENERAL REGULATIONS 19 

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 37 

STUDENT SERVICES AND ACTIVITIES 49 

LIVING ACCOMMODATIONS 55 

HONORS AND AWARDS 61 

SCHOLARSHIPS 65 

THE COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 7i 

COURSE NUMBER INFORMATION ■ 71 

AGRICULTURE 73 

GENERAL AGRICULTURE 75 

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 76 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 76 

AGRICULTURAL AND EXTENSION EDUCATION 76 

AGRICULTURAL AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS 77 

AGRONOMY 78 

ANIMAL SCIENCE 78 

BOTANY 79 

CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 80 

ENTOMOLOGY 80 

FOOD SCIENCE 81 

GEOLOGY 81 

HORTICULTURE 81 

SPECIAL CURRICULA 82 

COURSE OFFERINGS 83 

FACULTY 99 

ARCHITECTURE 107 

CURRICULUM 108 

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 110 

FACULTY 112 

ARTS AND SCIENCES 115 

GENERAL INFORMATION 115 

AFRO-AMERICAN STUDIES 118 

AMERICAN STUDIES 119 

ANTHROPOLOGY 119 

ART 121 

ASTRONOMY 124 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 126 

BOTANY 126 

CHEMISTRY 127 

CHINESE 130 

CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 130 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 132 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 133 

INSTITUTE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND CRIMINOLOGY 134 

DANCE 135 

ECONOMICS 137 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 137 

ENGLISH FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS 139 

FRENCH AND ITALIAN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 139 

GEOGRAPHY 141 

GERMANIC AND SLAVIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 142 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 145 

HEBREW . 145 

HISTORY 146 

GENERAL HONORS PROGRAM 150 

LINGUISTICS 151 

MATHEMATICS 152 

METEOROLOGY 156 

MICROBIOLOGY ' . I57 

MOLECULAR PHYSICS 158 

MUSIC 158 

viii 



PHILOSOPHY 162 

PHYSICAL SCIENCES 164 

PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY 164 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 168 

PSYCHOLOGY 171 

RUSSIAN AREA PROGRAM 174 

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 174 

SPANISH AND PORTUGUESE LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 177 

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 180 

ZOOLOGY 184 

FACULTY 186 

BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 205 

GENERAL INFORMATION 205 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 207 

ECONOMICS 216 

GEOGRAPHY 219 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 224 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT 228 

JOURNALISM 229 

BUREAU OF GOVERNMENTAL RESEARCH 231 

BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH 231 

FACULTY 231 

EDUCATION 239 

GENERAL INFORMATION 239 

EARLY CHILDHOOD ELEMENTARY 242 

INDUSTRIAL 246 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 251 

SECONDARY 253 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 265 

ADMINISTRATION, SUPERVISION AND CURRICULUM 268 

COUNSELING AND PERSONNEL SERVICES 268 

FACULTY 271 

ENGINEERING 281 

GENERAL INFORMATION 281 

AEROSPACE 286 

AGRICULTURAL 288 

CHEMICAL 289 

CIVIL 291 

ELECTRICAL 294 

ENGINEERING MATERIALS 299 

ENGINEERING SCIENCES 299 

FIRE PROTECTION 300 

MECHANICAL 301 

NUCLEAR 304 

COGNATE ACTIVITIES 305 

FACULTY 306 

HOME ECONOMICS 3i5 

GENERAL INFORMATION 315 

FOOD, NUTRITION AND INSTITUTION ADMINISTRATION 317 

TEXTILES AND CONSUMER ECONOMICS 320 

FAMILY AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 323 

HOUSING AND APPLIED DESIGN 326 

FACULTY 330 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 333 

GENERAL INFORMATION 333 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 337 

RECREATION 342 

HEALTH EDUCATION 344 

FACULTY 348 

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS 352 

DENTAL HYGIENE 353 

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 355 

NURSING 357 

PHARMACY 359 

PHYSICAL THERAPY 361 

INDEX 363 



} 




'"l'r..:^^"''h 



r\ jf% / 







CALENDAR FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1971-73 



1971 September 7-11 
September 13 
November 24 
November 29 
December 17 

1972 January 3 
January 11 
January 12, 19 
January 13-21 



FALL SEMESTER 1971 

Tuesday through Saturday 

Monday 

Wednesday, after last class 

Monday, 8:00 A.M. 

Friday, after last class 

Monday, 8;00 A.M. 
Tuesday, after last class 
Wednesdays 
Thursday through Friday 



Fall Semester Registration 
Instruction begins 
Thanksgiving recess begins 
Thanksgiving recess ends 
Christmas recess begins 

Christmas recess ends 
Instruction ends 
Exam study days 
Fall semester final exams 



SPRING SEMESTER 1972 



January 31-February 5 

February 7 

March 31 

April 10 

May 23 

May 24 

May 29 

May 25-June 2 



Monday through Saturday 

Monday 

Friday, after last class 

Monday, 8:00 A.M. 

Tuesday, after last class 

Wednesday 

Monday 

Thursday through Friday 



Spring Semester Registration 
Instruction begins 
Spring recess begins 
Spring recess ends 
Instruction ends 
Pre-exam study day 
Memorial day 
Spring semester examinations 



1972 August 26 

August 28-September 1 
August 30 
November 21 
November 27 
December 12 
December 13, 17 
December 14-21 



FALL SEMESTER 1972 

Saturday 

Monday-Friday 

Wednesday 

Tuesday, after last class 

Monday — 8:00 A.M. 

Tuesday 

Wednesday, Sunday 

Thursday-Thursday 



Registration* 

Registration* 

Classes begin 

Thanksgiving recess begins 

End of Thanksgiving recess 

Last day of classes 

Exam study days 

Fall semester examination period 



SPRING SEMESTER 1973 



1973 



January 13 
January 15-19 
January 17 
March 9 
March 19 
May 8 
May 9. 13 
May 10-17 



Saturday 

Monday-Friday 

Wednesday 

Friday, after last class 

Monday— 8:00 A.M. 

Tuesday 

Wednesday, Sunday 

Thursday-Thursday 



Registration* 

Registration* 

Classes begin 

Spring recess begins 

End of spring recess 

Last day of classes 

Exam study days 

Spring semester examination period 



'Under anticipated new procedures this registration period will be used for drop-adds and special 
problems. 



BOARD OF REGENTS AND MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE 



Chairman 

DR. LOUIS L. KAPLAN 

3505 Fallstaff Road, Baltimore, Md. 21215 

Vice Cfiairman 

RICHARD W. CASE 

Belfast Road, Sparks, Md. 21152 

Secretary 

B. HERBERT BROWN 

4401 Roland Avenue, Baltimore, Md. 21210 

Treasurer 

HARRY H. NUTTLE 

Denton, Md. 21629 

Assistant Secretary 

MRS. ALICE H. MORGAN 

4608 Drummond Avenue, Chevy Chase, Md. 20015 

Assistant Treasurer 

F. GROVE MILLER, JR. 

Route No. 1, Box 133, North East, Md. 21901 

MRS. MICHAEL J. DEEGAN, JR. 

9939 Good Luck Road, Apt. 204, Seabrook, Md. 20801 

GEORGE C. FRY 

Cecilton, Md. 21913 

EDWARD V. HURLEY 

3412 Callaway Avenue, Baltimore, Md. 21215 

HUGH A. Mcmullen 

211 Washington Street, Cumberland, Md. 21502 

L. MERCER SMITH 

5113 Falls Road, Baltimore, Md. 21210 

DR. EMERSON C. WALDEN 

10002 Hyla Brook Road, Columbia, Md. 21043 

DR. SAMUEL H. HOOVER 

507 Chadwick Road, Timonium, Md. 21093 



OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY 



OFFICERS OF THE COLLEGE PARK 
CAMPUS 



President 

WILSON H. ELKINS 

B.A., University of Texas, 1932; 
1932; B.Litt., Oxford University, 
D.Phil., 1936. 



M.A., 
1936; 



Vice President For Academic Affairs 

R. LEE HORNBAKE 

B.S., California State College, Pennsyl- 
vania, 1934; M.A., Ohio State University, 
1936; Ph.D., 1942. 

Wee President For General Administration 

WALTER B. WAETJEN 

B.S., Millersville State College, Millers- 
ville, Pennsylvania, 1942; M.S., Univer- 
sity of Pennsylvania, 1947; Ed.D., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1951. 

Wee President For Graduate Studies 
and Research 

MICHAEL J. PELCZAR, JR. 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1936; M.S., 
1938; Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 
1941. 

Wee President For Agricultural Affairs 

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; Ph.D., 
1952. 

Assistant To The President For University 
Relations 

ROBERT A. BEACH, JR. 
A.B., Baldwin-Wallace College, 
M.S., Boston University, 1954. 



Chancellor 

CHARLES E. BISHOP 

B.S., Berea College, 1946; M.S., 
versify of Kentucky, 1948; Ph.D., 
versity of Chicago, 1952. 



Uni- 
Uni- 



1950; 



Wee Chancellor For Academic Affairs 

GEORGE H. CALLCOTT 

A.B., University of South Carolina, 1950; 
M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ph.D., 
University of North Carolina, 1956. 

Wee Chancellor For Academic Planning 
and Policies 

THOMAS B. DAY 

B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1952; 
Ph.D., Cornell University, 1957. 

Wee Chancellor For Administrative Affairs 

JOHN W. DORSEY 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1958; Cer- 
tificate, London School of Economics, 
1959; M.A., Harvard University, 1962; 
Ph.D., 1963. 

Acting Vice Chancellor For Student Affairs 

JOSEPH F. METZ 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1960; 
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1971. 

Assistant To The Chancellor For Human 
Relations 

P. BERTRAND PHILLIPS 
A.B., San Francisco State College, 1954; 
M.A., 1956; Ph.D., Columbia University, 
1965. 






^ 



/ * 





HP" 



General Information 



THE UNIVERSITY 

The contemporary university is a comprehen- 
sive educational institution composed of colleges 
and schools and offering a multiplicity of under- 
graduate programs that are closely related to the 
graduate and professional programs. 

Comprehensive universities as we know them 
in the United States have existed for not more than 
a century, but their roots can be traced back to 
medieval history. The English college system 
served as the model for the earliest American ef- 
forts at higher education. The ancient German uni- 
versity tradition was joined with this in the 1870's 
to form the basic outlines of our present institu- 
tions. Practical studies were grafted onto these 
more classically and theoretically oriented tradi- 
tions by the agricultural emphasis of the land grant 
movement. 

With the explosion of scientific and technologi- 
cal knowledge in the early twentieth century, the 
role of the universities in American society at- 
tained increased importance, and today almost all 
aspects of national life — social, economic, scien- 
tific, and cultural — benefit from their educational, 
research and service functions. 

OBJECTIVES OF THE UNIVERSITY 

Although the University of Maryland is a state 
institution quite large in physical plant, student 
enrollment, number of curricula offered, and serv- 
ices performed, its objectives can be simply stated 
as follows: (1) to prepare students in the arts, the 
humanities, the basic and applied sciences, and 



the professional curricula; (2) to provide general 
education in its broadest sense, both formal and 
informal, for all students who enroll; (3) to develop 
those ideals and fine relationships among students 
which characterize cultured individuals; (4) to con- 
duct systematic research and to promote creative 
scholarship; and (5) to offer special, continuation, 
and extension education in communities where it 
is feasible to do so. 

HISTORY 

The University had its beginnings in 1807 with 
the establishment in Baltimore of the College of 
IVIedicine, an entirely faculty-owned institution 
granting the M.D. degree. When, five years later, 
its name was changed to the University of Mary- 
land, it was given power to confer additional de- 
grees. Subsequently, the University opened a 
School of Dentistry, the first such school in the 
world, and then added Schools of Pharmacy, Law, 
and Nursing. 

The College Park campus of the University was 
opened in 1859 as the Maryland Agricultural Col- 
lege under a charter secured in 1856 by a group 
of Maryland planters. After a disastrous fire in 
1912, the State acquired control of the College and 
bore the cost of rebuilding. In 1920 the State took 
over the faculty-owned University in Baltimore, 
merging it with the State-owned instiution at Col- 
lege Park to form the present-day University of 
Maryland. 

In 1886 the Delaware Conference Academy was 



General Information / 1 



founded by the Methodist Church in Princess Anne, 
Maryland. Title to the institution was acquired by 
the State of Maryland in 1926, and it became a 
division of the University of Maryland in 1948. It 
was made an integral part of the University sys- 
tem with the name, University of Maryland Eastern 
Shore (UMES) in 1970. 

A new undergraduate branch campus known as 
University of Maryland Baltimore County (UMBC), 
was opened at Catonsville in 1966. 

THE UNIVERSITY TODAY 

The University of Maryland is a comprehensive 
educational unit offering curricula in over 120 
fields. These curricula are offered through the fol- 
lowing major academic divisions: 

At College Park 

College of Agriculture 
College of Arts and Sciences 
College of Business and Public 

Administration 
College of Education 
College of Engineering, the Glenn L. Martin 

Institute of Technology 
College of Home Economics 
College of Physical Education, Recreation, 

and Health 
Graduate School 
School of Library and Information Services 

(Graduate level only) 
Summer School 
School of Architecture 



School of Nursing (First two years) 
School of Pharmacy (First two years) 

At Baltimore City 

School of Dentistry 
School of Law 
School of Medicine 
School of Nursing 
School of Pharmacy 
School of Social Work and Community 
Planning 

At Catonsville 

University of Maryland Baltimore County 

At Princess Anne 

University of Maryland Eastern Shore 

Through University College 
Center of Adult Education 
Division of Conference and Institutes 
College Park Evening Division 
Baltimore Division 
Off-Campus Division 
European Division 
Altantic Division 
Far East Division 

Other resources of the University include a 
library system, the Computer Science Center, the 
Agricultural Experiment Station, the University 
Hospital, the Psychiatric Institute, the Natural Re- 
sources Institute, and various other institutes and 
bureaus. 



2 / General Information 



FIELDS OF STUDY 



UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS 

One major advantage of attending a university 
is the broad range of programs available. This di- 
versity allows the student to change from one 
major to another without leaving the institution, to 
choose from a wide spectrum of elective courses, 
and to benefit from daily contact with students of 
diverse academic interests and backgrounds. 

The undergraduate majors available at College 
Park are as follows: 

College of Agriculture — B S. Degrees in: 

General Agriculture 

Agricultural Chemistry 

Agricultural Economics (General, Agricultural Business, 
International Agriculture, Agribusiness Teaching) 

Agricultural and Extension Education 

Agricultural Engineering 

Agronomy (Crops; Technical Crops; General Crops and 
Turf Management; Technical Soils; General Soils, 
Soil Conservation; and Crops, Soils, and Geology) 

Animal Science (Large Animal, Dairying, Poultry, and 
Animal Science Business) 

Botany 

Conservation and Resource Development 

Entomology 

Food Science 

Geology 

Horticulture (Pomology and Olericulture, Floriculture 
and Ornamental Horticulture, and Horticultural Edu- 
cation) 

College of Arts and Sciences 

American Studies — B.A. 

Anthropology — B A. 

Art — B.A. (General. Art History, and Studio) 

Astronomy — B.S. 



Biochemistry — B.S. 

Botany— B.A. 

Chemistry — B.S. 

Comparative Literature — B.A. 

Dance — B.A. 

Economics — B.A. 

English— B.A. 

Foreign Languages and Literature — B.A. (Language and 
Area Studies in French, German, Russian, and 
Spanish) 

General Biological Sciences — B.S. 

General Physical Sciences — B.S. 

Geography — B.A. 

Government and Politics — B.A. 

History— B.A. 

Latin — B.A. 

Law Enforcement — B.A. 

Mathematics — B.S. 

Microbiology — B.S. 

Music — B.Mus., B.A. (B.Mus. in Theory and Composition, 
History and Literature, and Applied Music) 

Philosophy — B.A. 

Physics — B.S. 

Psychology— B.S., B.A. 

Russian Area Studies — B.A. 

Sociology — B.A. 

Speech and Dramatic Art — B.A. (General, Dramatic Art, 
Radio and Television, and Speech and Hearing) 

Zoology — B.S. 
College of Business and Public Administration — B S. Degrees 
in; 

Business Administration (General, Accounting, Finance, 
Marketing Personnel and Industrial Relations, Pro- 
duction Management, Management Science — Sta- 
tistics, Transportation, and Combined Business 
Administration and Law. 

Economics 

Geography (Urban, Physical, and Cultural Geography 
and Cartography) 



General Information / 3 



Government and Politics (General, International Affairs, 
and Public Administration) 

Journalism 

Information Systems Management 
College of Education 

Education (includes several non-departmentalized de- 
gree programs, both undergraduate and graduate) 
— B.S., B.A. 

Agricultural and Extension Education — B.S. 

Early Childhood and Elementary Education — B.S., B.A. 
(Physical Education, Music, Art, and Foreign Lan- 
guages) 

Industrial Education — B.S. 

Library Science Education — B.A. 

Secondary Education — B.S., B.A. [Art, English, Foreign 
Languages (classical or modern), Home Economics, 
Mathematics, Music (instrumental or vocal), Physi- 
cal Education, Science, Social Studies (history or 
geography). Speech, General Business, Secretarial, 
and Distributive] 

Special Education — B.S. 

Education for Industry — B.S. 

Vocational-Industrial Education — B.S. 
College of Engineering — B.S. Degree In: 

Aerospace Engineering 

Agricultural Engineering 

Chemical Engineering 

Civil Engineering 

Electrical Engineering 

Engineering (Undesigned) 

Fire Protection 

Mechanical Engineering 
College of Home Economics — B.S. Degrees in: 

Family and Community Development (Family Studies, 
Community Studies, and Management and Con- 
sumer) 

Food, Nutrition, and Institution Administration (Food 
and Nutrition, Experimental Foods, Nutrition; In- 
stitutional Administration; and Dietetics) 

Textiles and Clothing (Textiles and Apparel, Textile 
Science, or Textile Marketing) 

Housing and Applied Design (Advertising Design, Cos- 
tume, Crafts, Housing, and Interior Design) 

Home Economics Education 
College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health — 
B.S. Degrees in: 

Physical Education 

Recreation 

Health Education 
School of Architecture — B.Arch. Degree 
University College: 

General Studies — B.A. 

Military Science — B.S. (No new enrollments accepted) 

SPECIAL PROGRAMS 

There are certain subjects which the student 
can choose as a nninor or certificate program. 

These include: 

Afro-American Studies (Certificate Program) 

Chinese (Minor) 

Hebrew (Minor) 

Greek (Minor) 

Italian (Minor 

Computer Science (Minor) 

Linguistics (Minor) 
Students wishing to pursue programs in social work should 
consider transfer to UMBC after their first year. 

AIR FORCE ROTC 

The Department of Air Science operates the Air 
Force Reserve Officers Training Corps program 
on an elective basis. The program provides col- 



lege men with an opportunity to earn commissions 
in the United States Air Force while earning their 
degrees. The Air Force ROTC mission is to com- 
mission, through a college program, career-ori- 
ented second lieutenants in response to Air Force 
requirements. Students should contact their col- 
lege within the University to determine the number 
of AFROTC credits that may be applied toward 
their degree requirements. 

TWO PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Four-Year Program 

A General Military Course (CMC) is normally 
for freshmen and sophomores. Those who suc- 
cessfully complete the CMC may apply for the 
Professional Officer Course (POC) which is the 
final two years of AFROTC. Progression into the 
POC is not automatic but is limited to selected 
students only. Students in the four-year program 
must attend four weeks of field training at a desig- 
nated Air Force base during the summer after 
completing the junior year of college. To enter 
the AFROTC program, one should inform his ad- 
visor and register for it in the same manner as for 
other courses. Only students who elect the four- 
year program are eligible to apply for the AFROTC 
College Scholarship Program. 

Two-Year Program 

The Professional Officer Course (POC) is nor- 
mally offered in the junior and senior years, but 
may be taken by graduate students otherwise 
qualified. This program is especially attractive 
for those unable to take the four-year program, 
particularly transfer students. Evaluation of candi- 
dates is normally begun during the first semester 
of the sophomore year, since each student must 
meet physical and mental standards set by the Air 
Force. Interested students should contact a pro- 
fessor of air science as early in their sophomore 
year as possible. Students in the two-year pro- 
gram must attend six weeks of field training at a 
designed Air Force base during the summer pre- 
ceding initial entry into the two-year academic 
portion. The academic program for the last two 
years (POC) is identical with the final two years 
of the four-year program. Cadets in the POC are 
exempt from the draft, since they are enlisted in 
the Air Force Reserve. This entitles them to all 
privileges afforded to military reservists. 

UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION 

The University of l\/laryland, in all its branches 
and divisions, subscribes to a policy of equal edu- 
cational opportunity for people of all races, creeds 
and ethnic origins. 

FRESHMAN ADMISSION 

Maryland Residents 

Admission from secondary school is based on 
evidence indicating the applicant's probable suc- 



4 / General Information 



cess in the program of his choice. Applicants will 
be evaluated by two sets of criteria: (1) high school 
academic record in college preparatory subjects 
and class standing and (2) the University's pre- 
dictive index. 

High School Record and Class Standing 
Applicants for admission from secondary school 
who have (1) achieved at least a C average (when 
D is the lowest passing grade) in college prepara- 
tory subjects and (2) rank in the top half of their 
class will be offered admission. 

Predictive Index 

Applicants who have achieved at least a C aver- 
age but who do not rank in the upper half of their 
class will be evaluated on the basis of the Univer- 
sity's predictive index. The variables included in 
the index are the applicant's (1) grade-point aver- 
age in academic courses, (2) class rank, and (3) 
Scholastic Aptitude Test scores. 

An applicant whose predicted grade-point aver- 
age at the end of his first year at the University is 
1.75 or better will be offered admission. 

Other Requirements for Admission 
In addition to meeting one of the sets of criteria 
noted above all applicants must also: 

1. Be recommended for admission by their high 
school principal or counselor; 

2. Have received their high school diploma be- 
fore their first registration with the University; 

3. Have successfully completed the high school 
subjects required for the college and cur- 
riculum for which application is made. 
(Note: Admission to the School of Architec- 
ture is competitive with selection based on 
previous academic achievement.); 

4. Have completed the Scholastic Aptitude Test 
and have requested that the results be sub- 
mitted to the University. Applicants should 
take the SAT before the end of the fall se- 
mester preceding enrollment at the Univers- 
ity. For further information on the SAT, ap- 
plicants should consult their high school 
counselor or write to the Educational Testing 
Service, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. To 
have the test results sent to the University 
of Maryland at College Park, use the College 
Park Campus code number, 5814, in the 
proper place on the test. 

Early Decision 
Applicants who have a B average in college 
preparatory subjects during their junior year in 
high school or who are in the top fourth of their 
respective classes may be offered an early decis- 
ion on admission. Once the applicant accepts the 
offer by remitting the fifty dollar enrollment de- 
posit, he only needs to submit a final transcript 
documenting graduation from high school to com- 
plete the requirements for admission. 



The Out-of-state Student 

As the state university, the University of Mary- 
land must give preference to residents. The Uni- 
versity will offer admission, however, to a limited 
number of nonresidents of proven academic abil- 
ity for whom particular programs of the University 
are especially relevant. 

The limitations on out-of-state applicants apply 
both to freshmen and transfer students. 

TRANSFER STUDENT ADMISSION 

An applicant must be in good standing in schol- 
arship and character to be considered for admis- 
sion. Transfer applicants who are residents of 
Maryland are required to have at least a C aver- 
age (2.0 on a 4.0 scale) in all previous work or 
the Associate of Arts degree. Maryland residents 
who are not admissible as high school seniors 
must complete 24 credit hours at another insti- 
tution with a C average before being admitted to 
the University. 

Nonresident applicants are required to have a 
minimum cumulative average of at least 2.5 on a 
4.0 scale. 

For further information contact the Coordinator 
of Transfer Students, Office of Admissions. 

Transfer Credit 
Advanced standing is assigned to transfer stu- 
dents from accredited institutions prior to registra- 
tion. Academic courses carrying a grade of C or 
higher usually are transferable provided they are 
applicable to the curriculum into which the student 
is transferring. 

Transfer of Credit from Community Colleges 
A maximum of sixty (60) academic credits are 
transferable from community colleges. In general, 
courses taken at a community college which are 
equivalent to junior or senior level courses at the 
University may not be transferred. 

Special Problem 

Transfer foreign language credit is usually ac- 
ceptable in meeting college requirements. Pro- 
spective students should consult college catalogs 
to determine the specific requirements of various 
colleges and curricula. 

Credit by Examination. Transfer credit will not 
be granted for courses taken by examination at 
other institutions. 

The Academic Retention Plan 
The academic average of a transfer student at 
the University of Maryland is based only on those 
courses actually taken at the University. Credit 
hours for courses taken at other institutions may 
be transferred, but grades and quality points do 
not transfer. The level of expectation of academic 
performance, however, is determined by the total 
number of credit hours transferred plus the num- 
ber of hours attempted at the University. 



General Information / 5 



RESIDENCY POLICY 

Students who are minors are considered to be 
resident students if at the time of their registra- 
tion their parents have been domiciled in the State 
of IVlaryland for at least six months. 

The status of the residence of a minor is deter- 
mined at the time of his first registration in the 
University and may not thereafter be changed by 
him unless his parents move to and become legal 
residents of Maryland by maintaining such resi- 
dence for at least six months. However, the right 
of the minor student to change from a non-resident 
status to resident status must be established by 
his parents or legal guardian prior to the registra- 
tion period set for any semester. 

Adult students are considered to be residents if 
at the time of their registration they have been 
domiciled in Maryland for at least six months pro- 
vided such residence has not been acquired while 
attending any school or college in Maryland or 
elsewhere. An adult may change his status from 
nonresident to resident by withdrawing from the 
University for six months and remaining in the state 
as a civilian not enrolled in any other institution 
for more than eight semester hours of credit. Time 
spent on active duty in the armed services while 
stationed in Maryland will not be considered as 
satisfying the six months period referred to above 
unless the individual's home of record on his 
official military records is the State of Maryland. 
In the case of both military personnel and adults, 
however, residence may be established through 
ownership and maintenance of a home in the state 
which is the student's primary place of domicile. 

Procedures are available for reviewing the resi- 
dence status of students. Individuals seeking to 
appeal the decisions concerning their residence 
status should contact the Office of Admissions. 

The word "domicile" as used in this regulation 
shall mean the permanent place of abode. For the 
purpose of this rule only one domicile may be 
maintained. 

THE SPECIAL STUDENT 

Applicants over 21 years of age who qualify 
for admission but who do not desire to work to- 
ward a baccalaureate degree may be admitted as 
special students. These students are ineligible to 
matriculate for a degree until they have submitted 
all required documents. Permission from the dean 
of the various schools and colleges of the Uni- 
versity is often needed in order to enroll as a 
special student. 

Special students who have received a bacca- 
laureate degree are advised that no credit earned 
while enrolled as special students may be applied 
at a later date to a graduate program. These post- 
baccalaureate students may enroll for courses at 
the 100 to 599 level for which they possess the 
necessary prerequisites, but may not enroll in 
courses restricted to graduate students only. 



THE FOREIGN STUDENT 

The foreign student applying for admission to 
the undergraduate schools of the University of 
Maryland must make application at least six 
months in advance of the term for which he is ap- 
plying. The only exception to this is an immigrant 
residing in the State of Maryland who may use ap- 
plication deadlines established for American stu- 
dents. All applicants will be required to submit 
(1) an application for admission form furnished by 
the Admissions Office of the University upon re- 
quest, (2) official copies of his secondary school 
preparation, (3) certificates of completion of state 
secondary school examinations, and (4) records 
of college or university studies completed in 
schools in the United States or elsewhere. He will 
also be required to furnish proof of adequate 
finances and of his ability to read, write, speak, 
and understand English sufficiently well to pursue 
satisfactorily an approved course of study in one 
of the colleges of the University. Information may 
be secured from the Office of International Educa- 
tion Services and Foreign Student Affairs about 
where and when the required English test (The 
Testing of English as a Foreign Language, 
"TOEFL") can be taken, both in the United States 
and in other countries. 

The foreign student accepted for admission to 
the University will receive from the Director of 
Foreign Student Affairs the appropriate immigra- 
tion form needed to secure a student visa from 
the American consul. 

Every foreign student is expected to notify the 
Director of Foreign Student Affairs as to the ap- 
proximate date of his arrival at the University and 
arrange to arrive in time for the special orienta- 
tion program that precedes registration. The office 
of the Director is located in the North Administra- 
tion Building, Room 222-A. 

APPLICATION PROCEDURES 

Application Forms 
Application forms may be obtained by writing to: 
Director, Office of Admissions 
North Administration Building 
University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 20742 
Application forms also are supplied to Maryland 
high schools. Seniors in high school may obtain 
the forms from their high school counselors. 

All applicants must comply fully with the direc- 
tions printed on the application form. Incomplete 
forms cannot be processed. 

Application Fee 
A non-refundable $10.00 application fee is re- 
quired with each application. 

Enrollment Deposit 
Applicants for the September term who are 
found to meet admission requirements may be 



6 / General Information 



sent an offer of admission. They are then required 
to subnnit the enrollment deposit of $50 within 
three weeks after the date of this offer. Failure to 
submit the enrollment deposit within the required 
time limit will be taken as evidence that the ap- 
plicant is not seriously interested in admission, 
and the offer will be cancelled. 

Refunds of the $50 enrollment deposit will be 
made provided the request for the refund is re- 
ceived by the Admissions Office on or before June 
1 for those students who plan to enter in Septem- 
ber. 

CLOSING DATES FOR APPLICATIONS 

Fall Semester 

All applications for undergraduate admission for 
the fall semester at the College Park campus must 
be received by the University on or before June 1. 
(Note: Foreign students are required to submit ap- 
plication six months in advance of registration. Ap- 
plications including supporting documents for the 
School of Architecture must be received on or be- 
fore March 1.) High school students are encour- 
aged to file their applications during the fall 
months of their senior year. 

All supporting documents for an application for 
admission must be received by the appropriate 
University office on or before July 15. Supporting 
documents include education records (except cur- 
rent summer school grades), SAT scores (in the 
case of new freshmen) and medical examination 
reports. 

Spring Semester 

The deadline for the receipt of applications for 
the spring semester is December 1. All supporting 
documents for an application must be received on 
or before the first workday after January 1. (For- 
eign students are required to submit applications 
six months in advance.) 

ORIENTATION PROGRAMS 

Freshmen Orientation and Registration 

Upon final admission to the University the stu- 
dent will receive materials pertaining to his par- 
ticipation in The Freshmen Orientation and Regis- 
tration Program for the University of Maryland. 
ALL ENTERING FRESHMEN ARE REQUIRED TO 
ATTEND THIS PROGRAM which is administered 
by the Director of Orientation of the Office of Stu- 
dent Activities. The primary goals of the program 
are to inform the student about the University and 
help him register for the fall semester. The pro- 
gram is operated at the College Park campus 
during the months of July and August. Each fresh- 
man will attend with a group of his future class- 
mates. He will engage in the following: 

1. Formal and informal discussions about Uni- 
versity life and the standards of perform- 
ance the University will expect of him. 



2. A conference with a faculty advisor in his 
college who will assist him in selecting and 
registering for fall semester courses. (To 
assure the success of this conference, 
please have the SAT scores submitted to 
the University early in the spring.) 

3. Payment of fall semester fees and charges 
and, if he so desires, purchase of his text- 
books. 

Through this program, the enterting student re- 
ceives a personalized and individual introduction 
to the University. 

Transfer Student Orientation 

Upon admission to the University, the transfer 
student receives information concerning an ori- 
entation program that is held during the summer. 
This program includes a conference with repre- 
sentatives of his college to explain academic re- 
quirements, as well as a general orientation to the 
campus itself. The program is particularly geared 
to the needs of upper class students and their 
special concerns. 

Parent Orientation 

Running concurrently with the summer programs 
for freshmen and transfer students is an orienta- 
tion program for the parents of new students. 
Here, parents have an opportunity to learn about 
the academic, cultural, and social aspects of Uni- 
versity life, from administrators and staff as well 
as from the student sponsors who lead the stu- 
dent groups. 

Foreign Student Orientation 

All foreign students admitted to the University 
including transfer students are required to attend 
the special orientation program arranged by the 
Office of Foreign Student Affairs with the coopera- 
tion of the International Club. This program is held 
during the week preceding registration each se- 
mester. The program is designed to help new stu- 
dents become acquainted with the University and 
the community in order to understand the oppor- 
tunities and responsibilities presented by their new 
educational and cultural environment. 

For information about any of the orientation pro- 
grams, please write: 

Orientation Director 
Student Union 
University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 20742 

For information concerning Foreign Student 
Orientation contact: 

Foreign Student Office 
Room 222-A 

North Administration BIdg. 
University of Maryland 
College Park, Md. 20742 



General Information / 7 



SUMMER SCHOOL 

New freshmen students who have met the regu- 
lar University admission requirements for fall en- 
rollment may begin their studies during the sum- 
mer rather than await September. The final date 
for admission to Summer School is June 1. 

The student who enters on this basis and who 
continues attending summer sessions can shorten 
his college career by a semester or by a year, de- 
pending upon his curriculum and the progress he 
makes in it. 

Courses which are offered during the summer 
are the same in content and in instruction as are 
courses offered during the fall and spring semes- 
ters. Many students have found the transition from 
secondary school to college facilitated by attend- 
ing the summer session. Undergraduate students 
attending the eight-week session are permitted to 
register for a maximum of nine semester hour 
credits. 

For additional information write for a Summer 
School Catalog, which may obtained from the 
Director of the Summer School, College Park, 
Maryland 20742. 

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 

University College subscribes to the philosophy 
that continuing education is essential to meet the 
demands of today's complex society. Thus, the 
College, in contrast to the usual practical of bring- 
ing students to the University, makes educational 



opportunities available to adult students at hours 
and locations convenient for them. 

As a result of this philosophy, most University 
College courses are given in the evening. There- 
fore, the average undergraduate — that is, a person 
who wishes to be a full-time day student — would 
have little reason to enroll with University College, 
nor would he be allowed to do so, except in special 
cases. However, if a student who first enrolls as a 
full-time day student later finds it necessary to take 
a daytime job, he may then take evening courses 
with University College. 

The Off-Campus Division of University College 
offers courses for teachers in most of the counties 
in Maryland. The College Park Evening Division 
offers courses on campus. 

To enroll in University College, students who 
have never attended a college or university must 
have either an acceptable high school diploma or 
the high school equivalent; students who have at- 
tended another college or university must be in 
good academic standing. Further information 
about admision requirements may be obtained 
from a University College advisor (call 454-2311 
for an appointment) or from the University Col- 
lege Catalog, which may be obtained by writing 
to the Dean, University College, University of Mary- 
land, College Park, Maryland 20742. 

The College does not offer correspondence 
courses. 




EXPENSES AND FINANCIAL AID 



GENERAL 

All fees are clue and payable in full at time of 
registration. Returning students will not be per- 
mitted to complete registration until all financial 
obligations to the University including library fines, 
parl<ing violation assessments and other penalty 
fees and service charges are paid in full. 

All checks or money orders should be made 
payable to the University of Maryland for the ex- 
act amount due. In cases where the University has 
awarded a grant, scholarship, or workship, the ap- 
propriate amount will be deducted on the bill. 

No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, 
certificate, or transcript of record issued to a stu- 
dent who has not made satisfactory settlement of 
his account. 

Although changes in fees and charges ordinar- 
ily will be announced in advance, the University 
reserves the right to make such changes without 
prior announcement. 

FEES FOR RESIDENTS AND NON RESIDENTS 
1971-72 ACADEMIC YEAR 



Fees for full-time Undergraduate 

Students: 
Maryland Residents ••• 

Fixed Cfiarges 

Instructional Materials 

Athletic Fee 

Student Activities Fee 

Auxiliary Facilities Fee 

Recreational Facilities Fee 



Fall 


Spring 




Semester 


Semester 


To(a/ 


$ 230 00 


$ 230,00 


$ 460 00 


13.00 


13.00 


26.00 


30.00 


•• 


30.00 


18.00 


•• 


18.00 


15.00 


** 


15.00 


40.00 


*• 


40.00 



Board Contract * 
Lodging 


$ 
$ 


310.00 
215.00 


$ 
S 


310.00 
215.00 


620.00 
430.00 


Residents of District of Columbia, 
Ottier States and Ottier Countries 

Fixed Cfiarges and Other Fees 
(Same as above) 

Non Resident Fee 


871.00 

346.00 
350.00 


768.00 

243.00 
350.00 


$1,639.00 

$ 589.00 
700.00 


Board Contract * 
Lodging 


696.00 
310.00 
265.00 


593.00 
310.00 
265.00 


1,289.00 
620.00 
530.00 



$1,271.00 $1,168.00 $2,439.00 

'Cash board plan is available 
••Students who register for the spring semester but who were not en- 
rolled in the fall semester are required to pay the following additional 
fees: Athletic Fee, $15.00: Student Activities, $9.00: Auxiliary Facilities 
Fee, $7.50: Recreational Facilities Fee. $20.00. 
•■"For definition of residency, see page 6. 

The above schedule of fees does not include special course fees, book 
costs and personal expenses. 

Explanation of Fees 

The application fee for the undergraduate col- 
leges and the summer session partially defrays 
the cost of processing applications for admission 
to the University. If a student enrolls for the term 
for which he applied, the fee is accepted in lieu 
of the matriculation fee. Applicants who have en- 
rolled with the University of Maryland in its Eve- 
ning Division at College Park or Baltimore, or at 
one of its off-campus centers are not required to 
pay the fee since they have already paid a ma- 
triculation fee. 

The Fixed Charges Fee is charged to help de- 
fray the cost of operating the University's pro- 
gram at College Park. 



General Information / 9 



The Instructional Materials Fee represents a 
charge for instructional materials and/or labora- 
tory supplies furnished to students. Full-time un- 
dergraduate students subject to the fees set forth 
below will be billed the appropriate fee and also 
will be billed the Instructional Materials Fee: Math 
1, $45; Applied Music, $40; and P.E. 8 Riding Class, 
$26. 

The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of 
the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics. All stu- 
dents are encouraged to participate in all of the 
activities of his department or to attend the con- 
tests if they do not participate. 

The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee 
included at the request of the Student Govern- 
ment Association. It covers class dues and is used 
in sponsoring various student activities, student 
publications and cultural programs. 

The Recreational Facilities Fee is paid into a 
fund which will be used to expand the recreation- 
al facilities on the College Park campus, especial- 
ly the Student Union Building. 

The Auxiliary Facilities Fee is paid into a fund 
which is used for expansion and operation of var- 
ious facilities such as roads, walks, campus light- 
ing and other campus facilities. These facilities 
are not funded or are funded only in part from 
other sources. 



OTHER FEES 

Application Fee $ 10.00 

Enrollment Deposit Fee 50.00 

This fee is non-refundable after June 1st. At time 
registration fee will be applied against University 
charges) 
Registration Fee — Pre-College Orientation Program 15.00 

Late Application Fee 25.00 

Matriculation Fee 10.00 

Graduation Fee for Bactielor's degree 10.00 

Room Deposit Fee payable upon application for dorm- 
itory room 50.00 

(To be deducted from tfie first semester room 
charges at registration.) 

Vehicle registration fee 10.00 

($10.00 for first vehicle and $2.00 each for addi- 
tional vehicles in accordance with published reg- 
ulations. Payable each academic year by all 
students registered for classes on the College 
Park campus and who drive on the campus.) 
Special Fee for students requiring additional prepa- 
ration in Mathematics, per semester 45.00 

(Required of students whose curriculum calls for 
Math 10 or 18 and who fail in qualifying examina- 
tion for these courses. Students enrolled in this 
course and concurrently enrolled for 6 or more 
credit hours will be considered as full-time stu- 
dents for purposes of assessing fees.) 
Special Guidance Fee per semester (for students 
who are required or who wish to take advantage 
of the effective study course, and 'or the tutoring 
service offered by the Office of Intermediate 

Registration) 15.00 

Applied Music Fee (each course) 40.00 

Riding Class Fee 26.00 

Fees for Auditors and courses taken tor audit are the 
same as those charged for courses taken for 
credit at both the undergraduate and graduate 
levels. Audited credit hours will be added to 
hours taken for credit to determine whether or 



not an undergraduate student is full-time or part- 
time for fee assessment purposes. 
Special students are assessed fees in accordance with 
the schedule for the comparable undergraduate 
or graduate classification. 

MISCELLANEOUS FEES AND CHARGES 
Part-time Undergraduate Students: 

Fee per credit hour 22.00 

Auxiliary Facilities Fee — Payable each semester 

or summer session 4.00 

Vehicle Registration Fee 10.00 

($10.00 for first vehicle and $2.00 each for 
additional vehicles in accordance with pub- 
lished regulations. Payable each academic year 
by all students registered for classes on the 
College Park campus and who drive on the 
campus.) 
(The term "part-time students" is interpreted to 
mean undergraduate students taking 8 semester 
credit hours or less. Students carrying 9 semester 
hours are considered to be full-time and must 
pay the regular full-time fees.) 

Late Registration Fee 20.00 

(All students are expected to complete their 
registration, including the filing of class cards 
and payment of bills, on the regular registration 
days. Those who do not complete their registra- 
tion during the prescribed days must pay this 
fee.) 

Fee for change in registration 5.00 

Fee for failure to report for medical examination 

appointment 2.(X) 

Special Examination Fee — to establish college 

credit — per semester hour 5.00 

Transcript of Record Fee (one transcript furnished 

without charge) 1.00 

Property Damage Charge: Students will be charged 
for damage to property or equipment Where re- 
sponsibility for the damage can be fixed, the in- 
dividual student will be billed for It: where 
responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repair- 
ing the damage or replacing equipment will be 
prorated. 
Service Charges for Dishonored Checks: Payable for 
each check which is returned unpaid by the draw- 
ee bank on initial presentation because of In- 
sufficient funds, payment stopped, post-dating. 
drawn against uncollected items etc. 

For checks up to $50.00 5.00 

For checks from $50 01 to $100.00 10.00 

For checks over $100 00 20.00 

Library Charges: 

Fine for failure to return book from General Library 

before expiration of loan period per day .25 

Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf 
before expiration of loan period 

First hour overdue on first day 1.00 

After first hour on first day 2 00 

Each additional day 2.00 

In case of loss or multilation of a book, satisfactory 

restitution must be made. 
In the event it becomes necessary to transfer uncol- 
lected charges to the Cashier's office, an additional 
charge of $1.00 Is made. 

TEXTBOOKS AND SUPPLIES 

Textbooks and classroom supplies: These costs 

vary with the course pursued, but will average 

per semester 85.(X) 

Payment of Fees: Registration is not complete until 

all fees are paid in full. All checks, money orders. 

or postal notes should be made payable to the 

University of Maryland, 



10 / General Information 



WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES 

Any student compelled to leave the University 
at any time during the academic year should file 
an application for withdrawal, bearing the proper 
signature, in the Registrations Office. If this is not 
done, the student will not be entitled, as a matter 
of course, to a certificate of honorable dismissal, 
and will forfeit his right to any refund to which he 
would otherwise be entitled. The date used in com- 
puting refunds is the date the application for with- 
drawal is filed in the Registrations Office. 

In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be per- 
mitted only with the written consent of the stu- 
dent's parent or guardian. 

Students withdrawing from the University will 
be credited for all academic fees charged to them 
in accordance with the following schedule: 

Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable 

Two weeks or less 80% 

Between two and three weeks 60% 

Between three and four weeks 40% 

Between four and five weeks 20% 

Over five weeks 00% 

No part of the charges for room and board is re- 
fundable except where the student officially with- 
draws from the University or where he is given 
permission by the appropriate officials of the Uni- 
versity to move from the residence halls and/or 
to discontinue dining hall privileges. In these 
cases, the room refund will be computed by de- 
ducting ten percent of the charge for the semester 
as a service charge and the remainder will be pro- 
rated on a weekly basis. Refunds to students hav- 
ing full board contracts will be calculated in the 
same manner. No room and/or board refunds will 
De made after the fourteenth week of the semester. 
ID Cards with dining hall validation issued to 
boarding students must be surrendered at the 
Auditor's Office in the South Administration Build- 
ing on the day of withdrawal before any refund 
will be processed. 

In computing refunds to students who have re- 
ceived the benefit of scholarships and loans from 
University Funds, the computation will be made in 
such a way as to return the maximum amount to 
the scholarship and loan accounts without loss to 
the University. 

No refund of the Athletic, Student Activity, Spe- 
cial Recreational Facilities, and Advisory and Test- 
ing Fees is made to students who withdraw at the 
close of the first semester. 

A student who registers as a full-time under- 
graduate will receive no refunds of Fixed Charges, 
Instructional Materials Fee, Athletic Fee, etc., 
when courses are dropped (irrespective of 'the 
number of credit hours dropped) unless the stu- 
dent withdraws from the University. 

A student who registers as a part-time under- 
graduate student will be give an 80 percent refund 
of credit hour fees for courses dropped during the 
first week of classes. No refunds will be made for 
courses dropped thereafter. 



A special refund schedule applies to full-time 
students who are drafted into the Armed Services 
or called up as Reservists. 

TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS 

Students and alumni may secure transcripts of 
their scholastic records from the Registrations 
Office. No charge is made for the first copy; for 
additional copies, there is a charge of $1.00 for 
each transcript. Checks should be made payable 
to the University of Maryland. Transcripts of rec- 
ords should be requested in writing at least two 
weeks in advance of the date when the records 
are actually needed. No transcript of a student's 
record will be furnished any student or alumnus 
whose financial obligations to the University have 
not been satisfied. 

FINANCIAL AID 

The Office of Student Aid provides advice and 
assistance in the formulation of student financial 
plans and, in cooperation with other University 
offices, participates in the awarding of scholar- 
ships, loans, and part-time employment to deserv- 
ing students. Scholarships, grants and loans are 
awarded on the basis of evident academic ability 
and financial need. In making awards, considera- 
tion is also given to character, achievement, par- 
ticipation in student activities, and to other attri- 
butes which may indicate success in college. It is 
the intent of the committee to make awards to 
those qualified who might not otherwise be able to 
pursue college studies. Part-time employment op- 
portunities on campus are open to all students, but 
are dependent upon the availability of jobs and 
the student's particular skills and abilities. 

Additional information is available from the Di- 
rector, Office of Student Aid, Room 222, North Ad- 
ministration Building, University of Maryland, Col- 
lege Park, Maryland 20742. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS 

Most scholarships are awarded to students be- 
fore they enter the University. However, students 
who have completed one or more terms, and have 
not received such award, are eligible to apply. 
Most of these scholarships are awarded to stu- 
dentr. who have earned a cumulative grade point 
average of 3.0 (B) or better. Entering freshmen 
must submit applications before March 1; stu- 
dents already enrolled in the University may sub- 
mit applications between February 10 and May 1 
in order to receive consideration for scholarship 
assistance for the ensuing year. 

Scholarship award letters are normally mailed 
between May 1 and July 1. Any applicant who does 
not receive an award letter during this period 
should assume that he has not been selected for 
a scholarship. 

FULL SCHOLARSHIPS. The University awards 
56 full scholarships covering board, lodging, fixed 
charges, and fees. Not more than twenty of these 



General Information / 11 



scholarships may be held by out-of-state students, 
and at least twelve are reserved for women. Scho- 
lastic achievement and participation in student ac- 
tivities are given primary consideration. 

UNIVERSITY GRANTS. The University awards 
to deserving and qualified secondary school grad- 
uates a limited number of grants covering fixed 
charges only. 

GENERAL ASSEMBLY GRANTS. These grants 
are awarded by members of the State Legislature. 
They may be awarded to persons living in the leg- 
islative district which the Delegate or Senator rep- 
resents. 

SPECIAL ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS. A lim- 
ited number of scholarships are awarded each 
year to students of exceptional ability out of 
funds derived from campus enterprises. The 
amount of these scholarships varies, depending 
upon the extent of need. 

GENERAL STATE SCHOLARSHIPS. The Gen- 
eral Assembly of Maryland provides a number of 
limited scholarships to students entering college 
for the first time. The scholarships may be used in 
any approved institution of higher education with- 
in the State. Awards are made by the State Schol- 
arship Board based upon financial need and the 
results of a competitive examination. For addition- 
al information, contact high school guidance coun- 
selors or the Maryland State Scholarship Board, 
2100 Guilford Avenue, Baltimore, Maryland 21218. 

ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS. The 
University has a number of endowed scholarships 
and special grants. These range in value from $100 
to $1,000. Recipients are chosen by the University 
in accordance with terms established by the don- 
or. It is usually inadvisable for a student to apply 
for a specific scholarship. Each applicant will re- 
ceive consideration for all scholarships for which 
he is eligible. 

EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS. Under 
provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965, 
limited grants are available to encourage youths 
of exceptional financial need to continue their 
post-secondary school education. A recipient must 
be a United States citizen enrolled as a full-time 
undergraduate. The amount of the grant must be 
matched by an equal amount of some other type of 
aid provided through the University. 

NURSING SCHOLARSHIPS. Nursing students of 
exceptional financial need are eligible to receive 
assistance under the provisions of the Health Man- 
power Act of 1968. Students submitting applica- 
tions for financial aid will be automatically consid- 
ered for both scholarship and loan. 

LOCAL AND NATIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In ad- 
dition to the scholarships provided by the Univer- 
sity of Maryland, a student should give careful 
consideration to scholarship aid provided by local 
and national scholarship programs. Ordinarily, the 
high school principal or counselor will be well in- 
formed as to these opportunities. 



LOANS 

Loan funds to meet educational expenses are 
available for students enrolled in the University. 
The extent of financial need must be clearly estab- 
lished by providing a complete statement of the 
applicant's financial resources and estimated ex- 
penses for the academic year. 

Loan awards are normally granted on a yearly 
basis, although short-term and emergency loans 
are granted for shorter periods. 

To apply for a long-term loan, an application 
should normally be filed before July 1 for the en- 
suing year. If funds are available, applications may 
be considered at other times, but the student 
should bear in mind that it generally takes about 
six weeks to process a loan. 

Students applying for a loan must have a 2.0 (C) 
average for courses taken the preceding semester. 
New students need a 2.5 average in academic sub- 
jects for the previous two years of school. 

Loans are not available for non-educational ex- 
penses, nor are they available for repayment of 
previously incurred indebtedness. 

NATIONAL DEFENSE EDUCATION ACT LOAN 
FUND. This loan fund was etablished by the Fed- 
eral government in agreement with the University 
of Maryland to make low-interest loans available 
to superior students with clearly established fi- 
nancial need. Applicants must be United States 
nationals (citizens and permanent resident status) 
and must be enrolled for eight or more credit 
hours at day school on the College Park campus. 

If funds are available, a student may request up 
to $1,000 per year; the average approved loan is 
about half this amount. The borrower must sign a 
note. Repayment begins one year after the bor- 
rower leaves school and must be completed with- 
in ten years thereafter. No interest is charged un- 
til the beginning of the repayment schedule. In- 
terest after that date is charged at the rate of 
three percent per annum. 

U. S. LOAN PROGRAM FOR CUBAN STU- 
DENTS. Loan funds are available to Cuban na- 
tionals under terms similar to the NDEA Loans. 

NURSING STUDENT LOANS. Loans up to $1,500 
per year are available under provision of the 
Nurses Training Act of 1964. The borrower must 
be a full-time student pursuit of a baccalaureate 
or graduate degree in nursing and able to estab- 
lish financial need. Repayment begins one year 
after the borrower ceases to be a full-time student 
and must be completed within ten years thereafter. 
No interest is charged until the beginning of the 
repayment schedule. Interest after that date ac- 
crues at the rate of three percent per annum. 

Up to fifty percent of the loan plus interest may 
be cancelled in the event that the borrower is em- 
ployed full-time as a nurse in a public or nonprofit 
institution or agency. Such cancellation is at the 
rate of ten percent per year. In the event of total 
or permanent disability or death, the borrower's 
obligation is automatically cancelled. 



12 / General Information 



INSTITUTIONAL STUDENT LOANS. Institution- 
al loan funds have been established through the 
generosity of University organizations, alumni, fac- 
ulty staff, and friends. These loans are normally 
available at low interest rates to upperclassmen 
only. For specific information, the student should 
inquire at the Office of Student Aid. 

LAW ENFORCEMENT EDUCATION PROGRAfVl 
LOAN AND GRANT. Loans: Qualified full-time 
pre-service students in approved fields may apply 
for loan assistance up to $1,800 per academic 
year. The loan is cancelled at the rate of 25 per- 
cent per year of full-time employment in criminal 
justice or repaid at the rate of 7 percent simple in- 
terest, commencing six months after termination 
of full-time study. Grants: In-service employees of 
police, courts and corrections agencies enrolled 
in courses related to law enforcement can receive 
up to $300 per semester (not to exceed cost of 
tuition and fees). Grant recipients must agree to 
remain in the service of their employing law en- 
forcement agency for at least two years following 
completion of their courses. Any student who 
meets the eligibility requirements for both a loan 
and a grant may receive both concurrently. Inter- 
ested students should contact either the Dean, 
University College, or Director, Institute of Crimi- 
nal Justice and Criminology, College of Arts and 
Sciences. 

BANK LOANS. Loan programs have been estab- 
lished through the tvlaryland Higher Education 
Loan Corporation and the United Student Aid Fund 
which permit students to borrow money from their 
hometown banks. The programs enable under- 
graduates in good standing to borrow up to $1,250 
per year, and notes may not bear more than seven 
percent simple interest. Monthly repayments be- 
gin ten months after graduation or withdrawal 
from school. The Federal government will pay the 
interest while the student is in school. Further de- 
tails and a listing of participating banks may be 
secured from the Office of Student Aid. 

PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT 

More than one-half of the students at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland earn a portion of their ex- 
penses. The Office of Student Aid serves without 
charge as a clearing house for students seeking 
part-time work and employers seeking help. Many 



jobs are available in the residence halls, dining 
halls, libraries, laboratories, and elsewhere on 
campus and off campus. 

Working during college years may offer advan- 
tages in addition to the obvious one of financing a 
college education. The employed student has a 
special opportunity to learn new skills, to develop 
good work habits, and to learn how to get along 
with people. Part-time employment experience of- 
ten is helpful to the student in making his career 
choice. 

The Office of Student Aid welcomes the oppor- 
tunity to counsel a student about employment. 
However, securing a position through intelligent 
application and retaining that position through 
good work is the individual's responsibility. 

Freshman students who do not need financial 
aid probably should not attempt to work during 
the first year at the University. Adjustment to col- 
lege study and to the changes from life at home 
usually require the student's best efforts without 
the added responsibility of partial self-support. 

However, freshman students who need to work 
in order to attend the University are advised to 
consider employment in one of the dining halls. 
A student may earn approximately one-half of his 
board and room by working ten hours per week. 
After one successful semester the work load may 
be increased, at the request of the student, up to 
a maximum of 20 hours per week. 

For positions other than food service, a student 
normally cannot arrange for employment until he 
is on campus at the beginning of a school session. 
Application must be made in person and the ap- 
plicant should have a schedule of his classes and 
study hours so that he can seek employment best 
suited to his free time. 

Foreign students must have clearance from the 
Office of Foreign Student Affairs before they may 
engage in employment. 

COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM 

Eligible students may seek employment under 
provisions of Title 1-C of the Economic Opportun- 
ity Act. Qualified students may work up to 15 hours 
per week during the school year and full-time dur- 
ing the summer. It is the intent of the Student Aid 
Committee to combine this type of assistance with 
scholarships and loans so that students from low 
income families will be able to attend the Univer- 
sity. 



General Information / 13 



ACADEMICS 



The University of Maryland is accredited by the 
Middle States Association of Colleges and Secon- 
dary Schools and is a member of the Association 
of American Universities. In addition, individual 
schools and departments are accredited by such 
groups as the American Association of Collegiate 
Schools of Business, the American Chemical So- 
ciety, the National Association of Schools of Music, 
the Section of Legal Education and Admissions to 
the Bar of the American Bar Association, the 
American Council of Education for Journalism, the 
American Council on Pharmaceutical Education, 
the Council on Dental Education of the American 
Dental Association, the Committee on Accredita- 
tion of the American Library Association, the 
American Psychological Association, the Commis- 
sion on Accreditation of the Council on Social 
Work Education, the Council on Medical Educa- 
tion of the American Medical Association, the 
Engineers' Council for Professional Development, 
the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher 
Education, and the National League for Nursing. 

GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM 

A college education implies something more 
than technical training in a field of specialization. 
In order that each graduate may gain a liberal edu- 
cation as well as a specialized one, the University 
has established a General Education requirement. 
This requirement consists of 34 semester hours of 
credit in six areas: English (9 hours), fine arts or 
philosophy (3 hours), history (6 hours), mathe- 



matics (3 hours), science (7 hours), and social sci- 
ence (6 hours). There is a wide choice in specific 
courses which may be used to satisfy require- 
ments in all of the six areas. 

The General Education Program is designed to 
be spread out over the four years of college. In 
each of the areas, courses for which no previous 
college course work is prerequisite are available; 
at the same time, alternative advanced courses are 
available in most of the areas. Thus, a student 
may (within the limits of his particular curriculum) 
satisfy a General Education requirement with a va- 
riety of courses at different levels. Which courses 
he takes will depend on his ability — as determined 
by advanced credit, placement examination, de- 
partment evaluation, and class standing — and 
upon his interests and needs. 

It should be emphasized that the 34 semester 
hours of General Education courses constitute a 
minimum requirement, applicable to the under- 
graduate students in all of the colleges of the Uni- 
versity of Maryland. 

The University is also concerned with the physi- 
cal fitness of each student. Therefore, all under- 
graduate men and women students registered for 
more than eight hours of credit are required to 
enroll in and successfully complete two prescribed 
courses in physical education. A health education 
course of two semesters hours' credit is required 
of all undergraduate men and women. These 
courses must be taken by all students taking more 
than eight hours in a semester during their first 



General Information / 15 



year of attendance at the University whether they 
intend to graduate or not. 

COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS 

In addition to fulfilling the General Education 
requirements, each student will have to meet the 
specific graduation requirements determined by 
the faculty of his particular college. These addi- 
tional course requirements will be found in each 
individual college section. 

ACADEMIC ADVISORS 

Each student is assigned a faculty advisor 
whose function is to aid the student in designing 
his program of study. The student meets with his 
advisor in regular conferences each semester and 
may arrange additional meetings on his own initia- 
tive. 

Special advisors are assigned to students in the 
preprofessional curricula. 

INTERMEDIATE REGISTRATION 

The Office of Intermediate Registration (OIR) is 
for students who wish to transfer from one college 
to another within the University, but who lack the 
necesary 2.00 cumulative grade point average to 
be able to do so. A student may register in OIR, 
take courses applicable to the curriculum to which 
he wishes to transfer, and then transfer to the new 
college upon earning the necessary average. 
The Office also offers the following course: 
CLAM 108 (001). College Aims. (1) 
This course is primarily aimed at orienting new 
students toward the practice of efficient study 
techniques. It will be concerned with such top- 
ics as: 1. How to study and develop higher level 
work skills; 2. Diagnosing and remedying skill 
disabilities; 3. Handling problem area which dis- 
tracts students from their studies. 
The Office of Intermediate Registration recog- 
nizes that students may have difficulty in making 
vocational decisions. For this reason, OIR assumes 
the specific goals of providing for all students 
registered in OIR the opportunity to receive ad- 
vising for curriculum choice and vocational plan- 
ning. 

The Office of Intermediate Registration is lo- 
cated in Room 215 of the North Administration 
Building. The telephone number is 454-2733. 

INTENSIVE EDUCATIONAL 
DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM 

The Intensive Educational Development Pro- 
gram is designed to provide educational and 
psychological support to students who enter the 
University of Maryland from culturally different 
and low socio-economic backgrounds. 

Academic advisement is a critical component 
of the program. Students enroll in the Office of 
Intermediate Registration. In addition to registra- 
tion, continuous group and individual sessions are 
held throughout the semester. 



Group and individual counseling, planned and 
spontaneous, utilizes nontraditional methods in 
working with students. 

Academic skills are enhanced and improved 
through group and individual work in the Reading 
and Study Skills Laboratory. Specific academic 
lab sessions are set up for the student's individual 
courses. 

Tutoring is provided by a selected group of paid 
tutors individually and in small groups with a ratio 
of 1 to 4. 

The program recruits and enrolls students from 
high schools, community agencies, and Upward 
Bound programs. University of Maryland students 
may transfer into the program during their first 
two years. 

Students are involved in the planning, imple- 
menting and evaluation of the program. 

For further information, contact: 
Coordinator, lED Program 
213 N. Administration Building 
University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 20742 

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS 

No baccalaureate curriculum requires less than 
120 semester hours. Actual classifications run as 
follows: freshman, 1-27 semester hours; sopho- 
more, 28-55; junior, 56-85; and senior, 86 on up 
to at least 120. 

A student may register for upper division 
courses when granted junior standing by his col- 
lege. This shall be based upon earning a minimum 
of 56 academic hours toward his degree, complet- 
ing such course requirements as the college may 
direct, and posessing the minimum required grade 
point average to remain in the University. 

A senior at the University of Maryland who is 
within seven hours of completing the requirements 
for the undergraduate degree may, with the ap- 
proval of his undergraduate dean, the head of the 
department concerned, and the Graduate School, 
register in the undergraduate college for gradu- 
ate courses, which may later be counted for grad- 
uate credit toward an advanced degree at this 
University. The student must be within seven cred- 
it hours of completing his undergraduate work and 
the total of undergraduate and graduate courses 
must not exceed fifteen credits for the semester. 
Excess credits in the senior year cannot be used 
for graduate credit unles proper pre-arrangement 
is made. Seniors who wish to register for graduate 
credit should apply to the Graduate School. 

SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES 

Advanced Placement 

Students entering the University from secondary 
school may obtain advanced placement and col- 
lege credit on the basis of their performance on 
the College Board Advanced Placement examina- 
tions. These examinations are normally given to 



16 / General Information 



eligible high school seniors during the May pre- 
ceding matriculation in college. 

For achievement of a score of five or four on a 
given examination, the student will be granted Ad- 
vanced Placement and the credit equivalent of two 
semester courses in that field; for achievement of 
a score of three, Advanced Placement and the 
credit equivalent of either one or two semester 
courses, depending upon the field of the examina- 
tion, will be granted. A student earning a score of 
2 on the English advanced placement examination 
will not need to take English Composition, but no 
credit will be given. 

The program allows students a maximum of 
thirty hours credit, which may be used to meet 
major, minor, or elective requirements; or, where 
appropriate. General Education requirements. In- 
cluded in the University's program are Advanced 
Placement examinations in the following areas: bi- 
ology, chemistry, English, French, German, his- 
tory, Latin, mathematics, physics and Spanish. 

Questions about the program may be addressed 
to the Director of Admissions and Registrations, 
College Deans, or the Director of General Educa- 
tion. For detailed information about examinations 
and procedures in tal<ing them, write to Director of 
Advanced Placement Program, College Entrance 
Examination Board, 475 Riverside Drive, New York, 
New York 10027. 

Honors Programs 

The Colleges of Arts and Science, Education, 
Architecture, Business and Public Administration, 
and Agriculture have created unusual opportuni- 
ties for the superior student through the establish- 
ment of Honors Programs. 

Arts and Sciences, 
Secondary Education, Arctiitecture 

The College of Arts and Sciences has instituted 
both General Honors and Departmental Honors. 
General Honors, as its name suggests, enlarges 
the breadth of the student's generalized knowl- 
edge; Departmental Honors increases the depth 
of his knowledge in his major discipline. Both offer 
the student challenging academic experiences 
characterized by small sections, active student 
participation, and an Honors faculty that encour- 
ages dialogue. Individually guided research and 
independent study are important features of Hon- 
ors work. 

Each year a selected group of entering fresh- 
men is invited into the General Honors Program on 
the basis of their high school records and stand- 
ardized test scores. The General Honors student, 
after acceptance, must maintain a B average to 
continue in the Program. 

The more than 20 Departmental Honors Pro- 
grams ordinarily begin in the junior year, although 
a few programs begin as early as the freshman 
year. 

By agreement, students in Secondary Education 
in the College of Education and in the School of 



Architecture may participate in the Honors Pro- 
grams of the College of Arts and Sciences. 

The student who completes his Honors curricu- 
lum successfully is graduated with a citation in 
General or Departmental Honors, or with both. 

Interested high school students should write to 
the Director of Honors, 104 Francis Scott Key Hall, 
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 
20742. 

Business and Public Administration 
The College of Business and Public Administra- 
tion has instituted Departmental Honors Programs 
in Business Administration, Economics, and Gov- 
ernment and Politics. 

Agriculture 
The College of Agriculture has instituted a De- 
partmental Honors Program in Agricultural Eco- 
nomics. 

HONOR SOCIETIES 

Students who excel in scholarship and leader- 
ship may be invited to join the appropriate honor 
society. These include: 

•Alpha Kappa Delta (Sociology) 
'Alpha Lambda Delta 

(Scholarship-Freshmen Women) 
Alpha Sigma Lambda 

(Adult Education) 
Alpha Zeta (Agriculture) 
Beta Alpha Psi (Accounting) 
Beta Gamma Sigma (Business Administration) 
*Chi Epsilon (Civil Engineering) 
"Eta Kappa Nu 

(Electrical Engineering) 
Gamma Theta Upsilon (Geography) 
lota Lambda Sigma 

(Industrial Education) 
Kappa Delta Pi (Education) 
"Mortar Board (Women's Scholarship 
and Leadership) 
Omicron Delta Epsilon (Economics) 
'Omicron Delta Kappa (Men's 

Scholarship and Leadership) 
Omicron Nu (Home Economics) 
Phi Alpha Epsilon (Physical Education) 
■Phi Alpha Theta (History) 
Phi Beta Kappa 

(Arts and Sciences) 
Phi Delta Kappa (Educational) 
•Phi Eta Sigma 

(Scholarship — Freshmen Men) 
•Phi Kappa Phi (Senior and Graduate Scholarship) 
•Phi Sigma (Biology) 
Pi Alpha Xi (Floriculture) 
Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics) 
•Pi Sigma Alpha (Political Science) 
*Pi Tau Sigma 

(Mechanical Engineering) 
"Psi Chi (Psychology) 
Sigma Alpha Eta (Speech Therapy) 
Sigma Alpha lota (Women's Music) 
Sigma Alpha Omicron (Bacteriology) 
•Sigma Pi Sigma (Physics) 
•Tau Beta Pi (Engineering) 

•Members of Association of College Honor Societies. 



General Information / 17 



LIBRARIES 

The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the gen- 
eral library of the University, containing reference 
works, periodicals, circulating books, and other 
materials in all fields of research and instruction. 
Branch libraries include the Engineering and Phys- 
ical Sciences Library, the Architecture Library, 
and the Chemistry Library. 

The libraries on the College Park campus in- 
clude approximately 1,000,000 volumes and 12,000 
subscriptions to periodicals and new/spapers, as 
well as many uncatalogued government docu- 
ments, phonorecords, films and filmstrips, etc. 

Special collections include those of Richard 
Van Mises in mathematics and applied mechan- 
ics; Max Born in the physical sciences; Thomas I. 
Cook in political science; Romeo Mansueti in the 
biological sciences; Katherine Anne Porter; Mary- 
land; U.S. government publications (for which the 
University is a regional depository); documents of 
the United Nations, the League of Nations, and 
other international organizations; agricultural ex- 
periment station and extension service publica- 
tions; maps from the U.S. Army Map Service; the 
files of the Industrial Union of Marine and Ship- 
building Workers of America; the Wallenstein col- 
lection of musical scores; and research collec- 
tions of the American Bandmasters Association, 
the National Association of Wind and Percussion 
Instructors and the Music Educators National Con- 
ference. In addition, the collections include micro- 
film productions of government documents, rare 
books, early journals, and newspapers. 

Other Area Resources 

The College Park campus is in a region rich in 
research collections. In the Washington area are 
the Library of Congress, the National Archives, the 
Folger Library, the National Library of Medicine, 
the National Agricultural Library, and various aca- 



demic and special libraries. In the Baltimore area, 
in addition to the University's own libraries at 
UMBC and on the professional campus, are the 
Enoch Pratt Free Library and the Maryland Histori- 
cal Association Library. The Maryland Hall of 
Records is located in Annapolis. 



RESEARCH FACILITIES 

The research programs at the University derive 
their existence and vigor from a faculty comprised 
of internationally recognized scholars and scien- 
tists. It is an advantage for undergraduate students 
to be aware of the University's research facilities 
as they plan their program. 

In addition to fine library resources and the 
usual laboratory facilities for undergraduate 
studies, the University has developed outstanding 
opportunities for research in the biological, physi- 
cal, and social sciences. Among the exceptional 
facilities are the Institute for Child Study; the Na- 
tural Resources Institute; a Computer Science 
Center; a laboratory for basic behavioral research 
on animals; Van de Graaff accelerators; a training 
nuclear reactor; a full-scale, low-velocity wind tun- 
nel; a psycho-pharmacology laboratory; and lab- 
oratory models for meteorological phenomena. 
Collaborative arrangements with many nearby gov- 
ernment agencies permit University students and 
faculty to utilize their research facilities. The Uni- 
versity owns and operates the world's longest 
radio telescope, located in California. A 160 MVE 
cyclotron for research in nuclear studies is located 
on the College Park campus. 

Investigation in agriculture is an important 
aspect of University research. University farms 
total more than 2,000 acres. Breeding, selection in 
farm crops, and soil research are a part of the 
program. Work in these areas is augmented by 
X-ray equipment and an electron microscope. 



18 / General information 



GENERAL REGULATIONS 



PART I— 

A. GENERAL POLICY 

The University's approach to student discipline 
is primarily an educative and preventive one. It 
asumes that discipline is properly the concern of 
the entire University community — the student 
body, the faculty and the administration. 

in order that uniform standards may be main- 
tained, all disciplinary action concerning students 
or student organizations is subject to review by 
the Adjunct Committee on Student Discipline of 
the University Senate. The rules and regulations of 
any organization or department that vi^ishes to 
establish a disciplinary unit must be submitted to 
the Adjunct Committee on Student Discipline and 
the Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs for approv- 
al or modification. 

Cases involving infractions of University rules, 
other than academic, which apply to all students 
are referred immediately to the Student Affairs 
Judiciary Office on the College Park campus or to 
the Dean of the school in which the student is 
registered in Baltimore. (Graduate students are 
referred to the Dean of the Graduate School.) 
The Judiciary Office or the Dean will investigate 
the case and take appropriate action. 

In situations involving undergraduates, the Stu- 
dent Affairs Judiciary Office will refer the case to 
one of the student judicial boards for appropriate 
action, according to the jurisdictional area of the 
various student boards and the seriousness and 



nature of the offense. The Student Affairs Judiciary 
Office may handle directly those cases it judges 
to involve students needing special remedial or 
rehabilitative action and those cases where an ad- 
ministrative hearing is requested by the student. 
Students charged with violating University regu- 
lations are guaranteed administrative due process 
in the handling of the charges, the conduct of the 
hearings, the imposition of sanctions, and the 
right of appeal. 

B. SUSPENSION OF A STUDENT FROM CLASS 

Discipline in the classroom is the responsibility 
of the faculty member in charge of the class. Mis- 
behavior of a type that interferes with the educa- 
tional efficiency of a class will be considered suffi- 
cient cause for suspending a student from the 
class. If a student is suspended from class for 
disciplinary reasons, he should report immediately 
to the department head. The department head will 
investigate the incident and will report it to the 
academic dean and to the Student Affairs Judici- 
ary Office, in order to determine whether or not 
past disciplinary action has been taken against 
the student. The department head will then write 
a letter to the student indicating the disposition 
of the case. The student will be required to present 
this letter to his insructor before he can be read- 
mitted to class. A copy of this letter will be sent 
to the Student Affairs Judiciary Office. 



General Information / 19 



Disruption of a class by a student not enrolled 
In that class can be referred to the Judiciary Office. 
Disruption by a non-student can be referred to the 
campus police. 

C. SUSPENSION OF A STUDENT FROM 
ACTIVITIES OR UNIVERSITY FACILITIES 

The individual or group of individuals in charge 
of any department, division, organization, build- 
ing, facility or any other unit of the University (e.g., 
Dining Hall, Student Union, etc.) shall be responsi- 
ble for student discipline within such units. The 
person responsible for each unit may suspend the 
student or student organization from the unit. The 
suspended student or representative of the student 
organization will be referred immediately to the 
Student Affairs Judiciary Office. The Judiciary Of- 
fice will investigate the incident and notify the stu- 
dent of the disposition of the case. The individual 
responsible for the suspension will be notified be- 
fore the student or his organization can be read- 
mitted. A file of such actions shall be kept in the 
Judiciary Office. 

D. IDENTIFICATION CARDS 

Official University of Maryland student identifi- 
cation cards and transaction plates are issued to 
all registered undergraduate and graduate stu- 
dents. The identfication card and the transaction 
plate are for use only by the student to whom is- 
sued and may not be transferred or loaned to an- 
other individual for any reason. Loss of either the 
I.D. card or the transaction plate, or both, should 
be reported at once to the Office of the Vice Chan- 
cellor for Student Affairs. A replacement fee of 
$3.00 for each item is required prior to the crea- 
tion of authorized duplicates. 

E. IMPORTANT UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS 
WHICH APPLY TO ALL STUDENTS 

The following behavior may result in referral to 
the Student Affairs Judiciary Office for appropriate 
action. Typically, disciplinary sanctions will be im- 
posed not only for individual misconduct which 
demonstrates a disregard for institutional behavi- 
oral standards, but also for conduct which indi- 
cates disregard for the rights and welfare of others 
as members of an academic community. Such con- 
duct may ultimately call into question the student's 
membership in the University community, either 
because he has violated elementary standards of 
behavior necessary for the maintenance of an edu- 
cational milieu or because his continued presence 
at the University adversely affects the ability of 
others to pursue their educational goals. 

1. VIOLATION OF FIRE REGULATIONS— This 
includes failure to comply with evacuation 
procedures, tampering with fire-protection ap- 
paratus, use or possesion of fireworks or fire- 
arms, or use of open-flame devices or com- 
bustible materials which endangers the safety 



or well-being of the University community; 
or unauthorized use of electrical equipment. 

2. BEHAVIOR WHICH JEOPARDIZES THE SAFE- 
TY OR WELL-BEING OF OTHER MEMBERS 
OF THE UNIVERSITY COMMUNITY OR PER- 
SONS COMING ONTO UNIVERSITY PROP- 
ERTY — This includes physical harrassment 
of, or interference with firemen, policemen or 
other persons engaged in the performance of 
their official duties; physical abuse or threat- 
ening physical abuse of any person on Uni- 
versity property; forcible detention of any 
person on University property. 

3. UNAUTHORIZED POSSESSION, USE, OR DIS- 
TRIBUTION OF ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES ON 
OR IN UNIVERSITY PROPERTY— University 
policy, consistent with State and County laws, 
restricts on-campus use of alcoholic bever- 
ages in specified areas. 

4. POSSESSION, USE, SALE OR DISTRIBUTION 
ON OR IN UNIVERSITY PROPERTY OF IL- 
LEGAL DRUGS OR OF DRUGS WHICH THE 
REQUIRED PRESCRIPTION HAS NOT BEEN 
OBTAINED — This includes possession, use, 
distribution, sale, manufacture or processing 
of illegal or unprescribed narcotics, drugs, 
and/or hallucinogenic substances. 

5. DESTRUCTION, THEFT, ATTEMPTED THEFT, 
OR IMPAIRMENT OF PERSONAL OR UNI- 
VERSITY PROPERTY— Disciplinary action 
may include a requirement of restitution. 

6. UNAUTHORIZED POSSESSION OR USE OF 
UNIVERSITY KEYS— Keys to rooms or build- 
ings on the University campus may be ob- 
tained only through official channels. 

7. UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY INTO OR PRESENCE 
IN A UNIVERSITY BUILDING OR FACILITY— 
Except for properly scheduled use, class- 
room, administration and recreation buildings 
are closed to general student use on holidays, 
Saturday afternoon, Sundays and after 12 mid- 
night during the week. Students may use a 
building or facility for a specified purpose 
upon written permision from a member of 
the faculty with approval of the academic or 
administrative officer normally having control 
over such building or facility, which permis- 
sion may be revoked or withdrawn. 

8. FALSIFICATION, FORGERY, OR MODIFICA- 
TION OF ANY OFFICIAL UNIVERSITY REC- 
ORD — Identification card, absence excuses, 
parking stickers, transcripts, examinations, 
grade cards, admission applications, etc. 

9. PLAGIARISM, CHEATING AND OTHER ACA- 
DEMIC IRREGULARITIES — A student who 
violates accepted academic procedure may 
be referred to the Dean of his College or to 



20 / General Information 



an Ad Hoc Commitee on Academic Dishon- 
esty. (See Irregularities in Examinations for 
specifics) 

10. FAILURE TO MEET FINANCIAL OBLIGA- 
TIONS TO THE UNIVERSITY— This includes 
refusal to pay delinquent accounts and use of 
worthless checks or money orders in pay- 
ment to the University for tuition, board, fees, 
library fines, traffic penalties, etc. 

11. OBSTRUCTION OF, DISRUPTION OF, OR IN- 
TERFERENCE WITH ANY UNIVERSITY AC- 
TIVITY OF AN ACADEMIC NATURE; AC- 
TIONS ON THE PART OF STUDENTS WHICH 
SUBSTANTIALLY OBSTRUCT, DISRUPT, OR 
INTERFERE WITH NON-ACADEMIC ACTIVI- 
TIES ON UNIVERSITY PREMISES BY MEM- 
BERS OR AUTHORIZED NON-MEMBERS OF 
THE UNIVERSITY COMMUNITY. 

12. VIOLATION OF UNIVERSITY HOUSING REG- 
ULATIONS- 
IS. VIOLATION OF UNIVERSITY CAMPUS TRAF- 
FIC RULES AND REGULATIONS- 
PART II— 

ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES 

It is a general expectation that individuals and 
groups will abide by the behavioral guidelines es- 
tabilshed by this policy statement. Compliance 
with these minimal standards for responsible con- 
duct is a necessary condition for maintaining a 
campus atmosphere in which dissent and demon- 
strations are viewed as important aspects of the 
University's educational program. 

Reports of violations by undergraduate students 
will be referred to the Judiciary Office of the Vice 
Chancellor for Student Affairs and reports of vio- 
lations by graduate students will be referred to 
the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. Ac- 
tions taken by these offices will follow procedures 
set forth in this chapter. 

When violations continue beyond the enforce- 
ment capabilities of the University staff, such out- 
side assistance as is necessary may be requested. 
These requests will be made in accordance with 
policy and procedures established by the Univer- 
sity. 

Disciplinary Actions 

1. DISCIPLINARY REPRIMAND 

A disciplinary reprimand is written notification 
from a University official to a student containing 
a warning that repeated infractions of regulations 
may result in more severe disciplinary action. A 
record of the letter will be filed in the Student Af- 
fairs Judiciary Office. The student's parents may 
be notified. 

2. CONDUCT PROBATION 

This action involves a period of time, not to ex- 
ceed one year, in which a student is required to 



show a positive change in behavior. In addition, 
conditions and restrictions may be imposed, in- 
cluding revocation of specific privileges and rec- 
ommendations for counseling interviews with the 
Judiciary Office. The student's parents may be 
notified. A violation of conduct probation may be 
the basis for for severe disciplinary action. 

3. DISMISSAL FROM UNIVERSITY HOUSING 

In the case of a serious violation of house rules, 
residence hall probation, or housing regulations, 
a student may be dismissed from University hous- 
ing for a specified period of time. Such dismissal 
results in a percentage room and board refund, 
according to the regular University refund policy. 

4. DISCIPLINARY PROBATION 

This action involves a period of time, not to ex- 
ceed one year, during which a student who has 
been involved in a disciplinary situation (or re- 
peated violations) is given an opportunity to prove 
that he can become a responsible and effective 
member of the University community. 

In deciding upon the action of disciplinary pro- 
bation, a judicial board may subject the activi- 
ties of the student to any one, or more, of the fol- 
lowing conditions: 

1. A student on disciplinary probation may not 
represent the University in any extracurricular 
activities such as intercollegiate athletics, de- 
bate teams, University Theatre, or band; how- 
ever, he may participate in informal activities of 
a recreational nature sponsored by the Univer- 
sity. 

2. A student on disciplinary probation may not 
run for or hold office in any organization that is 
recognized by the Adjunct Committee on Stu- 
dent Activities. 

3. The student's activities may be restricted in 
other ways which pertain to the type of offense. 

4. The student may be required to make resti- 
tution or repairs. 

When a student has been placed on disci- 
plinary probation, the Office will officially notify 
the student of the decision and will indicate 
that any violation of his probationary status may 
result in supension or expulsion. The Judiciary 
Office will inform appropriate University au- 
thorities of the disciplinary action and may noti- 
fy the student's parents. 

If a student is found guilty by a judicial board 
of any infraction of University regulations dur- 
ing his probationary period, the board may rec- 
ommend that he be suspended or expelled from 
the University. 

At the end of the probation period, the stu- 
dent's case will be reviewed by the Judiciary 
Office. If all conditions of the disciplinary action 
have been met satisfactorily, the student will be 
considered in good standing, behaviorally. 

5. SUSPENSION FROM THE UNIVERSITY 

A student's supension from the University shall 
be for an indefinite period of time. However, the 



General Information / 21 



Judicial Board recommending this action must 
specify the date at which he subsequently may 
apply to the Judiciary Office for readmission, and 
in no case will this date be later than one year 
after the effective date of the suspension. The 
academic record of the student will not in any 
case affect this application for readmission after 
suspension for disciplinary reasons. All recom- 
mendations for suspension must be approved by 
the Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs. Parents 
are notified in all cases. 

During the period of suspension, the student 
may not participate in any University-sponsored 
activity or in the activities of any recognized Uni- 
versity organization. In addition, he will be denied 
all other rights and privileges which are accorded 
to students in good standing. 

a. Suspended Suspension by Vice Chancellor 
for Student Affairs. 

Suspension is withheld pending careful eval- 
uation of a student's behavior during a proba- 
tionary period not to exceed one year. If the 
student is involved in any further offense, this 
suspension of disciplinary action may be sum- 
marily revoked by the Vice Chancellor and the 
original decision of suspension from the Uni- 
versity enforced. 

b. Deferred Suspension by Vice Chancellor for 
Student Affairs. 

This is a suspension which becomes effective 
after a specific future date. It is normally used 
near the end of a semester to avoid financial 
penalty that would be entailed by an immediate 
suspension. Probationary status will exist dur- 
ing this period identical to suspended suspen- 
sion. 

6. EXPULSION FROM THE UNIVERSITY 

This is the most serious penalty and results in a 
complete separation of the relations between the 
University and the student. Parents are informed 
and permanent notification appears on the stu- 
dent's official transcript. Expulsion must be ap- 
proved by the President of the University. 

APPEALS 

Any disciplinary decision may be appealed to 
the next higher disciplinary unit. The highest board 
of appeal is the Adjunct Committee on Student 
Discipline of the University Senate. An appeal 
must be made through the Judiciary Office or 
through the Dean who is responsible for the ad- 
ministration of the decision being appealed. It will 
be forwarded to the appropriate judicial board for 
review. The appeal must be in writing, must in- 
dicate the basis for the appeal, and must be made 
within ten days of the date the student was notified 
of the decision which he is appealing. In hearing 
an appeal, the next higher disciplinary unit may 
affirm or reduce the original decision or may re- 
turn the decision to the lower board for reconsid- 
eration. 



STUDENT DISCIPLINARY RECORDS 

All disciplinary actions by the judicial boards 
are reported to the Judiciary Office of the Vice 
Chancellor for Student Affairs where they will be 
recorded. All records of disciplinary action, ex- 
cept those resulting from expulsion, will remain 
confidential, will be segregated from the student's 
academic record, and will not be available to un- 
authorized persons on campus, or to any person 
off campus, without the express consent of the 
student involved, except under legal compulsion 
or in cases where the safety of persons or prop- 
erty is involved. 

Except in cases where the student has de- 
manded a public hearing, disciplinary action is 
confidential; and no member of a judicial board 
may disclose any information concerning the hear- 
ing, the student's prior disciplinary record, the cur- 
rent disciplinary action taken, or any information 
as to the voting. Any public release of information 
concerning disciplinary action will be isued only 
by the Judiciary Office. According to a policy es- 
tablished by the Adjunct Committee on Student 
Discipline, names of students invoiced in disci- 
plinary action may not be printed in campus pub- 
lications and may not be made public. Any judicial 
board may recommend that no publicity of any na- 
ture be released by the Judiciary Office on a case 
if circumstances so warrant. 

PART III— DISCIPLINARY RULES AND 
PROCEDURES 

A. GENERAL 

1. The following rules and procedures are here- 
by declared to be in addition to and supplementary 
of any and all rules and regulations which are not 
or hereafter may be applicable to any campus un- 
der the jurisdiction of the Board of Regents of the 
University (the Regents). The jurisdiction con- 
ferred in the plans for the Undergraduate Judicial 
System and the Graduate Judicial System adopted 
in 1969, as from time to time amended, is hereby 
preserved, provided, however, that when the pro- 
cedures specified in this Part III shall have been 
initiated, in accordance with the terms hereof, this 
Part III shall control, and all such jurisdiction shall 
be transferred to and shall be governed by the pro- 
cedural and substantive context of this Part III. 
Any prior action of the Board which might be con- 
strued to be inconsistent with the delegation of 
power hereby made is rescinded to the extent of 
such inconsistency. 

B. PROCEDURE 

1. This Part III shall apply to all cases where, In 
the judgment of the president or his delegate, the 
chancellor, a student has violated any one or more 
of the rules established by Section C hereof, and 
where the president or his delegate, the chancel- 
lor, has followed the requirements of this Section 
B. If a determination has been made as provided 
in this Paragraph 1, and notice has been served 



22 / General Information 



in accordance with Paragraph 3 hereof, then, and 
in such event, the provisions of this Part III shall 
control the case to the exclusion of any other gen- 
eral and academic regulations applicable to any 
campus of the University. 

2. If the president, or the chancellor, has con- 
cluded, upon prima facie evidence, that a student 
has violated one or more of the rules established 
by Section C hereof, then the president or the 
chancellor may serve such student with notice 
that he may be subject to disciplinary action in- 
cluding suspension or expulsion and that a hearing 
will be held to determine the matter, such notice 
to be in the form and containing the information 
required by Paragraph 3 hereof. The chancellor 
or in his absence his designee may temporarily 
suspend a student for an interim period pending a 
disciplinary hearing, such temporary suspension 
to become immediately effective without prior 
notice, whenever in his judgment there is evidence 
of severe misconduct indicating that the continued 
presence of the student on the University campus 
poses a threat to University property, to members 
of the University community, to himself, or to the 
stability and continuance of normal University 
functions. A student suspended on an interim basis 
shall be given the opportunity to promptly appear 
personally before the chancellor or in his absence 
his designee and to have a hearing on the follow- 
ing issues only: 

(a) the reliability of the information on the stu- 
dent's misconduct, including the matter of his 
identity; 

(b) whether the misconduct and surrounding 
circumstances reasonably indicate that the re- 
moval of the student from the University cam- 
pus is required to safeguard himself, members 
of the University community, University prop- 
erty, or the continuance of normal University 
functions. 

This Part 111 shall become applicable only upon 
the condition that the president, or his delegate, 
the chancellor, has invoked the procedures con- 
tained in this Part 111 within ten (10) days after the 
receipt by the president, or his delegate, the chan- 
cellor, of the prima facie evidence required by this 
paragraph. Unless or until the student has been 
served with notice in accordance with this Part III, 
the discipline of any student shall be controlled by 
the plans for the Undergraduate Judicial System 
and Graduate Judicial System adopted in 1969, 
as from time to time amended, or by any other sys- 
tem which has been established in accordance 
with legally approved standards that may have 
been or may be adopted for any campus of the 
University. 

3. The procedures and substance of this Part III 
shall be initiated only upon written notice being 
served on the student personally or sent to the 
student involved at his address appearing on the 
records of the University, by certified mail, advis- 
ing him of the following (personal service or the 



receipt by the University of a return receipt of mail- 
ing being hereby defined as "service with no- 
tice."): 

(a) a specific description of the misconduct 
with which he is charged and a list of those 
rules in Section C hereof which he has alleged- 
ly violated by such misconduct, together with a 
copy of any written complaint relating to the 
case; 

(b) that he shall be provided a hearing as pro- 
vided in this Part 111 not less than four (4) nor 
more than fourteen (14) calendar days after the 
effective date of service of notice, such hearing 
to be held even if he chooses not to appear, and 
such notice shall specify a date, time and place 
for the hearing; 

(c) that the hearing will be open to the public 
and press unless he requests that it be closed 
and its proceedings and decisions considered 
confidential; 

(d) that he shall be permitted to inspect at 
the office of the chancellor or in some other 
designated office on campus in advance of the 
hearing any affidavits, exhibits, or written evi- 
dence which the University intends to submit 
at the hearing; 

(e) that he may be accompanied and repre- 
sented at the hearing by an advisor of his 
choice, who may be an attorney; 

(f) that he shall be permitted to hear the evi- 
dence presented against him and that he shall 
be permitted to question at the hearing any wit- 
ness who gives evidence against him; 

(g) that she shall have the opportunity to pre- 
sent his version at the hearing by way of affidav- 
its, exhibits, and witnesses; 

(h) that he has been temporarily suspended 
from the University, if that be the case; and 

(i) if relevant, notice of the possible denial of 
financial aid pursuant to Section 504 of the High- 
er Education Amendments of 1968 (P.L. 90-575). 

4. A. All Part III cases shall be heard, in the first 
instance, by a University Judicial Board (the 
Board). 

B. An accused student or the person presenting 
the case for the University may request of the 
chancellor the disqualification of any member of 
the Board selected to serve thereon for the hear- 
ing by submitting a letter to the chancellor show- 
ing that such member is related or has had a busi- 
ness or close personal association with the ac- 
cused student, with the complainant, or with any 
person who has been substantially and adversely 
affected by the student's alleged conduct. The 
chancellor may conduct such investigation of the 
ground for disqualification as he sees fit. The previ- 
ous participation as a Board member in a hearing 
involving the accused student shall not be grounds 
for disqualification. The decision of the chancellor 
as to whether or not there are sufficient grounds 
for disqualification is final. If an accused student 
chooses to invoke the rights conferred by this sub- 



General Information / 23 



paragraph, his hearing before the Board shall be 
postponed for such period of time (not to exceed 
seven |7| calendar days) which will enable the 
chancellor to determine whether the disqualifica- 
tion of any member of the Board is warranted. 

C. The Board shall be appointed for each of the 
campuses of the University by the president or by 
his delegate, the chancellor. The Board shall be 
composed of either five (5) or seven (7) members, 
at the discretion of the appointing authority. One 
of the members of the Board shall be a member 
of the administration of the University. The remain- 
ing members of the Board shall be equally divided 
between students and members of the University 
faculty. Both undergraduates and graduate stu- 
dents shall be represented on the Board at all 
times. The student members of the Board shall be 
chosen (if undergrad-uates) by lot from the mem- 
bers of all existing judicial boards and (if graduate 
students) by lot from a panel to be maintained by 
the student members of the Graduate Student As- 
sociation. The faculty members of the Board shall 
be chosen by lot from a panel of not less than 
thirty (30) to be maintained by the senate of the 
appropriate campus, and in the absence of such 
list, by the chancellor. The members of the Board 
shall select the chairman. More than one Board 
may be established from time to time at the dis- 
cretion of the appointing authority. A majority vote 
of the Board shall be sufficient to decide any case 
that may come before it. 

5. The following rules shall apply to any hearing 
conducted by the Board: 

(a) A student shall file with the Board his ad- 
dress to which notice of its decision may be 
mailed, and the mailing of such decision to such 
address shall be conclusively presumed to comply 
with the notification required by the first sentence 
of Paragraph 10 hereof. All hearings shall be open 
to the public, but the Board may restrict the num- 
ber of observers to that which the hearing room 
may comfortably accommodate. A student appear- 
ing before the Board may request that the hearing 
shall be closed to the public, and this request shall 
be honored by the Board. Sequestration of wit- 
nesses may be ordered. The Board may exclude 
from the hearing any person, other than the stu- 
dent charged, whose conduct disrupts, disturbs 
or delays the proceedings. Should the student 
charged engage in conduct that impedes the prog- 
ress of the hearing, or makes a fair hearing im- 
possible, the Board may pass an order suspend- 
ing such student from the University, and such 
suspension shall thereafter continue until after the 
hearing, or any adjournment thereof, shall have 
been concluded and the appeal therefrom, if any, 
shall have been heard and decided. In addition, 
the Board may adjourn the proceeding, and in 
such a case the suspension of such student 
(whether made by the chancellor in accordance 
with Paragraph 2 hereof or by the Board in ac- 
cordance with this subparagraph 5(a) ) shall con- 



tinue until after the conclusion of the adjourned 
hearing and the time for appeal therefrom has ex- 
pired. 

(b) a pending criminal or civil trial involving the 
accused student will not be considered grounds 
for postponement of the disciplinary hearing, un- 
less the date of the judicial trial conflicts with the 
date of the University hearing. 

(c) A student may be represented at a hearing 
before the Board by an advisor, who may be an 
attorney. The Board may be asssisted in the con- 
duct of the hearing by a legal advisor (either the 
director of the Judiciary Office or some other qual- 
ified individual). 

(d) The student or his advisor shall have the op- 
portunity to question all witnesses, to present wit- 
nesses in his own behalf, to present any other evi- 
dence, and to make an opening and closing state- 
ment. 

(e) The person who shall bring the charges un- 
der these rules shall be the chancellor or the act- 
ing chancellor. Evidence against a student shall be 
presented by a person designated by the chan- 
cellor. The person presenting the case for the Uni- 
versity, the University's attorney, and the Board 
shall have the opportunity to question all wit- 
nesses and to present witnesses and evidence re- 
lating to the charge specified in the notice. 

(f) Formal rules of evidence shall not be appli- 
cable to disciplinary hearings, and any evidence 
or testimony which the Board believes to be rele- 
vant to a fair determination of the charges speci- 
fied in the notice may be admitted. Hearsay evi- 
dence or documents not verified may be admitted 
for the purpose of explaining or corroborating 
other evidence but shall not be sufficient to sup- 
port a determination of the truth of the charges 
unless such hearsay or documentary evidence 
would be admissible in judicial proceedings. 

(g) A student charged under this Part III shall 
be presumed innocent, and the burden of proof 
shall be the responsibility of the University. A stu- 
dent charged under this Part III shall not be re- 
quired to testify before the Board, and his failure 
or refusal to so testify shall not be construed as an 
admission against interest. 

(h) A full and complete record shall be made of 
the proceedings before the Board. A recording or 
other suitable device shall be used. A copy of this 
record shall be supplied to the student. A student 
may arrange to have a court stenographer present 
at his own expense. 

(i) Rulings on evidence and all other matters re- 
lating to the hearing shall be made by the Board, 
and such ruling shall be binding upon all parties. 

(j) If a student fails to appear for a hearing af- 
ter having been duly served with notice thereof as 
required by Paragraph 3 hereof, the hearing shall 
be adjourned, and in such case the suspension of 
such student (if the student has been suspended) 
shall continue until after the conclusion of the ad- 
journed hearing and the appeal therefrom, if any, 



24 / General Information 



shall have been heard and decided. If the Board 
determines, upon clear and convincing evidence, 
that the accused student has willfully failed to ap- 
pear for the hearing, the Board may order the im- 
mediate suspension of such student from the Uni- 
versity. 

(k) If a student leaves the hearing before its 
conclusion without the permission of the Board, 
the hearing shall be adjourned, and in such case 
the suspension of such student (if the student has 
been suspended) shall continue until after the 
conclusion of the adjourned hearing and the ap- 
peal therefrom, if any, shall have been heard and 
decided. Withdrawal by a student from the hear- 
ing shall be grounds for his temporary suspension 
from the University by the Board. 

(I) Students charged with misconduct arising 
from a single incident or occurrence may have 
their hearings joined either at the request of the 
students involved or at the request of the chan- 
cellor. Requests for joint hearings shall be de- 
cided by the Board. The Board may sever a stu- 
dent's case from others involved in a joint hearing 
at any stage in the proceedings, and without af- 
fecting the progress of other cases involved, 
where it appears necessary to insure a fair hear- 
ing for all. 

6. If a hearing has been adjourned for cause, it 
shall be rescheduled within ten (10) calendar 
days from its originally scheduled date. No notice 
of such adjourned hearing must be given to the 
student involved, but a reasonable effort to so 
notify him shall be made. At any adjourned hear- 
ing, the rules established in paragraph 4 hereof 
shall control. 

7. The Board shall make its findings based upon 
substantial evidence produced before it. Such 
findings shall be contained in a written report 
which shall be submitted to the chancellor of the 
campus, within five (5) days of the close of the 
hearing. The report shall contain: 

(a) A finding that the student did or did not com- 
mit the acts charged: 

(b) If the finding is that the student did commit 
the acts charged, a further finding that the acts 
committed did or did not constitute a violation of 
the rules established in Section C of this Part III; 

(c) If the finding is that the student did commit 
the act charged, and if the student is the recipient 
of funds under a program enumerated in Section 
504(c) of the Higher Education Amendments of 
1968 (Public Law 90-575), a further finding as to 
whether the act was of a serious nature and con- 
tributed to a substantial disruption of the admin- 
istration of the University so as to warrant discon- 
tinuance for a period of two years, any further 
payment to, or for the direct benefit of the student 
under any of the programs specified in the afore- 
said Section 504(c) of the Higher Education 
Amendments of 1968; and 

(d) A penalty, if any, to be imposed. 

8. If the Board finds that a penalty should be im- 



posed as provided by paragraph 7(d) hereof, it 
may invoke the following sanctions: 

(a) disciplinary reprimand, or 

(b) conduction probation, or 

(c) dismissal from University housing, or 

(d) disciplinary probation, or 

(e) suspension from the University, or 
(f) explusion from the University. 

If the Board imposes the sanctions provided by 
sub-paragraphs (a) to (d) of this paragraph, then 
the prior suspension of the accused student, if any, 
shall be lifted, and the continued discipline of the 
student shall be as provided in the order of the 
Board. If the Board finds the accused student in- 
nocent of the offense with which he was charged, 
his temporary suspension, if any, shall be lifted. In 
all cases where a temporary suspension has been 
lifted, the student shall be given an opportunity to 
complete interrupted academic work. In invoking 
the power to sanction a student as provided here- 
by, the Board may consider any prior disciplinary 
action taken against the student involved. 

9. In the event that the Board shall fail to sub- 
mit a report to the chancellor of its findings and 
recommendations within seven (7) calendar days 
after the close of the hearing, then the chancellor 
shall promptly give notice to the accused student 
and appoint another University Judicial Board as 
required by these rules, and thereafter a new hear- 
ing shall be held by such successor Board, all in 
accordance with the rules contained in this Part 
III. 

10. Within ten (10) calendar days after notice of 
the Board's decision the student may appeal that 
decision. If no such appeal is taken, the order of 
the Board shall be final and conclusive. Such ap- 
peal shall be noted by filing a written request 
therefor with the chancellor which shall state the 
grounds upon which the appeal is taken and shall 
also state the address of the appellant, which ad- 
dress shall be used by the appellate agency for 
the service of notice as required by Paragraph 11 
hereof. If the student shall have been suspended, 
any such appeal shall continue that suspension, 
notwithstanding the sanctions, if any, imposed by 
the Board as provided by Paragraph 8 hereof. The 
student charged shall have the option to appeal 
either to: 

(a) the chancellor of the campus, or 

(b) the president of the University, or 

(c) an arbitrator as provided for by Paragraph 
12 hereof. 

11. All appeals, as provided by Paragraph 10 
hereof, shall be taken upon the record made be- 
fore the Board. No testimony or other evidence 
shall be introduced before the appellate officer. 
However, the parties may submit written briefs 
stating their contentions concerning the case and 
may be represented before the appellate officer 
by a representative or legal counsel who may pre- 
sent oral arguments on their behalf. The appeal 
shall be heard within fourteen (14) days after it 



General Information / 25 



has been noted in accordance with Paragraph 10 
hereof. The student-appellant shall be sent a no- 
tice of the time and place for the hearing of the 
appeal; the requirement of notification contained 
in this paragraph shall be satisfied by the mailing 
thereof to the student-appellant at his address 
shown on his notice of appeal as required by 
Paragraph 10 hereof. The appellate officer may af- 
firm, modify, revise or reverse the decision of the 
Board, or he may remand the case to the Board 
for further proceedings not inconsistent with its 
findings, but it may not increase the sanctions im- 
posed by the Board. The decision of the appellate 
officer shall be made in writing; it shall be made 
within ten (10) days after he has heard the case; 
his decision shall be final and binding upon the 
parties; the decision shall be communicated in 
writing to the accused student by the appellate 
officer and to the parents or legal guardians of the 
student if he is under the age of twenty-one (21) 
years. 

12. The accused student may appeal the de- 
cision of the Board to an impartial arbitrator ap- 
pointed directly by the National Center for Dis- 
pute Settlement of the American Arbitration As- 
sociation (NCOS). Such appointment may be chal- 
lenged by either party for good cause. The NCOS 
shall decide the question of good cause. In addi- 
tion to the requirements of Paragraph 10 hereof, 
the student shall initiate the arbitration by mailing 
or delivering in person two copies of a notice of 
a desire to arbitrate to the National Center for 
Dispute Settlement, 1815 H Street, NW, Washing- 
ton, D.C. 20006, which notice shall constitute a 
contract on behalf of the student that he shall be 
bound thereafter by the decision of the National 
Center for Dispute Settlement. The arbitration shall 
be conducted in accordance with the Community 
Dispute Settlement Rules of the National Center 
for Dispute Settlement to the extent such rules are 
not inconsistent with the provisions of these rules. 
Where any such inconsistency may exist, these 
rules shall be controlling. Questions of such incon- 
sistency shall be decided by the arbitrator. The 
costs of the arbitration proceeding shall be borne 
equally by the student and the University. A stu- 
dent who is unable to pay his share of these costs 
may petition the University to bear the whole cost 
of the arbitration, provided that the petition plus 
supporting documents is submitted to the chan- 
cellor for his decision prior to the filing of a notice 
of a desire to arbitrate. 

C. DISCIPLINARY RULES 

1. The disciplinary rules contained in this sec- 
tion C are the rules which may invoke the proce- 
dures stated in section B hereof. 

(a) Violation of fire regulations, failure to com- 
ply with evacuation procedures, tampering with 
fire-protection apparatus, use of fireworks, or use 
of open-flame devices or combustible materials 
which endangers the safety or well-being of the 



University community; or unauthorized use of elec- 
trical equipment. 

(b) Unauthorized entry into or presence in a 
University building or facility. Except for properly 
scheduled use, classroom, administration and rec- 
reation buildings are closed to general student 
use on holidays, Saturday afternnon, Sundays and 
after 12 midnight during the week. Students may 
use a building or facility for a specified purpose 
upon written permission from a member of the fac- 
ulty with approval of the academic or administra- 
tive officer normally having control over such 
building or facility, which permission may be re- 
voked or withdrawn. 

(c) Obstruction of, disruption of, or interference 
with any University activity of an academic nature; 
actions on the part of students which substantially 
obstruct, disrupt or interfere with non-academic 
activities on University premises by members or 
authorized non-members of the University com- 
munity. 

(d) Destruction, theft, attempted theft, or impair- 
ment of University property. 

(e) Behavior which jeopardizes the safety or 
well-being of other members of the University 
community, or persons coming onto University 
property; physical harrassment of, or interference 
with firemen, policemen or other persons engaged 
in the performance of their official duties; physical 
abuse or threatening physical abuse of any person 
on University property; forcible detention of any 
person on University property. 

(f) Possession, use, sale or distribution on or 
in University property of illegal drugs or of drugs 
for which the required prescription has not been 
obtained. 

(g) The possession or use of bombs or explosive 
devices of any character; the threat, either made 
orally or in writing, that any bomb or explosive de- 
vice has been or may be implanted in or upon any 
property or building of the University. 

PART IV— CAMPUS TRAFFIC 
RULES AND REGULATIONS 

These regulations apply to all who drive motor 
vehicles on any part of the campus at College 
Park. 

1. PURPOSE OF TRAFFIC REGULATIONS 

a. To facilitate the work of the University by 
providing parking space for those who need 
it most. 

b. To provide parking space for University 
visitors and guests. 

c. To protect pedestrian traffic. 

d. To assure access at all times for ambulance 
and fire-fighting apparatus. 

e. To control vehicular traffic on the Campus. 

2. REGISTRATION OF VEHICLES: 

a. All motor vehicles, including motorcycles 
and scooters, operated on campus by a 
person associated with the University, must 



26 / General Information 



be registered with the University Motor 
Vehicle Registration Office regardless of 
ownership, except as noted in Regulation 
2c. All student vehicles must be registered 
in the name of the student who is the legal 
operator of the vehicle. 

b. Student vehicles must be registered for the 
current academic year during the applica- 
ble registration period. A registration 
charge will be made for each vehicle. This 
charge will be in the amount of ten ($10.00) 
dollars during the period September 1 thru 
March 31 and five ($5.00) dollars during 
the period April 1 thru August 31 for the 
first vehicle. Additional vehicles may be reg- 
istered for a charge of $2.00 each during 
the period September 1 thru March 31 and 
$1.00 each during the period April 1 thru 
August 31. Proof of ownership or legal con- 
trol will be required for multiple registra- 
tions. Students applying for registration of 
additional vehicles must present the state 
vehicle license number and the University 
of Maryland registration number of their 
initially registered vehicle for the current 
academic year. This charge cannot be re- 
funded. No charge will be made for replace- 
ment registration stickers required due to 
damaged bumpers of a registered vehicle 
or because of purchase of a replacement 
for a registered vehicle. Remnants of stick- 
ers to be replaced must be turned in at 
the Motor Vehicle Registration Desk. 

c. Resident students who have completed less 
than 56 semester credits shall be prohibited 
from operating a motor vehicle on the Col- 
lege Park campus, and from registering a 
vehicle under provisions of these regula- 
tions, except for special weekend privileges 
as provided in regulation 2d. This prohibi- 
tion applies to any freshman or sophomore 
student residing within one (1) mile radius 
of the Library, providing said residence is 
other than that shown as student's legal 
residence at time of registration. 

d. Resident students who have earned less 
than 56 semester credits are permitted to 
operate a motor vehicle on the College Park 
campus during the hours from 5:00 P.M. 
Friday to 12 midnight Sunday only. Vehi- 
cles operated on the campus under provi- 
sions of this regulation must be registered 
in accordance with regulations 2a and 2b. 
Special "weekend" registration stickers will 
be issued. Vehicles displaying weekend 
stickers will be considered not registered 
if observed on the campus at any time other 
than the specified weekend period. 

e. Parking permits for faculty and staff are is- 
sued initially at the time of employment. 
Subsequent renewals will be scheduled at 
times designated by the Police Department. 



f. Only one set of parking permits for each 
vehicle is authorized. 

g. Vehicles are not considered officialy reg- 
istered until permits are affixed on front 
and rear bumpers. 

h. Temporary parking permits for visiting 
groups and for special reasons and condi- 
tions are available. Request should be 
made to the Motor Vehicle Registration 
Desk — Telephone Ext. 4242. 

i. Parking permits must not be transferred to 
any vehicle other than the one for which 
they were originally issued, 
j. Parking permits must not be defaced or 
altered in any manner. 

3. TRAFFIC REGULATIONS: 

a. All motor vehicles are subject to University 
traffic regulations while on the University 
campus. The University assumes no respon- 
sibility for loss or damage to private prop- 
erty. 

b. All traffic and parking signs must be obeyed. 

c. It is impossible to mark with signs all areas 
of University property where parking is pro- 
hibited. Parking or driving is definitely pro- 
hibited on grass plots, tree plots, construc- 
tion areas, or any place which will mar the 
landscaping of the campus, create a safety 
hazard or interfere with the use of Univer- 
sity facilities. 

d. All regulations must be observed during 
registration and examination periods, ex- 
cept as may be otherwise indicated by offi- 
cial signs. During final examination periods 
and the Summer School session, registered 
vehicles may park in any numbered park- 
ing area except Areas 5, 6, and 9. 

e. Operation of any motor vehicles in such a 
manner as to create excessive noise or 
smoke, or operation of any vehicle which 
is in an unsafe condition, will result in re- 
vocation of parking permit and issuance of 
a Maryland State Summons for violation of 
Article 66 '/2 Annotated Code of Maryland. 

f. Pedestrians shall have the right-of-way at 
all times. 

g. The maximum speed on campus roads is 20 
miles per hour. During changes of classes 
and in areas of pedestrian traffic cars must 
be driven more slowly. 

h. Vehicles, including motorcycles and motor 
scooters, must be parked in assigned areas 
only. Certain parking areas are restricted to 
faculty and academic staff at all times. This 
restriction is indicated on the official sign 
at the entrance to the area. In all other park- 
ing areas, unrestricted parking for any ve- 
hicle registered on the campus is per- 
mitted from 5:00 p.m. to 12:00 midnight, 
Monday thru Thursday; and from 5:00 p.m. 
Friday to 12:00 midnight Sunday. 



General Information / 27 



i. Any motor vehicle parked in violation of 
University traffic regulations or abandoned 
on campus is subject to removal and im- 
pounding at the expense of the owner or 
operator. (See Regulation 4c.) 

j. Specific spaces in parking areas shall not 
be reserved or marked for any department 
or individual. 

k. If an unregistered vehicle is used as an 
emergency substitute for a registered vehi- 
cle, it must be parked in the regularly as- 
signed area and an immediate report made 
to the Motor Vehicle Registration section 
Ext. 4242. 

I. In parking areas which have marked spaces 
and lanes, a vehicle must be parked in one 
space only, leaving clear access to adjac- 
ent spaces, and without blocking driving 
lanes or creating a hazard for other drivers. 

m. Parking is not permitted at crosswalks. 

n. Parking or standing is prohibited on all 
campus roads at all times. 

0. In cases where individuals are permitted to 
register more than one vehicle for parking 
on the campus, only one of these vehicles 
may be parked in the assigned area at any 
time. 

p. Metered parking spaces must be used in 
accordance with requirements as stated on 
official signs. 

q. Curbed recesses are reserved for VISITORS 
and GUESTS between the hours of 8:00 
a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. 

r. The fact that a vehicle is parked in violation 
of any regulation and does not receive a 
violation notice does not mean that the 
regulation is no longer in effect. 

4. TRAFFIC INFORMATION: 

a. The Office of the University Police is lo- 
cated in the Service Building and may be 
reached on University campus telephone 
Ext. 3555. 

b. The Vehicle Registration Office is in the 
Service Building, campus telephone Ext. 
4242. 

c. The term abandonment, as it relates to auto- 
mobiles parked on property owned or 
leased by the University of Maryland, shall 
mean any one or more of the following 
conditions: 

(1) Any vehicle which has not been moved 
for thirty (30) days and whose owner or 
other claimant the University is unable 
to locate. 

(2) Any vehicle which has not been moved 
for thirty (30) days and whose identified 
owner or other claimant refuses to move 
it. 

(3) Any vehicle on which current license 
plates are not displayed and which has 
not been moved for ten (10) days. 



(4) Any vehicle which has not been moved 
in seven (7) days due to an inoperative 
condition caused by the removal of nec- 
essary parts or a wrecked condition. 

5. PENALTIES 

a. Any person connected with the University 
who operates an unregistered vehicle on 
the campus, or who registers such a vehi- 
cle in any way contrary to the provisions of 
these regulations, will be subject to pay- 
ment of a fifteen ($15.00) dollar penalty in 
addition to the penalty for any other regula- 
tion violation connected therewith. 

b. Violations of any campus traffic regulation 
other than improper registration or over- 
time meter parking will result in penalty of 
five ($5.00) dollars for each violation. 

c. Overtime parking in an metered space will 
result in penalty of one ($1.00) dollar for 
each hour the violation occurs. 

d. Violations are payable within ten (10) cal- 
endar days from date of issue at the office 
of Vehicle Registration in the General Serv- 
ices Building and an additional penalty of 
$2.00 will be imposed for failure to settle 
violations on time. 

e. Visitors and Guests notices issued to Uni- 
versity visitors must be signed and returned 
either in person or by mail to the Cashier, 
Motor Vehicle Registration Office, Univer- 
sity of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20740, 
or to the University official visited. The vio- 
lation may be voided at the discretion of 
the University Police, and if not voidable 
will be returned for payment. 

f. Violations involving an unregistered vehi- 
cle owned by a member of the immediate 
family of a student may be charged to the 
student's account unless settled by the in- 
dividual receiving the ticket, in accordance 
with stated privileges granted to visitors 
and guests. 

g. Motor Vehicle privileges will be revoked by 
action of the Vehicle Registration Office in 
accordance with the following conditions: 

(1) When a student has accumulated at 
least three (3) violations on the record, 
he (she) will lose motor vehicle privi- 
leges for a period of four (4) weeks. 

(2) When a student has accumulated an 
additional two (2) violations on the rec- 
ord for a total of five (5), he (she) will 
lose motor vehicle privileges for a peri- 
od of sixteen (16) weeks. 

(3) In each case the student will be re- 
quired to remove the registration stick- 
ers and turn in remnants of the stick- 
ers to the Motor Vehicle Registration 
Section. 

(4) When the prescribed period of time for 
loss of motor vehicle privileges has 



28 / General Information 



passed, the student will be required to 

pay the regular fee for re-registration. 
(5) All conditions described in Items 1, 2, 3, 

and 4 apply to all vehicles registered 

by any student, 
h. Persistent violators of traffic regulations 
will be referred to the Judiciary Office for 
appropriate action. 

6. APPEALS 

An Appeals Board composed of a minimum of 
three students who are members of the Student 
Traffic Board meets regularly to consider appeals 
from students charged with violations. Students 
wishing to appeal a violation will first register his 
intent to appeal to the Vehicle Registration Office 
in the Service Building, thence to the Judiciary 
Office, Room 218, North Administration Building 
where the date and time for the appeal will be 
furnished the appellate. Traffic tickets must be ap- 
pealed within (10) calendar days from the date of 
issuance. Overtime parking meter violations are 
not subject to appeal. 

7. PARKING AREAS FOR STUDENTS: 

Area 1 — West of Activities Building between 

Stadium Drive and Campus Drive 
Area 2 — North of Denton Hill Dorm Complex 
Area 3 — Southwest Corner of Campus 
Area 4 — North of Heavy Research Laboratory 
Area 7— East of U.S. No. 1, at North Gate 
Area 10 — East of U.S. No. 1, North of Fraternity 

Row 
Area 11 — East of Asphalt Institute Building 

8. PARKING AREAS FOR FACULTY, STAFF AND 
ASSIGNED RESIDENT STUDENTS ONLY: 

Area 5 — Adjacent to Family Housing Units 
Area 6 — North of Dining Hall No. 5 and East 

of Elkton Dorm 
Area 9 — Vicinity of Cambridge Hall Dorm Com- 
plex 
Area 12 — South of Allegany Hall 
Area 14 — Loop Roads Front and Rear of 

Houses on Fraternity Row 
Area 15— Rear 7402 Princeton Avenue 
Area 17 — Special Parking for use of Center 

for Adult Education 
Area A— West End of BPA Building 
Area AA — West of Fine Arts and Education 

Classroom Building 
Area B — Adjacent to Computer Science Center 
Area BB — East end of practice field 
Area C — Adjacent to Turner Laboratory (Dairy) 
Area CC — Barn area 
Area D — Rear of Journalism Building 
Area DD — East of Space Sciences Building 
Area E — Adjacent to Engineering Buildings 
Area EE — North of Engineering Laboratory 

Building 
Area F — Adjacent to Fire Service Extension 

Building 



Area FF — East of Animal Science Building 

Area G — Between Silvester Hall and Skinner 
Building 

Area GG — North of Adult Education Center 
Building 

Area H — Adjacent to Symons Hall and Holzap- 
fel Hall 

Area HH — Adjacent to H. J. Patterson Hall 

Area I — Rear of Molecular Physics Building 

Area J — West of Annapolis Hall 

Area K — Adjacent to General Service Building 

Area KK — Southeast corner of Stadium and 
Regents Drive 

Area L — Administration-Armory Loop 

Area M — Adjacent to Infirmary 

Area N— Rear of J. M. Patterson Hall 

Area O — Rear of Chemical Engineering Build- 
ing 

Area P — Southwest of Wind Tunnel Building 

Area PP — Between Math and Chemistry Build- 
ings 

Area Q— Rear of Jull Hall 

Area 00 — Zool. -Psychology BIdg. 

Area R — Circle in front of Administration 
Building at Byrd Stadium and adjacent to 
Preinkert Field House 

Area S — Special, Food Service 

Area T — North of Engineering Laboratory 
Building 

Area TT — Service Area West of Physics Build- 
ing 

Area U — Rear of McKeldin Library 

Area UU— North end 3 Lot 

Area V — Open area between Building DD and 
Building EE 

Area W — Between Skinner Building and Talia- 
ferro Hall 

Area X — Rear of Chemistry Building 

Area XX — West — New Chemistry Wing 

Area Y — West of Chapel 

Area YY— West of Cumberland Hall 

Area Z — Adjacent to East Entrance to Parking 
Area No. 1 



PART V— SELECTED POLrCY 
STATEMENTS 

POLICY ON AMPLIFYING EQUIPMENT 

1. Public address systems, loudspeakers and 
other forms of sound amplifying equipment 
may be used in any of the following outdoor 
areas of the campus: 

a. Physical education and intramural field be- 
tween University Boulevard and parking 
area 1. 

b. North Mall between Campus Drive and 
Washington-Baltimore Boulevard. 

c. South Mall between Regents Drive and 
Washington-Baltimore Boulevard. 

d. Athletic practice fields east of Byrd Stad- 
ium. 



General Information / 29 



2. The use of public address systems, loudspeak- 
ers and other forms of sound amplifying equip- 
ment must be restricted in the Central Mall 
area between 8 a.m. and 6 p.m. on class days 
in order to minimize the likelihood of disturb- 
ing classes and other academic activities. 
However, such equipment may be used in the 
Central Mall during these hours if the pro- 
cedures outlined below are followed. All equip- 
ment used in Central Mall must be secured 
through the Office of the Director of the Physi- 
cal Plant or through the S.G.A. office. 

a. Public address systems, loudspeakers and 
other forms of sound amplifying equipment 
(except in "b" below), must be secured 
from the Office of the Director of Physical 
Plant, South Administration Building, by re- 
questing such equipment in writing at least 
twelve (12) hours in advance. Any Univer- 
sity student or organization which fulfills 
the following requirements will be permitted 
to use the amplifying equipment. 

(1) An individual must be currently en- 
rolled as a student, part-time or full- 
time, at the University or currently em- 
ployed by the University. 

(2) Any organization or activity must have 
been recognized by the SGA Legisla- 
ture and must at the time of the request 
have official recognition as a University 
organization or activity. 

b. Bullhorns will be available upon surrender 
of the I.D. card in the SGA office and in the 
Office of the Director of the Physical Plant. 
Bullhorns secured in this manner may be 
used on the Central Mall without prior per- 
mission. Any individual may use only one 
bullhorn at a time. 

3. Public address systems, loudspeakers and 
other forms of sound amplifying equipment may 
be used in outdoor areas of the campus other 
than those listed above (sections 1 and 2) by 
securing approval in writing at least 5 days in 
advance from the Facilities Use Committee by 
application to the Office of the Director of the 
Physical Plant. Approval will be granted for 
use of amplifying equipment in these areas 
only if there is a high probability that the 
planned activity will not disrupt or disturb other 
University activities or if the area has not been 
previously reserved. Permission will be granted 
to use amplifying equipment in the vicinity of 
residence halls only upon specific written re- 
quest of the student government of the resi- 
dence halls affected. 

4. Individual students or organizational repre- 
sentatives using amplifying equipment must 
accept responsibility for any complaints of dis- 
turbances or disruption received from persons 
in University academic and/or residence build- 
ings. 



POLICY ON DEMONSTRATIONS 

I. GENERAL STATEMENT 

a. The University of Maryland cherishes the 
right of individual students or student 
groups to dissent and to demonstrate, pro- 
vided such demonstrations do not disrupt 
normal campus activities, or infringe upon 
the rights of others. 

b. On the other hand, the University will not 
condone behavior which violates the free- 
dom of speech, choice, assembly, or move- 
ment of other individuals or groups. In 
short, responsible dissent carries with it a 
sensitivity for the civil rights of others. 

c. Accordingly, the University will take what- 
ever steps it deems necessary to (1) pro- 
tect the right of any individual or group to 
demonstrate and publicly proclaim any 
view, however unpopular; (2) protect the 
freedom of speech, assembly and move- 
ment of any individual or group which is 
the object of demonstrations. 

To achieve the foregoing objectives the follow- 
ing guidelines have been developed for operation 
at College Park: 

II. GUIDELINES FOR GENERAL DEMONSTRA- 
TIONS 

a. Unscheduled demonstrations, "teach-ins," 
rallies, or equivalent activities may be held 
by recognized university organizations and 
activities, full or part-time students, and 
current employees of the University in the 
areas defined below provided that the ac- 
tivity does not interfere with any function 
for which that space has been reserved in 
advance. 

1. The Central Mall 

2. Physical education and intramural field 
between University Boulevard and park- 
ing area 1. 

3. Athletic practice fields east of Byrd 
Stadium 

4. North Mall between Campus Drive and 
Washington-Boulevard Boulevard. 

5. South Mall between Regents Drive and 
Washington-Baltimore Boulevard. 

All activities in these areas must be con- 
ducted so as to avoid interference with the 
regularly scheduled functions of the library 
and/or classrooms adjacent to the area 
and in compliance with the provisions con- 
tained in llg, 1-8. 

Failure to reserve space will not invali- 
date the privilege of conducting the ap- 
propriate activity. However, in the event of 
two or more groups desiring to use a given 
space, an approved space reservation will 
take precedence over an unscheduled ac- 
tivity. If two or more groups desire a space 
when no reservation has been made, the 
first come, first served principle will apply. 



30 / General Information 



b. Recognized University organizations and 
activities, full or part-time students, and 
current employees of the University who 
wish to schedule a demonstration, "teach- 
in," rally, or equivalent activity, may re- 
quest the space through the facilities res- 
ervation procedure up to 24 hours in ad- 
vance. Demonstrations will be permitted in 
the locations outlined in Ma. above unless 
the space has previously been reserved or 
is in use for academic activities or intercol- 
legiate athletic team practices. Demonstra- 
tions may be held at other locations on the 
campus subject to approval by the Vice 
Chancellor for Student Affairs in consulta- 
tion with the Student Life Committee. Stu- 
dents who participate in demonstrations 
which have not been approved may be con- 
sidered in violation of University policy. 
(Except as provided in Ma. above.) 

c. Demonstrations, rallies or "teach-ins" may 
be conducted in or adjacent to any residen- 
tial building with the specific written con- 
currence of the student government of the 
unit or area concerned. Any such rallies, 
demonstrations or "teach-ins" which may 
be authorized by the appropriate student 
government must conform to the general 
procedures contained in llg. 1-8. 

d. Demonstrations in the form of parades on 
streets may be conducted with the specific 
approval of route and time secured 48 hours 
in advance from the University Public Safe- 
ty and Security Office. 

e. Although groups may sponsor or organize 
demonstrations, rallies, "teach-ins," or pic- 
keting activities, the fact of groups spon- 
sorship or organization in no way relieves 
individuals of the responsibility for their 
own conduct, and each individual partici- 
pating in such activities is accountable for 
compliance with the provisions of this pol- 
icy. 

f. Persons not members of the University stu- 
dent body, faculty or staff may participate 
in demonstrations, rallies, picketing, teach- 
ins or equivalent activities only upon invita- 
tion by a bonafide student, faculty or staff 
member. All non-students are obligated to 
the terms of this policy during participation 
in such activities. Since persons not stu- 
dents, faculty or staff members are not sub- 
ject to University discipline procedures, 
failure to comply with terms of this policy 
may result in action under terms of appro- 
priate Maryland law. 

g. In addition to the above provisions, the fol- 
lowing guidelines will apply to all demon- 
strations. 

1. Reasonable access to and exit from any 
office or building must be maintained. 



The right of way on public streets and 
sidewalks will be maintained. 

2. Demonstrators will not attempt to force 
the cancellation or interruption of any 
event sponsored by a University office 
or by a faculty or student group or by 
any group authorized to use University 
facilities. 

3. Classes or other educational activities 
in classroom buildings and the library 
will not be disrupted. 

4. The use of public address systems, loud- 
speakers, etc., in the vicinity of aca- 
demic and residence buildings will fol- 
low procedures set forth above. 

5. Demonstrations may be carried on in- 
side of University buildings only as pro- 
vided in Sections lie and 4 or with ap- 
proval of the Facilities Use Committee 
as outlined in the University General 
and Academic Regulations. 

6. Where an invited speaker is the object 
of protest, students and faculty may 
demonstrate OUTSIDE the building 
where the lecture will take place. Dem- 
onstrators who wish to enter the build- 
ing must do so as members of the audi- 
ence and must give the speaker a re- 
spectful hearing. Signs, placards or 
other paraphernalia associated with a 
demonstration will not be carried into 
the building. 

7. University property must be protected at 
all times. 

8. The safety and well being of members 
of the University community collectively 
and individually must be protected at 
all times. 

h. Complaints received from users of the Li- 
brary or classrooms adjacent to the defined 
areas (Ma.) will be grounds for disciplinary 
action against individuals and/or groups 
sponsoring or participating in rallies, 
"teach-ins" or demonstrations in these 
areas. 

III. GUIDELINES FOR DEMONSTRATIONS IN 
CONNECTION WITH PLACEMENT PROGRAMS 

a. Anyone wishing to question or protest the 
on-campus presence of any recruiting or- 
ganization should contact the Director of 
Placement or his representative in ad- 
vance. 

b. Should any member of the University Com- 
munity wish to discuss or protest the in- 
ternal policies of any recruiting organiza- 
tion, the Director of Placement must be con- 
tacted for assistance in communicating di- 
rectly with the appropriate representatives 
of said organization. 

c. Demonstration guidelines outlined in Sec- 
tion llg. 1-8 are applicable. 



General Information / 31 



d. Demonstrations in conjunction with place- 
ment programs conducted in the Place- 
ment Service's Cumberland Hall facility or 
other facility shall be considered not to in- 
fringe upon the rights of others and the 
normal functioning of placement programs 
provided that demonstrations are con- 
ducted outside of the facility and do not 
interfere with free and open access to 
Placement and Credentials Services facili- 
ties by those students, faculty, staff, and 
visitors who wish to conduct business with- 
in the framework of established placement 
programs. 

IV. SPECIAL GUIDELINE PERTAINING TO THE 
STUDENT UNION 

a. No demonstrations, rallies, "teach-ins" or 
equivalent activities may be held in the 
lobbies or corridors of the Student Union. 

b. Demonstrations may be held in assigned 
rooms of the Student Union by recognized 
student organizations following procedures 
for reserving space which have been out- 
lined by the Student Union Board. 

V. GUIDELINES FOR PICKETING 

a. Legal Rights and Limitations. 

Orderly picketing is a legally established 
form of expression which recognizes the in- 
dividual's right of free expression subject 
only to such reasonable limitations as are 
imposed by state legislation and University 
regulations. These limitations are intended 
to protect the rights of the picketer, the 
student body and the public with particular 
concern for safety, preservation of normal 
academic life and order, and the protec- 
tion of persons and property. 

b. Conduct of Picketers. 

1. Picketers are subject to those regula- 
tions listed above in Section II, g, 1-8. 

2. Picketers will not disrupt any University 
activity by making excessive noise in 
the vicinity of any University building. 

3. The University Health Service is off- 
limits to picketers because special si- 
lence and other Welfare and safety fac- 
tors are involved. 

ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE POLICY 

AND PROCEDURES 

POLICY 

Regulations forbid unauthorized possession, use 
or distribution of alcoholic beverages on or in 
University property. University policy is consistent 
with State and County laws and restricts ON- 
CAMPUS use of alcoholic beverages in specified 
areas. 

Interpretation 

1. Age — Students under 21 years of age may not 
possess, consume or distribute alcoholic bev- 
erages. 



2. LICENSING— Ar this time Prince George's 
County will not authorize a temporary license 
to any student organization. This refusal is 
based on the impossibility of ascertaining that 
all members of the student organization are 
citizens over 21 years of age. The present pol- 
icy, in fact, means that: 

a. Individual drinking (individuals over 21) is 
no problem. 

b. Events of a "Bring Your Own Bottle" nature 
are possible. 

c. Events where alcoholic beverages are dis- 
pensed free to anyone over 21 are possible. 

d. Events where donations are asked for al- 
coholic beverages are possible, when the 
donations are voluntary. (CAUTION: the 
providers of the beverage may in no way 
force a donation.) 

e. Events dispensing alcoholic beverages for 
profit are prohibited. There may not be di- 
rect sale of liquor without a license, nor 
may there be an admission charge for the 
event. 

3. RESTRICTED >4flE/AS— Alcoholic beverages 
may not be possessed, consumed or distrib- 
uted in any academic facility, except where 
specific, written approval has been obtained 
for the event from the individual or department 
responsible for the operation of that facility. 
This restriction applies to all dining halls, cafe- 
terias, classroom and office buildings, libraries, 
laboratories, administrative buildings, and ath- 
letic facilities. 

When planning an event where alcoholic bever- 
ages will be brought in by the individual consum- 
ers, or will be given away, or where donations will 
be invited, the following procedures should be fol- 
lowed: 

1. Receive written approval for the use of your 
facility — in the residence areas check for 
any local restrictions established by unit 
governments. 

2. Secure and complete the Registration Of A 
Student Social Event form in the Student 
Activities Office. (Rm. 142, Student Union). 

3. Secure and complete the Alcoholic Beverage 
Registration form which names the person 
responsible for the event. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

The Student Activities Department is concerned 
with facilitating learning and personal growth in 
the widest sense for all students. To this end, its 
professional staff has made a team commitment 
to designing a broad spectrum of experiences 
relevant to the current lives, goals, and needs of 
students. 

As they move into the seventies, the members 
of the Department are concentrating their energy 
on becoming consultants and resource people to 
the University community in all aspects of co- 
curricular experiences. They will focus their pro- 
grams on leadership, communications, group tech- 



32 / General Information 



niques and human relations skills. To establish an 
environment emphasizing creativity, innovation 
and improvement in their programs, they are in- 
creasingly involving themselves with in-service 
staff development seminars. 

The success of their programs in this decade 
will depend critically on the ability to involve stu- 
dents in the entire process of planning, implemen- 
tation and evaluation of the programs. The De- 
partment invites the entire University community 
to become involved with them in creating a better 
total educational experience for the students of 
the University of Maryland. 

In summary, then the Student Activities Depart- 
ment is involved with: 

STUDENTS VOLUNTEERING their services in 
community projects in Maryland and Washing- 
ton, D.C. through their organization, PACE — 
People Active in Community Effort. 
STUDENTS SPONSORING orientation programs 
for freshmen, transfer students and parents; 
working in small groups to develop a sense of 
community among new students. 
STUDENTS SHARING their attitudes and feelings 
in small group seminars on topics such as sex, 
drugs, racism, women's roles in society and 
human relations. 
STUDENTS EXPLORING different techniques of 
leadership and communication through special 
small group labs. 
STUDENTS ORGANIZING to create their own com- 
munities of special interest through 250 cam- 
pus organizations including the University Com- 
muters Association, Black Student Union, 
Greeks, Free University, and a broad range of 
political, social, academic and religious asso- 
ciations. 
STUDENTS WORKING to help bring creative tal- 
ents to the world's great artists to the campus 
in special cultural events. 
STAFF PROVIDING RESOURCES to individuals, 
groups and campus organizations to help them 
organize, participate and communicate in rele- 
vant experiences outside the classroom. 
STAFF CONSULTING with all segments of the 
University community towards planning a better 
University meeting the need of students in the 
'70's. 

The Student Activities Staff can be contacted 
in Room 136 through Room 142 in the Student 
Union or by calling 454-2827. 

RECOGNIZED ORGANIZATIONS AND ACTIVITIES 

Two types of student organizations are eligible 
for recognition. The are (1) Recognized Organiza- 
tions and (2) Recognized Activities. 

1. Recognized Organizations 

A. A group of students may organize by fil- 
ing a constitution for recognition by SGA. 

B. Recognized organizations may file for 
use of SGA funds. 



2. Recognized Activities 

A. A group of students may form an activity 
without filing for constitutional approval 
from SGA. 

B. An activity need merely file for recog- 
nition by SGA, submitting the purpose of 
the activity, its name, and responsible 
students and/or faculty. 

C. An activity is not eligible for SGA funds. 

D. Activities may be short-term organiza- 
tions. 

E. Activities may be composed of students 
who want to organize informally. 

F. Responsibilities of activities are the same 
as those of organizations, under the Gen- 
eral Regulations. In addition, a nondis- 
crimination statement must be filed with 
the Director of Student Activities before 
recognition is granted. 

Recognized organizations, activities and other 
groups may use Student Union facilities when 
space is available. The priority for use of available 
space will be in descending order: recognized 
organizations, recognized activities and other 
groups. 

REGISTRATION OF UNIVERSITY EVENTS 

ON-CAMPUS UNIVERSITY EVENTS 

The primary purpose of registration of on- 
campus university events is to facilitate the use 
of University facilities and better coordinate the 
University calendar. Thus, the only on-campus 
events which must be registered are those which 
require the use of facilities which have to be re- 
served through the Physical Plant Office. In these 
cases events must be registered with both the 
Activities Coordinator, Office of Student Activities 
(Rm. 142, Student Union Building) and the Physi- 
cal Plant Office (South Administration Building). 

OFF-CAMPUS UNIVERSITY EVENTS 

Broad invitational University-sponsored events 
held off-campus, such as class proms, must be 
registered with the Activities Coordinator (Rm. 
142, Student Union Building). 

All events both on and off-campus where there 
will be alcohol must be registered with the Activi- 
ties Coordinator. (See following section.) 

NOTE: A staff member (or members) are re- 
quired at all registered social events. This staff 
member may be from the University Housing 
Office, a faculty member or graduate assistant 
or a member of the administration. Parents of 
students may also serve in this capacity. 

PROCEDURES FOR SCHEDULING LARGE EVENTS 

Register date on calendar in the Office of the 
Activities Coordinator (Room 142, Student Union 
Building). 

Read the section of Academic Regulations re- 
lating to Social Functions, Reservation of Space 
and Advertising. 



General Information / 33 



Reserve a room and arrange for its physical set- 
up through the Office of the Department of Physi- 
cal Plant, South Administration Building (if held 
on campus). In some cases the room or building 
must first be cleared by the person in charge of 
that building. 

Cole Activities Building 

Armory 

Ritchie Coliseum 

Maryland Room 

Chapel 
After this first approval, however, final approval 
must still be obtained from the Office of the De- 
partment of Physical Plant, South Administration 
Building. 

FUND-RAISING EVENTS REGISTRATION 

The policy concerning money-mal<ing events 
of a "Presents" nature (presentation of profession- 
al talent) is currently undergoing review. The re- 
vised policy will be available from the Director of 
Cultural Affairs. 

UNIVERSITY INFORMATION CENTER 

The University Information Center is operated 
by the Student Activities Department to provide 
information about University programs, services 
and facilities. 

The Center is open from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. 
Monday through Friday and is located in the Stu- 
dent Union Main Lobby, Room 111. 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

Students publications produced regularly in- 
clude the Diamondbacl<, Terrapin, Calvert Review, 
Argus, The Greets, and the Course Guide. 

Any publication or pamphlet published by a 
student organization or group must be approved 
in advance by the Adjunct Senate Committee on 
Student Publications and Communications. 

REGISTRATION OF UNIVERSITY EVENTS 

The Activities Coordinator (Rm. 142 Student 
Union) is responsible for the registration of cer- 
tain University events. 

NEW STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

Any student or group wishing to organize a 
University-recognized club or activity should ob- 
tain a copy of the Student Organizations Directory 
which explains the procedure for formal recogni- 
tion by the Student Government Association and 
the Adjunct Committee on Student Activities of 
the University Senate. Members of the Student Ac- 
tivities staff are available to tall< with the students 
about organizations. 

STUDENT UNION 

The Union is the focal point of cultural and soc- 
ial activity for the University. Its purpose is to pro- 
vide the University family with programs and fa- 
cilities to satisfy a variety of out-of-ciassroom 
tastes and needs. The activities and services of 
the Union are for the convenience and enjoyment 

34 / General Information 



of all members of the University community wheth- 
er participating in meetings, lectures, dances, re- 
ceptions, films, bowling, or simply relaxing over 
a cup of coffee in casual conversation with friends. 

The Student Union is a division of the Office of 
the Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs. 

All activities in the Student Union are coordi- 
nated through the staff offices. Rooms 131-135, 
on the first floor. Any information on any phase of 
Student Union facilities, services or activities can 
be obtained by contacting the Student Union staff. 

No solicitations nor sales are permitted in the 
building. 

BUILDING HOURS: 

Monday-Thursday — 7:00 a.m. -11:00 p.m. 
Friday-Saturday — 7:00 a.m.-12 midnight 
Sunday — 12 noon-11:00 p.m. 

AMUSEMENTS 

The sub-basement is the amusement center of 
the Student Union and is completely air-condi- 
tioned, attractively decorated, and is furnished 
with all the conveniences of a modern commercial 
establishment. 

During building hours, the sub-basement offers 
16 tenpin lanes, 12 pocl<et billiard tables, bowling 
and billiard accessories, lockers, vending ma- 
chines, pinball machines, bank, and shuffleboard, 
as well as bridge, table tennis, and chess tourna- 
ments. 

Every weekend during the school year an en- 
tertainment film program is offered. The Union 
tries to program the most current entertainment 
films. On Tuesday is the Concert Film Series which 
includes classical, foreign, experimental, educa- 
tional, student, and entertainment films. The Stu- 
dent Union Board calendar lists the films for the 
current semester. 

During the two-year period from June 1970 
through the Fall Semester of 1972 as the addition 
to the Union is being completed, changes will be 
seen. The Union will double in size and many new 
services will be offered. 

SERVICES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT 

1. Information Desk. 

2. Bulletin Boards — all notices must be dated 
at Main Desk. 

3. Check Cashing — personal checks cashed: 
maximum $20 (personal) and $40 (pay- 
roll) — identification required — 25 cent serv- 
ice charge. 

4. Conference rooms. 

5. Display showcases. 

6. Duplicating services — mimeograph, ditto, 
offset printing, letterpress signs, plastic 
signs. 

7. Notary Public — this service is provided free 
of charge to the University community. 

8. Piano practice rooms — a key may be ob- 
tained at the Main Desk on I.D. card ex- 
change. 

9. Ride Board — to relieve congestion of bulle- 



tin boards, all ride information is to be 
posted on the ride boards and not on the 
other bulletin boards. 

10. Telephones — campus and pay phones. 

11. Television Room. 

12. Ticket Office — tickets to various campus 
events and selected off-campus activities. 

13. Lounges. 

14. Smoke Shop. 

15. Food Service — cafeteria and snack bar. 

16. Catering — telephone extension 2805. 

17. Ballroom — for movies, large dinners, 
dances, and meetings. 

18. Reservations — all facilities, at main desk. 

19. Student Supply Store — sells a variety of 
miscellaneous items as well as all books 
and materials needed for clases. During the 
construction, the Student Supply Store will 
operate in Room 112, formerly the main 
lounge, and the Student Supply Store An- 
nex on the north side of the campus by the 
Cambridge Complex. The store offices will 
be in Room 112-A. 

Store Hours: Monday-Friday 8:35 a.m.- 
4:15 p.m. 

20. Staff officer. Department of Student Activi- 
ties. 

21. Student Government Association officer. 

22. Bowling lanes and billiard room. 

Listed below are some of the facilities being added 
in the new addition: 

1. New billiard room. 

2. New table game room. 

3. A 750-seat commercial style movie theater. 

4. Vending machine dining room. 

5. Expanded food service area. 

6. Additional meeting rooms. 

7. New ticket office. 

8. Full-service branch bank. 

9. New tobacco shop. 

10. New ballroom. 

11. Additional student office space. 

SPACE RESERVATIONS 
FOR UNIVERSITY FACILITIES 

University space and supporting service facili- 
ties are in constant demand by many people and 
organizations. This requires regulations that will 
provide a fair assignment of available resources 
(space). The Facilities Use Committee administers 
space and supporting services. 

For referral to proper authorities for coordina- 
tion of requests, call campus telephone extension 
2233. 

FRATERNITY RUSH REGULATIONS 

1. Pledging Requirements 

a. Any full-time male undergraduate student 
who is in good academic standing with the 
University may pledge 

b. An individual may pledge only two conse- 
cutive semesters. If after these two semes- 



ters a pledge does not meet the academic 
requirements for initiation, he shall be 
dropped from the fraternity roll. Repledg- 
ing may occur only after he has achieved 
at least a 2.0 cumulative average. 

c. Any individual who is formally pledged to a 
fraternity and who elects to depledge will 
not be eligible to pledge another fraternity 
until one full semester has elapsed from 
the date of his depledging. 

d. Any individual who is depledged by a fra- 
ternity is immediately eligible for pledging 
into another fraternity provided he meets 
all other requirements. 

2. Initiation Requirements 

a. Any pledge who, at the time of pledging, 
had a cumulative average of 2.0 or above 
may be initiated after ten academic weeks 
of pledging. 

b. Any student pledged with less than a 2.0 
cumulative average must attain at least a 
2.0 average during the semester he pledges. 

SORORITY RUSH REGULATIONS 

1. Pledging Requirements 

a. To pledge a sorority, a girl must have at 
least a 2.2 numerical grade average from 
high school, be enrolled in the University, 
pay the rush fee during formal rush, not 
be on probation, and not be affiliated with 
any National Panhellenic sorority. 

b. If a girl signs a preference card or pledge 
statement, she is considered pledged to 
that sorority whether or not she completes 
the pledge ceremony. The pledge period 
lasts for one calendar year and during this 
time she is ineligible to pledge another 
sorority. 

c. If for some reason, the girl or the sorority 
breaks a pledge, the girl is not eligible to 
pledge any sorority or repledge until one 
calendar year from the date her pledge was 
broken. 

2. Initiation Requirements 

a. In order to be initiated into a sorority, a 
girl must have passed the previous semes- 
ter with at least a 2.2 average for the se- 
mester and must have taken nine academic 
credit hours. Grade for physical education 
are not included. 

b. A pledge with 56 academic credits at the 
beginning of her pledgeship and a 2.2 aver- 
age for the previous semester may be initi- 
ated after a six week period if not con- 
trary to the national policy of the individual 
chapter. 

c. A transfer student who has completed her 
pledgeship and met the academic require- 
ments of the previous school may be initi- 
ated and shall be counted as an active 
member if not contrary to the national pol- 
icy of the individual chapter. 



General Information / 35 



.w 



I 



ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



The University reserves the right 

to change any provision or requirement 

at any time 

within the student's period of residence. 



GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 

A college education implies something more 
than an adequate technical training in the stu- 
dent's field or specialization. In order that each 
graduate with a bachelor's degree may gain a lib- 
eral education as well as a specialized one, the 
University has established a General Education 
Requirement. This requirement consists of 34 se- 
mester hours of credit in six general fields. There 
is a wide choice in specific courses which may be 
used to satisfy requirements in all six of the fields. 
Physical education and health requirements for 
all students are taken in addition to this 34-hour 
group of courses. 
1. The General Education courses are as follow: 

in English (9 hours — one course in composition* 
and two courses in literature): ENGL 101 (001) — 
Composition or ENGL 171 (021) — Honors Compo- 
sition; ENGL 201 (003)— World Literature; ENGL 
202 (004)— World Literature; ENGL 211 (055)— 
English Literature; ENGL 212 (056)— English Lit- 
erature; ENGL 221 (057) — American Literature; 
ENGL 222 (058)— American Literature; ENGL 241 
(009) — Introduction to Narrative Literature; ENGL 
242 (015)— Readings in Biography; ENGL 243 
(030) — Introduction to Poetry and Poetics; ENGL 



271 (033)— Honors World Literature; ENGL 272 
(034)— Honors World Literature; ENGL 292 (010) 
— Composition and Literary Types. General Edu- 
cation 289 (080) and literature courses in a for- 
eign language may also be used. 

In Fine Arts or Philosohy (3 hours), three-credit 
courses in six departments are available as fol- 
lows: ARCHITECTURE COURSES: 270 (030)— 
Introduction to the Built Environment. ART 
COURSES: ARTH 100 (010)— Introduction to Art: 
260 (060) or 261 (061)— History of Art; 284 (062)— 
African Art; 320 (065) or 321 (066)— Masterpieces 
of Painting; 330 (067) or 331 (068)— Masterpieces 
of Sculpture; 340 (070) or 341 (071) — Masterpieces 
of Architecture. DANCE COURSES: 200 (032)— 
Introduction to Dance; 482 (182) or 483 (183)— His- 
tory of Dance; 484 (184) — Theory and Philosophy 
of Dance. MUSIC COURSE: 130 (020)— Survey of 
Music Literature. DRAMATIC ART COURSES: 110 
(016)— Introduction to the Theatre; 314 (114)— The 
Film as an Art Form. PHILOSOPHY COURSES: 
100 (001)— Introduction to Philosophy; 140 (045) — 
Ethics; 170 (041) — Elementary Logic and Seman- 
tics; 233 (052)— Philosophy in Literature; 236 (053) 
— Philosophy of Religion; 250 (056)— Philosophy 
of Science; 330 (147)— Philosophy of Art; 444 (154) 
— Political and Social Philosophy; 457 (152) — Phi- 
losophy of History; General Education 289 (080). 

•students whio are exempted from the composition requirement on ttie 
basis of acceptable scores on the SAT Verbal and Illinois Rhetoric Test 
or by earning a score of 2 on the English advanced placement examina- 
tion may substiute any three-hour course approved for General Educa- 
tion credit. 



General Information / 37 



In History (6 hours), any combination of history 
courses (except state history) for which the stu- 
dent is eligible. 

In Mathematics (3 hours), any course carrying 
credit of three or more hours for which the stu- 
dent is eligible will satisfy this University require- 
ment. (Note, however, that some curricula require 
higher-numbered sequences than those for which 
the student is eligible at the time of his admission; 
while other sequences may be open only to stu- 
dents registered in specified curricula.) Students 
in science curricula will usually satisfy this re- 
quirement automatically. 

In Science (7 hours), students are required to 
take one course in a physical science and one 
course in a biological science; one of these must 
be a laboratory (4-hour) course. The physical sci- 
ences for this purpose are agronomy, astronomy, 
chemistry, geology, and physics; biological sci- 
ences are biology, botany, entomology, and zoolo- 
gy. General Education 299 (090) may also be used. 
Students whose curricula include seven or more 
hours of physical or biological science are not re- 
quired to take additional courses to meet this dis- 
tribution requirement. The nonscience student may 
register for a basic course or any higher course 
for which he is eligible by placement, prerequisite 
and class standing. 

In Social Science (6 hours), two courses may 
be chosen from ten fields: Agricultural Economics 
240 (040) — Environment and Human Ecology; 
Agronomy 103 (003) — World Crops and Food Sup- 
ply; Anthropology 101 (001) or 102 (002)— Intro- 
duction to Anthropology; Economics 201 (031) — 
Principles of Economics, or Economics 205 (037) 
— Fundamentals of Economics; General Educa- 
tion 260 (060) — Introduction to Urban Studies; 
General Education 279 (070); Geography 100 (001) 
— Introduction to Geography; Government and 
Politics 100 (003) — Principles of Government and 
Politics, or 170 (001) — American Government, or 
300 (101) — International Political Relations; Psy- 
chology 100 (001) — Introduction to Psychology; 
Radio and Television 124 (024) — Mass Communi- 
cations in the 20th Century; Sociology 100 (001) — 
Introduction to Sociology. The two courses must 
be in different fields. 

The following special General Education courses 
may be used as appropriate to satisfy the above 
requirements: 

GNED 260 (060) — Introduction to Interdisciplinary 
Urban Study. (3) 

First and second semesters. Summer Session. 
Prerequisite, sophomore standing. May be used 
toward the General Education requirement in 
social science. Two lectures and a two-hour 
gaming simulation laboratory a week. 

(Nikkei, Shanley) 
GNED 279 (070)— Selected Topics in the Social 
Sciences. (3) 

A series of student-initiated seminars in the 
social sciences, usually interdisciplinary. Sub- 



ject matter and faculty vary from semester to 
semester. Proposals must be submitted in ad- 
vance to the Director of the General Education 
Program and approved by the Advisory Com- 
mittee for General Education. 
GNED 289 (080) — Selected Topics in the Humani- 
ties. (3) 

A series of student-initiated seminars in the 
humanities, usually interdisciplinary. Subject 
matter and faculty vary from semester to se- 
mester. Proposals must be submitted in advance 
ot the Director of the General Education Pro- 
gram and approved by the Advisory Committee 
for General Education. 
GNED 299 (090) — Selected Topics in the Natural 
Sciences. (3) 
A series of student-initiated seminars in the 
natural sciences, usually interdisciplinary. Sub- 
ject matter and faculty vary from semester to 
semester. Proposals must be submitted in ad- 
vance to the Director of the General Education 
Program and approved by the Advisory Commit- 
tee for General Education. 

2. It should be emphasized that the 34 semester 
hours of General Education courses constitute a 
University requirement, applicable to all students 
receiving a bachelor's degree from the University 
of Maryland. Individual colleges within the Uni- 
versity may add to, though they may not reduce, 
these requirements. College requirements may 
also specify one or more courses among the op- 
tions. For example, students in the College of 
Business and Public Administration with the ex- 
ception of economics majors satisfy part of the 
Social Science requirement by taking Economics 
201 (031). 

3. In certain of the six fields, the student's level 
of placement (by examination or departmental 
evaluation) may modify the requirement. 

In general, appropriate Honors or preHonors 
courses may replace General Education courses 
for eligible students. Honors and preHonors equiv- 
alents for General Education courses are speci- 
fied in the several sections of this catalog. 

4. The General Education Program is designed 
to be spread out over the four years of college. 
No General Education course requires credit in 
any prior college course as a prerequisite. Thus, 
a student may (within limits of his particular cur- 
riculum) satisfy a General Education requirement 
in each category with any designated course for 
which he is eligible by placement examination, de- 
partment evaluation, and class standing. Most 
courses numbered below 199 may be taken by 
freshman; most courses between 200 and 299 nor- 
mally require sophomore (or honors) standing. 
Courses at the 300 and 400 levels are normally for 
juniors or seniors; that is. they require that a stu- 
dent have earned 56 hours of college credit while 
in good academic standing. Exceptions are as ex- 
plicitly stated in the catalogs for the several col- 
leges. 



38 / General Information 



Special note for foreign students 

The foreign student is required to take a special 
classification test in English before registering for 
the required English courses. He may be required 
to take Foreign Language 001 and 002 — English 
for Foreign Students — before registering for Eng- 
lish 101 (001). 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

All undergraduate men and women students 
who are registered for more than eight semester 
hours of credit are required to enroll in and suc- 
cessfully complete two prescribed courses in 
physical education. The successful completion of 
these courses is required for graduation. These 
courses must be taken by all eligible students dur- 
ing the first two semesters of attendance at the 
University, whether they intend to graduate or not. 
Men and women who have reached their thirtieth 
birthday are exempt from these courses. The thir- 
tieth birthday must precede the Saturday of reg- 
istration week. Students who are physically dis- 
qualified from taking these courses must enroll in 
adaptive courses for which credit will be given. A 
student who has 56 transferred academic credits 
will not be required to register for physical edu- 
cation. Students with one calendar year of full- 
time active military service may receive credit for 
these courses by applying to the Director of the 
Men's Physical Education Program. 

Students majoring or minoring in physical edu- 
cation, recreation or health education may meet 
these requirements by enrolling in special profes- 
sional courses. 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

All freshmen students are required to complete 
satisfactorily one semester of Health Education 
(HLTH 105) for graduation. Students who have 
reached their thirtieth birthday and students maj- 
oring in nursing are exempt from this requirement. 

Additional Information 

Questions about any aspect of the program may 
be addressed to the advisors, college deans, or 
the Director of General Education. 

AIR SCIENCE INSTRUCTION 

(Air Force ROTC) 

The University of Maryland offers an entirely 
voluntary program of air science instruction which 
is designed for students interested in an Air Force 
Commission. Both a two-year and a four-year pro- 
gram are offered. 

1. The two-year program consists of a six- 
week Field Training Session conducted on an air 
force base in the summer prior to the student's 
junior year, followed by four semesters of the pro- 
fessional Officer Course (Advanced Course). The 
two-year program is also open to graduate stu- 
dents from the College Park campus, provided 
such students have a minimum of four semesters 



remaining in the University at the time of enroll- 
ment in the two-year AFROTC program. 

2. The four-year program consists of four se- 
mesters of the General Military Course (Basic 
Course) followed by four semesters of the Profes- 
siional Officer Course (Advanced Course). Stu- 
dents in this program must attend a four-week 
Field Training Program after completing their 
sophomore year of college and prior to commis- 
sioning. Only students in the four-year program 
are eligible to complete for full scholarships. 

3. The Curriculum: 

General Military Course — freshman year, 
ARSC 100 (Oil) and ARSC 101 (012); sopho- 
more year, ARSC 200 (021) and ARSC 201 
(022). In the first two years, cadets meet aca- 
demic classes once per week. In addition, 
they receive one hour of Corps Training 
each week. 

Professional Officer Course — junior year, 
ARSC 300 (101) and ARSC 301 (102); senior 
year, ARSC 302 (103) and ARSC 303 (104). 
The courses for the junior and senior years 
are entitled "The Growth and Development 
of Aerospace Power" and "The Professional 
Officer" respectively. They require three 
class hours, plus one hour of Corps Train- 
ing per week. 

4. The AFROTC College Scholarship Program 
provides scholarships for selected cadets each 
year in the four-year AFROTC program. Those se- 
lected receive money for tuition, laboratory ex- 
pense, incidental fees, and an allowance for books 
for up to eight semesters. In addition, they receive 
nontaxable retainer pay of $50 per month. One 
must be in the program at the University of Mary- 
land before he can apply for this scholarship. 

5. All students in the two-year and four-year 
gram enrolled in the Professional Officer Course 
but not receiving full scholarships will receive $50 
a month retainer pay for a maximum of $1,000 for 
the two-year period. Students also receive nomi- 
nal pay (plus quarters and subsistence) while at- 
tending either the four-week or the six-week Field 
Training Session. 

6. To be accepted into the Professional Officer 
Course the student must: complete the General 
Military Course or the six-week Field Training 
Session; pass the Air Force Officer Qualification 
Test; be physically qualified; enlist in the Air Force 
Reserve; be in good academic standing; meet age 
requirements; posess the necessary qualities of 
leadership and citizenship. Successful comple- 
tion of the Professional Officer Course and a bach- 
elor's degree are the prerequisites for a commis- 
sion as a second lieutenant in the United States 
Air Force. 

7. Students who have prior military service or 
ROTC training with the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, 
Coast Guard, or Air Force will be evaluated and 
allowed appropriate credit toward meeting the re- 
quirements for the General Military (Basic) Course. 



General Information / 39 



Professional Officer Course (Advanced) credits are 
transferable. 

Attendance at air science classes is manda- 
tory. Excuses for class or drill absences will not 
be recognized except in case of sickness, emerg- 
encies, or University business covered by Univer- 
sity excuses. All unexcused absences operate to 
reduce the term grade. Excessive absences and/ 
or misconduct will be cause for dismissal. 

8. Qualified seniors who elect to become Air 
Force pilots receive a free 36 V2 -hour flight instruc- 
tion program. Cadets are instructed by competent 
civilian instructors. This training enables them to 
earn their private pilot's license before graduating 
from college. 

REGISTRATION 

1. Instructions concerning registration are given 
in the Schedule of Classes issued at the begin- 
ning of each semester. 

2. Students who do not complete their registra- 
tion on regular registration days, including pay- 
ment of bill, will be required to pay a late reg- 
istration fee of $20.00. Only in exceptional cases 
will a student be permitted to enter a class later 
than one week after the beginning of instruction. 

3. Changes in registration may be made only 
with the written permission of the student's dean. 
After the first week there is a fee of $5.00 for every 
change in registration. The formal change in regis- 
tration approved by the dean must be filed in the 
Office of Registrations to complete the transac- 
tion. Unless this is done, no credit will be given 
for an added course, and a failure will be recorded 
for a dropped course. 

4. An official class list for each course being 
offered is issued each semester to the appropri- 
ate department by the Registrations Office. No 
student is permitted to attend a class if his name 
does not appear on the class list. Instructors must 
report discrepancies to the Registrations Office. 
At the end of the semester, the Registrations 
Office issues to each department official grade 
cards. The instructors mark the final gradues on 
the grade cards, sign the cards, and return them 
to the Registrations Office. 

5. A student who desires to transfer from one 
college to another must petition, on the reverse 
side of the permit to register card, the dean of 
the college from which he wishes to be trans- 
ferred. The transfer is effected when the request, 
properly approved by both deans concerned, is 
filed in the Registrations Office. Students who are 
on academic probation and students who have 
less than a 2.0 average are referred to Section A 
of "Minimum Requirements for Retention and 
Graduation." 

6. No change to another college or curriculum 
is permitted only at stated registration periods or 
during the first week of a semester. 

7. A student transferring to another college will 



consult with his new dean regarding the adjust- 
ment of his records. A record of this adjustment 
must be filed in the Registrations Office. The 
dean's record will be transferred to the office of 
the college to which the student is changing. 

8. Courses taken in University College or at an- 
other institution concurrent with regular registra- 
tion on the campus at the University may not be 
credited without approval in advance by the dean 
of the college from which the student expects a 
degree. The same rule applies in summer school, 
to off-campus registrations or registrations in the 
summer school of another institution. 

DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES 

The University confers the following degrees: 
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of 
Science, Bachelor of Science in Nursing, Bachelor 
of Science in Pharmacy, Bachelor of Architec- 
ture, Master of Arts, Master of Arts in American 
Civilization, Master of Business Administration, 
Master of Education, Master of Music, Master of 
Science, Master of Library Science, Master of 
Social Work, Doctor of Dental Surgery, Doctor of 
Education, Doctor of Medicine, Doctor of Philos- 
ophy, Doctor of Musical Arts, Doctor of Business 
Administration, and Juris Doctor. 

Students in specified two-year curricula may be 
awarded certificates. 

No baccalaureate degree will be awarded to a 
student who has had less than one year of resi- 
dent work in this University. The last thirty se- 
mester credits in any curricula leading to a bac- 
calaureate degree must be taken in residence at 
the University. Candidates for the baccalaureate 
degree in combined curricula at College Park and 
Baltimore must complete a minimum of thirty se- 
mester credits at College Park. 

The requirements for graduation vary accord- 
ing to the character of work in the different col- 
leges and schools. Full information regarding spe- 
cific college requirements for graduation will be 
found in the various college divisions of this cata- 
log. 

Each candidate for a degree or certificate must 
file a formal application for it with the Registra- 
tions Office. This must be done by the end of the 
third week of the semester or the second week 
of the summer session at the end of which he ex- 
pects to graduate. 

CREDIT UNIT AND LOAD 

The semester hour, which is the unit of credit, 
is the equivalent of a subject pursued one period 
a week for one semester. Two or three periods of 
laboratory or field work are equivalent to one lec- 
ture or recitation period. The student is expected 
to devote three hours a week in classroom or lab- 
oratory or in outside preparation for each credit 
hour in any course. 

In order for an undergraduate student to com- 
plete most curricula in the designated amount of 



40 / General Information 



time, his semester credit load must range from 12 
to 19 hiours, so that he would complete from 30 to 
36 hours each year toward his degree. A student 
registering for less than 12 hours or more than 
19 hours per semester must have the special ap- 
proval of his dean. 

EXAMINATIONS 

1. A final examination shall be given in every 
undergraduate course. Exceptions may be made 
with the approval of the head of the department 
and the dean. In order to avoid basing too much of 
the semester grade upon the final examination, 
additional tests, quizzes, term papers, reports and 
the like should be used to determine a student's 
comprehension of a course. The order of proced- 
ure in these matters is left to the discretion of 
departments or professors and should be an- 
nounced to a class at the beginning of a course. 
All final examinations must be held on the exami- 
nation days of the Official Final Examination 
Schedule. No final examination shall be given at 
a time other than that scheduled in the Official 
Examination Schedule without written permission 
of the department chairman. 

2. To expedite arrangements for commence- 
ment, final grades of undergraduate candidates 
for degrees are based on evaluations available at 
the time grades are required to be submitted. 

3. A file of all final examination questions must 
be kept by the head of each department. 

4. The head of each department is responsible 
for the adequate administration of examinations 
in courses under his jurisdiction. The deans 
should present for consideration the matter of 
examinations in staff conferences from time to 
time and investigate examination procedures in 
their respective colleges. 

5. Every examination shall be designed to re- 
quire for its completion not more than the regu- 
larly scheduled period. 

6. A typewritten, mimeographed or printed set 
of questions shall be placed in the hands of every 
examinee in every test or examination requiring 
at least one period, unless the dean of the college 
has authorized some other procedure. 

7. Each instructor must safeguard his examina- 
tion questions and all trial sheets, drafts and sten- 
cils. 

8. Each instructor should avoid the use of ex- 
amination questions which have been included 
in recently given examinations and should pre- 
pare examinations that will make dishonesty diffi- 
cult. 

9. Only clerical help approved by the depart- 
ment chairman shall be employed in the prepara- 
tion or reproduction of tests or examination ques- 
tions. 

10. Proctors must be in the examination room 
at least ten minutes before the hour of a final 
examination. Provisions should be made for proper 



ventilation, lighting and a seating plan. At least 
one of the proctors present must be sufficiently 
cognizant of the subject matter of the examina- 
tion to deal authoritatively with inquires arising 
from the examination. 

11. Books, papers, etc., belonging to the stu- 
dent, must be left in a place designated by the in- 
structor before the student takes his seat, except 
in such cases where books or work sheets are 
permitted. 

12. Students should be seated at least every 
other seat apart, or its equivalent, i.e., about three 
feet. Where this arrangement is not possible some 
means must be provided to protect the integrity 
of the examination. 

13. "Blue books" only must be used in periodic 
or final examinations, unless special forms are 
furnished by the department concerned. 

14. If mathematical tables are required in an 
examination, they shall be furnished by the in- 
structor. If textbooks are used, this rules does not 
apply. 

15. Proctors must exercise all diligence to pre- 
vent dishonesty and to enforce proper examina- 
tion decorum, including abstention from smoking. 

16. Where an instructor must proctor more 
than 40 students, he should consult the chairman 
of his department concerning proctorial assist- 
ance. An instructor should consult his department 
chairman if in his opinion a smaller number of 
students for an examination requires the help of 
another instructor. 

17. No student who leaves an examination 
room will be permitted to return, except in un- 
usual circumstances, in which case permission 
to do so must be granted by the proctor prior to 
the student's absention. 

18. All conversation will cease prior to the pass- 
ing out of examination papers, and silence will be 
maintained in the room during the entire examina- 
tion period. 

19. Examination papers will be placed face 
down on the writing desks until the examination 
is officially begun by the proctor. 

20. Examination papers will be kept flat on the 
writing desk at all times. 

IRREGULARITIES IN EXAMINATIONS 

1. In cases involving charges of academic ir- 
regularities or dishonesty in an examination, class 
work or course requirements by an undergraduate 
student, the instructor in the course shall report 
to his instructional department chairman any in- 
formation received and the facts within his knowl- 
edge. If the chairman of the instructional depart- 
ment determines that there is any sound reason 
for believing that academic dishonesty may be in- 
volved, he shall refer the matter to the dean of 
the college or school. The dean will then confer 
with the dean of the student's college or school 
and will check the Judiciary Office records to de- 
termine if the student has any record of prior of- 



General Information / 41 



fenses involving academic dishonesty. The dean 
will then consult with the student involved, and if 
the alleged academic dishonesty is admitted by 
the student and is his first offense of this nature, 
the dean may authorize the department chairman 
to dispose of the charges, limiting the maximum 
penalty to disciplinary probation and a grade of 
F in the course, provided the penalty is accepted 
by the student in writing. In such case the depart- 
ment chairman will make a written report of the 
matter, including the action taken, to the dean of 
the student's college or school and to the Judici- 
ary Office. 

If the case is not disposed of in the above man- 
ner, the dean of the instructional department will 
appoint an ad hoc Committee on Academic Dis- 
honesty consisting of one member from the faculty 
of the collega or school administered by the dean 
as chairman, one undergraduate student, and one 
member from the faculty of the student's college 
or school appointed by the dean of that college or 
school. If the student's dean and the dean admin- 
istering the instructional department are the same, 
a second member of the faculty of the college or 
school concerned is appointed. 

The dean of the instructional department will 
refer the specific report of alleged academic dis- 
honesty to this ad hoc committee and the com- 
mittee will hear the case. The hearing procedures 
before this committee will in general conform to 
those required for student judicial boards. The 
committee may impose the normal disciplinary 
actions and/or impose a grade of F in the course. 

The chairman of the committee will report its 
actions to the dean of the student's college or 
school and to the Judiciary Office. The dean of 
the instructional department will advise the stu- 
dent in writing of the disciplinary action of the 
committee, and also advise him of his right to file 
an appeal to the Adjunct Committee on Student 
Discipline. 

The student may file his appeal in accordance 
with the normal procedures to the Adjunct Com- 
mittee with the dean of the instructional depart- 
ment and the latter will forward it to the chair- 
man of the Adjunct Committee. The chairman of 
the Adjunct Committee will notify the student in 
writing of the time, date, and place of the hearing. 

2. In cases involving charges of academic ir- 
regularities or dishonesty in an examination, class 
work or course requirements by a graduate stu- 
dent, the above procedure will be followed except 
that: 

a. The chairman of the instructional depart- 
ment will refer the matter to the Dean for 
Graduate Studies and Research. 

b. The ad hoc Committee on Academic Dis- 
honesty will be appointed by the Dean for 
Graduate Studies and Research and will con- 
sist of two members of the Graduate School 
faculty, one serving as chairman and one 
graduate student. 



MARKING SYSTEM 

1. The following symbols are used for marks: 
A, B, C, and D — Passing; F — Failure; I — Incom- 
plete. At the Graduate level, the grade of D is 
failure. 

In computing scholastic averages, numerical 
values are assigned marks as follows: A — 4; B — 3; 
C— 2; D— 1; F— 0. 

A mark of X will be used on records of off- 
campus adult students in those cases where such 
a student has ceased to attend a class without an 
official withdrawal. A mark of X indicates no rec- 
ord, no prejudice, is terminal, and may not be 
later changed as in the case of the incomplete 
mark of I. 

2. Mark A denotes superior achievement; B, 
good; C, fair; and D, passing. However, a mark of 
D does not represent satisfactory progress toward 
a degree. 

3. A student with a mark of F has failed in the 
course and must repeat the entire course in order 
to receive credit for it. In case of failure in a re- 
quired course a student must enroll again in that 
subject the first time it is offered, unless excused 
by the dean. 

4. An instructor may change a grade already 
submitted to the Registrations Office only on certi- 
fication, approved by his department chairman 
and dean, that he made an actual mistake in com- 
puting or recording the grade. 

5. In case a failure is incurred in an elective 
subject, the student may be permitted to make a 
substitution provided the head of the department 
in which the student is majoring and the student's 
dean approve. A record of this approval must be 
filed in the Registrations Office. 

6. The mark of I (incomplete) is exceptional. 
It is to be given only to a student whose work In 
a course has been qualitatively satisfactory, when, 
because of illness, or other circumstances beyond 
his control, he has been unable to complete the 
requirement. In no case will the mark I be re- 
corded for a student who has not completed the 
major portion of the work of the course. In cases 
where this mark is given, the student may not re- 
register for the course until the I is removed by 
completing work assigned by the instructor. Work 
must be completed by the end of the next semes- 
ter in which the subject is again offered and the 
student is in attendance at the University, or the 
mark becomes F. When a student receives a termi- 
nal grade, he may repeat the course as provided 
for any course where repeats are authorized. Ex- 
ceptions to the time period cited above may be 
granted by the student's dean on the written re- 
quest of the student if circumstances warrant 
further delay. An I cannot be removed through the 
technique of earning "credit " by examination." 

7. It is the student's responsibility to request 
appropriate action for the removal of the I. 

R. It is the responsibility of the instructor and 



42 / General Information 



department head concerned to return the appro- 
priate supplementary grade report promptly upon 
the completion of the work. 

9. It is the responsibility of the student's dean 
to inform the Registrations Office and instructor of 
the delay granted in accordance with Section 6 
above. 

10. For information about repeating courses, 
see "Minimum Requirements for Retention and 
Graduation." 

PASS-FAIL OPTION 

1. Eligible undergraduates may register for a 
maximum of 18 semester hours of credit under the 
pass-fail option between the time they have earned 
30 academic hours at the University of Maryland 
and graduation. No more than one such course 
may be taken during any semester or summer 
session. 

2. In order to be eligible for the pass-fail option 
in registration an undergraduate student must 
have completed 30 or more semester hours of 
credit at the University of Maryland. Transfer 
students must have a total of 30 semester hours 
on their records, of which at least 15 semester 
hours were taken at the University of Maryland. 
Part-time students matriculated for a degree are 
eligible; special students are not. A student must 
have a cumulative grade-point average of 2.00 
to be eligible for the pass-fail option. Students 
who are registered in O.I.R. may not elect the 
pass-fail option. 

3. No course which is used to fulfill require- 
ments for a major, a minor, a field of concentra- 
tion, specific courses designated as degree re- 
quirements, or the general education program may 
be selected under the pass-fail option; such selec- 
tion is limited to free-elective courses. 

4. A student's pass-fail option for a course must 
be designated at the time of registration. Courses 
not specifically excluded from the pass-fail op- 
tion may be selected by eligible students who have 
the required standing and prerequisites for the 
course. Registration for pass-fail option must have 
the approval of the student's academic advisor 
and dean. This status may not be changed after 
the end of late registration (end of first week of 
class in regular semester). If the demand for a 
course exceeds its capacity, letter-graded stu- 
dents will be given preference over pass-fail stu- 
dents in enrollment. 

5. Students registering in a course under the 
pass-fail option are required to complete all regu- 
lar course requirements. Their work will be eval- 
uated by the normal procedures for letter grades. 
The professor will submit the normal grade. The 
grades of "A" to "D" will be automatically con- 
verted to "P." The grade of "F" will remain as 
given. If the course is passed, credit toward grad- 
uation is earned; however, the course is not in- 
cluded in the grade average. If the course is failed, 



no credit is awarded but the failing grade is in- 
cluded in computation of averages. 

CREDIT FOR EXAMINATION FOR 
UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES 

1. The applicant must be a registered student 
at the University of Maryland. Part-time students 
must be enrolled in course work carrying at least 
three semester hours of credit. 

2. The total amount of credit that can be estab- 
lished by examination cannot exceed 30 semester 
credits, nor may it be part of the final 15 semester 
credits of the student's program. "Credit by exam- 
ination" cannot be given for a course in which 
the student has a grade of "I" outstanding. 

3. A grade of D or higher must be obtained in 
order to establish credit by examination. Letter 
grades, including F's earned on examinations to 
establish credit will be entered on the student's 
transcript and used in computing his cumulative 
grade point average. Such credits shall be fol- 
lowed by the phrase "By Exam " or "By CLEP 
Exam," whichever is applicable. A student may 
elect to take an examination for credit on a "Pass- 
Fail" basis under the normal "Pass-Fail" regula- 
tions. 

4. Approval to take an examination in any course 
will depend on the student's having received ap- 
proval of his Academic Adviser, the Chairman of 
the Department offering the course and the Dean 
of the College in which the student is enrolled. 

5. The instructor must certify on the report of 
the examination submitted to the Registrations 
Office that copies of the examination questions or 
identifying information in the case of standardized 
examinations, and the student's answers have 
been filed with Chairman of the Department offer- 
ing the course. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

1. A student is permitted to register for upper 
division courses when granted Junior Standing by 
his college. This permission shall be based upon 
earning a minimum of 56 academic hours toward 
his degree, completing such course requirements 
as the college may direct, and possessing the 
minimum required grade point average to remain 
in the University. 

2. Exceptional students having completed forty- 
eight (48) semester hours of academic credits and 
having the approval of the department involved 
will be permitted to enroll for sufficient upper di- 
vision courses to complete a normal program. That 
is, such students must carry lower division courses 
to total fifty-six (56) semester hours of academic 
credits and the remainder may be in courses 
numbered in the 300-499 range. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

1. A baccalaureate degree will not be awarded 
to a student who has had less than one year of 



General Information / 43 



resident work in this University. The last thirty se- 
mester credits of any curriculum leading to a bac- 
calaureate degree must be taken in residence at 
the University of Maryland. 

In the case of veterans and students engaged 
in a program of adult education, a portion of the 
final 30 semester hours may be completed at other 
institutions upon the approval of the Vice-Chancel- 
lor for Academic Affairs, the dean of the college, 
and the chairman of the department. 

Candidates for degrees in combined programs 
must complete at least 30 semester credits at Col- 
lege Park. 

The minimum residence required for a bacca- 
laureate degree is 30 semester hours; nothing 
stated below modifies in any way this basic re- 
quirement. Included in these 30 semester hours 
will be a minimum of 15 semester hours in ad- 
vanced courses, including at least 12 semester 
hours required in the major field (in curricula re- 
quiring such concentration). All candidates for de- 
grees should plan to take their senior year in resi- 
dence since the advanced work of the major study 
normally occurs in the last year of the undergrad- 
uate course. At least 24 of the last 30 credits must 
be done in residence; i.e., a student who at the 
time of his graduation will have completed 30 se- 
mester hours in residence may be permitted to do 
not more than 6 semester hours of his final 30 
credits of record in another institution or to in- 
clude not more than 6 semester hours of credit 
earned by advance standing examination, pro- 
vided he secures permission in advance from his 
dean. The student must be enrolled in the college 
from which he plans to graduate when registering 
for the last 15 credits of his program. These re- 
quirements apply also to the third year of prepro- 
fessional combined degree programs. Record of 
this permission must be filed in the Registrations 
Office prior to the student's final semester in resi- 
dence. 

While many University curricula require more 
semester hours than 120 (exclusive of the basic 
General Military Course AFROTC, Health 105, and 
the required program in physical education), no 
baccalaureate curriculum requires less than 120 
semester hours with the same exclusions as have 
been cited. 

A student who wishes to earn a second bac- 
calaureate degree in the University is required to 
complete the additional studies regularly pre- 
scribed for that degree, involving at least one 
year's additional residence and the earning of at 
least 30 additional credits. 

2. A general C (2.0) average is required for 
graduation in all colleges. 

3. An average mark of C (2.0) is required for 
graduation. The C average is computed on the 
basis of the academic courses required by each 
student's curriculum. The average of transfer stu- 
dents and of ttiose seeking combined degrees is 



computed only on the courses taken in residence 
in the University and in satisfaction of the non- 
professional curricular requirements of the college 
granting the degree. An over-all average is also 
computed to include all academic courses taken in 
the University as a basis for the award of honors 
and for such other uses as may be deemed appro- 
priate. 

4. Applications for diplomas must be filed with 
the Registrations Office during the registration 
period, or not later than the end of the third week 
of classes of the regular semester or at the end 
of the second week of the summer session, at the 
end of which the candidate expects to receive 
his degree. Application filed after the third week 
of classes of a regular semester or Friday of the 
second week of a Summer Session will be retained 
until the next semester (session) when degrees 
will be awarded. He must at this time be registered 
in the college from which the degree is sought or, 
if in the University College, have the approval of 
the dean of the college concerned. Responsibility 
for knowing and meeting all degree requirements 
for graduation in any curriculum rests with the 
student. Not later than the close of his junior 
year, the student should check with the proper 
authorities to ascertain his standing in this respect. 
For this purpose the student should be sure to 
preserve the copy of the semester grade report 
issued by the Registrations office at the close of 
each semester. 

5. Candidates for degrees must attend a con- 
vocation at which degrees are conferred and di- 
plomas are awarded. 

ATTENDANCE 

1. The University expects each student to take 
full responsibility for his academic work and aca- 
demic progress. The student, to progress satis- 
factorily, must meet the quantitative and qualita- 
tive requirements of each course for which he is 
registered. Students are expected to attend class- 
es regularly, for consistent attendance offers the 
most effective opportunity open to all students to 
gain a developing command of the concepts and 
materials of their course of study. However, at- 
tendance in class, in and of itself, is not a criterion 
for the evaluation of the student's degree of suc- 
cess or failure. Furthermore, absences (whether 
excused or unexcused) do not alter what is ex- 
pected of the student qualitatively and quantita- 
tively. Except as provided below, absences will 
not be used in the computation of grades, and the 
recording of student absences will not be required 
of the faculty. 

2. In certain courses in-class participation is 
an integral part of the work of the course. A few 
examples would be courses in public speaking and 
group discussion, courses emphasizing conversa- 
tion in foreign languages, certain courses in physi- 
cal education, and certain laboratory sessions. 
Each department shall determine which of its 



44 / General Information 



courses fall in this category. It shall be the re- 
sponsibility of the instructor in such courses to in- 
form each class at the beginning of the semester 
that in-class participation is an integral part of the 
work of the course and that his absences will be 
taken into account in the evaluation of his work 
in the course. 

3. Laboratory meetings require special prepa- 
ration of equipment and materials by the staff. A 
student who is not present for a laboratory exer- 
cise has missed that part of the course and can- 
not expect that he will be given an opportunity to 
make up this work later in the term. 

4. Special provision for freshmen: the fresh- 
man year is a transitional year. Absences of fresh- 
men in the basic freshman courses will be report- 
ed to the student's dean when the student has ac- 
cumulated more than three unexcused absences. 

5. Excuses for absences (in basic freshman 
courses and in courses where in-class participa- 
tion is a significant part of the work of the course) 
will be handled by the instructor in the course in 
accordance with the general policy of his depart- 
ment and college. 

6. Examination and tests: it is the responsi- 
bility of the student to keep himself informed con- 
cerning the dates of announced quizzes, tests 
and examinations. An instructor is not under obli- 
gation to give a student a make-up examination 
unless the student can present evidence that his 
absence was caused by illness or by participating 
in University activities at the request of University 
authorities. A make-up examination, when per- 
mitted, is given at the convenience of the instruc- 
tor, but must not interfere with the student's regu- 
larly scheduled classes. 

SCHOLARSHIP HONORS 

Honors for excellence in scholarship are award- 
ed to not more than one-fifth of the graduation 
class in each college. (The computation does not 
include grades for courses taken during the last 
semester of registration before graduation.) "High 
Honors" are awarded to the upper half of the 
group; "Honors" to the lower half. To be eligible 
for this recognition, a total of at least two years of 
residence (60 semester hours) is required. No stu- 
dent with an average less than B (3.0) will be con- 
sidered. 

DEFICIENCY REPORTS 

1. Reports of unsatisfactory work (less than C) 
will be made only for freshmen in the basic 
freshman courses. It will be the obligation of all 
students to assume full responsibility for their aca- 
demic progress without depending upon receiving 
official warning of unsatisfactory work. 

2. Reports of unsatisfactory work for freshmen 
in the basic freshman courses will be submitted 
to the student's dean at the end of the seventh 
week of the semester. 



DISMISSAL OF DELINQUENT STUDENTS 

The University reserves the right to request 
at any time the withdrawal of a student who can- 
not or does not maintain the required standard 
of scholarship, or whose continuance in the Uni- 
versity would be detrimental to his or her health, 
or to the health of others, or whose conduct is not 
satisfactory to the authorities of the University. 
Specific scholastic requirements are set forth in 
the Minimum Requirements for Retention and 
Graduation. 

WITHDRAWALS FROM THE UNIVERSITY 

1. If a student desires or is compelled to with- 
draw from the University for any cause at any 
time during the academic year, he should secure 
an application for withdrawal from his dean's of- 
fice, obtain the proper signatures as indicated on 
the form, and file it in the Registrations Office. If 
a student withdraws from the University after the 
first eight weeks of the semester, the instructor in 
each course indicates on the class card whether 
the student was passing or failing at the time of 
withdrawal. The report is made part of the stu- 
dent's permanent record. 

2. In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be 
permitted only with the written consent of the 
student's parent or guardian. 

3. A student who fails to withdraw in the re- 
quired manner will not be entitled to an honorable 
dismissal, will forfeit his right to any refund to 
which he might otherwise be entitled, and will re- 
ceive marks of failure in all courses being carried. 

4. The effective date for withdrawals, as far as 
refunds and grades are concerned, is the date 
the blank is filed in the Registrations Office. 

5. Further information on withdrawal from the 
University may be found in "Minimum Require- 
ments for Retention and Graduation." 

READMISSION AND REINSTATEMENT 

1. A student whose continuous attendance at 
the University has been interrupted, but who was 
in good academic standing, or on academic pro- 
bation, at the end of the last regular semester 
for which he was registered, must apply to the 
Director of Admission for readmission. He will be 
readmitted to the college in which he was last 
registered. 

2. A student who withdraws from the Univer- 
sity must apply to the Director of Admissions for 
reinstatement. 

3. A freshman who is dismissed for scholastic 
reasons from the University at the end of his first 
semester and who desires to seek reinstatement 
is referred to Section A of "Minimum Require- 
ments for Retention and Graduation." 

4. A student who has been dropped for scho- 
lastic reasons may appeal in writing to the Secre- 
tary of the Admissions Petition Board, Office of 
Admissions for reinstatement. The committee is 
empowered to grant relief for just cause. 



General Information / 45 



5. No student on academic probation shall be 
allowed to register for more than sixteen (16) 
semester hours (including the basic General Mili- 
tary Course AFROTC and required courses in P. E. 
and health). The student on academic probation 
should normally carry at least twelve (12) aca- 
demic semester hours in order that he may ab- 
solve his academic probation in one semester. 

6. A student who has been dropped from the 
University for scholastic reasons, and whose peti- 
tion for reinstatement is denied, may again peti- 
tion after a lapse of at least one semester. 

7. Applicable courses taken at another institu- 
tion by a student in the first semester after his 
academic dismissal from the University shall not 
be considered for transfer credit until the student 
has returned to the University and removed his 
academic probation. 

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS 

FOR RETENTION AND GRADUATION 

The provisions in this plan apply to undergrad- 
uates at College Park, including the day-time, on- 
campus students of University College. 

SECTION A: Minimum requirements 

A.I At the end of each grading period — defined 
as each regular semester — the Registrations Of- 
fice computes each student's cumulative grade 
point average (the number of earned quality 
points divided by the number of attempted semes- 
ter hours hereinafter designated and referred to 
as "attempted hours" or "hours attempted"). 
Based on this cumulative grade point average the 
Registrations Office imposes the academic actions 
prescribed in the following table: 





Cumulative 


Grade Point 




Average 


resulting 


Total 






Hours 


Academic 


Academic 


Allempted 


Dismissal 


Probation 


1-5 


_ 


— 


6-20 


Below 0.35 


Below 1.35 


21-35 


" 1.35 


" 1.65 


36-50 


•• 1.65 


•■ 1.80 


51-65 


• 1.80 


" 1.90 


68-80 


•• 1.90 


•■ 2.00 


81 and over 


" 1.95 


" 2.00 



A.2 Regardless of his cumulative grade point 
average, however, no student shall be dismissed 
at the end of any grading period during which he 
was registered for and completed at least twelve 
(12) semester hours (excluding PHED 001-099) 
with an average of 2.00 or better. 

A. 3 A minimum cumulative grade point aver- 
age of 2.00 is an essential part of the several re- 
quirements for a bachelor's degree as outlined in 
college divisions of this catalog. Any student 
whose cumulative grade point average falls with- 
in the range which results in Academic Probation 
in accordance with the table of section A.I is in- 
formed that he is not making satisfactory progress 
toward his degree and must assume responsibility 
for any future dismissal which may occur. 



A. 4 Any student whose cumulative grade point 
average falls within the range which results in 
Academic Dismissal in accordance with the table 
of section A.I loses his eligibility to reregister at 
the University. 

A. 5 Any student who is not eligible to reregis- 
ter following Academic Dismissal should consult 
the Secretary of the Admissions Petition Board 
concerning procedure for reinstatement. This 
Board is empowered to grant relief for just cause. 

A. 6 A student who enters the University with 
acceptable transfer credits is subject to these 
scholastic standards at the level of attempted 
hours determined by adding the number of hours 
of transfer credits assigned to him by the Office 
of Admissions and the dean of the college in 
which he is enrolled to the number of hours at- 
tempted at Ivlaryland. His cumulative average is 
based solely on the number of hours attempted 
at Ivlaryland and the grades received for these at- 
tempted courses. 

A. 7 When a course is repeated, all attempts are 
included in the computation of the cumulative 
grade point average through inclusion in both the 
total quality points earned and the total hours at- 
tempted. If a student repeats a course for which 
he has already earned a passing grade, the subse- 
quent attempt shall not increase his total hours 
earned toward a degree. 

A. 8 Exceptions are allowed for courses taken 
during a freshman's first semester and subse- 
quently repeated. In such cases, the original first 
semester grades of these repeated courses and 
their corresponding credit hours will not be in- 
cluded in the computation of the student's cumu- 
lative grade point average or in his total of at- 
tempted hours, provided these repetitions of first 
semester courses occur before the student has 
earned 56 semester hours. For the purpose of this 
section a first semester freshman shall be a stu- 
dent registered for the first time in college level 
educational courses and thus experiencing his 
first contact with academic education beyond the 
senior high school level. However, a student whose 
first college experience is through part-time reg- 
istration or through the summer session will be 
considered as a first semester freshman until he 
has registered in and completed a minimum of 
nine semester hours in college level work. All col- 
lege registrations will be counted whether or not 
they are applicable to the student's program. 

A. 9 A student beginning or within his last 
thirty (30) credit hours necessary for graduation 
who has been retained in college under section 
A.2 but who would be unable to graduate because 
of an insufficient cumulative grade point average 
due to an earlier single semester of failing grades 
may be granted waiver of those failing grades. 
Provided such student satisfies all other college 
and university requirements for the degree, the 
above grades of failure and their corresponding 
attempted credit hours may be disregarded in the 



46 / General Information 



computation of his final cumulative grade point 
average. To accomplish this the approval of the 
student's academic dean together with the writ- 
ten recommendation of the chairman of the de- 
partment in which the student is majoring must be 
transmitted to the Registrations Office with the 
necessary adjustments which are to be made in 
recomputing the student's cumulative average. 

A. 10 Physical activity courses required of all 
students, noncredit courses, and orientation 
courses are not considered in computing cumula- 
tive grade point averages. All other courses are 
considered for computation except those courses 
specifically designated not applicable by the dean 
of the college in which the student is enrolled. 

A.11 In the computation of the cumulative 
grade point average a grade of I is not to be in- 
cluded as hours attempted. When the grade of I 
is removed for a passing grade or the mark be- 
comes F in conformance with academic regula- 
tions, an appropriate corrective entry will be made 
in the cumulative grade point average by the Reg- 
istrations Office. 

A. 12 Any student who withdraws from all 
courses receiving no grades or grades of W, WX, 
WP, or WF is not eligible for reregistration at the 
University except by application for reinstatement 
through the Office of Admissions. Withdrawal 
grades are not included in the computation of 
grade point averages or in the determination of 
the level of total hours attempted. 

SECTION B: Regulations for transfer of students from one 
college to anottier and change of curriculum within a college. 

B.I A student with a 2.00 average or better in 
those courses applicable to his proposed new 
curriculum may transfer from one college in the 
University to another but only at such times as are 
specifically designated for this purpose. On a spe- 
cial form, he must first obtain a signed release 
and his complete academic record from the dean 
of the releasing college before submitting them 
to the dean of the college to which he wishes to 
transfer. When the dean of the receiving college 
accepts the student by signing the transfer form, 
the student must then deposit this form with the 
Registrations Office to complete the transfer. 

B.2 In all transfer cases the dean of the re- 
ceiving college shall indicate what courses in the 
student's previous academic program are not ap- 
plicable in the new program and he shall notify 
the Registrations Office of the adjustments which 
are to be made in computing the student's cumu- 
lative average. 

B.3 The Office of Intermediate Registration 
(OIR) serves those students who wish to change 
colleges but have less than 2.00 averages in 
those courses applicable to their new college cur- 
ricula. Any such student who is entitled to rereg- 
ister in the University will be accepted by OIR 
after securing his release from his former college 
dean. The Director of Intermediate Registration 



will be responsible for notifying the Registrations 
Office what courses in the student's previous aca- 
demic program have been declared not applicable 
by the prospective receiving dean. 

B.4 The cumulative average required of a reg- 
istrant in OIR shall be that given in the table of 
section A.I for the attempted hours applicable to 
the new curriculum to which the student antici- 
pates transferring. If at the end of a student's 
first grading period in OIR his cumulative average 
entitles him to remain in the University, he shall 
be permitted to transfer to his new college. How- 
ever, upon the recommendation of both the Direc- 
tor of Intermediate Registration and the dean of 
the new college, the student who is eligible to 
remain in the University may be permitted to reg- 
ister for an additional semester or summer ses- 
sion in OIR. 

B.5 When a student changes from one depart- 
ment to another within a college he must secure, 
in the appropriate space on the permit-to-register 
card, the signature of the dean before filing the 
card with the Registrations Office. An individual 
college may use additional forms for internal con- 
trol if it so desires. Where the change within a 
college is from a program to an unrelated pro- 
gram, the dean of the college may exercise the 
option of adjusting the student's record. The dean 
is responsible for providing the Registrations Of- 
fice with a written statement of the adjustments to 
be made in computing the student's cumulative 
average. 

SECTION C: Regulations concerning dropping of courses. 

0.1 A student may drop a course without an F 
grade during the first three weeks of classes with 
the approval of the student's advisor and dean. A 
student may drop a course without an F grade 
after the first three weeks of clases only upon 
written approval of the dean of the student's col- 
lege. Such authorization shall be granted by the 
dean only under extraordinary circumstances; un- 
satisfactory scholarship in itself will not be con- 
sidered an extraordinary circumstance. The writ- 
ten authorization must state the reason and shall 
be filed with the Registrations Office. In order to 
drop a course, or courses, for medical reasons 
and without the grade of F, the student must pre- 
sent to the dean of his college, through the Uni- 
versity's infirmary, acceptable proof that such rea- 
sons have caused his continuous absence from all 
classes for which he is registered for a period of 
two weeks or more (exclusive of holidays). Any re- 
quest to drop a course for medical reasons must 
be presented to the student's dean within one 
week of the student's return to class attendance. 

The selection of courses to be dropped shall be 
at the discretion of the student's dean. 

In the case of accidental injury incurred after 
the start of the term, and which incapacitates the 
student relative to his performance in a particular 
course, the dean of the student's college shall use 



General Information / 47 



his discretion in recommending the dropping of 
the course without the grade of F. Where acci- 
dental injury does not necessitate the absence of 
the student from all classes for a period of two 
weeks or more, the request to drop a particular 
course must be made within one week of the in- 
jury, or within one week of the return to classes 
following the injury. A first semester freshman 
and a transfer student enrolling for the first time 
in the University may drop a course without an 
F grade during the first eight weeks of classes 
with the approval of the students advisor and 
dean. For purposes of this section a first semester 
freshman shall be a student who has registered 
in and completed not more than nine semester 
hours of college level work. 

Courses may not be changed from credit to 
audit after the third week of clases. 

C.2 A student withdrawing from the University 
during the first eight weeks of classes shall be 
given a grade of WX in his courses. A student 
withdrawing after this time shall receive a grade 
WP in each course in which his work has been 
passing and a grade of WF in any course in which 
his work has not been passing. A student with- 
drawing after the last day of instruction shall be 
given a grade of F in any course in which he has 
not been doing passing work. 

SECTION D: General regulations concerning academic pro- 
bation, academic dismissal and reinstatement. 

D.I When a student is placed on academic pro- 
bation or released from academic probation, the 
action shall be entered on the face of the stu- 
dent's official record. 



D.2 A student who is reinstated after academic 
dismissal shall be admitted on academic proba- 
tion. The same conditions of probation may be 
imposed on any student who seeks admission by 
transfer from another university or college and 
whose record at the previous school warrants this 
action. (Admissions of such a student is permitted 
only in unusual cases and after a review by the 
Petition Board.) 

D.3 Any appeal from the regulations governing 
academic probation or academic dismissal shall 
be directed to the Petition Board which shall be 
empowered to grant relief in unusual cases, if 
the circumstances warrant such action. 

SECTION E: Students enrolled prior to June 1965. 

Termination 

Students enrolled in the University prior to June 
1965 and who have remained in continuous at- 
tendance must abide by the provisions of Aca- 
demic Probation Plan. (See earlier issues of Univer- 
sity General and Academic Regulations.) Students 
initially enrolled in the University prior to June 
1965 who do not fulfill the above conditions of con- 
tinuous attendance but who have remained in con- 
tinuous attendance following their most recent re- 
admission or reinstatement will also abide by the 
provisions of the Academic Probation Plan, pro- 
vided the most recent readmission or reinstate- 
ment was prior to June 1970. Students enrolled 
prior to June 1965 whose continuous attendance 
is interrupted for any reason and who are read- 
mitted or reinstated for a session or semester be- 
ginning with June 1970 will be readmitted or rein- 
stated under the provisions of Minimum Require- 
ments for Retention and Graduation. 



48 / General Information 



STUDENT SERVICES AND ACTIVITIES 



VICE CHANCELLOR FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS 

The Office of the Vice Chancellor for Student 
Affairs coordinates activities within the academic 
community which serve to complement the schol- 
arly pursuits of the classroom and enable the stu- 
dent to gain maximum value from his college ex- 
perience. 

Some of the various administrative areas for 
which the Vice Chancellor of Student Affairs is re- 
sponsible are: University Health Services; Coun- 
seling Center; Placement and Credentials Serv- 
ices; Student Aid; International Education Services 
and Foreign Student Affairs; University Housing; 
Student Union; Student Activities; Judiciary Of- 
fice; Food Service; Office of Intermediate Regis- 
tration (OIR); Intensive Educational Development; 
Cultural Study Center; Religious Programs, and 
Black Student Development Programs. 

HEALTH CENTER 

The Health Center is primarily charged with aid- 
ing the student in maintaining his physical well- 
being in order that he may pursue his studies as 
effectively as possible. This includes the review of 
all pre-entrance physical examination reports to 
aid the student in his participation in the required 
physical education classes or in other areas where 
special problems might arise. Students are invited 
to visit the Health Center before or during regis- 
tration time to review these reports with a staff 
member. 



Routine Services 

The Health Center provides the following serv- 
ices: 

1. Treatment, or preventive measures, for acute 
and short term illnesses and surgical emerg- 
encies. 

2. Selected laboratory procedures, including 
x-rays and electrocardiograms. 

3. Infirmary rest for minor or short term ill- 
nesses and injuries. 

4. Allergy hyposensitization and certain dis- 
ease immunizations arranged through the 
student's physician. 

5. Psychiatric services, including short term 
counseling with students who request to see 
the psychiatrist, and consultation and eval- 
uation functions in connection with Health 
Center physicians or the Counseling Center. 

6. Physical therapy prescribed by a Health 
Center physician. 

The Health Center refers most chronic and ma- 
jor illnesses or injury effects to family and local 
physicians and specialists. No dental care is fur- 
nished at the Health Center, but medication to al- 
lay pain and instruction in oral hygiene is given. 

The Health Center sanitarians promote the cam- 
pus environmental health through routine inspec- 
tion and subsequent recommendations in the areas 
of food handling, water and air pollution prob- 
lems, living accommodation, and sewage disposal. 



General Information / 49 



Emergency Services 

During regular University sessions, emergency 
physician care is available on weekday evenings 
at the Infirmary and by telephone call (454-3444 
or 454-3445) to Health Center. During extended 
school vacation periods or between regular ses- 
sions, the physician may be called through the 
campus telephone operator (454-3311) for emerg- 
encies occurring on the campus. 

Emergency ambulance service is provided 
through the Branchville Volunteer Rescue Squad 
by call to 3333 on campus phones or 864-1122 
from outside phones. For patients who do not re- 
quire ambulance service, but who cannot come to 
the infirmary in their own transportation, the Cam- 
pus Police may be summoned for assistance at 
3555. 

In addition to student emergencies, the Health 
Center will treat, or prepare for transfer to a hos- 
pital, any campus employee injured on the job. An 
employee or visitor with acute illness who cannot 
be taken directly to his own physician or hospital 
may also be seen at the Health Center. 

Accident and Medical Insurance 

Commercial Contract Accident or Accident and 
Illness Group Insurance is available to students 
through the University on an optional basis for a 
nominal fee and is highly recommended for those 
who do not already have this type of coverage. 
All foreign students are required to have this or an 
equivalent form of insurance. This insurance may 
only be purchased at the time of registration. 

Health Center Hours 

The University Health Center hours for routine 
care during regular semesters and summer school 
are: 

Monday through Friday 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 a.m. 
and 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. 
Semi-emergency or appointment care is available: 

Monday through Friday 6:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m. 

Saturday 9:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m. 

Sundays and Holidays 10:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m. 
Twenty-four hour nursing care is available during 
school sessions. 

COUNSELING CENTER 

The aim of the Counseling Center is to enable 
students to be optimally productive, to better un- 
derstand themselves, their assets and liabilities 
and to be able to resolve their problems and deal 
with important decisions. The services of the cen- 
ter are available to all students. 

Counseling 

Counselors meet with students in individual or 
group counseling interviews to assist them with 
educational, vocational and personal problems. 
Where appropriate, the counselor may arrange 
for students to take certain tests of ability, inter- 
est, personality, etc., which provide information 
valuable in counseling. 



Occupational Information 

Students may browse in the Center occupational 
library and view displays of occupational and edu- 
cational information. They may be interested in 
listening to the tape-recorded introduction to ca- 
reer information. 

Reading and Study Sl<ills Laboratory 

The laboratory offers students individualized 
programs designed to improve their learning skills. 
They may work on improved reading speed and 
comprehension, vocabulary building, taking of lec- 
ture notes, spelling, examination skills, and hand- 
writing. Special workshops are offered in improv- 
ing writing skills and reducing examination fears. 
A library of tutor-texts and tape recorded lectures 
is available for review of fundamentals in science, 
language, logic, and mathematics courses. There 
is a special program for high school students. 

Consultation 

The Counseling Center also serves as an agency 
which students, faculty members, parents and 
others may use for discussing any concerns which 
they may have regarding the progress or general 
welfare of students at the University. 

Child Evaluation and Parent Consultation 

This community service, on a nominal fee basis, 
is provided for parents of children in the age range 
of five to fourteen regarding concern for their 
children's achievement or behavior. It is not re- 
stricted to University-connected individuals. 

Other Functions 

Other functions include the freshman testing 
program, orienting new students to the center's 
services, conducting the annual census studies of 
the student body, and data processing consultation 
and services. The staff is available for speaking 
engagements before various student and commun- 
ity groups. The center also serves as a facility for 
the professional training of counselors. 

The help you understand the Counseling Center, 
here are a few of the problems with which students 
have been concerned. One or two of these illustra- 
tions may touch on concerns which you might 
have at one time or another. 

What kinds of vocations am I best fitted for? 

I'd like some help in choosing a major. 

I wish I had more confidence in myself. 

I just can't make the grades I'd like to have. 

I feel sort of alone — pretty much out of things. 

My dates and I don't seem to get along. 

My parents and I don't get along. 

Where can I find some information about occu- 
pations? 

What can I learn from those Freshman Entrance 
Tests that will help me in college? 

I can't seem to concentrate when I study. 

How much should I expect of myself? 

I read and comprehend fairly well, but I would 
like to improve further. 



50 / General Information 



Is my vocational goal a realistic one for me? 
I worry too much about things (drugs, sex, 

failure, etc.). 
My note-taking and spellmg are holding me 

back. 
I can't see how some of the courses which I am 

taking are going to help me in the future. 

To Arrange an Appointment 

Students need only call or come to the center 
to request an appointment. The center's reception- 
ist will arrange a brief conference with one of the 
counseling staff. This conference allows the center 
ot determine how to be of maximum help to the 
student, to answer any questions he may have 
about the center and its operations, and to make 
additional appointments when the student and 
counselor feel it is appropriate. 

About 25 per cent of all University students 
make use of Counseling Center services during 
their years of enrollment. There is no fee for Uni- 
versity undergraduates or graduate students. Non 
students receive counseling, testing, and educa- 
tional skills services for a nominal fee as staff time 
allows. 

The Counseling Center is located in the Shoe- 
maker Building, just behind the Chapel. Tele- 
phone: 454-2931. 

JUDICIARY OFFICE 

The University Judiciary Office effects discipline 
of the undergraduate students. Under the frame- 
work of a judiciary program which emphasizes 
personal growth and development, the aims of ju- 
dicial actions are largely educative and preventive. 
Judiciary Office staff members review all reports 
of alleged misconduct, contact those individuals 
involved and in most instances schedule the case 
for hearing by a student judicial board. 

Staff members are available from 8:30 a.m. to 
4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday to discuss any 
aspect of a disciplinary situation with the student 
charged, witnesses or those bringing the charges. 

PLACEMENT AND CREDENTIALS SERVICES 

The primary objective of the Placement Office 
is to encourage and assist all students — under- 
classmen as well as seniors, graduate students 
and alumni — to explore their abilities and interests 
as they concurrently explore employers, needs, 
economic and occupational trends. 

Career advisors, programs, services and facili- 
ties are geared towards broadening students' 
knowledge of graduate school, government, edu- 
cation, business, and industry. An excellent re- 
source is the Career Library (Room 26 of the 
Placement Office), which contains an extensive 
collection of occupational information, graduate 
and professional school bulletins, summer, perma- 
nent, and non-degree job opportunities in various 
fields, general career information, and reference 
materials on nearly 1,000 major employers. 



Seniors withm two semesters of graduation are 

encouraged to participate in the on-campus inter- 
view program. Over 500 employers conduct inter- 
views in the Placement Office from late October 
to early April. Further details on this program are 
available in the Placement Office. 

A Credentials Service is provided for College of 
Education seniors interested in teaching and for 
graduate students applying for teaching, admin- 
istrative or research positions in schools and col- 
leges. Please turn to the education section of this 
catalog for details. 

Placement and Credentials Services is located 
in Cumberland Hall basement; the phone is 454- 
2813. 

INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION SERVICES AND 
FOREIGN STUDENT AFFAIRS 

The Office of International Education Services 
provides a wide variety of services designed to 
assist foreign students to make the necessary ad- 
justment to American university and community 
life and to help them derive the maximum benefit 
from their experience in the United States. Serv- 
ices include advising on admission to the Univer- 
sity, issuance of immigration documents, special 
orientation programs, emergency loans, assist- 
ance with securing housing, information about 
educational, cultural, and social opportunities, and 
personal advising. Some of these services are 
available also for visiting foreign faculty. For 
American students, the Office provides informa- 
tion about opportunities for travel and study 
abroad. 

Regulations Affecting Foreign Students 

Foreign students are subject to the same regu- 
lations that govern the academic life and personal 
conduct of American students enrolled in the Uni- 
versity. In addition, foreign students are required: 

1. To have a medical examination at the Uni- 
versity Health Service before completing 
registration procedures. 

2. To obtain approved hospital-medical insur- 
ance in addition to paying the University 
infirmary fee required of all students. 

3. To attend the special orientation program 
for new foreign students enrolling for the 
first time in September or February. (This 
program is held during the week prior to 
registration.) 

Foreign students are also subject to special reg- 
ulations of the U.S. Immigration Service and the 
U.S. Department of State which establish the con- 
ditions under which students may enter the United 
States and remain in this country for the purpose 
of pursuing studies. The Office of International 
Education Services and Foreign Student Affairs 
has the responsibility for advising students on 
these and other matters, as well as for issuing 
documents needed to maintain proper immigration 
status. 



General Information / 51 



The following regulations should be kept par- 
ticularly in mind by students holding an F and J 
visa: 

1. Permission for temporary stay in the United 
States is valid for only one year at a time and 
must be revalidated from one month to two 
weeks prior to the date of expiration. 

2. A full course of study must be maintained. 

3. Employment off-campus during the academ- 
ic year may not be engaged in without the 
prior approval of the Immigration Service 
in the case of F-1 students, or the permis- 
sion of the sponsor designated in the Ex- 
change-Visitor Program in the case of J-1 
students. The same regulations govern the 
securing of practical training. 

Permission for off-campus summer em- 
ployment or on-campus employment during 
the academic year may be granted by the 
Director of International Education Services 
and Foreign Student Affairs on this campus. 

Under no circumstances may the wife or 
dependent with an F-2 visa classification ac- 
cept employment. The wife or dependent 
with a J-2 classification may request the Im- 
migration Service for permission for employ- 
ment if the financial resources of the J-1 
student are not adequate for the support of 
the wife or dependent. 

4. An annual address report must be made to 
the Immigration Service during the month 
of January by immigrant as well as non- 
immigrant students (except those with A or 
G classification). Address report cards are 
available during the month of January only 
at U.S. post offices. 

Information, forms and assistance in making 
necessary arrangements for complying with the 
regulations mentioned above are available at the 
Office of International Education Services and 
Foreign Student Affairs. Information regarding the 
filing of income tax returns may also be secured 
from the same office. 

CULTURAL STUDY CENTER 

The Cultural Study Center was established for 
the purpose of studying minority and other student 
cultural subgroups at the University of tVlaryland. 
Research covers the socio-economic background 
and psychological development of the particular 
students, as well as their experiences on campus, 
which include admissions, attrition, academics, 
adjustments, and problems of student life. Initially, 
the center is developing data that bear on the in- 
terface between black and white cultures, on and 
off campus, and that point to changes that can be 
made at the University. 

The center is serving as a clearing house of re- 
search dealing with black culture and is establish- 
ing a modest library. 

The center has an advisory board consisting of 



black college and high school students, faculty 
and administrators, government officials, and 
members of the black community reflecting di- 
verse viewpoints. University of Maryland Eastern 
Shore, a predominantly black institution, also par- 
ticipates on the board. 

The Cultural Study Center is located in Shoe- 
maker Building, telephone 454-4698. 

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

Over three hundred officially recognized special 
interest clubs, civic groups, service, professional 
and recreational organizations, religious clubs, 
and musical groups are available at College Park. 
These organizations serve the important function 
of encouraging the development of leadership, in- 
tegrity and citizenship skills. 

Channels for student activities include six stu- 
dent communications and publications media, over 
a dozen musical groups, the various social organi- 
zations, athletics and the Student Government As- 
sociation. 

The Student Activities Department within the 
Student Affairs Division of the University of Mary- 
land, is concerned with facilitating learning and 
personal growth in the widest sense for all stu- 
dents. To this end, its professional staff has made 
a team commitment to designing a broad spectrum 
of experiences relevant to the current lives, goals 
and needs of students. 

The staff acts as consultants and resource peo- 
ple to the University community in all aspects of 
cocurricular experiences. The programs which 
they offer focus on leadership, communications, 
group techniques, and human relations skills. The 
success of their programs depends on their abil- 
ity to involve students in the entire process of 
planning, implementation and evaluation of the 
programs as they work closely with the staff. They 
invite the entire University community to become 
involved with them in creating a better total edu- 
cational experience for the students of the Uni- 
versity of Maryland. 

The Student Activities Department staff con- 
sists of eight full-time professionals. These people 
occupy the following positions: 

Director of Student Activities — Rm. 140 Student 

Union. 
Director of Orientation — Rm. 140 Student Union. 
Director of Cultural Affairs — Room 103 Student 

Union. 
Director of Community Service Programs — Rm. 

142B Student Union. 
Educational Programming Specialists — 

Rm. 136, Rm. 142 Student Union. 
Assistant to the Director of Student Activities — 

Rm. 136 Student Union. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT ASSOCIATION 

The Student Government Association consists 
of three parts: executive, legislative and judicial. 



52 / General Information 



The executive branch acts as a coordinator of stu- 
dent activities and services at Maryland. The legis- 
lative branch is responsible for investigating and 
providing solutions for problems concerning stu- 
dents. The judicial branch of SGA protects student 
rights and punishes those who violate University 
rules. 

Under the Student Government Association are 
numerous committees which organize the affairs 
and activities of the student body. Membership is 
open to all interested students and applications 
may be secured from the SGA Office, Rm. 104 in 
the Student Union. SGA Committees include: Cul- 
tural Committee, Finance Committee, Homecom- 
ing, International Club, Placement Committee, 
Free University Committee, and Student Union 
Board. 

The Student Government Association's Cultural 
Committee, University Theatre, and musical groups 
present a broad program of musical, cultural, and 
dramatic programs. The National Symphony pre- 
sents a series of four concerts during the year. 
Contemporary entertainment is presented through- 
out the year by various student organizations. 

PACE (People Active in Community Effort) 

College students throughout the United States 
today are increasingly seeking a means of becom- 
ing involved in activity that has a direct relevance 
to problems and issues facing our domestic com- 
munities. 

University of Maryland students and faculty 
have taken action in the creation of strong, dy- 
namic community service volunteer programs. 
PACE is the organization that serves as the co- 
ordinating organ for such programs as "Volun- 
teers for Mental Health" and "Upward Bound." 

A staffed office located in Rm. 101 Student 
Union is maintained as the focal point for all pro- 
jects. Telephone: 454-4275. 

Greek System 

The Interfraternity and Panhellenic Councils are 
the governing bodies for the Greek system, which 
consists of 45 fraternity and sorority houses. It is 
the objective of the houses to encourage individ- 
ual members in the development of values, ma- 
turity, academic and intellectual potential, and 
leadership ability. 

A varied program is carried out by the Greek 
system annually, often to the benefit of the entire 
student body as well as fraternity and sorority 
members. The IFC Ball, one of the few remaining 
formal events of the year, is held during semester 
break and features well-known entertainers and 
bands. Retreats are held each semester and are 
designed to study in depth, problems facing the 
system and the University or to provide leadership 
training. 
University Commuters' Association 

The University Commuters' Association offers 
the commuter many opportunities to become in- 
volved in campus life and provides unity to the 



large group of students who commute from nearby 
apartments and homes. 

The Commuters' Den and the UCA Office are 
located in the Student Union. The Den serves as 
a convenient place for commuters to eat, chat 
with friends, or just relax between classes, away 
from the bustle of the large campus. 

Associated Women Students 

The Associated Women Students (AWS) is the 
governing body for women students on the Univer- 
sity of Maryland campus. All full-time women stu- 
dents are members of the organization. 

AWS program and policy are administered by 
three councils: The Executive Council, President's 
Council and Panhellenic Council. AWS is an active 
affiliate of the Inter-collegiate Association of Wom- 
en Students, the national women's student govern- 
ment organization. 

Annually, AWS sponsors educational programs 
like the Sex Symposium, Drug Symposium, Wom- 
en's Career Symposium, and Bridal Fair. These 
programs include informative lectures often by 
nationally known speakers, discussions, films or 
displays. 

University Information Center 

The University Information Center is operated 
by the Student Activities Department to provide 
information about University programs, services 
and facilities. 

The Center is open from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. 
Monday through Friday and is located in the Stu- 
dent Union Main Lobby, Room 111. 

student Publications 

Student publications produced regularly include 
the Diamondback, Terrapin, Calvert, Argus, The 
Greek, and the Course Guide. 

Any publication or pamphlet published by a stu- 
dent organization or group must be approved in 
advance by the Adjunct Senate Committee on Stu- 
dent Publications and Communications. 

Registration of University Events 

The Activities Coordinator (Rm. 142, Student 
Union) is responsible for the registration of certain 
University events. 

New Student Organizations 

Any student or group wishing to organize a Uni- 
versity-recognized club or activity should obtain 
a copy of the Student Organization Directory 
which explains the procedure for formal recog- 
nition by the Student Government Association and 
the Adjunct Committee on Student Activities of 
the University Senate. Members of the Student Ac- 
tivities staff are available to talk with students 
about organizations. 

Calendar Registration ' 

The SGA Calendar of Events is the publication 
through which events can be publicized on a cam- 
pus-wide, semester basis. These events must be 
registered in Room 136, Student Union by May 30 



General Information / 53 



for inclusion in the fall calendar and by January 15 
for the spring calendar. 

Religious Programs 

The religious community at the University of 
Maryland presents a diversity of tradition through 
the several chaplaincies on campus. A cooperative 
ministry is carried out by these chaplaincies. In a 
number of instances during the year the Protest- 
ant, Romano Catholic, and Jewish chaplaincies 
jointly sponsor activities and programs of mutual 
interest and concern. All of the groups maintain 
active religious and social programs for their stu- 
dents. 

Offices for most of the Protestant chaplains are 
located in the University Chapel. The Roman Cath- 
olic and Jewish groups maintain their own centers 
off campus. 

ATHLETICS 

The University of Maryland Athletic Department, 
under the direction of Director Jim Kehoe, fields 
varsity teams in football, soccer, and cross coun- 
try in the fall; basketball, swimming, wrestling, and 
indoor track during the winter; and baseball, golf, 
tennis, lacrosse, and outdoor track in the spring. 
Freshman schedules also prevail in football and 
basketball. Maryland is a member of the Atlantic 
Coast Conference, which also includes Clemson, 
Duke, North Carolina, North Carolina State, South 
Carolina, Virginia, and Wake Forest. The University 
has won the Carmichael Cup, symbolic of top over- 
all athletic performance in the ACC, in all except 
two of the first nine years the trophy has been in 
existence. 

The Men's Intramural Department provides com- 
petition in touch football, horseshoe, tennis, and 
cross country during the fall; basketball, bowling, 
weight lifting, swimming, badminton, table tennis, 
volleyball, and wrestling in the winter; and foul 
shooting, softball, soccer, golf, and track during 
the spring months. All regularly enrolled full-time 
male undergraduates are eligible to participate by 
submitting entry blanks before posted deadlines. 
Blanks may be obtained from Intramural Director 
Nick Kovalakides. His office is located in Reckord 
Armory. Interested students are urged to stop by 
the office to obtain a copy of the intramural hand- 
book. 



MOTOR VEHICLES 

Parking facilities at the University are extreme- 
ly limited and are primarily intended for use by 
commuting students. Most parking areas are lo- 
cated on the periphery of the campus and are 
usually five or six blocks away from residence 
halls and classroom buildings. 

Freshman and sophomore resident students are 
not permitted to register motor vehicles on cam- 
pus; however, they may obtain on-campus week- 
end parking privileges. Any freshman or sopho- 
more (i.e., a student who has earned fewer than 
56 academic credits) who needs a motor vehicle 
for work, or for any other purpose, should consider 
making off-campus living arrangements. 

Motor scooters, motorcycles, motor-bikes, or 
bicycles are not permitted inside any residence 
hall. They must be parked in those outside areas 
specifically marked for them. 

COMMISSIONS FOR THE VICE CHANCELLOR 
FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS 

In the interest of trying to draw on collaborative 
efforts and to improve various segments of campus 
life, the Vice Chancellor of Student Affairs several 
years ago established a series of commissions. 
The commissions are task-oriented groups who 
identify problem areas, study them, gather rele- 
vant information, and then make periodic propos- 
als for change to the Vice Chancellor. The Com- 
missions typically have twelve members — half of 
the members are students, one-fourth are Student 
Affairs staff, and one-fourth are faculty. 

The areas of student life with which the com- 
missions concern themselves are the following: 

Commission I: Transition to the University 

Commission II: Transition from the University 

Commission III: Residential Campus Life 

Commission IV: Commuter Campus Life 

Commission V: Student-Faculty Relationships 

Commission VI: Student-Administration Relationships 

Commission VII: Student-Student Relationships 

Commission VIII: Campus Facilities 

Commission IX: Black Students 

Interested individuals are requested to contact 
the Coordinator of the Commissions by calling 
2931 or 2925. 



54 / General Information 



LIVING ACCOMMODATIONS 



RESIDENCE HALLS 

The goals and objectives of the University of 
Maryland Residence Halls Program are based 
upon and congruent with the goals of the Uni- 
versity. The work of the residence halls staff oc- 
curs in the mainstream of the total educational 
enterprise. Therefore, the primary function of the 
Residence Halls Program is to assist students in 
learning and growing as fully functioning persons 
and to develop their intellectual, emotional, inter- 
personal, and physical capacities. 

The residence halls are divided into five geo- 
graphic areas: Cambridge, Denton, Ellicott, Hill, 
and Mobile. Assistant Directors of Housing are re- 
sponsible for the development of an educational 
atmosphere within the individual areas, super- 
vision of the staff personnel and coordination of 
all area activities. 

The residence halls staff is composed of Resi- 
dent Directors, Graduate Residents and Resident 
Assistants. They are responsible for facilitation 
of an educational environment, administration and 
overall supervision of the hall. They perform such 
functions as assisting in program development, 
consulting with individual students, and advising 
student government, house and area judiciaries, 
and student committees. 

The University Housing Office, including the 
offices of the Director and Associate Directors of 
Housing, is located in the North Administration 
Building. The Assistant Directors of Housing for 



residential areas maintain offices within their re- 
spective areas. 

RESIDENCE HALLS GOVERNMENT 

Residence halls government has three main 
functions: (1) to provide for the comfort and safe- 
ty of the student through the enforcement of com- 
mon ethical and safety codes, (2) to provide soc- 
ial, cultural, athletic, and intellectual programs 
for the enjoyment and development of the student, 
and (3) to provide opportunities for students to 
gain leadership experience and develop responsi- 
bility. 

All residents are members of the residence hall 
student government and, as members, are asked 
to pay dues at the time they enter the residence 
hall. These house activities dues are established 
by a majority vote of the students in each resi- 
dence hall and are collected by student officers. 
Each Area Council shall assess by majority vote 
of the Council the amont per person which is to be 
paid to the Area Council. 

AREA GOVERNMENT OR COUNCILS 

With a geographically divided residence halls 
system, and with a desire on the part of the stu- 
dent leaders to work together for the common 
good, a system of geographical area governments 
exists. The structures of the governments differ 
from area to area. 

The purpose of the Area Government is to stim- 



General Information / 55 



ulate personal growth, as well as intellectual, cul- 
tural, social, and athletic interaction on an area- 
wide basis. 

RESIDENCE HALLS ASSOCIATION 

The Residence Halls Association serves as the 
student governmental, coordinating body for all 
residence halls. It is composed of the presidents 
and elected representatives of all of the area gov- 
ernments. The officers of the Residence Halls As- 
sociation are annually nominated and elected by 
the residence halls presidents. 

RESIDENCE HALLS CONTRACT 

The residence halls contract is binding for the 
entire academic year except for students entering 
the residence halls in the spring semester, when 
it is binding for the one semester only. Release 
from contract is permitted under extenuating cir- 
cumstances or upon withdrawal from the Univer- 
sity. 

Only single, full-time undergraduate students 
may live in the residence halls. The resident shall 
comply with the rules and regulations of the Uni- 
versity and of the residence hall in which he lives. 
All students are responsible for adherence to the 
University regulations set forth in all official pub- 
lications. 

The University reserves the right to: (1) change 
the room assignment of a student or request him 
to move to different accommodations and (2) in- 
spect residence hall student rooms in accordance 
with the room inspection policy. 

The following shall constitute grounds for termi- 
nation of the contract by the University: default in 
payments, withdrawal from the University, aca- 
demic dismissal, disciplinary dismissal (violation 
of University and/or residence halls rules and reg- 
ulations), or conduct on the part of the student by 
which the removal of that student from the resi- 
dence halls would be in the best interest of the 
other residents. The University will give the stu- 
dent a written notice stating the date of termi- 
nation of the contract. 

The University does not permit a student to sub- 
let a residence hall room. 

Room refunds will be made in accordance with 
the established University refund policy when a 
student withdraws or is dismissed. 

Room charges begin with the first day of regis- 
tration and include the last day of each semester. 

The room contract is binding for the entire year. 
No part of the charge for room is refundable ex- 
cept where the student officially withdraws from 
the University or where he is given permission by 
the appropriate officials of the University to move 
from the residence halls. Students authorized to 
withdraw from the residence halls will receive a 
room refund on a pro rata weekly basis computed 
from the date the student turns in his room key to 
his staff member and properly clears his room. No 
room refunds will be made after the fourteenth 



week of the semester. A service charge will auto- 
matically be deducted from all room refunds. 

The residence halls are closed during the 
Thanksgiving, Christmas, between semesters, and 
spring recesses. Students must make their own 
arrangements for housing accommodations at 
these times. Designated residence halls may re- 
main open during these periods, if there is suffici- 
ent need. 

Students will be billed for all damages or loss 
they cause to University buildings, fixtures, fur- 
nishings, equipment, or other property. 

Group living requires that students conform to 
certain standards of conduct. Any student who 
fails to observe these standards may be referred 
for disciplinary action including possible dismissal 
from the residence halls. 

ENTRY AND INSPECTION OF STUDENT ROOMS 

Staff members are to be cognizant of the need 
for sanitary, safe and comfortable living conditions 
in the residence halls. Staff members are required 
to inspect the grounds and public areas of their 
buildings thoroughly at least once each week. They 
should be on the alert and immediately initiate ac- 
tion for correction of any existing safety or health 
hazards. 

Students are responsible for the cleanliness and 
order of their rooms. Problems involving main- 
tenance, safety, individual rights, and general ad- 
ministration which come to our attention through 
complaints from roommates, other students, hall 
officers, or maintenance personnel will be handled 
on an individual basis. The staff member will take 
no inspection action without consultation with the 
Area Manager, Assistant Director and a hail stu- 
dent government official. If after such consultation 
it is determined that an inspection of a student's 
living quarters is warranted, the following guide- 
lines will be observed: 

1. A hall student government official will be in- 
formed and requested to assist in the inspec- 
tion and correction of the situation. 

2. The occupants will be advised of the time of 
the inspection and at least one occupant will 
be required to be present. 

3. The staff member will be accompanied by a 
student, preferably a hall officer. 

4. No search will be conducted and no personal 
possessions will be handled. 

5. A written report of the inspection will be made 
in triplicate (one copy for the occupants, one 
copy for the Assistant Director or the Area 
Manager and one copy to be retained by the 
staff member). 

The University reserves the right to enter stu- 
dent rooms during the break between semesters. 
Thanksgiving, Christmas, and Easter for purposes 
of routine maintenance, cleaning, and extermina- 
tion. Regular closing procedures will include noti- 
fying students that their rooms may be opened for 
these purposes. 



56 / General information 



PERSONAL PROPERTY: LOSS, THEFT AND 
INSURANCE 

The University accepts no responsibility for the 
damage, theft or loss of monies, valuables or any 
personal properties. Resident students and staff 
are cautioned to use all necessary preventive 
measures against any loss or damage of personal 
property. To guard against such loss, doors should 
always be locked. It is advisable to make arrange- 
ments for the protection of valuables when leaving 
campus for an extended period of time. If there is 
a loss, it should be reported immediately. 

Neither the State nor the University provides 
any insurance coverage on property owned by stu- 
dents, faculty, staff, or employees. It is expected 
that individuals will provide insurance to protect 
themselves from losses to all forms of personal 
property which may be located on University 
premises. 

RESIDENCE HALLS REGULATIONS 

In addition to the University regulations which 
apply to all students, the following residence halls 
regulations concerning safety, sanitation and in- 
dividual freedoms have been established with the 
welfare of each student in mind. 

1. Open flame devices such as lighted candles, 
lanterns, stoves, torches, etc., must not be used 
within the residence halls. 

2. Electrical appliances and extension cords are 
not approved for use within the residence halls 
unless it is established that they do not over- 
load electrical circuits and create a fire hazard. 

3. As a fire-preventive measure, students are re- 
quested to use metal wastebaskets and to use 
ashtrays that permit a cigarette to be held in 
a ridged device in the center. 

4. Each time a building alarm sounds, regardless 
of cause, every person must leave the building 
immediately by the shortest route. Elevators 
are not to be used because of possible power 
failure. 

5. Animals or pets are not permitted in the resi- 
dence halls. 

6. Cleanliness and sanitation are essential in the 
use of residence hall kitchens. Students are re- 
sponsible for kitchen maintenance. 

7. Foods should be stored under proper refrig- 
eration, in covered containers, and should be 
discarded if not used within a short period. 
Food should never be stored in paper con- 
tainers. 

8. No soliciting is permitted in the residence halls 
without special written permission from the Di- 
rector of Housing in consultation with the ap- 
propriate assistant director. 

9. Removal or relocation of residence halls prop- 
erty is not permitted unless authorized by the 
appropriate area manager or assistant director 
of housing. 

The residents, acting through governmental unit 



voting, may desire to establish additional stand- 
ards of conduct. 

ROOM ASSIGNMENT 

Residence hall room assignments are initially 
made on a random basis. Roommate and hall pref- 
erences are not honored in the assignment of new 
students. A student may not transfer from the initi- 
al room assignment to another room assignment 
until the beginning of the third week of classes. 
Hall and roommate preferences are honored for 
students returning to the residence halls after 
their first academic semester. These room assign- 
ments are based on individual preference in ac- 
cordance with priorities established by the resi- 
dents of each hall (class rank, length of occupan- 
cy, academic standing, leadership, etc.). 

OPEN HOUSE PROGRAM 

The Open House Program provides opportuni- 
ties for coeducational activities in residence halls 
and allows increased opportunity for students to 
develop personal responsibility and maturity. Male 
and female students and other guests may utilize 
all facilities of the residence hall during a time 
period specifically established for such a program. 
The time period may not conflict with the estab- 
lished calling hours in residence halls. 

1. The Open House Program in each residence 
hall is approved and the hours are established 
by a three-fifths majority vote of the total mem- 
bership of the unit. All members of each resi- 
dence hall unit shall vote by secret ballot on 
existing hours at the beginning of each semes- 
ter. Either expansion or shortening of the hours 
may be brought before the unit for considera- 
tion by a petition of one-fourth of the students 
of the residence hall unit. Planning, schedul- 
ing and evaluating of the Open House Program 
is a cooperative effort of students and staff 
members. 

2. The maximum hours within which open houses 
may be held are: 

Sunday through Thursday: 

12:00 noon-12 midnight 
Friday and Saturday: 12:00 noon-1:30 a.m. 
Certain designated halls may hold open house 
within the following hours: 

Sunday through Thursday: 

8:00 a.m.-12:00 midnight 
Friday and Saturday: 8:00 a.m.-1:30 a.m. 

3. The residence hall staff member regularly on 
duty together with student leaders will super- 
vise the program. 

4. The president of the hall will record the days 
and hours as adopted by the unit and submit 
them to the staff member for posting. 

5. Designated representatives of the unit student 
government will be present during open house. 

6. The host must meet the guest in the lobby of 
the hall and escort that guest to the lounge, 



General Information / 57 



study room, recreation room, or student room. 
The host assumes responsibility tor the behav- 
ior of the guest. 

7. An announcement should be made prior to the 
beginning and ending of the open house peri- 
od. 

8. All rules and regulations of the University and 
of the residence halls must be observed at all 
times. 

a. It is the responsibility of the host to observe 
and to adhere to the limiting hours estab- 
lished by the campus-wide Open House 
Program. If a visitor is in the hall either be- 
fore or after these hours, then both the host 
and the visitor will be referred to the Ju- 
diciary Office. 

b. If the hall sets visiting hours which fall 
within the limits of the campus-wide pro- 
gram, then violations of these hours will 
be referred to the Hall or Area Judicial 
Board for appropriate action. 

c. In cases where the guest is not a Univer- 
sity student, then the host must assume full 
responsibility for the guest's behavior. 

LOBBY VISITATION 

Effective upon passage by the required vote in 
each hall, lobbies in residence halls where night 
receptionists are on duty will be open for in- 
creased time periods. The rationale for this oppor- 
tunity is to provide additional facilities for student 
interaction. 

The following provisions are designed to assist 
in the fair and successful implementation of the 
lobby visitation: 

1. Lobby visitation may be instituted on any night 
and with no time limitation in halls where night 
receptionists are on duty. 

2. Each hall will vote to decide the hours and 
nights of lobby visitation. A three-fifths vote by 
secret ballot of all residents of the hall will be 
necessary to implement the program. A record 
of the approved nights and hours should be 
forwarded to the appropriate assistant direc- 
tor. 

3. For reasons of security and privacy, lobby vis- 
itation should be limited to those rooms or 
areas near where the night receptionist is on 
duty. 

4. After closing, visitors must (a) have a host and 
(b) leave some form of identification with the 
night receptionist on duty. 

CALLING HOURS 

Calling hours in the main public areas of each 
residence hall, sorority house and fraternity house 
shall be determined by an all-unit vote. These 
hours must fall between 9:00 a.m. and midnight, 
Sunday through Thursday, and 9:00 a.m. and 1:30 
a.m. Friday and Saturday. Each unit will establish 



and post its own hours within these limits (excep- 
tion, see Lobby Visitation). 

SELF LIMITED HOURS PROGRAM 

Women may leave or return to the residence hall 
after the building is locked at the closing hour. 
When entering or exiting, however, the main or 
designated door of the living unit must be used. 
After the closing hour, women will be admitted to 
the residence hall upon presentation of the stu- 
dent identification card to the night receptionist 
on duty. 

When parents express to the Vice Chancellor 
for Student Affairs their written objections to par- 
ticipation in the self limited hours program, the 
privilege will be withheld. 

Facilities are provided for students who wish 
to sign out and in. This aids the staff member in 
locating a student in case of an emergency or in 
delivering an important message. 

GUESTS IN RESIDENCE HALLS 

An overnight guest in the residence hall must be 
registered with the residence hall staff member 
in advance of or upon arrival. Guest are consid- 
ered visitors who will reside in a residence hall 
for a maximum period not to exceed four calendar 
days, with limited renewal privileges only by spe- 
cial permission of the resident director. When a 
guest exceeds the four day maximum visitation 
period without permission, the host and the guest, 
if a University student, will be subject to judiciary 
action. 

It is the responsibility of the student host to have 
the guest sign the overnight guest registration 
form. The host must receive advance permission 
for use of a student bed from the student whose 
room and bed will be used. This student will also 
sign the overnight guest registration form in order 
to signify that his permission has been given. 

The host assumes the responsibility for inform- 
ing a guest of University and Residence Halls reg- 
ulations and policies. The guest who does not ob- 
serve these regulations may be refused readmis- 
sion to the residence halls as a guest. 

A guest has free access to and from the resi- 
dence hall, but must present identification upon 
request to the staff member at the desk or the staff 
member on duty. 

Any student who has been dismissed from uni- 
versity housing or the University of N/laryland for 
disciplinary reasons may be refused admission as 
a guest in the residence halls. 

OFF-CAMPUS HOUSING 

The Off-Campus Housing Office maintains files 
of rooms, apartments and houses for rent. Rooms 
rent for approximately $45 to $60 a month, de- 
pending on the accommodations offered. An apart- 
ment may be shared for $50 to $65, and houses 
usually rent from $200. 

The office maintains listings within a ten mile 



58 / General Information 



radius of the University. It is best to use the files 
about three to four weeks before the facilities are 
needed. 

University owned married graduate housing is 
available on a priority basis as follows: teaching 
assistant, research assistant, married graduate 
students, and married undergraduates. The costs 
are as follows: 

Efficiency $82-$87, One Bedroom $92-$103, 
Two Bedroom $110-$115. Utilities included. 
12-month lease. Some units air-conditioned. 
Efficiency apartments are for single gradu- 
ate students only. 

For further information contact: 
University of Ivlaryland Apartments 
Rental Office 
3424 Tulane Drive 
Hyattsville, Maryland 20783 
Attention: Mr. Robert Hanna 
Phone (301) 422-7445 

The Off-Campus Housing Office is located in 
Room 208 of the Turner Laboratory (across U.S. 1 
from the police station) and is open from 8:30 a.m. 
to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday. The phone 
number is 454-3645. During the months of July and 
August, the listings are available on weekends in 
the West Lobby of the Student Union. 

University policy prohibits landlords listed by 
this office from discriminating because of race, re- 
ligion, ethnic group, or national origin. 

The University does not assume any responsi- 
bility for the inspection, supervision, cleanliness, 
or operation of off-campus housing. 

FOOD SERVICE 

The purpose of the University Food Service is 
to provide nutritionally balanced and tastefully pre- 
pared meals, serviced in an atmosphere that en- 
genders good will, trust and cooperation between 
student and management. 

THE DINING ROOM 

The University of Maryland Food Service offers 
the student a choice of: 1) Purchasing a full board 
contract that will be in effect from the first day of 
registration through the final day of exams. It will 
include twenty (20) meals per week with no restric- 



tions on seconds, except on "Special" nights. NO 
food may be removed from the dining hall. Viola- 
tion of the latter may result in the cancellation of 
the offenders food contract. Student preferences 
will be considered whenever possible in menu 
planning. 2) Electing a cash option. In which case, 
the food service will provide, where feasible and 
according to available space, a cash a la carte 
service. Food service tries to tailor this service 
to meet the students desires as to menu items 
offered and prices will be competitive with local 
food establishments. All dining service will be 
cafeteria or scramble systems and self-bussing of 
trays will be required. 



MEAL HOURS 



Sat. 



Sun. 



During 
Finals 



Mon.-Fri. 

Breakfast 

7:00-9:30 7:30-9:30 9:00-11:00 7:00-9:30 
Lunch 

10:45-1:15 11:30-1:00 10:45-1:15 

Dinner 

3:45-6:15 4:30-6:00 2:00-4:15 3:30-6:30 

Pre-exam study day and holidays — Saturday hours 
will prevail. 

Meal hours for cash service will be developed 
according to the needs and demands. Meals for 
full board and cash customers will not be offered 
in the same dining room, and there will be no sep- 
arate meal tickets sold for the full board dining 
room. However, a student wishing to invite his 
(her) parents for a meal may make special ar- 
rangements with the dining hall manager. In this 
case the Food Service department will consider 
the parents as invited guests. The full board con- 
tract is not restricted to resident students but is 
offered to any bonafide undergraduate or graduate 
student of the University of Maryland. When the 
charge for full board is established, three prime 
factors are used: 1. Current labor cost; 2. Current 
food prices; 3. Missed meal factor, based on pre- 
vious experience. 

The Dining Halls are closed on Thanksgiving re- 
cess, Christmas recess, between semesters and 
Easter recess. They are open during all other holi- 
days. 



General Information / 59 



HONORS AND AWARDS 



HONORS 

SCHOLARSHIP HONORS— Final honors for excellence in 
scholarship are awarded to one-fifth of the graduating class 
in each College. "HIGH HONORS" are awarded to the upper 
half of this group; "HONORS" to the lower half. To be eligible 
for honors, a student must complete at least two years of 
resident work (60 semester hours) at the University with an 
average of B (3.0) or higher. 

MILTON ABRAMOWITZ MEMORIAL PRIZE IN MATHE- 
MATICS — A prize is awarded annually to a junior or senior 
student majoring in mathematics who has demonstrated su- 
perior competence and promise for future development in 
the field of mathematics and its applications. 

ALPHA CHI SIGMA AWARD— The Alpha Rho Chapter of 
the Alpha Chi Sigma Honorary Fraternity offers annually a 
year's membership in the American Chemical Society to the 
senior majoring in Chemistry or Chemical Engineering whose 
average has been above 3.0 for three and one-half years. 

ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA AWARD— Presented to the senior 
member of the group who has maintained the highest average 
for three and a half years. She must have been in attendance 
in the institution for the entire time. 

ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA SENIOR CERTIFICATE AWARD— 
Senior members of Alpha Lambda Delta, honorary scholastic 
society for women, who have maintained an average of 3.5, 
receive this certificate. 

ALPHA ZETA MEDAL— The Professional Agricultural Fra- 
ternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually a medal to the agricul- 
tural student in the freshman class who maintains the highest 
average in academic work. 

ALUMNI HAMILTON AWARD— This award Is offered by the 
Hamilton Watch Company to the graduating senior in the 
College of Engineering who has most successfully combined 
proficiency in his major field of study with achievements — 
either academic, extra-curricular, or both — in the scocial 
sciences or humanities. 



AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF UNIVERSITY WOMEN AN- 
NUAL GRADUATE PRIZE. 

AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF AERONAUTICS AND ASTRO- 
NAUTICS AWARD — Free memberships in the Institute for one 
year and cash prizes for the best paper presented at a Stu- 
dent Branch meeting and for the graduating aeronautical 
senior with the highest academic standing. 

AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS 
AWARD — A certificate, pin and magazine subscription are 
awarded to the junior member of the Student Chapter who 
attained the highest overall scholastic average during his 
freshman and sophomore years. 

AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTS AWARD— Pre- 
sented for outstanding scholarship in chemistry and for high 
character. 

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS AWARD— The 
Maryland Section of the American Society of Civil Engineers 
awards annually the first year's dues of an asociate mem- 
bership in the Society to a senior member of the Student 
Chapter on recommendation of the faculty of the Department 
of Civil Engineering. 

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 
AWARD — Presented to the Senior member who contributed 
most to the local chapter. 

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR METALS. 

APPLEMAN-NORTON AWARD IN BOTANY— The De- 
partment of Botany offers a scholarship award of $100 in 
honor of Emeritus Professors C. O. Appleman and J. B. S. 
Norton to a senior major in Botany who is considered worthy 
on the basis of demonstrated ability and excellence in 
scholarship. The scholarship is awarded by the committee 
on scholarships upon the recommendation of a committee of 
the faculty of the Department of Botany. 

ASSOCIATED WOMEN STUDENTS AWARDS— Presented 
for outstanding achievement, character, and service to the 
University. 



General Information / 61 



DINAH BERMAN MEMORIAL MEDAL— The Dinah Berman 
Memorial Medal is awarded annually to the sophomore who 
has attained the highest scholastic average of his class in 
the College of Engineering. This medal is given by Mr. 
Benjamin Berman. 

B'NAI B'RITH AWARD— The B'nai B'rith Women of Prince 
Georges County present a Book Award for excellence in 
Hebrew Studies. 

BUSINESS EDUCATION AWARD OF MERIT— To a student 
in Business Education in recognition of outstanding achieve- 
ment as a student. 

CITIZENSHIP PRIZE FOR MEN— President Emeritus H. C. 
Byrd of the Class of 1908, annually presents this award to 
the member of the senior class who. during his collegiate 
career, has most nearly typified the model citizen and who 
has done most for the general advancement of the interests 
of the University. 

CITIZENSHIP PRIZE FOR WOMEN— This prize is pre- 
sented annually as a memorial to Sally Sterling Boyd, by her 
children, to that member of the senior class who best exem- 
plifies the enduring qualities of the pioneer woman. These 
qualities typify self dependence, courtesy, aggressiveness, 
modesty, capacity to achieve objectives, willingness to sac- 
rifice for others, strength of character, and those other qual- 
ities that enabled the pioneer woman to play such a funda- 
mental part in the building of the nation. 

THE CARROLL E. COX GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIP 
AWARD IN BOTANY— To the outstanding graduate student 
in the Department of Botany during the last year. 

BERNARD L. CROZIER AWARD— The Maryland Associa- 
tion of Engineers awards a cash prize of twenty-five dollars 
to the senior in the College of Engineering who, in the opin- 
ion of the faculty, has made the greatest improvement in 
scholarship during his stay at the University. 

VIRGINIA DARE AWARD— The Virginia Dare Extract 
Company awards annually a plaque and $25.00 to the out- 
standing student in ice cream manufacturing with an overall 
good standing in dairy. 

THE DANFORTH FOUNDATION AND THE RALSTON 
PURINA AWARDS— The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston 
Purina Company of St. Louis offer two summer awards to 
outstanding men students in the College of Agriculture, one 
for a student who has successfully completed his junior year, 
the other for a student who has successfully completed his 
freshman year. The purpose of these awards is to bring to- 
gether outstanding young men for leadership training. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Com- 
pany of St. Louis offer two summer awards to outstanding 
Home Economics women students, one to a junior and one 
to a freshman. The purpose of these is to bring together 
outstanding young women for leadership training. 

DELTA DELTA DELTA MEDAL— This sorority awards a 
medal annually to the woman who attains the highest average 
in academic work during the sophomore year. 

DELTA GAMMA SCHOLARSHIP AWARD— This award is 
offered to the woman member of the graduating class who 
has maintained the highest average during three and one- 
half years at the University. 

DELTA SIGMA PI SCHOLARSHIP KEY— This award is 
offered to a member of the graduating class who has main- 
tained the highest scholastic average for the entire four-year 
course in the College of Business and Public Administration. 

NATHAN L. DRAKE AWARD— Presented by the Alpha 
Rho Chapter of Alpha Chi Sigma to the most promising stu- 
dent who is majoring in chemistry and has completed the 
sophomore year. 

EDUCATION ALUMNI AWARD— Presented to the out- 
standing senior man and senior woman in the College of 
Education. 

GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY prize to the outstanding 
first year graduate student in physics and to the outstanding 
first year graduate student in astronomy. 



GODDARD MEDAL— The James Douglass Goddard Me- 
memorial Medal is awarded annually to the resident of Prince 
Georges County born therein, who makes the highest average 
in his studies and who at the same time embodies the most 
manly attributes. The medal is given by Mrs. Anne G. God- 
dard James of Washington, DC. 

CHARLES B. HALE DRAMATIC AWARDS— The University 
Theatre recognizes annually the man and woman members of 
the senior class who have done most for the advancement 
of dramatics at the University. 

THE HASKINS AND SELLS FOUNDATIONS, INC., AWARD 
to the senior student in the College of Business and Public 
Administration concentrating in accounting who has dem- 
onstrated excellent ability In this field of study. 

HOME ECONOMICS ALUMNI AWARD— Presented to the 
student outstanding in application of home economics in 
her present living and who shows promise of carrying these 
into her future home and community. 

INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS EN- 
GINEERING AWARD— The Washington Section of the Insti- 
tute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers defrays the ex- 
penses of a year's membership as an associate in the insti- 
tute for the senior doing the most to promote student branch 
activities. 

JOE ELBERT JAMES MEMORIAL AWARD— Gold watch 
annually awarded to the graduating senior in horticulture on 
basis of scholarship and promise of future achievement. 

LEIDY CHEMICAL COMPANY AWARD to an outstanding 
student majoring in chemistry. 

MARYLAND BANKERS ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP to 
the Virginia-Maryland Bankers Schools, University of Vir- 
ginia. Awarded annually to a student majoring in finance in 
the College of Business and Public Administration. 

MARYLAND-DELAWARE PRESS ASSOCIATION ANNUAL 
CITATION — Presented to the outstanding senior in journal- 
ism. 

MARYLAND RECREATION AND PARKS SOCIETY AWARD 
to outstanding senior majoring in recreation. 

THE MEN'S LEAGUE AWARD to the male senior who 
gave the most to sports. 

MENS LEAGUE CERTIFICATES— Offered for outstanding 
achievement, character and service to the University. 

MEN'S LEAGUE CUP— This award is offered by the Men's 
League to the graduating male senior who has done the most 
for the male student body. 

MOTOR FLEET SUPERVISORS AWARD to a student ma- 
joring in transportation in the College of Business and Public 
Administration. 

NATIONAL SOCIETY OF FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERS 
AWARDS— Presented to the most outstanding senior and 
sophomore in the fire protection curriculum. 

NOXZEMA CHEMICAL COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP AWARD 

to an undergraduate student in chemistry. 

OMICRON NU SORORITY MEDAL— This honorary sorority 
awards a medal annually to the freshman woman in the 
College of Home Economics who attains the highest scho- 
lastic average during the first semester. 

PHI BETA KAPPA JUNIOR AWARD— An award to be pre- 
sented to the junior initiate into Phi Beta Kappa who has 
attained the highest academic average. 

PHI BETA KAPPA— LEON P SMITH AWARD— The award 
of the Gamma of Maryland Chapter of Phi Beta Kappa is 
presented to the graduating senior with the highest cumula- 
tive scholastic average whose basic course program has 
been in the liberal studies. 

PHI CHI THETA KEY— The Phi Chi Thela Key is awarded 
to the outstanding graduating senior woman in the College 
of Business and Public Administration on the basis of scho- 
larship, activities and leadership. 

PHI SIGMA AWARDS for outstanding achievement in the 



62 / General Information 



biological sciences to an undergraduate student and a grad- 
uate student. 

PI DELTA EPSILON NATIONAL MEDAL OF MERIT 
AWARDS— Offered by the National Council of Pi Delta Epsi- 
lon to the outstanding senior woman and the outstanding 
senior man in journalism activities. 

PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD for outstanding service to 
communications in the field o( broadcasting. 

PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD for outstanding service to 
communications in the field of business. 

PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD to the outstanding freshman 
in the field of communications. 

PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD for outstanding service to 
communications in the field of editorial journalism. 

PI TAU SIGMA AWARD— An annual handbook award to 
the most outstanding sophomore in mechanical engineering 
on the basis of scholastic average and instructors' ratings. 

PILOT FREIGHT CARRIERS. INC., AWARD to the senior 
student in the College of Business and Public Administration 
who has majored in transportation and who has demon- 
strated competence in this field of study. 

PUBLIC RELATIONS SOCIETY OF AMERICA— The Balti- 
more Chapter of PRSA presents an annual citation to the 
outstanding senior majoring in public relations. 

SIGMA ALPHA OMICRON AWARD— This award is pre- 
sented to a senior student majoring in microbiology for high 
scholarship, character and leadership. 

THE SIGMA CHAPTER. PHI DELTA GAMMA AWARD To 
an outstanding woman who has completed requirements for 
the doctoral degree. 

DR. LEO AND RITA SKLAR GENERAL HONORS AWARDS 
— Dr. Leo Sklar, A&S '37. and his wife, Rita Sklar, annually 
fund four awards for excellence in the General Honors Pro- 
gram of the College of Arts and Sciences. These awards are 
given to the Outstanding Student in the General Honors 
Program (S400), the Outstanding General Honors senior 
($300). the Outstanding General Honors junior ($300), and the 
Outstanding General Honors sophomore ($300). 

ALGERNON SYDNEY SULLIVAN AWARD— The New York 
Southern Society, in memory of its first president, awards 
annually medallions and certificates to one man and one 
woman of the graduating class and one non-student who 
evince in their daily life a spirit of love for and helpfulness 
to other men and women. 

TAU BETA AWARD— The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau 
Beta Pi Association, national engineering honor society, 
awards an engineer's handbook to the junior in the College 
of Engineering who during his sophomore year has made the 
greatest improvement in scholarship over that of his freshman 
year. 

WALL STREET JOURNAL STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT 
AWARD— Awarded annually to the graduating senior who has 
maintained the highest scholastic achievement in the field 
of financial administration. The award consists of a silver 
medal embedded in clear plastic and one year's subscription 
to the Wall Street Journal. 

AIR FORCE ROTC AWARDS 

AEROSPACE EDUCATION FOUNDATION. 

W. RANDOLPH LOVELACE MEMORIAL AWARD recognizes 
the most outstanding Air Force Association Award winner 
from each of the nine geographical areas. 

AFROTC ANGEL FLIGHT AWARD to the outstanding fresh- 
man cadet displaying outstanding leadership and showing 
the most promise for the Professional Officer Course. 

AIR COMMAND AND STAFF COLLEGE AWARD recognizes 
the most outstanding AFROTC cadet in the nation for his 
military and scholastic excellence. 

AIR FORCE TIMES AWARD to the senior cadet at each 
detachment who has distinguished himself by contributing 
materially to constructive public attention for the corps of 
cadets. 



ALUMNI CUP offered each year to the cadet who has 
achieved the highest grade point average within the corps 
of cadets. 

AMERICAN FIGHTER ACES AWARD recognizes the out- 
standing graduating cadet pilot in each geographical area 
based on his performance and achievements as an AFROTC 
cadet and his performance in the Flight Instruction Program. 

AMERICAN LEGION AWARDS to outstanding senior and 
junior cadets who have demonstrated military excellence and 
scholastic achievement. 

ARMED FORCES COMMUNICATIONS AND ELECTRONICS 
ASSOCIATION to the outstanding senior cadet majoring in 
electrical, electronics or communications engineering. 

ARMED FORCES COMMUNICATIONS AND ELECTRONICS 
ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP AWARD to award one $500 
scholarship annually to a sophomore AFROTC cadet for 
undergraduate or University study in electrical engineering, 
communications engineering and/or technical photography. 

ARNOLD AIR SOCIETY AWARD to the advanced cadet 
selected by the Arnold Air Society as the cadet who has 
contributed the most to the advancement of AFROTC 
through activities of the Arnold Air Society. 

COBLENTZ MEMORIAL CUP to the outstanding flight in 
the corps of cadets, by the Board of Regents of the Uni- 
versity. 

DAUGHTERS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION AWARD 
recognizes the senior cadet displaying qualities of depend- 
ability and good character, adherence to military discipline, 
leadership ability and a fundamental, patriotic understanding 
of the importance of ROTC training. 

DISABLED AMERICAN VETERANS GOLD CUP to the senior 
cadet who has displayed outstanding leadership, scholar- 
ship and citizenship. 

DISTINGUISHED AFROTC CADET AWARDS to those sen- 
iors who possess outstanding qualities of leadership and 
high moral character and who meet the prescribed standings 
in their academic and military studies. 

GENERAL DYNAMICS AWARD to the sophomore cadet 
displaying outstanding leadership and scholarship qualities 
and who has been selected for the Professional Officer 
Course. 

GOVERNORS CUP to the outstanding squadron in the 
corps of cadets. 

LEGION OF VALOR BRONZE CROSS OF ACHIEVEMENT 
AWARD recognizes one cadet from each geographical area 
for his performance and achievements as an AFROTC cadet. 

NATIONAL DEFENSE TRANSPORTATION ASSOCIATION 
AWARD to the outstanding senior cadet majoring in trans- 
portation. 

RESERVE OFFICERS ASSOCIATION AWARDS to the out- 
standing senior, junior and sophomore cadets at each 
detachment. 

SOCIETY OF AMERICAN MILITARY ENGINEERS AWARD 
to recognize 20 junior or senior cadets nationally displaying 
outstanding scholastic achievement and leadership and ma- 
joring in the field of engineering. 

SONS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION MEDALS to a 
two-year and a four-year cadet displaying outstanding apti- 
tude for the military. 

ATHLETIC AWARDS 

ATLANTIC COAST CONFERENCE AWARD— A plaque is 
awarded each year to a senior in each conference school 
for excellence in scholarship and athletics. 

THE ALVIN L. AUBINOE BASKETBALL TROPHY— This 
trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the senior who has 
contributed most to the squad. 

THE ALVIN L. AUBINOE FOOTBALL TROPHY— This 
trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the unsung hero 
of the current season. 

THE ALVIN L. AUBINOE TRACK TROPHY— This trophy is 



General Information / 63 



offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for Ihe senior who has contribu- 
ted most to the squad during the time he was on the squad. 

JOHN T. BELL SWIIVIt^ING AWARD— To the year's out- 
standing swimmer or diver. 

LOUIS W. BERGER TROPHY— Presented to the outstand- 
ing senior baseball player. 

WILLIAfVI P. COLE, III. IvIEIVIORIAL LACROSSE AWARD— 
This award, offered by the teammates of William P. Cole, III, 
and the coaches of the 1940 National Champion team, is pre- 
sented to the outstanding midfielder. 

THE GEORGE C. COOK tVlEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP 
TROPHY — Awarded annually to a member of the football 
team with the highest scholastic average. 

JOE DECKMAN-SAtVI SILBER TROPHY— This trophy is 
offered by Joseph H, Deckman and Samuel L. Silber to the 
most improved defense lacrosse player. 

GEARY F. EPPLEY AWARD— Offered by Benny and Hotsy 
Alperstein to the graduating male senior athlete who, during 
his three years of varsity competition, lettered at least once 
and attained the highest over-all scholastic average. 

HALBERT K. EVANS MEMORIAL TRACK AWARD— This 
award, given in memory of "Hermie" Evans, of the Class of 
1940, by his friends, is presented to graduating senior track- 
man. 

HERBERT H. GOODMAN MEMORIAL TROPHY— This trophy 
is awarded to the most outstanding wrestler of the year. 

CHARLES LEROY MACKERT TROPHY— This trophy is 
offered by William K. Krouse to the Maryland student who 
has contributed most to wrestling while at the University. 

MARYLAND RING— The Maryland Ring is offered as a 
memorial to Charles L. Linhardt, of the Class of 1912, to the 
Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the year. 

CHARLES P. MCCORMICK TROPHY— This trophy is offered 
by Charles P. McCormick to the senior letterman who has 
contributed most to swimming during his collegiate career. 

ANTHONY C. NARDO MEMORIAL TROPHY— This trophy 
is awarded to the best football lineman of the year. 

EDWIN POWELL TROPHY— This trophy is offered by the 
Class of 1913 to the player who has rendered the greatest 
service to lacrosse during the year. 

SILVESTER WATCH FOR EXCELLENCE IN ATHLETICS— 



A gold watch, given in honor of former President of the 
University, R. W. Silvester, is offered annually to "the man 
who typifies the best in college athletics." 

TEKE TROPHY— This trophy is offered by the Maryland 
Chapter of Tau Kappa Epsilon Fraternity to the student who 
during his four years at the University has rendered the 
greatest service to football. 

ROBERT E. THEOFELD MEMORIAL— This trophy is pre- 
sented by Dr and Mrs. Harry S. Hoffman and is awarded to 
the golfer who most nearly exemplifies the competitive spirit 
and strong character of Robert E. Theofeld, a former member 
of the boxing team. 

MUSIC AWARDS 

ASSISTANT DIRECTORS AWARD to the outstanding 
member of the Symphonic Band. 

DIRECTORS AWARD to the concert band member who 
demonstrated the most improvement in musicianship during 
the year. 

KAPPA KAPPA PSI AWARD to the most outstanding band 
member of the year. 

SIGMA ALPHA IOTA ALUMNAE AWARD for outstanding 
musical performance. 

SIGMA ALPHA IOTA DEANS HONOR AWARD for service 
and dedication. 

SIGMA ALPHA IOTA HONOR CERTIFICATE to the senior 
with the highest scholastic average. 

SIGMA ALPHA IOTA LEADERSHIP AWARD based on per- 
sonality, student activities, fraternity service, and scholarship. 

TAU BETA SIGMA AWARD to the outstanding band sorority 
member of the year. 

Awards are presented to the members of the University 
Bands, the University Orchestras, and the Men's and 
Women's Glee Clubs who serve faithfully throughout the 
year. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS 

Keys are awarded to the members of the SGA Legislature 
and Certificates of Appreciation to the members of the 
Cabinet. 



64 / General Information 



SCHOLARSHIPS 



Regulations and procedures for the awarding of 
scholarships are formulated by the Committee on 
Financial Aids. The Board of Regents of the Uni- 
versity authorizes the award of a limited number 
of scholarships each year to deserving students. 
Applicants are subject to the approval of the Di- 
rector of Admissions, insofar as qualifications for 
admission to the University are concerned. All re- 
cipients are subject to the academic and non- 
academic regulations and requirements of the 
University. 

The recipient of the scholarship or grant is ex- 
pected to make at least normal progress toward a 
degree, as defined by the Academic Regulations. 

The Committee reserves the right to review the 
scholarship program annually and to make adjust- 
ments in the amount and recipients of awards in 
accordance with the funds available and scholas- 
tic attainment. 

Some of the types of scholarships, grants and 
loan funds available are: 

ENDOWED AND ANNUAL 
SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS 

AFROTC COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM— This pro- 
gram provides scholarships for selected cadets each year in 
the four-year AFROTC program. Those selected receive 
money for full tuition, laboratory expenses, incidental fees, 
and an allow/ance for books for up to eight semesters. In 
addition, they receive nontaxable pay of $50 per month. One 
must be in the program at the University of Ivlaryland before 
he can apply for this scholarship. 

AIR FORCE WARRANT OFFICERS ASSOCIATION STU- 



DENT AID PROGRAM— Scholarship aid has been made 
available by the Air Force Warrant Officers Association for 
worthy male or female undergraduate or graduate students 
in good standing, with preference given to children of Air 
Force Warrent Officers or other military personnel. 

ALBRIGHT SCHOLARSHIP— The Victor E. Albright Schol- 
arship is open to graduates of Garret County high schools 
who were born and reared in that county. 

AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT FOUNDATION— A num- 
ber of awards are made to argicultural students from a fund 
contributed by donors for general agricultural development. 

ALCOA FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS AWARDS of $750 
are given to outstanding students majoring in transportation, 
mechanical engineering, and fire protection engineering. 

ALPHA PHI OMEGA (EPSILON MU CHAPTER) SCHOLAR- 
SHIP — This scholarship is awarded annually to a freshman 
student having a background in the Boy Scouts of America. 

ALUMNI SCHOLARSHIPS— A limited number of scholar- 
ships are made possible through the gifts of alumni and 
friends to the Alumni Annual Giving Program of the Office 
of Endowment and Gifts. 

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF MONTGOMERY COUNTY 
SCHOLARSHIPS— A limited number of scholarships are 
available to residents of Montgomery County. 

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 
SCHOLARSHIPS— The Alumni Association of the School of 
Pharmacy of the University of Maryland makes available 
annually scholarships to qualified prepharmacy students on 
the basis of character, achievement and need. These scholar- 
ships are open only to residents of the State of Maryland. 
Each scholarship not exceeding $500 per academic year is 
applied to expenses at College Park. 

ALUMNI BAND SCHOLARSHIP— A limited number of 
awards to freshmen are sponsored by the University of 
Maryland Band Alumni Organization. Recipients are recom- 
mended by the Music Department after a competitive audi- 
tion held in the spring. 



General Information / 65 



ETHEL R, ARTHUR MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— This 
memorial scholarship fund has been established by Irving 
J. Cohen, M.D. At least one $250 award is made each year 
by the Scholarship Committee. A preference is given to stu- 
dents from Baltimore. 

ALVIN L. AUBINOE STUDENT AID PROGRAM— Scholar- 
ship grants up to S500 per school year to students in engi- 
neering, preferably those studying for careers in civil 
engineering, architecture or light construction. 

BALTIMORE PANHELLENIC ASSOCIATION SCHOLAR- 
SHIP — A scholarship is awarded annually by the Baltimore 
Panhellenic Association to a student entering the junior or 
senior class, who is an active member of a sorority, who is 
outstanding in leadership and scholarship and who needs 
financial assistance. 

BALTIMORE SUNPAPERS SCHOLARSHIP IN JOURNAL- 
ISM — The Board of Trustees of the A. S. Abell Foundation, 
Inc., contributes funds to provide one or more $500 scholar- 
ships to students majoring in editorial journalism. 

BAYSHORE FOODS, INC. SCHOLARSHIP— A grant of $500 
is made available annually by J. McKenny Willis and Son, 
Inc., Grain, Feed and Seed Company of Easton, Maryland, 
to an outstanding student in vocational agriculture in Talbot 
County who will matriculate in the College of Agriculture. 

BLACK AND DECKER MANUFACTURING COMPANY 
SCHOLARSHIP — A scholarship of $500 per year is provided 
for a Maryland resident who promises to teach Industrial 
Arts or Vocational-Industrial Education in Maryland for two 
years after graduation. 

CAMPUS AND NEWCOMERS SCHOLARSHIP— Awards are 
made from a fund created by the campus and Newcomers 
Club of the University. 

GEORGE C. COOK SCHOLARSHIP— A full scholarship is 
made available by the Maryland Educational Foundation in 
memory of the late George C. Cook. Preference shall be 
given to students interested in a career in business admin- 
istration or marketing. 

DR. ERNEST N. CORY SCHOLARSHIP— This memorial 
award is made annually to an outstanding junior or senior 
recommended by the College of Agriculture, preferably one 
majoring in entomology. 

DAIRY TECHNOLOGY SCHOLARSHIP AND GRANTS— The 
Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and the District of 
Columbia provides a limited number of scholarships and 
grants-in-aid for students majoring in dairy products tech- 
nology. 

DELAWARE-MARYLAND PLANT FOOD ASSOCIATION 
SCHOLARSHIP — A $200 annual award is made to an under- 
graduate who has an interest in agronomy and soil fertility 
work. 

DELMARVA TRAFFIC CLUB SCHOLARSHIP— An annual 
award of $250 is made to a transportation student from the 
Delmarva Peninsula. 

EXEL SCHOLARSHIP— A substantial grant for endowed 
scholarships was made by Deborah B. Exel. 

FMC CORPORATION SCHOLARSHIP— An annual award 
of $500 is made available for a senior in chemical engineer- 
ing. 

ANNE ARUNDEL COUNTY VOLUNTEER FIREMEN'S 
ASSOCIATION GRANT— This tuition and fees grant is 
awarded to a high school graduate who will enroll in the 
fire protection curriculum in the College of Engineering. The 
award is normally for four years. 

BALTIMORE COUNTY VOLUNTEER FIREMAN'S ASSOCIA- 
TION GRANT — This tuition and fees grant is awarded to a 
student who will enroll in the fire protection curriculum in 
the College of Engineering. The award is normally for four 
years. 

LADIES AUXILIARY TO THE MARYLAND STATE FIRE- 
MEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT— This $750 grant is awarded 
to an outstanding high school graduate who will enroll In the 



fire protection curriculum in the College of Engineering. The 
award is normally available for tour years. 

MARYLAND STATE FIREMEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT— 
A tuition and fees scholarship is awarded annually to an 
outstanding high school student who enrolls in the fire pro- 
tection curriculum of the College of Engineering. This 
scholarship is for tour years. 

PRINCE GEORGES COUNTY VOLUNTEER FIREMEN'S 
ASSOCIATION GRANT— An annual tuition and fees scholar- 
ship is awarded to an outstanding high school student who 
enrolls in the fire protection curriculum of the College of 
Engineering. 

FOOD FAIR STORES FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS— 
Several scholarships are available for $250 per academic 
year. 

FREDERICK COUNTY HOLSTEIN ASSOCIATION SCHOL- 
ARSHIP — A scholarship of $200 is awarded annually to a 
resident of Frederick County enrolled in the College of 
Agriculture. 

VICTOR FRENKIL SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $250 
is granted annually by Mr. Victor Frenkil of Baltimore to a 
student from Baltimore City in the freshman class of the 
University. 

GAMMA PHI BETA ALUMNI SCHOLARSHIP— Two annual 
scholarships are available to teachers employed in the teach- 
ing field. The awards pay tuition costs of graduate course 
designed for training teachers of gifted children. 

GENERAL MOTORS SCHOLARSHIP— This scholarship is 
granted annually to an outstanding individual entering the 
freshman year. 

THE JOHN D. GILMORE SCHOLARSHIP has been estab- 
lished for the purpose of assisting deserving student ath- 
letes to obtain an education and participate in varsity 
athletics at the University of Maryland. The recipients should 
possess, as does John D. Gilmore, outstanding dedication, 
determination and an undeniable will to win in athletic com- 
petition and to succeed in life. 

GODDARD MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— Several schol- 
arships are available annually under the terms of the James 
and Sarah E. R. Goddard Memorial Fund established through 
the wills of Morgan E. Goddard and Mary Y. Goddard. 

ROSE L. GRANT SCHOLARSHIP— At least $500 each year 
is made available to be awarded by the Scholarship Com- 
mittee. 

JOHN WILLIAM GUCKEYSON MEMORIAL SCHOLAR- 
SHIP — A scholarship of $100 is granted annually by Mrs. 
Hudson Dunlap as a memorial to John William Guckeyson, 
an honored Maryland and alumnus. 

GUDELSKY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— The Gudelsky 
Foundation. Inc., has established a scholarship in memory 
of Harry Gudelsky and Isadore M. Gudelsky. 

THE STALEY AND EUGENE HAHN MEMORIAL SCHOL- 
ARSHIP FUND— Annual awards of $500 are made by Mr. and 
Mrs Walter J Hahn in memory of their sons to aid outstand- 
ing agricultural students from Frederick County. 

JAMES HARTIN ENGINEERING SCHOLARSHIP AND 
DONALD PETER SHAW MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— Those 
two scholarships of $300 each are made available annually 
by Mr. and Mrs. David C. Hartin. The first is awarded to a 
male student in the College of Engineering and the second 
to a male student in any college other than Education, or to 
a female student in nursing. These awards will be made to 
worthy students who are helping to earn their own college 
expenses. 

HASKINS AND SELLS FOUNDATION. INC AWARD— A 
scholarship of $500 is provided for an exceptional senior 
student majoring in accounting in the College of Business 
and Public Administration. 

WILLIAM RANDOLPH HEARST FOUNDATION SCHOLAR- 
SHIPS — These scholarships are made available through a gift 
of the Baltimore News American, one of the Hearst news- 
papers, in honor of William Randolph Hearst. Scholarships 



66 / General Information 



up tu $1,000 are awarded annually to undergraduates pur- 
suing a program o( study in journalism. Scholarships up to 
$1,000 are awarded annually for graduate study in history 

ROBERT MICHAEL HIGGINBOTHAM MEMORIAL AWARD 
FUND — This Fund has been endowed by Mr. and Mrs. Charles 
A. Higginbotham in memory of their son who was killed in 
Vietnam Annual awards are made to promising junior stu- 
dents majoring in mathematics. 

THE A M. HOFFMAN MEMORIAL GRANT— This gift of 
$250 per year is normally awarded as a supplement to some 
other type of student aid to a student with exceptional need. 
A preference is given to students from Montgomery County 
The gift is made available by Mr. and Mrs. David B. Schwartz. 

HYATTSVILLE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY SCHOLARSHIP 
— A scholarship of $200 is awarded to a student enrolled 
in Horticulture. 

INTERFARTERNITY COUNCIL SCHOLARSHIP— Two awards 
of $250 each are available to members active in fraternity 
and interfraternity affairs Recipients are selected by the 
Office of Student Aid upon recommendations from the presi- 
dents of their respective houses and the President of the 
IFC. 

THE INTER-STATE MILK PRODUCERS' COOPERATIVE. 
INC. SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $300 is made available 
to a student in agriculture in honor of Raymond Marvel, 
past-president of the cooperative. 

IOTA LAMBDA SIGMA (NU CHAPTER) SCHOLARSHIP— 
This $200 scholarship is awarded annually to a male student 
in the industrial education curriculum. The student must be 
a resident of the State of Maryland and signify his intention 
of teaching in Maryland. 

KAPPA KAPPA GAMMA NURSING SCHOLARSHIP— This 
$100 Scholarship is made available annually by the Gamma 
Psi chapter of the Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority to a worthy 
student preparing for a career in nursing. 

PAUL H. KEA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND— This 
fund was established by the Potomac Valley Chapter of the 
American Institute of Architects in memory of Paul H. Kea, 
a highly respected member of the chapter. 

VENIA M. KELLER GRANT— The Maryland State Council 
of Homemakers' Club makes available this grant of $100 
which is open to a Maryland young man or woman of promise 
who is recommended by the College of Home Economics. 

KELLY-SPRINGFIELD TIRE COMPANY GRANT— Annual 
awards totaling $4200 are made to engineering students upon 
the recommendation of the College of Engineering. This gift 
is made available by The Kelly-Springfield Tire Company. 
Cumberland, Maryland, a subsidiary of The Goodyear Tire 
and Rubber Company of Akron. Ohio. 

KIWANIS SCHOLARSHIP— The J. S. Ray Memorial Schol- 
arship covering tuition is awarded by the Prince Georges 
Kiwanis Club to a male resident of Prince Georges County 
Maryland, who, in addition to possessing the necessary qua- 
lifications for maintaining a satisfactory scholarship record 
must have a reputation of high character and attainment in 
general all-around citizenship. 

KIWANIS CLUB OF LAUREL SCHOLARSHIP— An annual 
award of $400 is made available to be awarded by the Schol- 
arship Committee to needy students, preferably from the 
Laurel area. 

LAUREL RACE COURSE. INC. SCHOLARSHIP— This fund 
has been established to provide scholarships for students 
who are participating in the University Band. 

SAMUEL J. LEFRAK SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship in 
honor of Geary F. Eppley, Dean of Men Emeritus, has been 
established by an alumnus, Mr. Samuel J. Lefrak. President 
of the Lefrak Organization. Forest Hills, New York, The award 
of SI, 000 is made to a deserving sophomore who excels in 
both athletics and scholarship, to be used during his last 
two years at the University. 

LEIDY CHEMICAL FOUDATION SCHOLARSHIP— A schol- 
arship of S500 is granted annually to a graduate or under- 



graduate student preparing for a career in the general field 
of chemistry. 

CHRISTIAN R AND MARY F. LINDBACK FOUNDATION 
SCHOLARSHIP— The Trustees of the Christian R. and Mary 
F Lindback Foundation provide an annual gift to the Univer- 
sity, one-half of which is given for scholarships in agriculture 
and one-half for awards to the faculty for distinguished teach- 
ing. 

HELEN ALETTA LINTHICUM SCHOLARSHIP— These schol- 
arships, several in number, were established through the 
benefaction of the late Mrs. Aletta Linchicum. widow of the 
late Congressman Charles J. Linthicum. who served in Con- 
gress from the Fourth District of Maryland for many years. 

LIONS INTERNATIONAL SCHOLARSHIP— An award of 
$500 is available to a freshman who competes in the Lions 
Club. (District 22-C) Annual Band Festival. A recipient is 
recommended by the Music Department after a competitive 
audition in the spring. 

LOUGHBOROUGH LIONS CLUB SCHOLARSHIP— A schol- 
arship providing tuition and fees is awarded to a graduate 
of Bethesda-Chevy Chase. Walt Whitman or Walter Johnson 
High Schools. The recipient is selected by the University on 
the basis of character and financial need. 

THE M CLUB GRANTS— The M Club of the University of 
Maryland provides each year a limited number of awards. 

MARYLAND EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATION GRANTS— This 
fund has been established to provide assistance to worthy 
students. 

MARYLAND AND VIRGINIA MILK PRODUCERS ASSOCIA- 
TION SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $500 is awarded 
annually in the College of Agriculture, preferably to a student 
preparing for a career in the dairy industry. 

MARYLAND PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION SCHOLAR- 
SHIP — The Maryland Pharmaceutical Association makes 
available annually scholarships to prepharmacy students on 
the basis of character, achievement and need. Each scholar- 
ship not exceeding $500 per academic year is used in partial 
defrayment of fees and expenses at College Park. These 
scholarships are open only to residents of the State of Mary- 
land. 

MARYLAND STATE GOLF ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIPS 
— A limited number of $500 scholarships are available to 
undergraduates in the Agronomy Department who have an 
interest in golf turf work. 

MORTAR BOARD SCHOLARSHIP— The Mortar Board 
Scholarship is awarded annually to a woman student on the 
basis of scholastic attainment and need. 

MARYLAND TURFGRASS ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP— 
A $250 annual award is made to an undergraduate who has 
an interest in agronomy and commercial sod production. 

LOREN L. MURRAY AND ASSOCIATES SCHOLARSHIPS— 
This fund has been created to provide scholarships for Mary- 
land residents who are admitted to the College of Education. 

DR. RAY A. MURRAY SCHOLARSHIP— This award, spon- 
sored by Maryland Chapter No. 32 of the National Institute 
of Farm and Land Brokers, is to be made to a worthy sopho- 
more in the Department of Agricultural and Resource Eco- 
nomics. College of Agriculture. 

NOPCO SCHOLARSHIP— Two scholarships at $250 each 
are provided for students in the College of Agriculture by the 
Nopco Chemical Company. 

OLNEY ROTARY CLUB SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM— Schol- 
arship awards are made available annually for deserving 
students who are graduates of the high schools in the areas 
served by the OIney Rotary Club of OIney. Maryland. 

PENINSULA HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY SCHOLARSHIP— 
The Peninsula Horticultural Society provides annually a $200 
scholarship to the most deserving junior or senior student, 
a resident of Maryland from the Eastern Shore counties, who 
is majoring in horticulture or related subjects. 

PHI ETA SIGMA SCHOLARSHIP— A limited number of 
$100 scholarships are available to young men entering the 



General Information / 67 



sophomore class and who have achieved an academic aver- 
age of 3.5 or higher during the freshman year. 

DOUGLAS HOWARD PHILLIPS MEt^ORIAL SCHOLARSHIP 
— This scholarship fund has been endowed by Mr. and t^rs. 
Albanus Phillips, Jr. in honor of their son who met his un- 
timely death in the spring before he was scheduled to attend 
the University, in order that worthy young male graduates of 
Cambridge, fvlaryland High School may have the opportunity 
he missed. 

PILOT FREIGHT CARRIERS, INC., AWARD— A $500 award 
is made to a senior student in the College of Business and 
Public Administration who has majored in transportation. 

POLICE RECORDER IVIAGAZINE SCHOLARSHIP— This fund 
has been established by the Police Recorder to provide 
scholarships to children of Maryland law enforcement of- 
ficers. Recipients will be chosen in accordance with the 
usual standards of the Office of Student Aid. 

WILLIAM H. PRICE SCHOLARSHIP— This award is made 
annually to a worthy student who is already working to de- 
fray part of his college expenses. 

THE PRESSER FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP— Awards are 
made to undergraduate students who are pursuing their 
studies with the intention of becoming music teachers. 

PURCHASING MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION OF BALTI- 
MORE, INC, SCHOLARSHIP— An annual award of $500 is 
given annually to a junior or senior student in the College of 
Business and Public Administration preparing for a career 
in business administration or business management. 

RALSTON PURINA SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $500 
is awarded annually to an incoming senior or junior of the 
College of Agriculture. 

ENSIGN RICHARD TURNER REA MEMORIAL SCHOLAR- 
SHIP — This scholarship fund has been established by Captain 
and Mrs. Richard F. Rea in honor of their late son who gave 
his life while on active duty in the U.S. Coast Guard. Two 
scholarships up to $500 each are awarded annually to stu- 
dents in engineering. 

READ'S DRUG STORES FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS— 
The Read's Drug Stores Foundation contributes annually 
several scholarships to prepharmacy students on the basis 
of achievement, character and need. Each scholarship not 
exceeding $500 per academic year is applied to the fees and 
expenses at College Park. Recipients must be residents of 
the State of Maryland. 

MARY ELIZABETH ROBY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP- An 
endowed scholarship has been established by the University 
Park Republican Women's Club. Limited awards are made to 
women entering the junior or senior years who are studying 
in the field of political science. A preference is given to 
residents of Prince Georges County, 

VIVIAN F. ROBY SCHOLARSHIPS— This endowed fund 
was established through a bequest to the University of Mary- 
land by Evalyn S. Roby in memory of her husband, class of 
1912, to provide undergraduate scholarships to needy boys 
from Baltimore City and Charles County. 

THE SCHLUDERBERG FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP 
GRANT— This Grant of $500 is awarded in the College of 
Agriculture to a student enrolled in the animal science or 
food science curriculum. 

DR. FERN DUEY SCHNEIDER GRANT— A $100 grant is 
available to a foreign woman student enrolled in the College 
of Education, who has completed at least one semester in 
residence at the University. Funds for the grant are con- 
tributed by the Montgomery and Prince Georges County 
Chapters of the Delta Kappa Gamma Society. 

F. DOUGLASS SEARS INSURANCE SCHOLARSHIP— 
Scholarships for Maryland students preparing for careers in 
the insurance industry are made available annually from a 
fund established by friends and associates of former Slate 
Insurance Commissioner F. Douglas Sears. 

SEARS ROEBUCK FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS— A 
limited number of grants from the Sears Roebuck Founda- 



tion are available tor students in the College of Home Eco- 
nomics. 

SOUTHERN STATES COOPERATIVE SCHOLARSHIPS— 
Two scholarships are awarded each year to sons of Southern 
States members— one for outstanding work in 4-H Club and 
the other for outstanding work in FFA. The amount of each 
scholarship is $300 per year and will continue for four years. 

ADELE H. STAMP SCHOLARSHIP— This scholarship of 
$250 is awarded annually to a sophomore who is an active 
sorority member or pledge, who is outstanding in leadership 
and scholarship and who needs financial assistance. Funds 
for this scholarship are provided by the University of Mary- 
land Panhellenic Association. 

THE LEANDER F. STUART MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— 
This scholarship of $300 is awarded annually to a student 
enrolled in the College of Agriculture. 

JANE G. S. TALIAFERRO SCHOLARSHIP— Under the 
terms of the will of the late Jane G. S. Taliaferro a bequest 
has been made to the University of Maryland to provide 
scholarship aid to worthy students. 

TAU BETA PI SCHOLARSHIP FUND— A limited number 
of scholarships are made available each year to worthy en- 
gineering students by members and alumni of Maryland 
Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi Association, Inc., national 
engineering honor society. 

UNIVERSITY WOMEN'S CLUB, INC. MEMORIAL SCHOL- 
ARSHIP FUND — A scholarship of $150 is awarded each year 
to a junior or senior woman student on the basis of academic 
record, financial need and qualities of leadership and char- 
acter. The funds are contributed by the Memorial Fund Com- 
mittee of the University Women's Club of Washington, D.C. 

JOSEPH M. VIAL MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP IN AGRI- 
CULTURE — Scholarships totaling $600 per year are made 
available by Mr. and Mrs. A. H. Seidenspinner to be awarded 
upon the recommendation of the College of Agriculture. 

WESTERN ELECTRIC SCHOLARSHIP— Two scholarships 
are awarded to students in the College of Engineering. The 
amount of the scholarship covers cost of tuition, books and 
fees not to exceed $800 nor to be less than $400. 

WESTINGHOUSE AIR ARM DIVISION SCHOLARSHIP— 
The Westinghouse Electric Corporation has established a 
scholarship to encourage outstanding students of engineer- 
ing and the physical sciences. The scholarship is awarded 
to a sophomore student and is over a period of three years 
in six installments of $250. Students in electrical or mechan- 
ical engineering, engineering physics or applied mathematics 
are eligible for the award. 

WOMEN'S ADVERTISING CLUB OF BALTIMORE WORK/ 
EXPERIENCE SCHOLARSHIP— This award is available to an 
outstanding sophomore or junior interested in an advertising 
career. 

WOMEN'S ARCHITECTURAL LEAGUE SCHOLARSHIP— 
This fund has been established to aid worthy students in 
the School of Architecture. 

WOMEN'S AUXILIARY TO THE INSTITUTE OF ELECTRI- 
CAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS SCHOLARSHIP— An 
annual $300 award is made to a senior in electrical engi- 
neering by the Baltimore section of the organization. 

WOMEN'S CLUB OF BETHESDA SCHOLARSHIP— Several 
scholarships are available to young women residents of 
tvlontgomery County. Recipients must be accepted in the 
College of Education or the College of Nursing. 

NICHOLAS BRICE WORTHINGTON SCHOLARSHIP— A 
$500 memorial scholarship is made available to a student in 
the College of Agriculture by the descendants of Nicholas 
Brice Worthington, one of the founders of the Agricultural 
College 

THE ARTHUR YOUNG AND CO. FOUNDATION. INC. 
SCHOLARSHIP— The Arthur Young and Co. Foundation, Inc.. 
makes available a scholarship of $750 lor an exceptional 
senior student concentrating In accounting. 



68 / General Information 



STUDENT LOANS 

NDEA STUDENT LOANS— Loan funds are available under 
provision of the National Defense Education Act. The bor- 
rower must sign a note for the loan and agree to interest 
and repayment terms established by the University. Repay- 
ment of the loan begins nine months after the borrov/er 
ceases to be a full-time student and must be completed 
within ten years thereafter No interest is charged on the 
loan until the beginning of the repayment schedule. Interest 
after that date is to be paid at three percent per annum. 

If the borrower becomes a full-time teacher (elementary, 
secondary or college), ten percent of the loan can be can- 
celled for each year of teaching, not to exceed 50 prcent 
of the loan. However, if the teaching involves handicapped 
students or is in a predominantly low income area school, 
fifteen percent annual cancellation is allowed to the full 
amount of the loan. 

CATHERINE MOORE BRINKLEY LOAN FUND— Under the 
will of Catherine tvloore Brinkley, a loan fund is available 
for worthy students who are natives and residents of Mary- 
land. 

KEA STUDENT LOAN FUND— A loan fund has been estab- 
lished by gifts from Mr. and Mrs. Paul H. Kea. The purpose 
of the fund is to make non-interest bearing loans of an 
emergency nature to students who are helping to earn the 
expenses of their eduation. 

JOSEPH W. KINGHORN AND MORLEY A. JULL FUNDS— 
Memorial trust funds have been established in honor of 
Joseph W. Kinghorn, first graduate of the University of Mary- 
land Poultry Department. These funds are available as loans 
to students enrolled in the Poultry Department. 

EDNA B. MC NAUGHTON MEMORIAL LOAN FUND— This 
fund has been established by Mrs. W. B. Clayton in memory 
of Edna B. McNaughton, who initiated and developed the 
program in Early Childhood Education at the University of 
Maryland. Priority is given to students enrolled in this pro- 
gram. 



PHI DELTA GAMMA LOAN FUND— This fund has been 
established under essentially the same terms and conditions 
as the NDEA loans Recipients must be recommended by the 
Sigma Chapter of the Phi Delta Gamma Sorority. 

JAN STEVEN AND SIDNEY RAPKE MEMORIAL LOAN 
FUND — This fund has been established in memory of Jan 
Steven Rapke by his parents. Short-term, interest free loans 
are available to students in good standing to meet personal 
emergencies as they arise. It is the wish of the donors that 
the fund be administered with a minimum of formality. 

UNITED STUDENT AID FUNDS— Loans up to S1,000 per 
year are available from many banks to students at the Uni- 
versity. Maximum interest on such loans is 7 per cent simple. 
Monthly installments are usually not less than $25 nor more 
than $100. Repayment begins ten months after the student 
ceases to be a full-time student. 

SIEGFRIED E. WEISBERGER, JR. MEMORIAL FUND— A 
memorial trust fund has been established in honor of Sieg- 
fried Weisberger, Jr., a Freshman student in Agriculture in 
1958-59. Under terms of this loan, students in Agriculture 
may borrow money without interest for short term needs. 



PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT 

UNIVERSITY EMPLOYMENT— The University offers dining 
hall and dormitory workships permitting selected Maryland 
residents to earn part or all of their board and room. Other 
jobs on campus pay hourly rates according to the skill and 
education required. 

OFF-CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT— A file of off-campus part- 
time jobs is maintained. Most of these are with local stores 
and business firms. 

COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM— Part-time employ- 
ment during the school year plus full-time employment during 
the summer may be combined with scholarships and loans 
to provide educational opportunities to qualified students. 



General Information / 69 



THE COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 



This section of the catalog provides information for undergraduates concerning 
the University of IVIaryland's schools and colleges. Included in this section are the in- 
dividual college requirements and policies for particular programs of study. Each col- 
lege has a general statement of purpose or role within the University, the organiza- 
tional structure of the college, the undergraduate programs including specific require- 
ments for admission and graduation in addition to the all-University requirements listed 
in the General Information Section of the catalog, a description of degree programs, 
and course descriptions. 

Courses numbered from 000 to 099 are noncredit courses and include such sub- 
jects as required physical education and review of high school math. 

Courses numbered from 100 to 199 are primarily freshmen courses and are open 
to undergraduate students who meet the stated prerequisite and curricular require- 
ments. 

Courses numbered from 200-299 are primarily sophomore courses and are open 
to undergraduate students who meet the stated prerequisite and curricular require- 
ments. 

Courses numbered from 300-399 are junior and senior courses not acceptable for 
credit toward graduate degrees. Under some conditions, second semester sophomores 
may register for 300 level courses with the dean's approval. 

Courses numbered from 400-499 are junior and senior courses acceptable for cred- 
it toward some graduate degrees. 

Courses numbered from 500-599 are professional school courses and post-bacca- 
laureate courses. 

Courses numbered from 600-899 are restricted to graduate students. 

Course numbers ending with an 8 or 9 indicate the course may be repeated for 
credit. 

For your assistance in using this publication, the old course number will be written 
in parentheses immediately following the new number. 

General Information / 71 







i\y 



.w|ft- ■'0^ 





Agriculture 



THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE offers educa- 
tional programs with a broad cultural and scientific 
base. Students are prepared for careers in agricul- 
tural related sciences, technology and business. 

The application of advanced knowledge to the 
solution of some of man's most critical problems 
concerning adequate amounts and quality of food, 
and the quality of environment in which he lives, 
are important missions of the College. 

This original College of the University of Mary- 
land at College Park was chartered in 1856. The 
College of Agriculture has a continuous record of 
leadership in education since that date. It became 
the beneficiary of the Land-Grant Act of 1862. 
Since that time, there has been a merger with the 
University of Maryland in Baltimore and continuous 
growth with additions of other colleges and depart- 
ments at College Park. 

The College of Agriculture continues to grow 
and develop as part of the greater University, pro- 
viding education and research activities enabling 
man to use his environment and natural resources 
to best advantage while conserving basic re- 
sources for future generations. 

ADVANTAGES OF LOCATION AND FACILITIES 

Educational opportunities in the College of Agri- 
culture are enhanced by the nearby location of 
several research units of the federal government. 
Of particular interest is the Agricultural Research 
Center at Beltsville and the U. S. Department of 



Agriculture Headquarters in Washington, D. C. The 
National Agricultural Library is an important re- 
source for information at the Beltsville location. 

Related research laboratories of the National 
Institutes of Health, military hospitals, NASA, and 
the National Bureau of Standards are in the vi- 
cinity. Interaction of our faculty and students with 
personnel from these agencies is encouraged. 
Teaching and research activities are conducted 
with the cooperation of scientists and professional 
people in government positions. 

Instruction in the basic sciences, and in social, 
economic and engineering principles is carried 
out in well-designed classrooms and laboratories 
on the campus. The application of basic principles 
to practical situations is demonstrated for the stu- 
dent in numerous ways. New buildings have been 
provided for both the plant and animal sciences in 
recent years. 

Modern greenhouses are available for breeding 
and propagation of a wide variety of plant work on 
the control of weeds and improved cultural prac- 
tices. 

Herds of dairy and beef cattle, swine and flocks 
of poultry and sheep are kept on the campus for 
teaching and research purposes. 

Several operating farms, located in central 
Maryland and on the Eastern Shore, support the 
educational programs in Agriculture by providing 
locations where important crops, animals and 
poultry can be grown and maintained under prac- 



Agriculture / 73 



tical and research conditions. These farms add an 
important dimension to the courses offered in 
Agriculture. Data from these operations and from 
cooperating producers and processors of agricul- 
tural products are utilized by students interested in 
economics, teaching, engineering, and conserva- 
tion, as they relate to Agriculture, as well as by 
those concerned with biology or management of 
agricultural crops and animals. 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

The College of Agriculture offers programs lead- 
ing to a wide variety of rewarding careers. These 
curricula prepare the student for useful, informed 
citizenship, with a basic understanding of science 
in general, and with a concentration on the sci- 
ence and business of agriculture in particular. 
All four-year programs lead to the Bachelor of 
Science degree. 

Today's agriculture is a highly complex and ex- 
tremely efficient industry which includes supplies 
and services used in agricultural production, the 
production process itself, and the marketing, pro- 
cessing and distribution of products to meet the 
consumers' needs and wants. 

Instruction in the College of Agriculture includes 
the fundamental sciences and emphasizes the 
precise course information that its graduates must 
employ in the industrialized agriculture of today, 
and helps develop the foundation for their role in 
the future. Course programs in specialized areas 
may be tailored to fit the particular needs of the 
individual student. 

Previous training in agriculture is not a prereq- 
uisite for matriculation. Careers for men and 
women with rural, suburban or urban backgrounds 
are available in agriculture and its allied industries. 

Graduates of the College of Agriculture have a 
broad base for careers and continued learning 
after college in business, production, teaching, 
research, extension, and many other professional 
fields. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION 

The requirements for admission to the College 
of Agriculture are the same as those of the Uni- 
versity. 

For students entering the College of Agriculture 
it is recommended that their high school prepara- 
tory courses should include English, 4 units; 
mathematics, 3 units; biological and physical sci- 
ences, 3 units; and history or social sciences, 2 
units. Four units of mathematics should be elected 
for students entering agricultural engineering or 
agricultural chemistry. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

To earn junior standing a student must com- 
plete 56 credit hours of academic work and attain 
the required grade point average. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION 

Each student must complete at least 120 credit 
hours in academic subjects with a minimum grade 
point average of 2.0 (C). University requirements 
in health and physical education must be satisfied, 
in addition. 

HONORS PROGRAM 

The Honors Program is approved for majors in 
agricultural economics and botany. The objective 
of the Honors Program is to recognize superior 
scholarship and to provide opportunity for the ex- 
cellent student to broaden his perspective and to 
increase the depth of his studies. 

The programs in Honors are administered by 
Departmental Honors Committees and supervised 
by the College Committee on Honors. Students in 
the College of Agriculture, who are in the top 20 
percent of their class at the end of their first year 
may be considered for admission into the Honors 
Program. Of this group up to 50 percent may be 
admitted. 

Sophomores or first semester juniors will be 
considered upon application from those students 
in the upper 20 percent of their class. While ap- 
plication may be made until the student enters his 
sixth semester, early entrance into the program is 
recommended. Students admitted to the program 
enjoy certain academic privileges. 

On the basis of the student's performance dur- 
ing his participation in the Honors Program, the 
department may recommend the candidate for the 
appropriate degree with (departmental) honors, or 
for the appropriate degree with (departmental) 
high honors. Successful completion of the honors 
program will be recognized by a citation in the 
Commencement Program and by an appropriate 
entry on the student's record and diploma. 

FACULTY ADVISEMENT 

Each student in the College of Agriculture is as- 
signed to a faculty advisor. Advisors normally work 
with a limited number of students and are able to 
give individual guidance. The faculty will assist 
students in obtaining employment providing prac- 
tical or technical experience for those in need of 
such experience. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

The program of the freshman year is similar 
for all curricula of the College of Agriculture. Dur- 
ing the first year the student obtains a broad foun- 
dation in subjects basic to agriculture and the re- 
lated sciences. Transfer from one curriculum to 
another, or from the College of Agriculture to an- 
other college of the University may be made by 
the end of the freshman year usually with little or 
no loss of credit. 

Students entering the freshman year with a 
definite choice of curriculum are assigned to de- 



74 / Agriculture 



partmental advisors for counsel and planning of 
ail academic program. Students entering the 
freshman year, who have not selected a definite 
curriculum, are assigned to a general advisor who 
assists with the choice of freshman electives and, 
during the course of the year, acquaints students 
with opportunities in the curricula in the College 
of Agriculture and in other divisions of the Univer- 
sity. If by the close of the freshman year a student 
makes no definite choice of a specialized curricu- 
lum, he continues under the guidance of his ad- 
visor in the General Agriculture curriculum. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

A number of scholarships are available for agri- 
cultural students. These include awards granted 
by the Agricultural Development Fund, Bayshore 
Foods, Inc., Dairy Technology Society of Maryland 
and the District of Columbia, Delaware-Maryland 
Plant Food Association, Inc., Dr. Ernest N. Cory 
Trust Fund, Danforth Foundation, Frederick County 
Holstein Association Scholarship, General Foods 
Fund Scholarship, Hyattsville Horticultural Society 
Scholarship, The Leander F. Stuart Memorial 
Scholarship, Inter-State Milk Producers, Joseph 
M. Vial Memorial Scholarship Program in Agricul- 
ture, Maryland Cooperative Milk Producers, Inc., 
Maryland Turfgrass Association, Maryland State 
Golf Association, Maryland and Virginia Milk Pro- 
ducers, Inc., Dr. Ray A. Murray Scholarship, Pe- 
ninsula Horticultural Society, Ralston Purina Com- 
pany, The Schluderberg Foundation Scholarship, 
Southern States Cooperative. Inc., and The Staley 
and Eugene Hahn Memorial Scholarship Fund. 

These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty 
Committee in accordance with the terms of the re- 
spective grants. For more detailed information 
about these awards, see section on financial aid. 

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

Students find opportunity for varied expression 
and growth in the several voluntary organizations 
sponsored by the College of Agriculture. These or- 
ganizations are: Agricultural Economics Club, 
Block and Bridle, Dairy Science Club, Collegiate 
4-H Club, Future Farmers of America, Agronomy 
Club, and the Veterinary Science Club. 

Alpha Zeta is a national agricultural honor fra- 
ternity. Members are chosen from students in the 
College of Agriculture who have attained the scho- 
lastic requirements and displayed leadership in 
agriculture. 

The Agricultural Student Council is made up of 
representatives from the various student organiza- 
tions in the College of Agriculture. Its purpose is to 
coordinate activities of these organizations and to 
promote work which is beneficial to the college. 

REQUIRED COURSES 

All students in the College of Agriculture are 
required to complete a series of courses to sat- 



isfy the University General Education require- 
ments, college requirements and departmental re- 
quirements. The courses needed to complete a 
program of study are selected by the student with 
the approval of his advisor. 

Semester 
University Requirements Credit Hours 

ENGL 101 or 171 — Composition of Honors Composition. 3 

ENGL Literature 6 

Social Science 6 

History 6 

Mattiemalics 3 

Fine Arts or Philosophy 3 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health 2 

Physicial Education 2 

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE REQUIREMENTS 

Courses selected from the basic life sciences, physical 

sciences and mathematics 16 

SPCH 107— Public Speaking ' . ' ^ 2 

AGRI 101 — Introduction to Agriculture 1 

Department Requirements 74 

TYPICAL FRESHMAN YEAR IN AGRICULTURE 

Semester 
I II 

ENGL 101 or 171 — Composition or Honors 

Composition 3 

Social Science 3 3 

AGRI 101 — Introduction to Agriculture 1 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

ANSC 101 — Principles of Animal Science 3 

AGRO 100— Crop Laboratory 2 

IVIathematics 3 

Health 2 

Arts or Philosophy 3 

Physical Education 1 1 

AGRICULTURE— GENERAL 

The General Agriculture curriculum provides for 
the development of a broad understanding in agri- 
culture. 

The flexibility of this curriculum permits selec- 
tion of electives that will meet individual vocational 
plans in agriculture and agriculturally related busi- 
ness and industry. 

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be 
satisfied by completing the following courses: 

BOTN 100— General Botany 4 

CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4.4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

Semester 
General Agriculture Requirements Credit Hours 

AGEN 100 — Introduction to Agricultural Engineering .... 4 

AGEN 200 — Introduction to Farm Mechanics 2 

AGRO 100 — Crop Production Laboratory 2 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

AGRO 407 — Cereal Crop Production 2 

AGRO 406 — Forage Crop Production 2 

AGRO 451 — Cropping Systems 2 

ANSC 101 — Principles of Animal Science ^. 3 

ANSC 203 — Feeds and Feeding 3 

ANSC 242— Dairy Production 3 

ANSC 262 — Commercial Poultry Management 3 

AREC 250 — Elements of Agricultural Economics 3 

AREC 251 — Marketing of Agricultural Products 3 

BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants 4 

ENTM 252 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4 

Agriculture / 75 



HORT 111 — Tree Fruit Production 3 

or 

HORT 222— Vegetable Products 3 

RLED 464 — Rural Life in a Modern Society 3 

Elect either of the following pairs of courses: 

BOTN 414 — General Plant Genetics and 

I^ICB 200 — General Microbiology 2,4 

or 

BSAD 220, 221 — Principles of Accounting 3,3 

Electives 18 

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 

This curriculum insures adequate instruction in 
the fundamentals of both the physical and biologi- 
cal sciences. It may be adjusted through the se- 
lection of electives to fit the student for work in 
agricultural experiment stations, soil bureaus, geo- 
logical surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer indus- 
tries, and those handling food products. 

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be 
satisfied by completing 16 credit fiours from the following 
courses; 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

BOTN 100— General Botany 4 

MICB 200^General Microbiology 4 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

and 
CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

REQUIRED OF ALL STUDENTS: 

CHEM 203— College Chemistry IV 3 

CHEM 204— College Chemistry IV Laboratory 2 

CHEM 201— College Chemistry III 3 

CHEM 202 — College Chemistry III Laboratory 2 

CHEM 421 — Advanced Quantitative Analysis or 3 

CHEM 321 — Intermediate Quantitative Analysis 4 

AGRO 202 — General Soils 4 

GEOL 100— Geology 3 

MATH 141— Analysis II 4 

Modern Languages '12 

PHYS 161— General Physics 3 

PHYS 262— General Physics 4 

PHYS 263— General Physics 4 

Electives in Biology 6 

Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 6 

'See Foreign Language Requirement of College of Arts & 
Sciences. 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Agricultural engineering utilizes both the physi- 
cal and biological sciences to help meet the needs 
of our increasing world population for food, natur- 
al fiber and improvement or maintenance of the 
environment. Scientific and engineering princi- 
ples are applied to the conservation and utiliza- 
tion of soil and water resources for food produc- 
tion and recreation; to the utilization of energy to 
improve labor efficiency and to reduce laborious 
and menial tasks; to the design of structures and 
equipment for housing or handling of plants and 
animals to optimize growth potential; to the design 
of residences to improve the standard of living for 
the rural population; to the development of meth- 
ods and equipment to maintain or increase the 
quality of food and natural fiber; to the flow of sup- 
plies and equipment to the agricultural and aqua- 
cultural production units; and to the flow of prod- 



ucts from the production units and the processing 
plants to the consumer. The agricultural engineer 
places emhasis on maintaining a high quality en- 
vironment as he works toward developing efficient 
and economical engineering solutions. 

The undergraduate curriculum provides oppor- 
tunity to prepare for many interesting and chal- 
lenging careers in design, management, research, 
education, sales, consulting, or international serv- 
ice. The program of study includes a broad base 
of mathematical, physical and engineering sci- 
ences combined with basic biological sciences. 
Twenty hours of electives give flexibility so that a 
student may plan a program according to his major 
interest. 

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be 
satisfied by completing the following: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

PHYS 161,262,263— General Physics 3,4,4 

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 

AGEN 324 — Engineering Dynamics of Biological 

Materials 3 

AGEN 424 — Functional and Environmental Design of 

Agricultural Structures 3 

AGEN 343 — Functional Design of Machinery and 

Equipment 3 

AGEN 421— Power Systems 3 

AGEN 422 — Soil and Water Engineering 3 

ENCE 350,351— Structural Analysis 3,3 

ENES 101 — Intro Engineering Science 3 

ENES 110 — Mechanics 3 

ENES 220— Mechanics of Materials 3 

ENES 221— Dynamics 3 

ENCE 200 — Materials Science 3 

ENME 216 — Thermodynamics 3 

ENME 340 or ENCE 330— Fluid Mechanics 3 

ENEE 300 — Prin. of Electrical Engineering 3 

MATH 140,141— Analysis I, II 4.4 

MATH 240 — Linear Algebra 4 

MATH 246— Differential 3 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 
or 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

Electives* 20 

'Fourteen credits, related to field of concentration, must be selected from 
a departmenlally approved list. Eight credits must be 300 level and above. 

AGRICULTURAL AND EXTENSION EDUCATION 

This Department offers instruction in education 
and other applied behavioral sciences needed by 
persons preparing to teach agriculture, to enter 
extension work and to undertake other activity of 
an educational nature. 

Two undergraduate curriculum options are avail- 
able. The agricultural education curriculum is de- 
signed primarily for persons who wish to prepare 
for teaching agriculture in the secondary schools. 
The agricultural extension education curriculum is 
designed for those preparing to enter the Coop- 
erative Extension Service. Either option may lead 
to a variety of other career opportunities in agri- 
cultural business and industry, public service, 
communications, research, and college teaching. 

Students preparing to become teachers of agri- 



76 / Agriculture 



culture — including horticulture, agribusiness or 
other agricultural related subjects — should have 
had appropriate experience with the kind of agri- 
culture they plan to teach or should arrange to se- 
cure that experience during summers while in col- 
lege. 

Students in the agricultural education curricu- 
lum are expected to participate in the Collegiate 
Chapter of the Future Farmers of America in order 
to gain needed training to serve as advisors of 
high school chapters of the FFA upon graduation. 

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be 
satisfied by completing 16 credit hours from the following 
courses: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

BOTN 100— General Botany 4 

CHEM 103.104— College Chemistry 1,11 4,4 

MATH 105— Fundamentals of Math 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS, BOTH OPTIONS 

ANSC 101 — Principles of Animal Science 3 

ANSC 203 — Feeds and Feeding 3 

AGRO 102 — Crop Production, or 

AGRO 406 — Forage Crop Production 2 

AGRO 202 — General Soils 4 

AGEN 100 — Introduction to Agricultural Engineering ... 4 
AREC 407 — Financial Analysis of the Farm Business, or 

AREC 406 — Farm Management 3 

RLED 464 — Rural Life in Modern Society 3 

RLED 303 — Teaching Materials and Demonstrations .... 2 

ENTM 252 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4 

BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants 4 

HORT 231 — Greenhouse Management, or 

HORT 222 — Vegetable Production, or 

HORT 271— Plant Propagation 3 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION OPTION 

RLED 313 — Student Teaching 5 

RLED 315 — Student Teaching 1-4 

RLED 302 — Introduction to Agricultural Education 2 

RLED 311 — Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture . 3 

RLED 305 — Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups ... 1 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning 6 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3 

AGEN 200 — Introduction to Farm Mechanics 2 

AGEN 305 — Farm Mechanics 2 

Approved Electives 15 

AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION OPTION 

RLED 422— Extension Education 2 

RLED 42J — Extension Communications 2 

RLED 323 — 4-H Organization and Procedure 2 

RLED 325 — Directed Experience in Extension Education . 1-5 

PSYC 100 — Introduction of Psychology 3 

PSYC 221— Social Psychology 3 

EDHD 160 — Educational Psychology 3 

AREC 452 — Economics of Resource Development 3 

Approved Electives 21 

AGRICULTURAL AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS 

The curriculum in Agricultural and Resource 
Economics combines training in the business, eco- 
nomics and international aspects of agricultural 
production and marketing with the biological and 
physical sciences basic to agriculture. Programs 
are available for students in Agricultural Econom- 
ics, Agricultural Business, International Agricul- 
ture, and Resource Economics. Students desiring 
to enter agricultural marketing or business affili- 
ated with agriculture may elect the Agricultural 



Business option; and those interested in foreign 
service may elect the International Agriculture op- 
tion. Students primarily interested in the broad 
aspects of production and management as it is re- 
lated to the operation of a farm business may elect 
the Agricultural Economics option. Those inter- 
ested in training in the broad area of resource 
management and evaluation may elect the Re- 
source Economics option. 

In these programs, students are trained for em- 
ployment in agricultural business firms; for posi- 
tions in sales or management; for local, state, or 
federal agencies; for extension work; for high 
school and college teaching; for research, and for 
farm operation or management. 

Courses for the freshman and sophomore years 
are essentially the same for all students. In the jun- 
ior year the student selects the option of his 
choice. Courses in this department are designed 
to provide training in the application of economic 
principles to the production, processing, distribu- 
tion, and merchandising of agricultural products 
and the effective management of our natural and 
human resources, as well as the inter-relationship 
of business and industry associated with agricul- 
tural products. The curriculum includes courses in 
general agricultural economics, marketing, farm 
management, prices, resource economics, agri- 
cultural policy, and international agricultural eco- 
nomics. 

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be 
satisfied by completing 16 credit hours from the following 
courses: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

CHEM 103.104— College Chemistry 1,11 4.4 

MATH 220.221— Elementary Calculus 3,3 

MICE 200 — General Microbiology 4 

PHYS 1 1 1— Elements of Physics 3 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

REQUIRED OF ALL STUDENTS 

AREC 404 — Prices of Agricultural Products 3 

BSAD 220 — Principles of Accounting 3 

BSAD 230 — Business Statistics I 3 

or 

AGRI 301 — Introduction to Agricultural Biometrics 3 

ECON 201 — Principles of Economics I 3 

ECON 203 — Principles of Economics II 3 

ECON 401 — National Income Analysis 3 

ECON 403 — Intermediate Price Theory 3 

MATH 110 — Introduction to Mathematics 3 

MATH 1 1 1 — Introduction to Mathematics 3 

MATH 220 — Elementary Calculus 3 

A minimum of nine hours of technical agriculture must 
be selected in consultation with the student's advisor. 

The student's total program must contain a minimum of 
15 credit hours of courses in Agriculture and Resource Eco- 
nomics. 

AGRIBUSINESS OPTION 

Each student must take the following courses: 

AREC 406 — Farm Management 3 

AREC 416 — Marketing Management of Agribusiness 

Enterprises 3 

AREC 427 — Agricultural Commodity Markets: An 

Economic Analysis 3 

AREC 432 — Agricultural Policy and Programs 3 

Agriculture / 77 



AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS OPTION 

Each student must take 12 hours as follows: 

AREC 406 — Farm Management 3 

ECON 425 — Mathematical Economics 3 

or 

ENGL 291— Expository Writing 3 

MATH 221— Elementatry Calculus 3 

Statistics 3 

INTERNATIONAL AGRICULTURE OPTION 

Each student must take the following; 
AREC 444— World Agricultural Production and Trade ... 3 

AREC 445 — Foreign Agricultural Economies 3 

ECON 415 — Introduction to Economic Development of 

Underdeveloped Areas 3 

ECON 440 — International Economics 3 

RESOURCE ECONOMICS OPTION 

Each student must take the following: 

AREC 240 — Environment in Human Ecology 3 

AREC 452 — Economics of Resource Development 3 

ECON 450 — Introduction to Public Finance 3 

AGRONOMY 

The Department of Agronomy offers instruction 
in crop science and soil science. A turf and urban 
agronomy option is offered under crop science 
and a conservation of soil, water and environment 
option is offered under soil science. These options 
appeal to students who are interested in urban 
problems or environmental science. The agron- 
omy curricula are flexible and allow the student 
either to concentrate on basic science courses 
that are needed for graduate work or to select 
courses that prepare him for employment at the 
bachelor's degree level as specialists with park 
and planning commissions, road commissions, ex- 
tension service, soil conservation service, and 
other governmental agencies. Many graduates with 
the bachelor's degree are also employed by pri- 
vate corporations such as golf courses and seed, 
fertilizer, chemical, and farm equipment com- 
panies. 

Students completing graduate programs are 
prepared for college teaching and research, or re- 
search and management positions with industry 
and governmental agencies. 

Additional information on opportunities in agron- 
omy may be obtained by writing to the Department 
of Agronomy. 

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be 
satisfied by completing: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I. II 4,4 

and selecting eight semester credits hours from the following 
courses: 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

or 
other courses selected from CHEM, MATH or PHYS. 

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS (CROP SCIENCE) 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

AGRO 100— Crops Laboratory 2 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

AGRO — Advanced Crops Courses 6 



AGRO — Advanced Soils Courses 6 

AGRO 398— Senior Seminar 1 

BOTN 21 2— Plant Taxonomy 3 

BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants 4 

BOTN 441 — Plant Physiology 4 

Electives 15 

Major electives approved by crops advisor 28 

TURF AND URBAN AGRONOMY OPTION 

A student following this option in the crop science cur- 
riculum must include the following courses among his major 
electives: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

AGRO 405 — Turf Management 3 

AGRO 415 — Soil Survey and Land Use 3 

HORT 160 — Introduction to the Art of Landscaping 3 

HORT 453— Woody Plant Materials 3 

RECR 495 — Planning, Design and Maintenance of Park 

and Recreational Areas and Facilities 3 

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS (SOIL SCIENCE) 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

AGRO 100 — Crops Laboratory 2 

AGRO — Advanced Crops Courses 4 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

AGRO 414 — Soil Classification and Geography 4 

AGRO 41 7— Soil Physics 3 

AGRO 421— Soil Chemistry 3 

AGRO 398 — Senior Seminar 1 

GEOL 100 — Introductory Physical Geology 3 

GEOL 1 10 — Physical Geology Laboratory 1 

Major electives approved by soils advisor 34 

Electives 15 

CONSERVATION OF SOIL, WATER AND 
ENVIRONMENT OPTION 

A student following this option in the soil science cur- 
riculum must Include the following courses among his major 
electives: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

AGRO 412 — Soil and Water Conservation 3 

AGRO 423 — Soil-Water Pollution 3 

AGEN 432 — General Hydrology 3 

BOTN 21 1 — Principles of Conservation 3 

AGRO 415— Soil Survey and Land Use 3 

AGRI 489 — Air Pollution Biology 3 

GEOG 445— Climatology 3 

ANIMAL SCIENCE 

The curriculum in animal science offers a broad 
background in general education, basic sciences, 
agricultural sciences, and the opportunity for a 
student to emphasize that phase of animal agricul- 
ture in which he is specifically interested. Each 
student will be assigned to an advisor according to 
the program he plans to pursue. 

Objectives 

In addition to fulfilling the requirements of the 
University and the College of Agriculture, the fol- 
lowing specific objectives have been established 
for the program in animal science. 

1. To acquaint students with the role of animal 
agriculture in our cultural heritage. 

2. To prepare students for careers in the field 
of animal agriculture. These include posi- 
tions of management and technology asso- 
ciated with animal, dairy, or poultry produc- 



78 / Agriculture 



tion enterprises; positions with marketing 
and processing organizations; as well as in 
other allied fields such as feed, agricultural 
hemicals and equipment firms. 

3. To prepare students for entrance to veterin- 
ary schools. 

4. To prepare students for graduate study and 
subsequent careers in teaching, research 
and extension, both public and private. 

5. To provide essentia! courses for the support 
of other academic programs of the Univer- 
sity. 

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be 
satisfied by completing: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry Ml 4,4 

and selecting eight semester credit hours 
from the following courses: 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 

FDSC 1 11 — Introduction to Food Science 3 

ANSC 101 — Principles of Animal Science 3 

ANSC 201 — Principles of Animal Genetics 3 

ANSC 402 — Fundamentals of Nutrition 3 

ANSC 403 — Applied Animal Physiology 4 

ANSC 411 — Anatomy of Domestic Animals 4 

ANSC 412 — Introduction to Diseases of Animals 3 

Mathematics or Biometrics or both 6 

Plus one course in each of the following disciplines: 

Agronomy 2-4 

Agricultural Engineering 2-4 

Entomology 2-4 

Economics 2-4 

Physics or Organic Chemistry 2-4 

55-65 
Electives 28-38 

For students interested in a program of study with major 
emphasis on beef cattle, sheep and swine, it is suggested 
that the elective courses include the following: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

ANSC 221 — Fundamentals of Animal Production 3 

ANSC 222 — Livestock Evaluation 3 

ANSC 223— Seminar 1 

ANSC 301 — Advanced Livestock Judging 2 

ANSC 402 — Applied Animal Nutrition 3 

ANSC 422— Meats 3 

ANSC 423,424 — Livestock Management 6 

ANSC 426 — Principles of Breeding 3 

For students interested in a program of study with major 
emphasis on dairying, it is suggested that the elective courses 
include the following: 

ANSC 242— Dairy Production 3 

ANSC 244 — Dairy Cattle Type Appraisal 1 

ANSC 442 — Dairy Cattle Breeding 3 

ANSC 446 — Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction .... 3 

For students interested in a program of study with a 
major emphasis on poultry, it is suggested that the elective 
courses include the following: 

ANSC 261 — Advanced Poultry Judging 1 

ANSC 262 — Commercial Poultry Management 3 

ANSC 462— Physiology of Hatchability 1 

ANSC 464 — Poultry Hygiene 3 

ANSC 466 — Avion Anatomy 3 

FDSC 461 — Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry .... 3 



Students desiring a combination of training in one of the 
animal sciences and emphasis on business may choose se- 
lective courses from the following: 

BSAD 1 10 — Business Enterprise 3 

BSAD 220^Principles of Accounting 3 

BSAD 230 — Business Statistics 3 

BSAD 380 — Business Law 3 

MATH 1 10— Introduction to Math 3 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

ECON 430 — Money and Banking 3 

BSAD 350 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

AGRI 401 — Agricultural Biometrics 3 

BOTANY 

The Department offers work in the major fields 
of physiology, pathology, ecology, taxonomy, 
anatomy-morphology, and genetics. 

The required courses for the freshman and 
sophomore years are the same for all students. In 
the junior and senior years, the student elects 
botany courses to suit his particular interest. 
Courses are required in other subjects to contrib- 
ute toward a broad cultural education, and to sup- 
port the courses selected in the chosen field of 
botany. 

The curriculum provides a complete survey of 
the field of botany, and lays a good foundation for 
graduate work in botany in preparation for teach- 
ing and for research in experiment stations or 
private research laboratories. 

Students who wish to meet the requirements for 
certificates in secondary education may elect bas- 
ic courses in education. An additional semester 
will usually be necessary to take certain courses 
in education, including the required practice 
teaching. As long as the demand continues, a ser- 
ies of advanced courses will be offered in rotation 
in the summer session especially for teachers 
working toward the degree of Master of Education 
in science teaching. 

The Department of Botany has instituted an 
Honors Program which a student may enter if he 
desires and if he meets the requirements of the 
program. 

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be 
satisfied by completing the following courses: 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

CHEM 103.104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY REQUIREMENTS 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

BOTN 202 — General Botany 4 

BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 3 

BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants 4 

BOTN 441 — Plant Physiology 4 

BOTN 462— Plant Ecology 2 

BOTN 464 — Plant Ecology Laboratory 1 

BOTN 41 1— Plant Anatomy 3 

BOTN 414— General Plant Genetics 3 

BOTN 398— Seminar 2 

Modern Language, preferably German, to satisfy 

Arts & Science requirements 6-12 

MATH 110,111 — Introduction to Mathematics or 

Math 140,141 6 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

PHYS 121,122— Fundamentals of Physics 8 

Botany electives or related courses 10 

Electives 12 



Agriculture / 79 



CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE 
DEVELOPMENT 

The development and use of natural resources 
(including water, soil, minerals, fresh water and 
marine organisms, wildlife, air and human re- 
sources), are essential to the full growth of an 
economy. 

The curriculum in Conservation and Resource 
Development is designed to instill concepts of the 
efficient development and judicious management 
of natural resources. The study of the problems as- 
sociated with use of natural resources will ac- 
quaint students with their role in economic devel- 
opment while maintaining concern for the quality 
of the environment. 

Students will prepare for professional and ad- 
ministrative positions in land and water conserva- 
tion projects, for careers in operational, adminis- 
trative, educational, and research work in land use, 
fish and wildlife management, natural resource 
management, recreational area development, and 
management, or for graduate study in any of the 
several areas within the biological sciences. 

Students will pursue a broad education pro- 
gram and then elect subjects concentrated in a 
specific area of interest. A student will be assigned 
an advisor according to his area of interest. 

Students will be encouraged to obtain summer 
positions which will give them technical laboratory 
or field experience in their chosen interest area. 

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be 
satisfied by completing the following courses: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 

AGRI 301 — Introductory Agricultural Biometrics 

or 

AGRI 401 — Agricultural Biometrics 3 

AGEN 100 — Introductory Agricultural Engineering 4 

AGRO 202 — General Soils 4 

BOTN 21 1 — Principles of Conservation 3 

ENTM 200 — Introductory Entomology 3 

GEOG 201 — General Geography 

or 

GEOL 100— Geology 3 

MATH 110,111 — Introduction to Mathematics 

(or MATH 115,140) 3.3 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS— One of the following options 
must be fulfilled; 

PLANT RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 

AGRO 100 — Crop Production Laboratory 2 

BOTN 202— General Botany 4 

BOTN 212 — Plant Taxonomy 3 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

BOTN 462— Plant Ecology 2 

BOTN 464— Plant Ecology Laboratory 1 

HORT 171— Elements of Forestry 3 

Botany. Agronomy or related electives 6 

Electives 22 

FISH AND WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT 

ANSC 416— Wildlife Management 3 

80 / Agriculture 



BOTN 202— General Botany 4 

ZOOL 102— Animal Phyla 4 

ZOOL 470 — Animal Ecology 3 

PHYS 121,122— Fundamentals of Physics 4,4 

or 
MATH 220,221— Elementary Calculus 4,4 

or 1 semester of each 4,4 

Zoology or equivalent electives 7 

Electives 18 

RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 

AREC 240 — Environment and Human Ecology 3' 

AREC 452 — Economics of Resource Development 3 

AREC 250, ECON 205 — Elements of Agricultural 

Economics and Fundamentals of Economics 3,3 

or 

ECON 201,203 — Principles of Economics I. II 3,3 

GEOG 203 — Introductory Economic Geography 3 

ECOLOGY (BOTN or ZOOL) 3 

Electives — in a specialized field 9 

(Economics, Government and Politics. Community 

Development, Landscape Planning, Geography 

as approved by advisor.) 

Electives 20 



WATER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 

AGEN 432 — General Hydrology 

AGEN 435 — Aquacultural Engineering . . , 
AGRO 413— Soil and Water Conservation , 

AGRO 417— Soil Physics 

AGRO 423— Soil-Water Pollution 

GEOG 445 — Climatology 

GEOG 462— Water Resources and Water 

Resource Planning 

Ecology (BOTN or ZOOL) 

Electives 



3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

23 

PEST MANAGEMENT 

AGRO 100 — Crop Production Laboratory 2 

AGRO 423— Soil-Water Pollution 3 

AGRO 453— Weed Control 3 

BOTN 202 — General Botany 4 

BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants 4 

ENTM 452 — Insecticides 2 

ENTM 451— -Economic Entomology 4 

ZOOL 102— Animal Phyla 4 

Electives 21 

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE TEACHING 

AREC 240 — Environment and Human Ecology *3 

AGRO 423— Soil-Water Pollution 3 

BOTN 202— General Botany 4 

PHYS 121,122— Fundamentals of Physics 4.4 

ZOOL 102— Animal Phyla 4 

Ecology (BOTN or ZOOL) 3 

Genetics (BOTN or ZOOL) 3(4) 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning 6 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3 

EDSE 352 — Curriculum. Instruction and Observation .... 3 
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of Secondary 

Education 3 

EDSE 375 — Student Teaching in Secondary Schools .... 8 

•Fulfills Social Science Requirement 

ENTOMOLOGY 

This curriculum prepares students for work in 
various types of entomological positions. Profes- 
sional entomologists are engaged in fundamental 
and applied research, regulatory and control serv- 
ices with state and federal agencies, commercial 
pest control, sales and development programs 
with chemical companies, and other commercial 
organizations, consulting work, extension work, 
and teaching. 



Most of the first two years of this curriculum is 
devoted to obtaining the essential background. In 
the junior and senior year there is opportunity for 
some specializing. Students contemplating gradu- 
ate work are strongly advised to elect courses in 
physics, modern language and biometrics. 

The College o( Agriculture science requirement will be 
satisfied by completing the following courses: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

DEPARTIMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY REQUIREMENTS 

ENTM 200 — Introductory Entomology 3 

ENTM 472 — Medical and Veterinary Entomology 4 

ENTM 421 — Insect Taxonomy and Biology 4 

ENTM 432 — Insect Morphology 4 

ENTM 451 — Economic Entomology 4 

ENTM 442 — Insect Physiology 4 

ENTM 399 — Special Problems 2 

ENTM 498— Seminar 2 

BOTN 21 2— Plant Taxonomy 3 

BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants 4 

CHEM 201,202— College Chemistry III and College 

Chemistry Laboratory III 3,2 

MATH 110,111 — Introduction to Mathematics 6 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

ZOOL 102— The Animal Phyla or ZOOL 450 

Invertebrate Zoology 4 

ZOOL 246 — Genetics 4 

Electives 19 

FOOD SCIENCE 

Food Science applies the fundamentals of the 
physical and biological sciences to the problems 
of procurement, preservation, processing, pack- 
aging, and marketing foods in a manner that 
would satisfy man's needs both nutritionally and 
aesthetically. 

Opportunities for careers in food science exist 
in areas of meats, milk and milk products, fruits 
and vegetables, poultry and eggs, sea food, baby 
foods, confections, pet foods, cereals, flavors and 
colors, etc. Specific positions in industry, univer- 
sities, and government, include product develop- 
ment, production, engineering, research, quality 
control, technical service, technical sales, and 
teaching. 

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be 
satisfied by completing the following courses: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 
BOTN 100 — General Botany or ZOOL 001 — General 

Zoology 4 

CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry 1,11 4,4 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS 

AGEN 313 — Mechanics of Food Processing 4 

ANSC 401— Fundamentals of Nutrition 3 

CHEM 201,202— College Chemistry III and College 

Chemistry Laboratory III 3,2 

FDSC 111 — Introduction to Food Science 3 

FDSC 398— Seminar 1 

FDSC 412,413— Principles of Food Processing I, II 3,3 

FDSC 421— Food Chemistry 3 

FDSC 422 — Food Product Research and Development ... 3 



FDSC 431— Statistical Quality Control 3 

FDSC 432 — Analytical Quality Control 3 

FOOD 450 — Experimental Food Science 3 

MICB 290 — Applied Microbiology 4 

PHYS 121— Fundamentals of Physics 4 

Production course- 3 

Electives 25 

'AGEN 100. AGRO 102. ANSC 101, HORT 111 or HORT 222. 

GEOLOGY 

The geology curriculum is designed to prepare 
a student either for a career in geology with a 
Bachelor of Science degree or for advanced stud- 
ies in geology. 

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be 
satisfied by completing: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

and selecting eight semester credit hours 
from the following courses: 

PHYS 121.122— Fundamentals of Physics 4,4 

MATH 140,141— Analysis I, II 4,4 

CHEM 203,204— College Chemistry IV, IV Lab 3,2 

DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS (GEOLOGY) 

GEOL 100 — Introduction to Physical Geology 3 

GEOL 102 — Historical and Stratigraphic Geology 3 

GEOL 110 — Physical Geology Laboratory 1 

GEOL 112 — Historical Geology Laboratory 1 

GEOL 399 — Research Problems in Geology 1 

GEOL 422 — Mineralogy 3 

GEOL 431 — Invertebrate Paleontology 3 

GEOL 441— Structural Geology 3 

GEOL (Proposed) — Summer Field Camp 5 

AGRO 202 — General Soils 4 

Foreign Language — (French, German, Russian) 0-12 

Major electives approved by advisor 14 

Electives 21 

Any departmental requirement may, with the consent of 
the Geology advisor, be replaced with any of the above 
courses in PHYS, MATH, or CHEM not already being utilized 
to satisfy the College of Agriculture science requirement. 

HORTICULTURE 

The Department of Horticulture offers instruc- 
tion in pomology (fruits), olericulture (vegetables), 
floriculture (flowers), ornamental horticulture, and 
processing of horicultural crops. These courses 
prepare students to enter commercial production 
and the horticultural industries such as fruit and 
vegetable processing, seed production, and retail 
florists and nurseries. Students are likewise pre- 
pared to enter the allied industries as horticultural 
workers with fertilizer companies, equipment man- 
ufacturers and others. Students who wish to enter 
specialized fields of research and teaching may 
take advanced work in the department. 

The Horticultural Education curriculum is de- 
signed for persons who wish to prepare for teach- 
ing horticulture in the secondary schools. It pro- 
vides basic training in horticulture and includes 
the necessary courses for teacher certification. 

The Department of Horticulture is a cooperating 
department in the Food Science curriculum. 

The College of Agriculture science requirement will be 
satisfied by completing the following courses: 



Agriculture / 81 



Semester 
Credit Hours 

CHEM 103.104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

and tour semester credits selected from the following: 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

GEOL 100.110 — Geology and Physical Geology 

Laboratory 3,1 

CHEM 201,202 — College Chemistry III and 

College Chemistry Laboratory III 3,2 

POMOLOGY AND OLERICULTURE CURRICULUM 

REQUIREMENTS: 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

BOTN 441— Plant Physiology 4 

ENTM 252 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4 

HORT 111,112— Tree Fruit Production 3,2 

HORT 222— Vegetable Production 3 

HORT 212 — Berry Production 3 

HORT 274 — Genetics of Cultivated Plants 3 

HORT 271 — Plant Propagation 3 

HORT 411 — Technology of Fruits 3 

HORT 422 — Technology of Vegetables 3 

HORT 474 — Physiology of Maturation and 

Storage of Horticultural Crops 2 

HORT 398— Seminar 1 

A minimum of three additional Horticultural credits 3 

Electives " 

FLORICULTURE AND ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE 
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

BOTN 212 — Plant Taxonomy 3 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

BOTN 441 — Plant Physiology 4 

HORT 231 — Greenhouse Management 3 

HORT "32 — Garden Management 3 

HORT 160 — Introduction to the Art of Landscaping 3 

HORT 260 — Basic Landscape Composition 2 

HORT 271 — Plant Propagation 3 

HORT 274— Genetics of Cultivated Plants 3 

HORT 361 — Principles of Landscape Design 3 

HORT 451 — Technology of Ornamentals 3 

HORT 453,454 — Woody Plant Materials 3,3 

HORT 432— Fundamentals of Greenhouse Crop Production 

or 
HORT 456 — Production and Maintenance of Woody Plants 3 

HORT 398— Seminar I 

Select 2 credits from the following 2 

HORT 241.242 — Greenhouse Crop Production Laboratory 1.1 

HORT 142 — Garden Management Laboratory 1 

Electives 25 

HORTICULTURE EDUCATION 
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

BOTN 212 — Plant Taxonomy 3 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

BOTN 441— Plant Physiology 4 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3 

HORT 231 — Greenhouse Management 3 

HORT 241 — Greenhouse Management Laboratory 1 

HORT 132 — Garden Management 3 

HORT 142 — Garden Management Laboratory 1 

HORT 160 — Introduction to the Art of Landscaping 3 

HORT 260 — Basic Landscape Composition 2 

HORT 271— Plant Propagation 3 

HORT 361 — Principles of Landscape Design 3 

HORT 451 — Technology of Ornamentals 3 

HORT 398— Seminar 1 



RLED 311— Teaching Secondary Agriculture 3 

RLED 303 — Teaching Materials and Demonstrations .... 2 

RLED 313 — Student Teaching 5 

RLED 315— Student Teaching 1-4 

RLED 302— Introduction to Agricultural Education 2 

RLED 305— Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups ... 1 

Elect one of the following courses: 3-6 

EDHD 460— Educational Psychology (3) 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning (6) 

A minimum of 12 additional Agriculture credits 12 

Approved Electives 3-9 

Total 124 

SPECIAL CURRICULA 
PRE-FORESTRY 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate 
with any student who wishes to attend the Univer- 
sity to pursue courses which may be transferred 
to a standard forestry curriculum In another insti- 
tution. The program which a student follows de- 
pends to some extent upon the forestry college he 
plans to enter. All pre-forestry students in the Col- 
lege of Agriculture are sent to the Department of 
Botany of the University for counsel and advice in 
these matters. 

For residents of Maryland who have completed 
two years of pre-forestry, have satisfied require- 
ments comparable to those at the University of 
Maryland and have been accepted in the School 
of Forestry at North Carolina State University, the 
University of Maryland will pay the non-resident 
fee for a period of two years. 

The Pre-Forestry Curriculum Includes: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

ENGL 101,201,202 or equivalent 9 

BOTN 100 4 

ZOOL 101 4 

MATH 110,111,220,221 12 

CHEM 103,104 8 

PHYS 121,122 8 

SPCH 107 2 

BOTN 212 3 

HORT 171 3 

AGRI 101 1 

Social Science 6 

Economics 3 

HLTH 105 2 

Students planning for three years in the pre- 
forestry curriculum should include BOTN 221, 
ENTM 200, AGRO 102, AGEN 100, AGRO 202, and 
BOTN 211. 

PRE-THEOLOGICAL 

The College of Agriculture cooperates with the 
officers of any theological seminary who desire 
to urge prospective students to pursue courses In 
agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry. 
Such pre-theological students may enroll for a 
semester or more or for the usual four-year train- 
ing of the College. In either case they should en- 
roll as members of the general curriculum in the 
College of Agriculture. Students desiring to pursue 
a pre-theological program in the College of Agri- 
culture of the University of Maryland should con- 



82 / Agriculture 



suit with the president or admissions officer of the 
theological seminary which they expect to attend. 

PRE-VETERINARY 

This program is designed for students desiring 
to prepare for the professional course in veterinary 
medicine. 

A combined degree is available to students in 
the pre-veterinary curriculum. A student who has 
completed 90 academic semester credits at the 
University of Maryland and who has completed 30 
additional academic semester credits at any ac- 
credited veterinary college is eligible to make ap- 
plication for the Bachelor of Science degree from 
the University of Maryland. 

Students wishing to apply for the combined de- 
gree must have completed all University and col- 
lege requirements as set forth on page — and 
must also have completed additional credits in 
animal science. 

The University of Maryland has an agreement 
with the University of Georgia, Ohio State Univer- 
sity and Tuskegee Institute. Up to eleven spaces 
per year are reserved for Maryland residents in 
the College of Veterinary Medicine, University of 
Georgia; six spaces in the College of Veterinary 
Medicine, Ohio State University; and two spaces 
in the College of Veterinary Medicine at the Tuske- 
gee Institute. The spaces are to be filled on a com- 
petitive basis from among qualified applicants. 

Candidates, to be eligible for consideration 
must: 

a. Complete the curriculum shown below with 
grades not less than C in any subject and 
a minimum grade point average of 2.5; 

b. Take the veterinary medical aptitude test; 
and 

c. Be a resident of Maryland. (See definition of 
Residence and Non-Residence). 

All requirements for admission must be com- 
pleted prior to matriculation in the College of Vet- 
erinary Medicine. After applications have been re- 
ceived, academic records will be summarized and 
an evaluation of the applicant will be completed. 
The complete file will be forwarded to the College 
of Veterinary Medicine, University of Georgia. The 
College of Veterinary Medicine will invite selected 
applicants to the University of Georgia for inter- 
views. Similar information on applicants will be 
made available to the College of Veterinary Medi- 
cine, Ohio State University and the College of Vet- 
erinary Medicine. Tuskegee Institute. 

The Colleges of Veterinary Medicine, University 
of Georgia, Ohio State University and Tuskegee 
Institute have the final authority on all matters re- 
lated to admission. Applicants will be advised by 
the respective colleges after final evaluations have 
been made. 

Minimum requirements for admission to the Colleges of 
Veterinary Medicine, University of Georgia and Ohio State 
University are: 

English 6 

Biology 8 



Physics 8 

Chemistry 13 

Humanities and Social Sciences 15 

Mathematics 6 

Electives (zoology, physics, chemistry, 

genetics or animal science) 6 

Pre-veterinary curriculum Combined Degree Requirements: 

Biological Sciences 12 

Botany (4) 

Zoology (8) 

English and Speech 12 

Physical Sciences 30 

Chemistry (13) 

Mathematics (6) 

Physics (8) 

Animal Science 15 

Genetics 3 

Nutrition 3 

Social Science 6 

History 6 

Electives 6 

Physical Education 2 

Health 2 

TWO-YEAR PROGRAM— INSTITUTE OF 
APPLIED AGRICULTURE 

The programs of study offered by the Institute 
of Applied Agriculture will assist men and women 
interested in preparing for specific jobs in the 
broad fields of applied science and business in 
agriculture. Programs currently offered are en- 
titled: business farming, turfgrass and golf course 
management; ornamental horticulture and nursery 
management. Courses taken in these programs 
are not transferable for degree credits at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland. However, students satisfac- 
torily completing two years of study will be award- 
ed an appropriate certificate. For additional in- 
formation write: Director, Institute of Applied Agri- 
culture, University of Maryland, College Park, Md. 
20742. 



COURSE OFFERINGS 

AGRICULTURE 

AGRI 101, (001). INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE. (1) 
First semester. Required of all beginning freshmen and 
sophomores in agriculture. Other students must get the 
consent of the instructor. A series of lectures, introduc- 
ing the student to the broad field of agriculture. 

(Poffenberger) 

AGRI 301, (080). INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL 
BIOMETRICS (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period 
per week. Prerequisite, University math requirement. 
Descriptive statistics, sampling, confidence interval esti- 
mation, introduction to hypothesis testing, simple re- 
gression and correlation. Course emphasis shall be in 
application of simple statistical techniques and on inter- 
pretation of the statistical results. (Douglass) 

AGRI 401, (101). AGRICULTURAL BIOMETRICS. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period 
per week. Prerequisite, MATH 115 or equivalent. Proba- 
bility, measures of central tendency and dispersion, fre- 
quency distributions, tests of statistical hypotheses, re- 
gression analyses, multiway analysis with emphasis on 
the use of statistical methods in agricultural research. 

(Douglass) 



Agriculture / 83 



AGRI 489. (197). SPECIAL TOPICS IN AGRICULTURE. (1-3) 
First or second semester. Credit according to time 
scheduled and organization of the course. A lecture 
series organized to study in depth a selected phase of 
agriculture not normally associated with one of the ex- 
isting programs. (Staff)) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

AGRI 601, (205). DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS. (3) 

(Staff) 

AGRI 602, (201). ADVANCED AGRICULTURAL BIOIVIETRICS. 
(3) (Douglass) 

AGRI 604, (206)). STATISTICAL METHODS IN BIOLOGICAL 
ASSAY. (3) (Staff) 

AGRI 607, (207). APPLICATION OF LEAST SQUARES METH- 
OD. (3) (Staff) 

AGRI 702, (210). EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES IN THE 
AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES. (3) (Staff) 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Professors: Green, Harris and Winn. 
Associate Professors: Cowan, Felton and Merrick. 
Assistant Professors: Hummel, Merkel and Re- 
buck. 
Instructors: Brodie, Rice, Seibel and Stewart. 
Research Associate: Wheaton. 
Visiting Research Associate: Willson. 

AGEN 100 (001). INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING. (4) 

First and second semesters. Three lectures and one 
laboratory per week. Applications of mathematics, phys- 
ics and engineering techniques in the solution of agri- 
cultural engineering problems. Studies will include farm 
power and machinery, farm structures and electrification 
and soil and water conservation. (Hummel and Merkel) 

AGEN 200 (056). INTRODUCTION TO FARM MECHANICS. 
(2) 

First and second semesters. One lecture and one labora- 
tory period a week. A study of the hand tools and power 
equipment and their safe use as it applies to mechanized 
farms. Principles and practice in arc and gas welding, 
cold metal and sheet metal work are provided. Also, 
tool fitting, woodworking, plumbing, blue print reading 
and use of concrete. (Seibel) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

AGEN 305 (104). FARM MECHANICS. (2) 

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Available 
only to seniors in agricultural education. This course 
consists of laboratory exercises in practical farm shop 
and farm equipment maintenance, repair, and construc- 
tion projects, and a study of the principles of shop 
organization and administration. (Seibel) 

AGEN 313 (113). MECHANICS OF FOOD PROCESSING. (4) 
First semester. Three lectures and one laboratory. Pre- 
requisite, PHYS 111 or 121. Applications in the process- 
ing and preservation of foods of power transmission, 
hydraulics, electricity, thermodynamics, refrigeration, in- 
struments and controls, materials handling and time and 
motion analysis. (Cowan) 

AGEN 324 (121). ENGINEERING DYNAMICS OF 
BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite 
ENME 340. Investigates the physical parameters (impact, 
temperature, humidity, light, etc.) governing the response 
of biological materials. Analysis of unit operations and 
their effect on the physical and quality characteristics 
of agricultural products. (Cowan) 

AGEN 343 (143). FUNCTIONAL DESIGN OF MACHINERY 
AND EQUIPMENT. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one two hour laboratory 



per week. Prerequisite ENES 221. Theory and methods 
of agricultural machine design. Application of machine 
design principles and physical properties of soils and 
agricultural products in design of machines to perform 
specific tasks. (Hummel) 

AGEN 401 (123). AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION 
EQUIPMENT. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, AGEN 100. Principles of operation 
and functions of power and machinery units as related 
to tillage; metering devices; cutting, conveying and 
separating units; and control mechanisms. Principles 
of internal combustion engines and power unit com- 
ponents. (Hummel) 

AGEN 402 (124). AGRICULTURAL MATERIALS 
HANDLING AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, AGEN 100. Characteristics of con- 
struction materials and details of agricultural structures. 
Fundamentals of electricity, electrical circuits, and elec- 
trical controls. Materials handling and environmental re- 
quirements of farm products and animals. (Staff) 

AGEN 421 (144). POWER SYSTEMS. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one two hour labora- 
tory per week. Prerequisites. ENME 216, ENEE 300 and 
ENME 340. Analysis of energy conversion devices In- 
cluding internal combustion engines, electrical and hy- 
draulic motors. Fundamentals of power transmission and 
coordination of power sources with methods of power 
transmission. (Harris) 

AGEN 422 (145). SOIL AND WATER ENGINEERING. (3) 
Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequi- 
site, ENME 340. Applications of engineering and soil 
sciences in erosion control, drainage. Irrigation and 
watershed management. Principles of agricultural hy- 
drology and design of water control and conveyance 
systems. (Rebuck) 

AGEN 424 (142). FUNCTIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL 
DESIGN OF AGRICULTURAL STRUCTURES. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one two hour labora- 
tory per week. Prerequisite, AGEN 324. An analytical ap- 
proach to the design and planning of functional and en- 
vironmental requirements of plants and animals in seml- 
or completely enclosed structures. (Merkel) 

AGEN 432 (165). GENERAL HYDROLOGY. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Qualitative 
aspects of basic hydrologic principles pertaining to the 
properties, distribution and circulation of water as re- 
lated to public interest in water resources. (Rebuck) 

AGEN 433 (175). ENGINEERING HYDROLOGY. (3) 

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites; 
MATH 246, ENCE 330 or ENME 340. Properties, distri- 
bution and circulation of water from the sea and in the 
atmosphere emphasizing movement overland, In chan- 
nels and through the soil profile. Qualitative and quanti- 
tative factors are considered. (Rebuck) 

AGEN 435 (185). AQUACULTURAL ENGINEERING. (3) 

Spring semester. Prerequisite, consent of department. A 
study of the engineering aspects of development, utiliza- 
tion and conservation of aquatic s/stems. Emphasis will 
be on harvesting and processing aquatic animals or 
plants as related to other facets of water resources man- 
agement, (Wheaton) 

AGEN 489 (189). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING. (1-3) 

Prerequisite, approval of department. Student will select 
an engineering problem and prepare a technical report. 
The problem may include design, experimentation, and' 
or data analysis. (Staff) 

AGEN 499 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FARM 
MECHANICS. (1-3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, approval of 
department. Not acceptable for majors in agricultural 
engineering. Problems assigned in proportion to credit. 

(Staff)) 



84 / Agriculture 



FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

AUEN 601 (201). INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS. (3) (Staff) 
AGEN 602 (203). MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF 

BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS. (3) 
AGEN 603 (202). BIOLOGICAL PROCESS ENGINEERING. 

(3) (Staff) 

AGEN 605 (204). LAND AND WATER RESOURCE 

DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERING. (3) (Staff) 

AGEN 698 (302). SEMINAR. (1. 1) (Staff) 

AGEN 699 (301). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRICULTURAL 

AND AQUACULTURAL ENGINEERING. (1-6) (Staff) 

AGEN 799 (399). RESEARCH. (1-6) (Staff) 

AGEN 899 (499). RESEARCH. (1-6) (Staff) 

AGRICULTURAL AND EXTENSION EDUCATION 

Professor: Ryden. 

Associate Professors: Longest and Nelson. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

RLED 302 (107). INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL 
EDUCATION. (2) 
An overview of the job of the teacher of agriculture; 
examination of agricultural education programs for youth 
and adults. (Staff) 

RLED 303 (101). TEACHING MATERIALS AND 
DEMONSTRATIONS. (2) 

First semester. Principles and practices of the demon- 
stration method; construction and use of visual aids in 
teaching agriculture. (Nelson) 

RLED 305 (111). TEACHING YOUNG AND ADULT FARMER 
GROUPS. (1) 

First semester. Characteristics of young and adult farmer 
instruction in agriculture. Determining needs for and 
organizing a course; selecting materials for instruction; 
and class management. Emphasis is on the conference 
method of teaching. (Staff) 

RLED 311 (109). TEACHING SECONDARY VOCATIONAL 
AGRICULTURE. (3) 

Frst semester. A comprehensive course in the work of 
high school departments of vocational agriculture. It 
emphasizes particularly placement, supervised farming 
programs, the organization and administration of Future 
Farmer activities, and objectives and methods in all-day 
instruction. (Nelson) 

RLED 313 (103). STUDENT TEACHING. (5) 

First semester. Prerequisite, satisfactory academic aver- 
age and permission of instructor. Fulltime student teach- 
ing in an off-campus student teaching center under an 
approved supervising teacher of agriculture. Participat- 
ing experience in all aspect of the work of a teacher of 
agriculture. (Nelson) 

RLED 315 (104). STUDENT TEACHING. (1-4) 

First semester. Prerequisite, satisfactory academic aver- 
age and permission of insrtuctor. Fulltime observation 
and participation in work of teacher of agriculture in off- 
campus student teaching center. Provides students op- 
portunity to gain experience in the summer program of 
work, to participate in opening of school activities, and 
to gain other experience needed by teachers. (Nelson) 

RLED 323 (161). 4-H ORGANIZATION AND PROCEDURE. 
(2) 
A study of the youth phase of cooperative extension 
work. Emphasis is placed on the philosophy, objectives, 
organization, leadership development and methods used 
in conducting 4-H Club work at the local and county 
level. (Ryden) 

RLED 325 (121). DIRECTED EXPERIENCE IN EXTENSION 
EDUCATION. (1-5) 

Prerequisite, satisfactory academic average and permis- 
sion of instructor. Full-time observation and participation 
in selected aspects of extension education in an ap- 
proved training county. (Ryden) 



RLED 398 (199). SEMINAR IN AGRICULTURAL 
EDUCATION. (1) 

Examination of current literature, reports and discussions 
of problems, trends, and issues in agricultural educa- 
tion. (Staff) 

RLED 422 (150). EXTENSION EDUCATION. (2) 

Second semester. The Agricultural Extension Service as 
an educational agency. The history, philosophy, objec- 
tives, policy, organization, legislation and methods used 
in Extension work. (Ryden) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

RLED 423 (160). EXTENSION COMMUNICATIONS. (2) 

First semester. An introduction to communications in 
teaching and within an organization, including barriers 
to communication, the diffusion process and the applica- 
tion of communication principles person to person, with 
groups and through mass media. (Ryden) 

RLED 426 (185). DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF 
EXTENSION YOUTH PROGRAMS. (3) 
Designed for present and prospective state leaders of 
extension youth programs. Program develompent. princi- 
ples of program management, leadership development 
and counseling; science, career selection and citizen- 
ship in youth programs, field experience in working with 
low income families' youth, urban work. (Ryden) 

RLED 464 (114). RURAL LIFE IN MODERN SOCIETY. (3) 
Examination of the many aspects of rural life that affect 
and are affected by changes in technical, natural and 
human resources. Emphasis is placed on the role 
which diverse organizations, agencies and institutions 
play in the education and adjustment of rural people 
to the demands of modern society. (Longest) 

RLED 487, 497 (170, 171). CONSERVATION OF NATURAL 
RESOURCES. (3, 3) 

Laboratory fee, $35.00. Designed primarily for teachers. 
Study of state's natural resources — soil, water, fisheries, 
wildlife, forests, and minerals — natural resources prob- 
lems and practices. Extensive field study. First course 
concentrates on subject matter; second includes meth- 
ods of teaching conservation. Courses taken concurrent- 
ly in summer season. (Staff) 

RLED 488, 489 (180, 181). CRITIQUE IN RURAL EDUCA- 
TION. (1, 1) 
Current problems and trends in rural education. 

RLED 499 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS. (1-3) 

Prerequisite, staff approval. (Staff) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

RLED 606 (217). PROGRAM PLANNING AND EVALUATION 

IN AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. (2-3) 

(Staff)) 
RLED 626 (225). PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT IN EXTENSION 

EDUCATION. (2) (Staff) 

RLED 642 (209). RURAL ADULT EDUCATION. (2) (Staff) 
RLED 661 (201). RURAL COMMUNITY ANALYSIS. (3) 

(Staff)) 
RLED 663 (204). DEVELOPING RURAL LEADERSHIP. (2-3) 

(Staff)) 
RLED 689, 789 (207, 208). SPECIAL TOPICS IN RURAL 

EDUCATION. (2, 2) (Staff) 

RLED 691 (200). RESEARCH METHODS IN RURAL 

EDUCATION. (2-3) (Staff) 

RLED 699 (301). SPECIAL PROBLEMS. (1-3) (Staff) 

RLED 707 (215). SUPERVISION OF STUDENT TEACHING. 

(1) (Staff) 

RLED 798 (302). SEMINAR IN RURAL EDUCATION. (1, 1) 

(Staff) 
RLED 799 (399). MASTER'S THESIS. (1-6) (Staff) 

RLED 882 (240). AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE INSTRUCTION. 

(1) (Staff) 

RLED 899 (499). PH.D. DISSERTATION. (Cr Arr) (Staff) 



Agriculture / 85 



AGRICULTURAL AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS 

Professor and Department Chairman: Curtis. 

Professors: Beal, Bishop, Foster, Ishee, Moore, 
Murray, Poffenberger, Smith, Stevens, Tuthill, 
Walker and Wysong. 

Associate Professors: Bender, Cain, Hardie, Less- 
ley and Via. 

Assistant Professors: Beiter, Hoecker, Holmes, 
Lawrence and Marasco. 

Visiting Professors: Evans and Waugh. 

Visiting Associate Professor: Bell. 

Visiting Assistant Professors: Nash, Noetzel and 
Sokoloski. 

AREC 240 (040). ENVIRONMENT AND HUMAN ECOLOGY. 

(3) 
Pollution and human crowding in the modern environ- 
ment. Causes and ecological costs of these problems. 
Public policy approaches to the solution of problems 
in environment and human ecology. (Foster) 

AREC 250 (050). ELEMENTS OF AGRICULTURAL 

ECONOMICS. (3) 

First semester. An introduction to economic principles 
of production, marketing, agricultural prices and in- 
comes, farm labor, credit, agricultural policies, and 
government programs, (Ishee) 

AREC 251 (051), MARKETING OF AGRICULTURAL 

PRODUCTS, (3) 

Second semester. The development of marketing, its 
scope, channels, and agencies of distribution, functions, 
costs, methods used and services rendered. (Hardie) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

AREC 300, 301 (100, 101), AGRICULTURAL ESTIMATING 
METHODOLOGY, (3, 3) 

First and second semesters respectively. The history, 
organization and administration of, and services pro- 
vided by the Statistical Reporting Service of the U, S, 
Department of Agriculture and the survey sampling 
methods used by that agency for computing the depart- 
ment's official statistics on crops, livestock and livestock 
products, production, agricultural prices and farm em- 
ployment. Emphasis is on statistical procedures used for 
preparing approximately 350 reports issued annually by 
the Crop Reporting Board of the U, S, Statistical Re- 
porting Service, (Designed especially for foreign stu- 
dents in FAO and AID-Program of Technical Coopera- 
tion but very beneficial to any student interested in the 
area.) (Bookhout) 

AREC 398 (199). SEMINAR, (1, 1) 

First and second semesters. Students will obtain experi- 
ence in the selection, preparation and presentation of 
economic topics and problems which will be subjected 
to critical analysis. (Ishee) 

AREC 399 (198), SPECIAL PROBLEMS, (1-2) (2 cr, max.) 
First and second semesters and summer. Concentrated 
reading and study in some phase or problem in agricul- 
tural economics, (Staff) 

AREC 404 (106), PRICES OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS, 
(3) 
Second semester. An introduction to agricultural price 
behavior. Emphasis is placed on the use of price infor- 
mation in the decision-making process, the relation of 
supply and demand in determining agricultural prices, 
and the relation of prices to grade, time, location, and 
stages of processing in the marketing system. The 
course includes elementary methods of price analysis, 
the concept of parity and the role of price support pro- 
grams in agricultural decisions, (Marasco) 

AREC 406 (108), FARM MANAGEMENT, (3) 

Second semester. The organization and operation of the 
farm business to obtain an income consistent with family 



resources and objectives. Principles of production eco- 
nomics and other related fields are applied to the indi- 
vidual farm business. Laboratory period will be largely 
devoted to field trips and other practical exercises. 

(Lessley) 

AREC 407 (107), FINANCIAL ANALYSIS OF THE FARM 
BUSINESS, (3) 

First semester. Application of economic principles to 
develop criteria for a sound farm business, including 
credit source and use, preparing and filing income tax 
returns, methods of appraising farm properties, the sum- 
mary and analysis of farm records, leading to effective 
control and profitable operation of the farm business, 

(Wysong) 

AREC 414 (103). INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL 
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT, (3) 

First semester, alternate years. The different forms of 
businesses are investigated. Management functions, busi- 
ness indicators, measures of performance, and opera- 
tional analysis are examined. Case studies are used to 
show applications of management techniques, (Lessley) 

AREC 416 (118), MARKETING MANAGEMENT OF AGRI- 
BUSINESS ENTERPRISES, (3) 

Second semester, (alternate years). Prerequisite, AREC 
414 or permission of instructor. Principles, functions, 
institutions and channels of marketing viewed from the 
perspective of a manager of an agricultural business 
enterprise. The managerial framework for analyzing the 
entire marketing program of a firm is developed and 
utilized. (Cain) 

AREC 427 (117). AGRICULTURAL COMMODITY MARKETS: 
AN ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. (3) 

First semester, (alternate years). Problems, institutions 
and functions within marketing systems for poultry and 
eggs, dairy, grain, horticultural, livestock, tobacco and 
forestry products. Practical applications of elementary 
economic theory in a framework for analysis of market 
problems, (Via) 

AREC 432 (112). AGRICULTURAL POLICY AND 
PROGRAMS. (3) 

First semester. A study of public policies and programs 
related to the problems of agriculture. Description anal- 
ysis and appraisal of current policies and programs will 
be emphasized. (Beal) 

AREC 444 (114). WORLD AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION 
AND TRADE, (3) 

First semester. World production, consumption, and 
trade patterns for agricultural products. International 
trade theory applied to agricultural products. National 
influences on international agricultural trade. (Foster) 

AREC 445 (119). FOREIGN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMIES, 
(3) 
Second semester. Analysis of the agricultural economy 
of selected areas of the world. The interrelationships 
among institutions and values, such as government and 
religion, and the economics of agricultural organization 
and production. (Holmes) 

AREC 452 (111). ECONOMICS OF RESOURCE 

DEVELOPMENT. (3) 

First semester. Economic, political, and institutional 
factors which influence the use of land resources. 
Application of elementary economic principles in under- 
standing social conduct concerning the development 
and use of natural and man-made resources. (Tuthill) 
AREC 484 (109). INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMETRICS IN 

AGRICULTURE, (3) 

First semester. An introduction to the application of 
econometric techniques to agricultural problems with 
emphasis on the assumptions and computational tech- 
niques necessary to derive statistical estimates, test 
hypotheses, and make predictions with the use of single 
equation models. Includes linear and non-linear regres- 
sion models, internal least squares, discriminant analysis 
and factor analysis. (Ishee) 



86 / Agriculture 



AREC 485 (185). APPLICATIONS OF MATHEMATICAL 

PROGRAMMING IN AGRICULTURE, BUSINESS AND 

ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. (3) 

This course is designed to train students in the applica- 
tion of mathematical programming (especially linear 
programming) to solve a wide variety ol problems in 
agriculture, business and economics. The primary em- 
phasis is on setting up problems and interpreting results. 
The computational facilities of the Computer Science 
Center are used extensively, (Bender) 

AREC 495 (195). HONORS READING COURSE IN 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS I. (3) 

First semester. Selected readings in political and eco- 
nomic theory from 1700 to 1850. This course develops a 
basic understanding of the development of economic 
and political thought as a foundation for understanding 
our present society and its cultural heritage. Prerequi- 
site, acceptance in the Honors Program of the Depart- 
ment of Agricultural Economics. (Bender) 
AREC 496 (196). HONORS READING COURSE IN 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS II. (3) 

Second semester. Selected readings in political and 
economic theory from 1850 to the present. This course 
continues the development of a basic understanding of 
economic and political thought begun in AREC 495. 
This understanding on the part of the student is further 
developed and broadened in this semester by the exami- 
nation of modern problems in agricultural economics in 
the light of the material read and discussed in AREC 495 
and AREC 496. Prerequisite: Successful completion of 
AREC 495 and registration in the Honors Program of the 
Department of Agricultural Economics. (Via) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

AREC 689 (300). SPECIAL TOPICS IN AGRICULTURAL 

ECONOMICS. (3) (Staff) 

AREC 698 (302). SEMINAR. (1, 1) (Staff) 

ARIC 699 (301). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRICULTURAL 

ECONOMICS. (1-2) (4 cr. max.) (Staff) 

AREC 799 (399). RESEARCH. (6 hrs. M. S.) (Staff) 

AREC 804 (210). ADVANCED AGRICULTURAL PRICE 

AND DEMAND ANALYSIS. (3) (Staff) 

AREC 806 (216). ECONOMICS OF AGRICULTURAL 

PRODUCTION. (3) (Staff) 

AREC 814 (204). ADVANCED AGRIBUSINESS 

MANAGEMENT. (3) (Staff) 

AREC 822 (202). MARKET STRUCTURE IN AGRICULTURE. 

(3) (Staff) 

AREC 824 (214). ADVANCED AGRICULTURAL 

MARKETING. (3) (Staff) 

AREC 832 (208). AGRICULTURAL PRICE AND INCOME 

POLICY. (3) (Staff) 

AREC 844 (201). ADVANCED THEORY AND PRACTICE OF 

INTERNATIONAL AGRICULTURAL TRADE. (3) (Staff) 

AREC 845 (212). AGRICULTURE IN WORLD ECONOMIC 

DEVELOPMENT. (3) (Staff) 

AREC 846 (220). INTERNATIONAL IMPACTS OF 

SELECTED AGRICULTURAL FORCES. (3) (Staff) 

AREC 852 (219). ADVANCED RESOURCE ECONOMICS. (3) 

(Staff) 
AREC 883 (218). AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS RESEARCH 

TECHNIQUES. (3) (Staff) 

AREC 885 (200). APPLICATION OF ECONOMETRICS IN 

AGRICULTURE. (3) (Staff) 

AREC 899 (499). RESEARCH (12 hours. Ph.D.) (Staff) 

AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOIL 

Professor and Department Chairman: J. Miller. 
Professors: Axley, Clark, Decker, Hoyert and 

Strickllng. 
Associate Professors: Fanning, Foss, F. Miller, 

Schillinger. 



Assistant Professors: Aycock, Bezdicek, Burt, 
Mulchi, Newcomer, Powell. 



CROPS 

AGRO 100 (002). CROP PRODUCTION LABORATORY. (2) 
First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods a 
week. Demonstration and application of practices in the 
Identification, distribution and management of field 
crops. (Clark) 

AGRO 102 (001). CROP PRODUCTION. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, AGRO 100 or concurrent 
enrollment therein. Culture, use, improvement, adapta- 
tion, distribution, and history of field crops. (Clark) 

AGRO 103 (003). WORLD CROPS AND FOOD SUPPLY. (3) 
Second semester. An introduction to the relationship 
of crops with civilization. The past, present, and future 
interactions between the biology of crop plants and 
world affairs and population will be studied. The future 
impact of crops on world affairs will be emphasized. 

(Clark) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

AGRO 403 (103). CROP BREEDING. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Pre- 
requisite, BOTN 414 or ZOOL 246. Principles and meth- 
ods of breeding annual self and cross-pollinated plant 
and perennial forage species. (Schillinger) 

AGRO 404 (104). TOBACCO PRODUCTION. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, BOTN 100. A study of 
the history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and im- 
provement of various types of tobacco, with special 
emphasis on problems in Maryland tobacco production. 
Physical and chemical factors associated with yield and 
quality of tobacco will be stressed. (Hoyert) 

AGRO 405 (109). TURF MANAGEMENT. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1971-72) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequi- 
site, BOTN 100. A study of principles and practices of 
managing turf for lawns, golf courses, athletic fields, 
playgrounds, airfields and highways for commercial sod 
production. (Powell) 

AGRO 406 (108). FORAGE CROP PRODUCTION. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, BOTN 100, AGRO 100 
or concurrent enrollment therein. Study of the produc- 
tion and management of grasses and legumes for quality 
hay, silage, and pasture. (Decker) 

AGRO 407 (107). CEREAL CROP PRODUCTION. (2) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Pre- 
requisite, BOTN 100, AGRO 100 or concurrent enroll- 
ment therein. Study of the principles and practices of 
corn, wheat, oats, barley, rye, and soybean production. 

AGRO 451 (151). CROPPING SYSTEMS. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite, AGRO 102 or equivalent. 
The coordination of information from various courses in 
the development of balanced cropping systems, appro- 
priate to different objectives in various areas of the 
state and nation. (Clark) 

AGRO 452 (152). SEED PRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION. 
(2) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) One 
lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
AGRO 102 or equivalent. A study of seed production, 
processing, and distribution; federal and state seed con- 
trol programs; seed laboratory analysis: release of new 
varieties; and maintenance of foundation seed stocks. 

(Newcomer) 

AGRO 453 (154). WEED CONTROL. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1971-72) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
AGRO 102 or equivalent. A study of the use of cultural 
practices and chemical herbicides in the control of 
weeds. (Burt) 



Agriculture / 87 



FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 



AGRO 601. 602 (201, 202) 

(2, .2) 
AGRO 608 (208). 
AGRO 802 (203). 

PLANT PESTS 
AGRO 804 (204). 

AGRO 805 (205). 

AGRO 806 (254). 

PHYSIOLOGY. 

AGRO 807 (207). 



ADVANCED CROP BREEDING. 
(Schillinger, Aycock) 
RESEARCH METHODS. (2) (Staff) 

BREEDING FOR RESISTANCE TO 
(3) (Schillinger) 

TECHNIC IN FIELD CROP RESEARCH. (2) 
(Staff) 
ADVANCED TOBACCO PRODUCTION. (2) 
HERBICIDE CHEMISTRY AND 
(2) (Burt) 

ADVANCED FORAGE CROPS. (2) 

(Decker) 

Additional courses under CROPS AND SOILS. 

SOILS 

AGRO 105 (005). SOIL AND THE ENVIRONMENT. (3) 

First semester. A study of soils as an irreplaceable nat- 
ural resource, importance of soils in the ecosystem, and 
analysis of land resource areas in the U. S. Discussion 
of soils as a pollutant and the pollution of soils by vari- 
ous agents and the role of soil as a medium for storage, 
decontamination or inactivation of pollutants. (Foss) 

AGRO 202 (010). GENERAL SOILS. (4) 

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, CHEM 103 or permission of 
instructor. A study of the fundamentals of soils including 
their origin, development, relation to natural sciences, 
effect on civilization, physical properties, and chemical 
properties. (Foss) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

AGRO 411 (111). SOIL FERTILITY PRINCIPLES. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Pre- 
requisite. AGRO 202. A study of the chemical, physical, 
and biological characteristics of soils that are important 
in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical, 
or biological nature and their correction by the use of 
lime fertilizers, and rotations are discussed and illus- 
trated. (Strickling) 
AGRO 412 (112). COMMERCIAL FERTILIZERS. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites, AGRO 202 or permis- 
sion of instructor. A study of the manufacturing of com- 
mercial fertilizers and their use in soils for efficient crop 
production. (Axiey) 

AGRO 413 (113). SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION. (3) 
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite. 
AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. A study of the 
importance and causes of soil erosion, methods of soil 
erosion control, and the effect of conservation practices 
on soil-moisture supply. Special emphasis is placed on 
farm planning for soil and water conservation. The labor- 
atory period will be largely devoted to field trips. (Foss) 
AGRO 414 (114). SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND 
GEOGRAPHY. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite. AGRO 202 or permission of 
instructor. A study of the genesis, morphology, classifi- 
cation and geographic distribution of soils. The broad 
principles governing soil formation are explained. Atten- 
tion is given to the influence of geographic factors on the 
development and use of the soils in the United States 
and other parts of the world. The laboratory periods will 
be largely devoted to the field trips and to a study of 
soil maps of various countries. (Fanning) 

AGRO 415 (115). SOIL SURVEY AND LAND USE. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1971-72) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. An introduc- 
tion to soil survey interpretation as a tool in land use 
both in agricultural and urban situations. The implica- 
tions of soil problems as delineated by soil surveys on 
land use will be considered. (F. Miller) 



AGRO 417 (117). SOIL PHYSICS. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1971-72) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
AGRO 202 and a course in physics, or permission of In- 
structor. A study of physical properties of soils with 
special emphasis on relationship to soil productivity. 

(Strickling) 

AGRO 421 (116). SOIL CHEMISTRY. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) One 
lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. A study of the 
chemical composition of soils: cation and anion ex- 
change; acid, alkaline and saline soil conditions; and soil 
fixation of plant nutrients. Chemical methods of soil 
analysis will be studied with emphasis on their relation 
to fertilizer requirements. (Axley) 

AGRO 422 (118). SOIL BIOCHEMISTRY. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
AGRO 202, CHEM 104 or consent of instructor. A study 
of biochemical processes involved in the formation and 
decomposition of organic soil constitutents. Significance 
of soil-biochemical processes involved in plant nutrition 
will be considered. (Bezdicek) 

AGRO 423 (119). SOIL-WATER POLLUTION. (3) 

Second semester. PrerecHiisite, background in biology 
and CHEM 104. Reaction and fate of pesticides, agricul- 
tural fertilizers, industrial and animal wastes in soil and 
water will be discussed. Their relation to the environ- 
ment will be emphasized. (Bezdicek) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

AGRO 722 (253). ADVANCED SOIL CHEMISTRY. (3) 

(Axley) 
AGRO 821 (251). ADVANCED METHODS OF SOIL 

INVESTIGATION. (3) (Axley) 

AGRO 831 (250). ADVANCED SOIL MINEriALOGY. (3) 

(Fanning) 
AGRO 832 (252). ADVANCED SOIL PHYSICS. (3) 

(Strickling) 
CROPS AND SOILS 
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

AGRO 398 (199). SENIOR SEMINAR. (1) 

First semester. Reports by seniors on current scientific 
and practical publications pertaining to agronomy. 

(J. Miller) 

AGRO 499 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRONOMY. 
(1-3 var. cr.) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites. AGRO 202, 
406, 407 or permission of instructor. A detailed study, 
including a written report of an important problem in 
agronomy, (Staff) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

AGRO 789 (260). RECENT ADVANCES IN AGRONOMY. 

(2-4) (Staff) 

AGRO 798 (302). AGRONOMY SEMINAR (1. 1) (Staff) 

AGRO 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (Masters Level) 

(1-4) (Staff) 

AGRO 899 (499). DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (Doctoral 

Level) (Staff) 

ANIMAL SCIENCE 
Animal 

Professor and Department Chairman; Young. 
Professors: Green and Leffel. 
Associate Professor: Buric. 
Assistant Professor: DeBarthe. 



88 / Agriculture 



Dairy 

Professor and Chairman: Davis. 
Professor: Williams. 
Associate Professor: Vandersall. 
Assistant Professors: Buchman, Bull and Doug- 
lass. 

Poultry 

Professor and Department Cfiairman: Shaffner. 
Professor: Godfrey. 

Associate Professors: Bigbee and Creek 
Assistant Professors: Heath, Pollard and Thomas. 

Veterinary Science 

Cfiairman of Department: Ladson. 

Associate Professors: Marquard*, Mohanty and 

Newman. 
Assistant Professors: Albert and Inglinc. 

ANSC 101 (001). PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL SC ENCE, (3) 
First semester. Two lectures and one, two-hour labora- 
tory period per week, A comprehensive (.-Durse, includ- 
ing the development of animal science, its contributions 
to the economy, characteristics of animal products, fac- 
tors of efficient and economical producti )n and distri- 
bution. (Young) 
ANSC 201. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL 3ENETICS. (3) 
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period 
per week. The basic principles and law; of Mendelian 
genetics as applied to economically important domestic 
animals. Included will be gene action and interaction, 
linkage and crossing over, recombination, cytological 
maps, chromosomal aberrations, mutations, structure of 
the genetic material and regulation of genetic informa- 
tion. (Staff) 
ANSC 203 (010). FEEDS AND FEEDING. [3) 

First semester. Credit not allowed for yVNSC ma)or. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequi- 
sites, CHEM 103, 104. Elements of lutrition, source, 
characteristics and adaptability of the various feedstuffs 
to the several classes of livestock, A study of the com- 
position of feeds, the nutrient requirements of farm 
animals and the formulation of economic diets and 
rations for livestock. (Leffel) 

ANSC 221 (020). FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMAL PRODUC- 
TION. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period 
per week. This course deals with the adaptation of beef 
cattle, sheep, swine and horses to siijnificant and spe- 
cific uses. Breeding, feeding, mancgement practices 
and criteria for evaluating usefulness are emphasized. 

(DeBarthe) 
ANSC 222 (022). LIVESTOCK EVALUATION. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per- 
iod per week. Prerequisite, ANSC 2:?1 or permission of 
instructor, A study of type and bree d characteristics of 
beef cattle, sheep and swine and th-a market classes of 
livestock which best meet present day demands. One 
field trip of about two days duration is made during 
which students participate in the /.nnual Eastern Inter- 
collegiate Livestock Clinic. (Buric) 
ANSC 223 (021). SEMINAR. (1) 

First semester. One lecture per week. Reviews, reports 
and discussions of pertinent subjedts in animal science. 

(Staff) 
ANSC 242 (040). DAIRY PRODUCTION. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per- 
iod per week. Prerequisite, ANSC 101. A comprehensive 
course in dairy breeds, selection of dairy cattle, dairy 
cattle nutrients, feeding and management. (Buchman) 
ANSC 244 (041). DAIRY CATTLE T>'PE APPRAISAL. (1) 
Second semester. Freshmen, by (jermission of instructor. 



Two laboratory periods. Analysis of dairy cattle type with 
emphasis on the comparative judging of dairy cattle. 

(Cairns) 

ANSC 261 (061). ADVANCED POULTRY JUDGING. (1) 

First semester. Prerequisite, ANSC 101. One lecture or 
laboratory period per week. The theory and practice of 
judging and culling by physical means is emphasized, 
including correlation studies of characteristics associ- 
ated with productivity. Contestants for regional collegiate 
judging competitions will be selected from this class. 

(Bigbee) 

ANSC 262 (062). COMMERCIAL POULTRY MANAGEMENT. 
(3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, ANSC 101. A symposium 
of finance, investment, plant layout, specialization, pur- 
chase of supplies and management problems in baby 
chick, egg, broiler and turkey production; foremanship, 
advertising, selling, by-products, production and finan- 
cial records. Field trips required. (Bigbee) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

ANSC 301 (120.) ADVANCED LIVESTOCK JUDGING. (2) 
First semester. Two laboratory periods per week. Prere- 
quisites. ANSC 222 and permission of instructor. An ad- 
vanced course in the selection and judging of pure- 
bred and commercial meat animals. The most adept 
students enrolled in this course are chosen to represent 
the University of Maryland in Intercollegiate Livestock 
judging contests. (BurIc) 

ANSC 398 (199). SEMINAR. (1, 1) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of 
staff. Presentation and discussion of current literature 
and research work in animal science. (Staff) 

ANSC 399 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ANIMAL 
SCIENCE. (1-2) (4 cr, max.) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, approval of 
staff. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. 
A course designed for advanced undergraduates in 
which specific problems relating to animal science will 
be assigned. (Staff) 

ANSC 401 (109). FUNDAMENTALS OF NUTRITION. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 104. A study of the fundamental role of all nutri- 
ents in the body, including their digestion, absorption, 
and metabolism. Dietary requirements and nutritional 
deficiency syndromes of laboratory and farm animals 
and man will be considered. This course will be for both 
graduate and undergraduate credit, with additional as- 
signments given to the graduate students. (Staff) 
signments given to the graduate students. (Thomas) 
ANSC 402 (110). APPLIED ANIMAL NUTRITION. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period 
per week. Prerequisites, MATH 110, ANSC 401 or per- 
mission of instructor. A critical study of those factors 
which influence the nutritional requirements of rumi- 
nants, swine and poultry. Practical feeding methods and 
procedures used in formulation of economically efficient 
rations will be presented. (Vandersall) 

ANSC 403 (141). APPLIED ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY. (4) 

Second semester. Three lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, ANSC 211 or 
equivalent. The physiology of domesticated animals with 
emphasis on functions related to production, and the 
physiological adaption to environmental influences. 

(Staff) 
ANSC 407 (143S). ADVANCED DAIRY PRODUCTION. (1) 
Summer session only. An advanced course primarily de- 
signed for teachers of vocational agriculture and county 
agents. It includes a study of the newer discoveries in 
dairy cattle nutrition, breeding and management. (Staff) 
ANSC 411 (116). ANATOMY OF DOMESTIC ANIMALS. (3) 
First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods 
per week. A systematic gron and microscopic compara- 
tive study of the anatomy of the domestic animal with 
emphasis on those systems important in animal produc- 
tion. Prerequisite, ZOOL 101. (Staff) 

Agriculture / 89 



ANSC 412 (117). INTRODUCTION TO DISEASES OF 
ANIMALS. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per- 
iod per week. This course gives basic instruction in the 
nature of disease: including causation, immunity, meth- 
ods of diagnosis, economic importance, public health 
aspects and prevention and control of the common dis- 
eases of sheep, cattle, swine, horses and poultry. Pre- 
requisite, IVIICB 200 and ZOOL 101. (Staff) 
ANSC 413 (119). LABORATORY ANIMAL MANAGEMENT. 
(3) 

Both semesters. A comprehensive course in care and 
management of laboratory animals. Emphasis will be 
placed on physiology, anatomy and special uses for the 
different species. Disease prevention and regulations 
for maintaining animals colonies will be covered. Field 
trips will be required. (Marquardt) 

ANSC 416 (118). WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory. An 
introduction to the interrelationships of game birds and 
mammals with their environment, population dynamics 
and the principles of wildlife management. (Flyger) 
ANSC 422 (121). MEATS. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per- 
iod per week. Prerequisite, ANSC 221. Registration lim- 
ited to 14 students. A course designed to give the basic 
facts about meat as a food and the factors influencing 
acceptability, marketing, and quality of fresh meats. It 
includes comparisons of characteristics of live animals 
with their carcasses, grading and evaluating carcasses 
as well as wholesale cuts, and the distribution and mer- 
chandising of the nation's meat supply. Laboratory per- 
iods are conducted in packing houses, meal distribution 
centers, and retail outlets. (Buric) 

ANSC 423 (122). LIVESTOCK MANAGEMENT. (3) 

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisite, ANSC 401. Application of various 
phases of animal science to the management and pro- 
duction of beef cattle, sheep and swine. (Staff) 
ANSC 424 (123). LIVESTOCK MANAGEMENT. (3) 

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory per- 
iods per week. Prerequisite, ANSC 423. Applications of 
various phases of animal science to the management 
and production of beef cattle, sheep and swine. (Leffel) 
ANSC 426 (130). PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequi- 
sites, ZOOL 246 or BOTN 414. Graduate credit (1-3 
hours) allowed with permission of instructor. The prac- 
tical aspects of animal breeding, heredity, variation, se- 
lection, development, systems of breeding and pedigree 
study are considered. (Green) 

ANSC 442 (142). DAIRY CATTLE BREEDING. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per- 
iod per week. Prerequisites. ANSC 242, ZOOL 246 or 
BOTN 414. A specialized course in breeding dairy cat- 
tle. Emphasis is placed on methods of evaluation and 
selection, systems of breeding and breeding programs. 

(Douglass) 
ANSC 444 (146). ANALYSIS OF DAIRY PRODUCTION 
SYSTEMS. (3) 

Prerequisites, AGEC 406 and ANSC 203 or 214, or per- 
mission of instructor. The business aspects of dairy 
farming including an evaluation of the costs and returns 
associated with each segment. The economic impact of 
pertinent management decisions is studied. Recent de- 
velopments in animal nutrition, physiology and genetics, 
agricultural economics, agricultural engineering, and 
agronomic practices are discussed as they apply to man- 
agement of a dairy herd. (Buchman) 
ANSC 446 (140). PHYSIOLOGY OF MAMMALIAN 
REPRODUCTION. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one three-hour lab- 
oratory period per week. Prerequisite. ZOOL 421 or 422. 
Anatomy and physiology of the reproductive process and 
artificial insemination of cattle. (Williams) 



ANSC 452 (162). AVIAN PHYSIOLOGY. (2) 

Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per 
week Prerequisites, ZOOL 421 or 422 and ANSC 411. 
The Ijasic physiology of the bird is discussed, excluding 
the reproductive system. Special emphasis is given to 
physiological differences between birds and other verte- 
brate:.. (Pollard) 

ANSC 46i (165). PHYSIOLOGY OF HATCHABILITY. (1) 
Secord semester. One three-hour laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite, ZOOL 421 or 422. The physiology of 
embryonic development as related to principles of hatch- 
ability and problems of incubation encountered in the 
hatcheiy industry are discussed. (Shaffner) 

ANSC 464 (170). POULTRY HYGIENE. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per- 
iod per week. Prerequisites, MICB 200 and ANSC 101. 
Virus, bacterial and protozoon diseases, parasitic dis- 
eases, prevention, control and eradication. (Newman) 

ANSC 466 (171). AVIAN ANATOMY. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, ZOOL 102. Gross and microscopic 
structure, dissection and demonstration. (Newman) 

ANSC 467 (163S). POULTRY BREEDING AND FEEDING. (1) 
Summer session only. This course is designed primarily 
for teachers of vocational agriculture and extension serv- 
ice workers. The first half will be devoted to problems 
concerning breeding and the development of breeding 
stock. Tht second half will be devoted to nutrition. 

(Staff) 

ANSC 477 (164S). POULTRY PRODUCTS AND 
MARETING. (V 
Summer se.ision only. This course is designed primarily 
for teachers of vocational agriculture and county agents. 
It deals witii the factors affecting the quality of poultry 
products antt with hatchery managemen problems, egg 
and poultry grading, preservation problems and market 
outlets for Maryland poultry. (Helbacka) 

ANSC 480 (189). SPECIAL TOPICS IN FISH AND 
WILDLIFE MAMAGEMENT. (3) 

First semeste r. Three lectures. Analysis of various state 
and federal programs related to fish and wildlife manage- 
ment. This would include: fish stocking programs. Mary- 
land deer management program, warm water fish man- 
agement, acid drainage problems, water quality, water 
fowl management, wild turkey management and regula- 
tions relative to the administration of these programs. 

(Staff) 

ANSC 487 (131). SPECIAL TOPICS IN ANIMAL SCIENCE. 
(1) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Summer session 
only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of 
vocational agr culture and Extension Service personnel. 
One primary topic to be selected mutually by the in- 
structor and students will be presented each session. 

(Staff) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Gradunte School catalog for descriptions. 

ANSC 601 (240). ADVANCED RUMINANT NUTRITION. (2) 

(Staff) 
ANSC 603 (265). MINERAL METABOLISM. (2) (Staff) 

ANSC 604 (264). V'TAMINS. (2) (Staff) 

ANSC 610 (200). E .ECTRON MICROSCOPY. (4) (Staff) 

ANSC 622 (220). ADVANCED BREEDING (2) (Staff) 

ANSC 641 (242). EXPERIMENTAL MAMMALIAN 

SURGERY I. (2) 
ANSC 642 (243). EXPERIMENTAL MAMMALIAN 

SURGERY II. (3) 
ANSC 643 (241). RE SEARCH METHODS. (3) (Staff) 

ANSC 660 (262). PC ULTRY LITERATURE (1-4) (Staff) 

ANSC 661 (261). PHYSIOLOGY OF REPRODUCTION. (3) 

(Staff) 
ANSC 663 (263) POL'LTRY NUTRITION LABORATORY. (2) 
ANSC 665 (266) PHYolOLOGICAL GENETICS OF 

DOMESTIC ANIMALS (2) (Staff) 



90 / Agriculture 



POPULATION GEfJETICS 
(Staff) 
(Staff) 



ANSC 690 (280). SE.MINAR IN 

OF DOMESTIC ANIMALS. (3) 

ANSC 698 (302). SEMINAR. (1) 

ANSC 699 (301). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ANIMAL 

SCIENCE. (1-2) (4 cr. max.) 

ANSC 799 (399). RESEARCH-MASTERS THESIS. (I 

ANSC 1)99 (499). RESEARCH-PH.D. DISSERTATION 
BOTANY 



(Staff) 
•6) 

(Staff) 
(1-6) 
(Staff) 



Profesior and Department Chairman: Krauss. 

Protes:;ors: Corbett, Galloway, Gauch, Kantzes, 
Krufberg, D. T. Morgan, Sisler, Stern and 
Weaver, 

Research Professor: Sorokin. 

Associate Professors: Brown, Karlander, Klarman, 
Lockard, O. D. Morgan, Paterson and Rappleye. 

Assistant Professors: Barnett, Bean, Curtis, Harri- 
son, Motta, Reveal and Smith. 

Instrucrors: Grigg, Higgins and Owens. 

GENERAL BOTANY 

BOTN 100 (001). GENERAL BOTANY. (4) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lec- 
tures and two laboratory periods a week. General intro- 
duction to botany, touctiing briefly on all phases o the 
subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological prin- 
ciples of the higher plants. 

100 (001). (Galloway and Departmental Fai:ulty; 

BOTN lOOH (001 H). GENERAL BOTANY. (4) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two ab- 
oratory periods a week. A broad study of plant science 
with pmphasis on current conceptions of major field:; of 
interes.. Designed for general honors students, as \vell 
as for ireshman students with superior training in biology 
or chemistry, for upper class science majors, and for 
those s'udents seeking an advanced treatment of BOTN 
100 (001). (Galloway and Departmental Faculty) 

BIOL 101. ORGANIZATION AND INTERRELATIONSHIPS 
IN THE E lOLOGICAL WORLD. (3) 

First and second semester. An introductory lecture course 
for the non-science major emphasizing the fundamen al 
organization, processes and interdependence of liviig 
organisms and the biological effects associated with hu- 
man influences on the ecosystem. (Motto) 
BOTN 202 ((102). GENERAL BOTANY. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory per- 
iods a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent. A 
brief evolutionary study of algae, fungi, liverworts, 
mosses, f3rns and their relatives, and the seed plant;>, 
emphasiz ng their structure, reproduction, habitats, ard 
economic importance. (Staff) 

BOTN 211 (00). PRINCIPLES OF CONSERVATION. (3) 
First semester. Three lectures per week. A study of the 
principles of economical use of our natural resources 
Including water, soil, plants, minerals, wildlife and mar. 

(Harrison) 
BOTN 389 (195). TUTORIAL READING IN BOTANY. 
(HONORS COURSE) (2 or 3) 

Prerequis te, admission to the Department of Botany 
Honors Program. A review of the literature dealing with 
a specific, research problem in preparation for original 
research to be accomplished in Botany 399. Papers will 
be assigned and discussed in frequent sessions with 
the instructor. (Galloway and Departmental Faculty) 
BOTN 398 (-i99). SEMINAR. (1) 

First and second semesters. Two semester hours naxi- 
mum credit. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Dis- 
cussion and readings on special topics, current litera- 
ture or problems and progress in all phases of botany. 
Minor experimental work may be pursued if facilities and 
the qualifications of the students permit. For seniors 
only, majors and minors in botany or biological science. 



BOTN 399 (196). RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN BOTANY. 
(HONORS COURSE) (2 or 3) 

Prerequisite. BOTN 389. The candidate for Honors will 
pursue a research problem under the direction and close 
supervision of a member of the faculty. (Staff) 

BOTN 401 (116). HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF 
BOTANY. (1) 

First semester. Prerequisites, 20 semester credit hours 
in biological sciences including BOTN 100 or equiva- 
lent. Discussion of the development and ideas and 
knowledge about plants, leading to a survey of con- 
temporary work in botanical science. (Brown) 

BOTN 407 (151S). TEACHING METHODS IN BOTANY. (2) 
Summer session. Four two-hour laboratory demonstra- 
tion periods per week, for eight weeks. Prerequisite, 
BOTN 100, or equivalent. A study of the biological prin- 
ciples of common plants, and demonstrations, projects, 
and visual aids suitable for teaching in primary and 
secondary schools. (Lockard) 

BOTN 415 (136). PLANTS AND MANKIND. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite. BOTN 100 or equivalent. 
A survey of the plants which are utilized by man. the 
diversity of such utilization, and their historic and eco- 
nomic significance. (Rappleye) 

BOTN 477 (171). MARINE PLANT BIOLOGY. (4) 

Summer session. Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or General 
Biology plus organic chemistry or the consent of the 
instructor. Five one-hour lectures and three, 3-hour 
laboratories each week for six weeks. An introduction to 
the taxonomic. physiological and biochemical charac- 
teristics of marine plants which are basic to their role 
in the ecology of the oceans and estuaries. Laboratory 
fee $12.00. (Krauss and Staff) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 
BOTN 698 (302). SEMINAR IN BOTANY. (1) (Staff) 

BOTN 699 (301). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN BOTANY. (1 to 3) 
A. Physiology; B. Ecology; C. Pathology; D. Mycology; 
E. Nematology; F. Cytology; G. Cytogenetics; H. Mor- 
phology; I. Anatomy; J. Taxonomy. 

(Staff) 
PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

BOTN 441 (101). PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and one 4-hour laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisites, BOTN 001 and General 
Chemistry. Organic chemistry strongly recommended. A 
survey of the general physiological activities of plants. 
(Patterson. Lockard) 

BOTN 497 (172). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN MARINE 
RESEARCH. (1-3) 

Summer session. Prerequisites, BOTN 100 or general 
biology plus organic chemistry or consent of instructor. 
Recommended concurrent or previous enrollment in 
BOTN 477, Marine Plant Biology. An experimental ap- 
proach to problems in marine research dealing primarily 
with the phytoplankton. the larger algae, and marine 
spermatophytes. Emphasis will be placed on their physi- 
ological and biochemical activities. (Staff) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

BOTN 641 (230). ADVANCED PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. (2) 

(Patterson) 
BOTN 642 (231). PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY. (2) (Galloway) 
BOTN 644 (233). PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY-BIOPHYSICS 

LABORATORY. (4) (Staff) 

BOTN 645 (204). GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT. (2) 

(Barnettt) 
BOTN 652 (232). PLANT BIOPHYSICS. (2) (Karlander) 

BOTN 672 (209). PHYSIOLOGY OF ALGAE. (2) (Staff) 

BOTN 674 (210). PHYSIOLOGY OF ALGAE- 
LABORATORY. (1) (Staff) 

Agriculture / 91 



PLANT PATHOLOGY 

BOTN 221 (020). DISEASES OF PLANTS. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods 
a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 100, or equivalent. An intro- 
ductory study of the symptoms and causal agents of 
plant diseases and measure for their control. (Klarman) 

BOTN 422 (122). RESEARCH METHODS IN PLANT 
PATHOLOGY. (2) 

Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Pre- 
requisite, BOTN 221, or equivalent. Advanced training in 
the basic research techniques and methods of plant 
pathology. (Curlis) 

BOTN 424 (127). DIAGNOSIS AND CONTROL OF PLANT 
DISEASES. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, BOTN 221. Three lec- 
tures per week. A study of various plant diseases 
grouped according to the manner in which the host 
plants are affected. Emphasis will be placed on recog- 
nition of symptoms of the various types of diseases and 
on methods of transmission and control of the pathogens 
involved. (Bean) 

BOTN 427 (152S). FIELD PLANT PATHOLOGY. (1) 

Summer session. Daily lecture for three weeks. Prerequi- 
site, BOTN 221, or equivalent. Given in accordance with 
demand. A course for county agents and teachers of 
vocational agriculture. Discussion and denomination of 
the important diseases in Maryland crops. (Kantzes) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

BOTN 621 (223). PHYSIOLOGY OF FUNGI. (2) (Sisler) 

BOTN 623 (224). PHYSIOLOGY OF FUNGI LABORATORY. 

(1) (Staff) 

BOTN 625 (227). PHYSIOLOGY OF PATHOGENS AND 

HOST-PATHOGEN RELATIONSHIPS. (3) (Staff) 

BOTN 632 (221). PLANT VIROLOGY. (2) (Corbett) 

BOTN 634 (222). PLANT VIROLOGY LABORATORY. (2) 

(Staff) 
BOTN 636 (241). PLANT NEMATOLOGY. (4) (Krusberg). 

TAXONOMY 

BOTN 212 (Oil). PLANT TAXONOMY. (3) 

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory per- 
iods a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 001, or equivalent. An 
introductory study of plant classification, based on the 
collection and identification of local plants. (Brown) 

BOTN 405 (161). SYSTEMATIC BOTANY. (3) 

Fall semester. (Not offered 1972-73). Two two-hour lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite. BOTN 212 or 
equivalent. An advanced study of the principles of sys- 
tematic botany. Laboratory practice with difficult plant 
families including grasses, sedges, legumes, and com- 
posites. Field trips arranged. (Reveal) 

BOTN 417 (153S). FIELD BOTANY AND TAXONOMY. (2) 
Summer session. Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or General Bi- 
ology. Four two-hour laboratory periods a week for eight 
weeks. The identification of trees, shrubs, and herbs, 
emphasizing the native plants of Maryland. Manuals, 
keys, and other techniques will be used. Numerous short 
field trips will be taken. Each student will make an in- 
dividual collection. (Brown) 

BOTN 426 (128). MYCOLOGY. (4) 

Second semester. An introductory study of the morphol- 
ogy, classification, life histories, and economics of the 
fungi. (Motta) 

ECOLOGY 

BOTN 413 (113). PLANT GEOGRAPHY. (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite, BOTN 100. or equivalent. A 
study of plant distribution throughout the world and the 
factors generally associated with such distribution. 

(Brown) 

BOTN 462 (102). PLANT ECOLOGY. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite. BOTN 100. Two lectures 
per week. The dynamics of populations as affected by 



environmental factors with special emphasis on the 
structure and composition of natural plant communities, 
both terrestial and equatic. (Staff) 

BOTN 464 (103). PLANT ECOLOGY LABORATORY. (1) 
Prerequisite. BOTN 462 or its equivalent or concurrent 
er>rollment therein. One three-hour laboratory period a 
w«iek. The application of field and experimental methods 
to the qualitative and quantitative study of vegetation 
fin environmental factors. (staff) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descrlpMons. 

BOTN 661 (219). ADVANCED PLANT ECOLOGY. (3) 

(Staff) 
ANA'OMY— MORPHOLOGY 

BOTM 302 (110). PLANT MICROTECHNIQUE. (3) 

Second semester. One lecture a week. Laboratory per- 
iods by arrangement. Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or equiva- 
lent and permission of instructor. Preparation of tempo- 
rary and permanent mounts, including selection of ma- 
terial, killing and fixing, embedding, sectioning, and 
iitaining methods; photomicrography, film and paper 
processing and preparation of photographic illustrations 
for research publication. (Stern) 

BOTN 411 (111). PLANT ANATOMY. (3) 

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods 
a week. The origin and development of the organs and 
tissue systems in the vascular plants. (Stern) 

BOIN 412 (115). STRUCTURE OF ECONOMIC PLANTS. (3) 
Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory per- 
ods a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 411. A detailed micro- 
scopic study of the anatomy of the chief fruit and vege- 
table crops. (Rappleye) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 
BOTN 612 (212). PLANT MORPHOLOGY. (3) 

GENETICS 

BOTN 414 (117). GENERAL PLANT GENETICS. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or equivalent. 
The basic principles of plant genetics art presented; 
the mechanics of transmission of the hereditary factors 
in relation to the life cycle of seed plants, the genetics 
of specialized organs and tissues, spontaneous and in- 
duced mutations of basic and economic significance, 
gene action, genetic maps, the fundamentals of poly- 
ploidy, and genetics in relation to methods of plant 
breeding are the topics considered. (Smith) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for doscriptions. 
=!OTN 615 (215). PLANT CYTOGENETICS. (3) 

(D. T. Morgan) 
tOTN 616 (216). NUCLEIC ACIDS AND MOLECULAR 

GENETICS. (2) (Smith) 

BOTN 799 (399). M. S. RESEARCH. (Cr Arr) (Staff) 

BOTN 899 (499). PH.D. RESARCH. (Cr Arr) (Staff) 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Professor and Department Chairman: Bay. 

Professors: Bickley, Jones. 

Associate Professors: Harrison, Menzer, Messer- 

smith and Steinhauer. 
Assistant Professors: Caron, Davidson and Reich- 

elderfer 
Lecturers: Heimpel and Spangler. 

ENTM 100 (005). INSECTS. (3) 

First and second semesters. A survey of the major 
groups of insects, their natural history, and their rela- 
tionships with man and his environment. 

(Messersmith and Staff) 



92 / Agriculture 



ENTM 111 (004). BEEKEEPING. (2) 

First semester. A study of the life history, behavior and 
seasonal activities of the honeybee, its place in pollina- 
tion of flowers with emphasis on plants of economic im- 
portance and bee lore in literature. (Caron) 

ENTM 200 (015). INTRODUCTORY ENTOMOLOGY. (3) 
First semester. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, one semester of college 
zoology. The position of insects in the animal kingdom, 
their gross structure, classification into orders and prin- 
cipal families and the general economic status of in- 
sects. A collection of common insects is required. 

(Messersmith) 

ENTM 252 (020). AGRICULTURAL INSECT PESTS. (3) 

Second semester. 2 lectures and one 2-hour laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 100 or ZOOL 101. An 
introduction to the principal insect pests of fruit, vege- 
table, forage, and ornamental crops, with special refer- 
ence to Maryland agriculture. Not open to entomology 
majors. (Harrison) 

ENTM 399 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS, (1-3) 

First and second semesters. Credit and prerequisites 
to be determined by the department. Investigations of 
assigned entomological problems. (Staff) 

ENTM 407 (121S), ENTOMOLOGY FOR SCIENCE 
TEACHERS, (4) 

Summer. Four lectures and four three-hour laboratory 
periods a week. This course will include the elements 
of morphology, taxonomy and biology of insects using 
examples commonly available to high school teachers. 
It will include practice in collecting, preserving, rearing 
and experimenting with insects insofar as time will per- 
mit, (Davidson or Messersmith) 

ENTM 412 (100). ADVANCED APICULTURE. (3) 

Second semester. One lecture and two three-hour lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, ENTM 111. The 
theory and practice of apiary management. Designed 
for the student who wishes to keep bees or requires a 
practical knowledge of bee management, (Caron) 

ENTM 421 (120), INSECT TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY, (4) 
First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, ENTM 200, Introduc- 
tion to the principles of systematic entomology and the 
study of all orders and the important families of insects; 
immature forms considered, (Davidson) 

ENTM 432 (122), INSECT MORPHOLOGY, (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, ENTM 200, A basic 
study of insect form, structure and organization in re- 
lation to function, (Davidson) 

ENTM 442 (123). INSECT PHYSIOLOGY. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisites, ENTM 200, CHEM 
237 or equivalent. Lectures and laboratory exercises on 
the cuticle, growth, endocrines, muscles, circulation, 
nerves, digestion, excretion and reproduction in insects, 

(Jones) 

ENTM 451 (124). ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. (4) 

First semester. 2 lectures and two 2-hour laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, ENTM 200, The recogni- 
tion, biology and control of insects injurious to fruit and 
vegetable crops, field crops and stored products. 

(Harrison) 

ENTM 452 (107). INSECTICIDES. (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the depart- 
ment. The development and use of contact and stomach 
poisons, fumigants and other important chemicals, with 
reference to their chemistry, toxic action, compatability, 
and host injury. Recent research emphasized. (Menzer) 

ENTM 462 (125). INSECT PATHOLOGY. (3) 

Second semester. 2 lectures and one 3-hour laboratory 
period per week. Prerequisite, MICB 200, prerequisite 
or concurrent ENTM 442, or consent of the instructor. 
An introduction to the principal insect pathogens with 
special reference to symptomology, epizootiology, and 
microbial control of insect pests, (Reichelderfer) 



ENTM 472 (105). MEDICAL AND VETERINARY 
ENTOMOLOGY. (4) 

Second semester. Three lectures and one two-hour 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, ENTM 200 or 
consent of the department. A study of the morphology, 
taxonomy, biology and control of the arthropod parasites 
and disease vectors of man and animals. The ecology 
and behavior of vectors in relation to disease transmis- 
sion will be emphasized. (Mesersmith) 

ENTM 498 (199). SEMINAR. (1, 1) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior stand- 
ing. Presentation of original work, reviews and abstracts 
of literature, (Staff) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions, 

ENTM 612 (205). INSECT ECOLOGY. (2) (Harrison) 

ENTM 641 (209). ADVANCES IN INSECT PHYSIOLOGY. 

(2) (Jones) 

ENTM 643 (211). ASPECTS OF INSECT BIOCHEMISTRY. 

(2) (Menzer) 

ENTM 653 (208). TOXICOLOGY OF INSECTICIDES. (4) 

(Menzer) 

ENTM 672 (206). CULICIDOLOGY. (2) (Bickley) 

ENTM 689 (210). ENTOMOLOGICAL TOPICS. 

(Cr Arr) (Staff) 

ENTM 699 (301). ADVANCED ENTOMOLOGY. (1-6) 

ENTM 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (Master's Level) 

(Cr Arr) (Staff) 

ENTM 899 (499). DISSERTATION RESEARCH. 

(Doctoral Level) (Cr Arr) (Staff) 

FOOD SCIENCE 

Professor and Chairman: Stark (Horticulture). 

Professors: Young (Animal Science), Davis, Ar- 
buckle, King and Mattick (Dairy Science); Kram- 
er, Scott, Twigg and Wiley (Horticulture); Shaff- 
ner (Poultry Science), 

Associate Professors: Buric (Animal Science); Big- 
bee (Poultry Science). 

Assistant Professors: Westhoff (Dairy Science); 
Heath (Poultry Science). 

FDSC 111 (001), INTRODUCTION TO FOOD SCIENCE, (3) 
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per 
week. An introductory course to orient the student in 
the broad field of food science. Includes a historical 
and economic survey of the major food industries, com- 
position and nutritive value, quality aspects, spoilage, 
preservation, sanitation, standards and regulation of 
foods. (Mattick) 

FDSC 398 (199). SEMINAR, (1) 

Second semester. Presentation and discussion of cur- 
rent literature and research in food science, (Staff) 

FDSC 399 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FOOD 
SCIENCE. (1-3) (4 cr. max.) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, approval of 
staff. Designed for advanced undergraduates in which 
specific problems in food science will be assigned. 

(Staff) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

FDSC 412 (102). PRINCIPLES OF FOOD PROCESSING I, 
(3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per 
week. A study of the basic methods by which foods are 
preserved (unit operations). Effect of raw product quali- 
ty and the various types of processes on yield and quali- 
ty of the preserved products. (Wiley) 

FDSC 413 (103), PRINCIPLES OF FOOD PROCESSING II, 
(3) 

First semester. Three lectures per week, A detailed 
study of food processing with emphasis on line and 
staff operations, including physical facilities, utilities, 



Agriculture / 93 



pre- and post-processing operations, processing line 
development and sanitation. (Mattick) 

FDSC 421 (111). FOOD CHEMISTRY. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 201. 202. The application of 
basic chemical and physical concepts to the composi- 
tion and properties of foods. Emphasis will be on the 
relationship of processing technology to the keeping 
quality, nutritional value and acceptability of foods. 

(King) 

FDSC 422 (131). FOOD PRODUCT RESEARCH AND 
DEVELOPMENT. (3) 
Second semester. Two lectures, one laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites, FDSC 413, CHEM 461, or permission of 
instructor. A study of the research and development 
function for improvement of existing products and de- 
velopment of new, economically feasible and marketable 
food products. Application of chemical-physical charac- 
teristics of ingredients to produce optimum quality pro- 
ducts, cost reduction, consumer evaluation, equipment 
and package development. (Mattick) 

FDSC 430 (NEW). FOOD MICROBIOLOGY. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per 
week. Microorganisms of major importance to the food 
industry are studied with emphasis on their isolation, 
identification, bio-processing of foods, and public health 
significance. The presence of these organisms in foods 
is examined considering ecological and physiological 
factors. (Westhoff) 

FDSC 431 (113). STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL. (3) 
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, AGRI 401. Statistical methods for ac- 
ceptance, sampling of supplies and raw materials, In- 
plant and finished product inspection, water, fuel, and 
waste control, production, transportation, inventory and 
budget controls. (Kramer) 

FDSC 432 (112). ANALYTICAL QUALITY CONTROL. (3) 
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 201, 202. Instrumental and 
sensory measurement of food quality attributes includ- 
ing appearance, rheological, flavor, and microbiological 
evaluations, and their integration into grades and stand- 
ards of quality. (Kramer) 

FDSC 442 (156). HORTICULTURAL PRODUCTS 
PROCESSING. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures and 
one laboratory per week. Commercial methods of can- 
ning, freezing, dehydrating, fermenting, and chemical 
preservation of fruit and vegetable crops. (Wiley) 

FDSC 451 (182). DAIRY PRODUCTS PROCESSING. (3) 
First semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one 
laboratory per week. Method of production of fluid milk, 
butter, cheese, condensed and evaporated milk and milk 
products and ice cream. (Mattick) 

FDSC 461 (160). TECHNOLOGY OF MARKET EGGS 
AND POULTRY. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one 
laboratory per week. A study of the technological factors 
concerned with the processing, storage, and marketing 
of eggs and poultry and the factors affecting their quali- 
ty. (Heath) 

FDSC 471 (125). MEAT AND MEAT PROCESSING. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 461 or permis- 
sion of instructor. Physical and chemical characteristics 
of meat and meat products, meat processing, methods 
of testing and product development. (Sulzbacher) 

FDSC 482 (175). SEAFOOD PRODUCTS PROCESSING. (3) 
Second semester, alernate years. Two lectures and one 
laboratory a week. Prerequisite, CHEM 461 or permis- 
sion of instructor. The principal preservation methods 
for comerclal seafood products with particular reference 
to the invertebrates. Chemical and microbiological 
aspects of processing are emphasized. 



Mechanics of Food Processing, see Agricultural Engineer- 
ing, AGEN 313. 

Experimental Food Science, see Food and Nutrition, 
FOOD 450. 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

FDSC 689 (302). SEMINAR IN FOOD SCIENCE. (1-3) 

(Staff) 
FDSC 698 (310). COLLOQUIUM IN FOOD SCIENCE. (1) 

(Staff) 

FDSC 699 (301). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FOOD SCIENCE. 

(1-4) (Staff) 

FDSC 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (Cr Arr) (Staff) 

FDSC 811 (201). ADVANCES IN FOOD TECHNOLOGY. (3) 

(Kramer) 
FDSC 899 (499). DISSERTATION RESEARCH, (Cr Arr) 

(Staff) 
Methods of Horticultural Research, see Horticulture, 

HORT 682. 
Research Methods, see Animal Science, ANSC 643. 
Recent Progress in Human Nutrition, see Home Economics, 
NUTR 600. 

GEOLOGY 

Associate Professors: Fernow, Segovia, Siegrist 

and Stifel. 
Assistant Professors: Maccini and Weidner. 

GEOL 100 (001). INTRODUCTORY PHYSICAL GEOLOGY. 
(3) 

First and second semester. A study dealing primarily 
with the principles of dynamical and structural geology. 
Designed to give a general survey of the rocks and 
minerals composing the earth; the movement within It; 
and its surface features and the agents that form them. 

(Staff) 

GEOL 102 (002). HISTORICAL AND STRATIGRAPHIC 
GEOLOGY. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, GEOL 100. A study of 
the earths history as revealed through the principles 
of stratigraphy and the processes of physical geology, 
with emphasis on the formations and the geologic de- 
velopment of the North American continent. (Stifel) 

GEOL 110 (004). PHYSICAL GEOLOGY LABORATORY. (1) 
First and second semester. One laboratory a week. May 
be taken concurrently with or after successful comple- 
tion of GEOL 100. The basic materials and tools of 
physical geology stressing familiarization with rocks and 
minerals and the use of maps in geologic interpreta- 
tions. (Staff) 

GEOL 112 (005). HISTORICAL GEOLOGY LABORATORY. 
(1) 

Second semester. One laboratory a week. Concurrent 
registration in GEOL 102 or consent of instructor is re- 
quired. The use of geologic maps and fossils in the 
study of the physical and biological evolution of the 
earth. (Stifel) 

GEOL 399 (194). RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN GEOLOGY. (1) 
First and second semester. Open only to geology majors 
in their final year. The student will select and investigate 
with departmental assistance a specific library, labora- 
tory or field study. A written and oral presentation of the 
study will determine satisfactory completion of the 
course (Staff) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

GEOL 421 (120). CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 
Prerequisite, MATH 115 or consent of instructor. An 
introduction to the study of crystals. Stresses the theo- 
retical and practical relationships between the internal 
and external properties of crystalline solids. Encompas- 
ses morphological, optical and chemical crystallography. 

(Siegrist) 



94 / Agriculture 



GEOL 422 (121). MINERALOGY. (3) 

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratories a 
week. Prerequisite, GEOL 110 and 421 or consent o( 
instructor. Basic elementary mineralogy with emphasis 
on description, identilication, formation, concurrence and 
economic significance of approximately 150 minerals. 

(Siegrist) 

GEOL 423 (122). OPTICAL MINERALOGY. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) One 
lecture and two laboratories a week. Prerequisite, GEOL 
422 or consent of instructor. The optical behavior of 
crystals with emphasis on the theory and application 
of the petrographic microscope. (Weidner) 

GEOL 431 (130). INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY. (3) 
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 
Prerequisite, GEOL 102 or consent of instructor. ZOOL 
102 or equivalent recommended. A systematic review of 
the morphology, classification, ecology, and geologic 
ranges of selected invertebrate groups represented in 
the fossil record. (Fernow) 

GEOL 432 (131). STRATIGRAPHIC PALEONTOLOGY. (3) 
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1971-72) Two 
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, GEOL 
431. Principles of biostratigraphy, paleoecology and 
paleogeography. Laboratory study emphasizes signifi- 
cant index fossils. (Fernow) 

GEOL 434 (134). MICROPALEONTOLOGY. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Two 
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, GEOL 
431 or consent of instructor. A systematic review of the 
morphology, classification, ecology and geologic ranges 
of important microfossil groups, particularly ostracodes 
and foraminifera. (Sfifel) 

GEOL 441 (140). STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 
Prerequisite, GEOL 110 or consent of instructor. A study 
of the cause and nature of the physical stresses and 
resulting deformational responses in the earth. Labora- 
tory exercises include crustal model studies and stereo- 
graphic analysis of deformational structures. (Segovia) 

GEOL 442 (141). SEDIMENTATION. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Two 
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, GEOL 
110 or consent of instructor. A study of the critical vari- 
ables in sedimentation systems; origin, dispersion, ac- 
cumulation, and properties of sediments and sedimen- 
tary rocks. Laboratories will include the measurement 
and statistical analysis of sediment properties and study 
of sedimentation rates. (Stifel) 

GEOL 443 (142). IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHIC 
PETROLOGY. (2) 
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1971-72) Two 
laboratories a week. Prerequisite, GEOL 422 or consent 
of instructor. A detailed study of igneous and metamor- 
phic rocks: petrogenesis; distributions; chemical and 
mineralogical relations; macroscopic descriptions and 
geologic significance. (Weidner) 

GEOL 444 (143). PETROGRAPHY. (2) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Two 
laboratories a week. Prerequisites, GEOL 423, 442. 443 
or consent of instructor. Microscopic thin-section studies 
of rocks stressing the description and classification of 
igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks. 

(Weidner) 

GEOL 445 (145). PRINCIPLES OF GEOCHEMISTRY. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 103 or 
equivalent and senior standing. A survey of historical 
and modern theories of the origin of elements and their 
distributions in space, on extra-terrestrial bodies and on 
Earth. Discussion of the origin of igneous rocks, of the 
physical and chemical factors governing development 
and distribution of sedimentary rocks of the oceans and 
of the atmosphere. Organic sediments, the internal struc- 
tures of Earth and the planets, the role of isotopes in 
geothermometry and in the solution of other problems. 



GEOL 446 (147). GEOPHYSICS. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Two 
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, PHYS 
122 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the basic 
theories and principles of geophysics stressing such im- 
portant applications as rock magnetism, gravity anom- 
olies, crustal strain and earthquakes, and surveying. 

(Staff) 

GEOL 451 (150). GROUNDWATER GEOLOGY. (3) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Pre- 
requisite, GEOL 100 or consent of instructor. An intro- 
duction to the basic geologic parameters associated 
with the hydrologic cycle. Problems in the accumula- 
tion, distribution and movement of groundwater will be 
analyzed. (Staff) 

GEOL 452 (151). MARINE GEOLOGY. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) 
Prerequisite, GEOL 100 or consent of instructor. An in- 
troduction to the essential elements of marine and es- 
tuarine geology including studies of currents, tides, 
waves, coastline development, shore erosion and marine 
and bay sedimentation. (Staff) 

GEOL 453 (152). ECONOMIC GEOLOGY I— METALLIC ORE 
DEPOSITS. (2) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Two 
laboratories a week. Prerequisite, GEOL 422 or consent 
of instructor. A study of the geology of metallic ore 
deposits stressing ore-forming processes, configuration 
of important ore bodies, and familiarization with charac- 
teristic ore mineral suites. (Staff) 

GEOL 454 (153). ECONOMIC GEOLOGY II— NON- 
METALLIC ORE DEPOSITS. (2) 
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Two 
laboratories a week. Prerequisite, GEOL 422 or consent 
of instructor. A study of the geology of non-metallic ore 
deposits; nitrates, phosphates, limestone, etc., and fossil 
fuels; coal oil, and natural gas. (Staff) 

GEOL 456 (154). ENGINEERING GEOLOGY. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1971-72) Two 
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, GEOL 
110 or consent of instructor. A study of the geological 
problems associated with the location of tunnels, 
bridges, dams and nuclear reactors, slope control, and 
natural hazards. (Segovia) 

GEOL 460 (160). EARTH SCIENCE. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. An interdisciplin- 
ary course designed to show how geology, meteorology, 
physical geography, soil science, astronomy and ocean- 
ography are interrelated in the study of the earth and 
its environment in space. Recommended for science 
education undergraduates and graduate students. May 
not be used for credit towards geology majors. (Maccini) 

GEOL 462 (162). GEOLOGICAL REMOTE SENSING. (3) 
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) One 
lecture and two laboratories a week. Prerequisites, 
GEOL 441 and GEOL 442, or GEOG 440, or consent of 
the instructor. An introduction to geological remote sens- 
ing including applications of aerial photographic inter- 
pretation to problems in regional geology, engineering 
geology, structural geology, and stratigraphy. Films, 
filters, and criteria used in selecting imagery are also 
discussed. Laboratory exercises include measurements 
of geologic parameters and compilation and transference 
of data to base maps. (Segovia) 

GEOL 489 (197). SPECIAL TOPICS IN EARTH SCIENCE. 
(1-3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, GEOL 460 or equivalent. 

(Maccini) 

GEOL 499 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN GEOLOGY. (1-3) 
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, GEOL 102 
and GEOL 110 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. 
Intensive study of a special geologic subject or tech- 
nique selected after consultation with instructor. Infend- 



Agriculture / 95 



ed to provide training or instruction not available in 
other courses which will aid the student's development 
In his field of major interest. (Staff) 

HORTICULTURE 

Professor and Department Chairman: Stark. 
Professors: Haul, Kramer, Ling, Reynolds, Scott, 

Shanks, Thompson and Wiley. 
Associate Professors: Angell and Soergel. 
Assistant Professors: Baker and Bouwkamp. 
Lecturers: Borthwick, Hendee, Hornstein and 

Howell. 
Visiting Lecturer: Koch. 

HORT 111 (005). TREE FRUIT PRODUCTION. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite, BOTN 100. Two lectures 
and one laboratory per week. A detailed study of the 
principles and practices in fruit production, harvesting 
and storage, with emphasis on the apple. One field trip 
required. (Thompson) 

HORT 112 (006). TREE FRUIT PRODUCTION. (2) 

Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures per 
week. Prerequisite, HORT 111. A study of the principles 
and practices in fruit production, harvesting, and handl- 
ing of deciduous tree fruit crops other than the apple. 

(Thompson) 

HORT 132 (016). GARDEN MANAGEMENT. (2) 

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
BOTN 100. The planting and care of ornamental plants 
on the home grounds and a study of commonly used 
species of annuals and herbaceous perennials. 

(Baker) 

HORT 142 (017). GARDEN MANAGEMENT LABORATORY. 

(1) 
Second semester. One two-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite or concurrent HORT 132. Demonstration 
and application of practices in the production and 
maintenance of garden plants. (Baker) 

HORT 160 (020). INTRODUCTION TO THE ART OF 
LANDSCAPING. (3) 
First and second semesters. Three lectures per week. 
The theory and general principles of landscaping de- 
sign with their application to public and private areas. 

(Soergel) 

HORT 171 (030). ELEMENTS OF FORESTRY. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
BOTN 100. A general survey of the field of forestry, in- 
cluding timber values, conservation, protection silvicul- 
ture, utilization, mensuration, engineering, recreation 
and lumbering. Principles and practices of woodland 
management. Four all-day Saturday field trips are re- 
quired. (Hendee) 

HORT 212 (059). BERRY PRODUCTION. (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per- 
iod a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 100. A study of the 
principles and practices involved in the production of 
small fruits including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, 
blackberries, and cranberries. (Angell) 

HORT 222 (058). VEGETABLE PRODUCTION (3) 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per- 
iod a week. Prerequisite, BOTN 100. A study of princi- 
ples and practices of commercial vegetable production. 

(Reynolds) 

HORT 231 (011). GREENHOUSE MANAGEMENT. (3) 

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite. 
BOTN 100. A study of the construction and operation of 
structures for forcing horticultural crops and the princi- 
ples underlying the regulation of plant growth under 
greenhouse conditions. (Shanks) 

HORT 232 (063). FLOWER STORE MANAGEMENT. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, HORT 231. A 
study of the operation and management of a flower store. 



Laboratory period devoted to principles and practice of 
floral arrangements and decoration. (Link) 

HORT 241. 242 (012, 013). GREENHOUSE CROP PRODUC- 
TION LABORATORY. (1, 1) 

First and second semesters. One laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite or concurrent HORT 231. Demonstration 
an application of practices in the commercial produ- 
tion of greenhouse crops. (Shanks) 

HORT 260 (056). BASIC LANDSCAPE COMPOSITION. (2) 
First and second semesters. Two laboratory periods per 
week. The introduction of landscaping presentation tech- 
nique, supplemented by problems in basic composition. 

(Soergel) 

HORT 271 (062). PLANT PROPAGATION. (3) 

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
BOTN 100. A study of the principles and practices of 
the propagation of plants. (Baker) 

HORT 274 (035). GENETICS OF CULTIVATED PLANTS. (3) 
Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
BOTN 100. Principles of plant genetics in relation to 
plant breeding. Some of the topics presented are mei- 
osis, simple Mendelian genetics, gene interaction, link- 
age and crossing over, cytoplasmic and quantitative in- 
heritance, mutations, and the role of DNA. (Bouwkamp) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

HORT 361 (100). PRINCIPLES OF LANDSCAPE DESIGN. 
(3) 

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisite, HORT 160 and HORT 260. A con- 
sideration of design criteria and procedure as applied 
to residential properties. (Soergel) 

HORT 362 (152). ADVANCED LANDSCAPE DESIGN. (3) 
Second semester, alternate years. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, HORT 361, 
prerequisite or concurrent HORT 454. The design of 
public and private areas with the major emphasis on 
plant materials. (Soergel) 

HORT 364 (153). LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, HORT 361. 
An introductory study and application of location meth- 
ods, construction details, and construction techniques 
of the various landscape objects such as walks, walls, 
benches, roads. (Soergel) 

HORT 398 (199). SEMINAR. (1) 

Second semester. Oral presentation of the results of 
investigational work by reviewing recent scientific litera- 
ture in the various phases of horticulture. (Stark) 

HORT 399 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS. (2) (4 cr. max.) 
See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 
First and second semesters. Credit arranged according 
to work done. For major students in horticulture or 
botany. Four credits maximum per student. (Staff) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

HORT 411 (101). TECHNOLOGY OF FRUITS. (3) 

First semester. Three lectures per week Prerequisite, 
HORT 112, prerequisite or concurred BOTN 441. A 
critical analysis of research work and application of the 
principles of plant physiology, chemistry, and botany to 
practical problems in commercial production. 

(Thompson) 

HORT 417 (124S). TREE AND SMALL FRUIT 
MANAGEMENT. (1) 

Summer session only. Primarily designed for vocational 
agriculture teachers and extension agents. Special em- 
phasis will be placed upon new and improved com- 
mercial methods of production of the leading tree and 
small fruit crops. Current problems and their solution 
will receive special attention. 

HORT 422 (103). TECHNOLOGY OF VEGETABLES. (3) 
Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
HORT 222. prerequisite or concurrent BOTN 441. A 
critical analysis of research work and application of the 



96 / Agriculture 



principles of plant physiology, chemistry, and botany 
to practical problems of commercial vegetable produc- 
tion. (Reynolds) 

HORT 427 (115S). TRUCK CROP MANAGEIvlENT. (1) 

Summer session only. Primarily designed for teachers 
of vocational agriculture and extension agents. Special 
emphasis will be placed upon nevj and improved meth- 
ods of production of the leading trucic crops. Current 
problems and their solutions will receive special atten- 
tion. 

HORT 432 (162). FUNDAMENTALS OF GREENHOUSE 
CROP PRODUCTION. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. Three lectures per 
week. Prerequisite, HORT 231. This course deals with a 
study of the commercial production and marl<eting of 
ornamental plant crops under greenhouse, plastic 
houses and out-of-door conditions. (Shanks) 

HORT 451 (105). TECHNOLOGY OF ORNAI^ENTALS. (3) 
First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite or 
concurrent BOTN 441. A study of the physiological pro- 
cesses of the plant as related to the growth, flowering 
and storage of ornamental plants. (Link) 

HORT 453. 454 (107, 108). WOODY PLANT IVIATERIALS. 
(3, 3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, BOTN 212. A 
field and laboratory study of trees, shrubs, and vines 
used in ornamental plantings. (Baker) 

HORT 456 (163). PRODUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OF 
WOODY PLANTS. (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite or concurrent 
HORT 271, 454. A study of the production methods and 
operation of a commercial nursery and the planting and 
care of woody plants in the landscape. (Link) 

HORT 457 (125S). ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE. (1) 
Summer session only. A course designed for teachers 
of agriculture and extension agents to place special 
emphasis on problems of the culture and use of orna- 
mental plants. 

HORT 471 (114). SYSTEMATIC HORTICULTURE. (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period 
a week. A study of the origin, taxonomic relationship 
and horticultural classification of fruits and vegetables. 

HORT 474 (161). PHYSIOLOGY OF MATURATION AND 
■'STORAGE OF HORTICULTURAL CROPS. (2) 

Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures a week. 
Prerequisite, BOTN 441. Factors related to maturation 
and application of scientific principles to handling and 
storage of horticultural crops. (Scott) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

HORT 682 (207). METHODS OF HORTICULTURAL 

RESEARCH. (3) (Scott) 

HORT 689 (301). SPECIAL TOPICS IN HORTICULTURE. 
(1-3) (Staff) 

HORT 699 (301). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN HORTICULTURE. 
(1-3) (Staff) 

HORT 781 (211). EDAPHIC FACTORS AND HORTICUL- 
TURAL PLANTS. (3) (Reynolds) 

HORT 782 (212). CHEMICAL REGULATION OF GROWTH 
OF HORTICULTURAL PLANTS. (3) (Shanks) 

HORT 783 (213). ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS AND 
HORTICULTURAL PLANTS. (3) (Thompson) 

HORT 784 (214). CURRENT ADVANCES IN PLANT 

BREEDING. (3) (Angell) 

HORT 798 (302). ADVANCED SEMINAR. (1, 1) (Staff) 

HORT 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (Or Arr) (Staff) 

HORT 899 (499). DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (1-12) 

(Staff) 

THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION 

Irvin C. Haut, Director 

The Agricultural Experiment Station serves 



Maryland agriculture in much the same manner as 
research laboratories serve large corporations. 
The problems which face a biological and busi- 
ness undertaking such as agriculture are as num- 
erous and perplexing as the problems of any busi- 
ness. 

The station is a joint Federal and State under- 
taking. Passage of the Hatch Act of 1887, which 
made available a grant-in-aid to each state for the 
purpose of establishing an agricultural experiment 
station, gave a great impetus to the development 
of research work in agriculture. This work was 
further encouraged by the passage of the Adams 
Act in 1906, the Purnell Act in 1925, the Bankhead- 
Jones Act in 1935, and the Flannagan-Hope Act 
of 1946. 

The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experi- 
ment Station, which is supported by these Acts 
and by State appropriations, centers at College 
Park. On the University campus are laboratories 
for studying insects and diseases, soil fertility, bo- 
tanical problems, and the economics of our agri- 
cultural industry and its interrelationship with our 
total economy. This is also the location of the live- 
stock and dairy barns with their experimental 
herds. 

About eight miles from the campus at College 
Park, near Beltsville, the Plant Research Farm of 
about 500 acres is devoted to work connected with 
soil fertility, plant breeding and general crop pro- 
duction problems. An experimental farm near Up- 
per Marlboro is devoted to the problems of tobac- 
co growing and curing. A farm near Salisbury is 
devoted to solution of the problems of producers 
of broilers and of vegetable crops in the southern 
Eastern Shore area. Two experimental farms are 
operated near Ellicott City; one is devoted to live- 
stock problems and the other to dairy cattle nutri- 
tion and forage research. Also tests of various 
crop and soil responses are distributed through- 
out the state. These different locations provide the 
opportunity to conduct experiments under condi- 
tions existing where the results will be put into 
practice. 

COOPERATIVE EXTENSION SERVICE 

Robert E. Wagner, Director 

Cooperative Extension work, established by 
state and federal laws in 1914, extends practi- 
cal information beyond the classrooms of the Uni- 
versity of Maryland to young people and adults — 
both rural and urban — throughout the State of 
Maryland. Major program areas include agricul- 
ture and environment, family living, youth develop- 
ment, and community development. 

The educational endeavors of the Cooperative 
Extension Service are financed jointly by federal, 
state and county governments. In each county 
and in Baltimore City there is a competent staff ot 
extension agents assigned to conduct educational 
work in program areas consistent with the needs 
of the people of the county and as funds permit. 



Agriculture / 97 



The county staff is supported by a staff of special- 
ists located at the University, and tfirough their 
mutual efforts they assist local people in seeking 
solutions to their problems. 

The Cooperative Extension Service works in 
close harmony and association with many groups 
and organizations. In addition to work on farms 
and with agri-businesses, extension programs are 
aimed at many rural non-farm and urban family 
consumers. Thousands of boys and girls gain lead- 
ership knowledge and experience and are pro- 
vided practical educational instruction in 4-H 
clubs and other youth groups. 

To accomplish its mission, the Cooperative Ex- 
tension Service works closely with other agricul- 
tural divisions of the University and units of the 
University outside of agriculture, as well as state 
and federal agencies and private groups. It ar- 
ranges and conducts thousands of short courses, 
workshops and conferences in various fields of in- 
terest held both on the College Park campus and 
at other locations throughout the state. A wide va- 
riety of publications and radio and television are 
used extensively to reach the people of Maryland. 

STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE PROGRAMS 

Charles P. Ellington, Director 

The State law provides that the Board of Re- 
gents of the University of Maryland shall consti- 
tute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture. 
While these programs are part of the University, 
they are designed primarily to carry out the func- 
tions of the State Board of Agriculture. Numerous 
services are performed which result in the im- 
provement and maintenance of high standards in 
production, processing and distribution of farm 
products. In addition, many control or regulatory 
activities are authorized by state law and are car- 
ried out by the following departments of the State 
Board of Agriculture: 

Dairy Inspection 

Duties of the dairy inspection force deal with 
the calibration of glassware used in testing milk 
and cream: examination of all weighers, samplers, 
and testers and the issuance of licenses to those 
satisfactorily passing the examination; and inspec- 
tion of the pertinent activities of weighers, sam- 
plers, testers, and dairy plants. 

Department o( Markets 

Activities of the Department of Markets serve to 
insure a fair and equitable treatment of the farmer 
in all dealings which he may have concerning the 
marketing of his products. In the performance of 
these responsibilities, the department conducts 
market surveys, compiles and disseminates mar- 
keting information and market data, operates a 
market news service, provides an agricultural in- 
spection and grading service, maintains a con- 
sumer information service, and enforces the agri- 
cultural marketing laws of the state. The control 
work of the department Is carried out under the 



authority of various state laws relating to the mar- 
keting of farm products. 

Field offices are located in Baltimore, Salisbury, 
Hancock, and Pocomoke. 

state Horticultural Department 

Work in this field is designed to control insects 
and plant diseases and to protect the public in the 
purchase of products of nurserymen and florists. 
A considerable part of staff time is occupied by 
inspection of orchards, crops, nurseries, green- 
houses, and floral establishments. Cooperation 
with the federal government in the inspection and 
certification of materials that come under quar- 
antine regulations is another major function of the 
department. The department enforces the provi- 
sions of the Apiary Law, including inspection of 
apiaries. It also regulates the use of pesticides un- 
der provisions of a new law enacted in 1969. 

state Department of Drainage 

The State Department of Drainage was estab- 
lished in 1937. Its duties are to encourage and as- 
sist with the drainage of agricultural lands in the 
state, to correlate the activities of the local drain- 
age organizations in Maryland, and to cooperate 
with state and federal agencies in the interest of 
a permanent program of improved drainage. 

state Inspection Service 

The protection of consumers and manufacturers 
of agricultural products against fraudulent prac- 
tices makes certain specialized laws necessary. 
These are classified as correct labeling laws, and 
are enforced by the State Inspection Service. In- 
cluded in this legislation are the Feed, Fertilizer, 
Agricultural Liming Materials, and Pesticide Laws. 

Soil Conservation 

In 1937 the Maryland Legislation created the 
State Soil Conservation Committee in Maryland. 
The 24 districts organized under the law include 
all the land in the state. 

The State Committee is charged with the re- 
sponsibility of coordinating the efforts of the dis- 
tricts and encouraging the application of soil and 
water conservation practices. 

Seed Inspection, Seed Certification, 
and Weed Control 

The Seed Inspection Service administers the 
state seed law, inspects seeds sold throughout the 
state, collects seed samples for laboratory exami- 
nation, reports the results of the examinations to 
the parties concerned, publishes summaries of 
these reports which show the relative reliability of 
the label information supplied by wholesale seeds- 
men; cleans and treats tobacco seed intended for 
planting in the state, makes analysis, tests, and 
examinations of seed samples submitted to the 
laboratory, and advises seed users regarding the 
economic and intelligent use of seeds. The Seed 
Inspection Service also conducts the Seed and 
Sod Certification Program and administers the 
Turfgrass Law. 



98 / Agriculture 



The Weed inspection Service implements the 
1969 Johnson Grass Law. This law provides for (1) 
matching funds for joint State-County control and 
eradication programs, and (2) prevention of John- 
son grass seed development. 

Animal Health Department 

The Animal Health Department is charged with 
the responsibility of preventing the introduction 
of diseases of animals and poultry from outside of 
the state and with control and eradication of such 
diseases within the state. 

Facilities for the diagnosis of a wide variety of 
diseases are furnished in the main laboratory at 
College Park and in the branch laboratories at 
Salisbury, Centreville, Frederick, and Oakland. 

Meat inspection is carried out under the Mary- 
land Wholesome Meat Act of 1968. The act re- 
quires ante and post mortem inspection of all ani- 
mals and their carcasses if used for human food, 
as well as processing and sanitation inspection. 

The Maryland Poultry Productions Inspection 
Act of 1970 provides for similar inspection and 
sanitation of poultry products. 

Office of Weights and Measures 

The Office of Weights and Measures enforces 
the Weights and Measures Law as revised in 1951. 
All commercial weighing and measuring devices 
used in the State are tested annually. Other re- 
quirements relating to quantity in commercial 
transactions are also enforced. 

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

Administrative Officers 

BENTZ. Frank L . Jr.. Vice President for Agricultural Affairs 
and Associate Professor of Soils 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1942: Ph.D., 1952. 
CAIRNS. Gordon M., Dean and Professor of Dairy Science 
B.S.. Cornell University. 1936: Ivl S., 1938; Ph D.. 1940. 
POFFENBERGER, Paul R.. Associate Dean and Professor of 
Agricultural Economics 

B.S , University of Maryland, 1935: M.S., 1937; Ph.D., 
American University, 1953. 
HAUT, Irvin C, Director of Experiment Station and Professor 
of Horticulture 

B.S.. University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of 
Washington, 1930: Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1933. 
WAGNER, Robert E., Director of Extension and Professor of 
Agronomy 

B.S.. Kansas State College, 1942; M.S., University of 
Wisconsin. 1943: Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1950. 
ELLINGTON, Charles P., Director, State Board of Agriculture 
Programs and Extension Assistant Professor of Agronomy 
B S., University of Georgia, 1950; M.S., University of 
Maryland, 1952; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 
1964. 

Faculty 

ALBERT. Thomas F., Assistant Professor of Veterinary Sci- 
ence 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1959; V.M.D., Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania, 1962. 

ANGELL. Frederick F.. Associate Professor of Horticulture 
BS, Southern Illinois University, 1960; M.S., 1961: 
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965. 



ANGUS. Richard R , Assistant Professor and State Leader, 
4-H and Youth 

B S , University of Minnesota. 1953; MS, University of 
Minnesota, 1957. 
ARBUCKLE, Wendell S , Professor of Dairy Science 

BS, Purdue University, 1933; MA., University of Mis- 
souri, 1937; Ph D., 1940. 
AXLEY, John H . Professor of Soils 

B.A,, University of Wisconsin, 1937; Ph.D., 1945. 
AYCOCK, Marvin K.. Jr.. Assistant Professor of Agronomy 
BS.. North Carolina State University, 1959; MS., 1963; 
Ph D . Iowa State University, 1966. 
BAILEY, Martin G.. Assistant Professor and Extension Super- 
visor. Agriculture 

B.S.. Hampton Institute. 1937; M.Ed , Cornell University, 
1955. 
BAKER. Robert L , Assistant Professor of Horticulture 

A.B , Swarthmore College, 1959; M.S., University of 
Maryland. 1962; Ph D., 1965. 
BANDEL, V Allan, Associate Professor of Soils 

B.S.. University of Maryland. 1959; M.S., 1962; Ph.D., 
1965. 
BARNETT, Neal M., Assistant Professor of Botany 

B S., Purdue University, 1959; Ph.D., Duke University, 
1966. 
BAY. ERNEST C, Professor and Head of Entomology 

A. AS., Long Island Agricultural and Technical Institute, 
1949; B.S., Cornell University, 1953; Ph.D., 1960. 
BEAL, George M., Professor of Agricultural and Resource 
Economics 

B.S , Utah State College, 1934; M.S., University of Wis- 
consin, 1938; Ph.D., 1942. 
BEAN, George A., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology 
B.S , Cornell University, 1958: M.S., University of Min- 
nesota, 1960: Ph.D., 1963. 
BEITER, Robert J., Assistant Professor of Agricultural and 
Resource Economics 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1957. 
BELL, Frederick W.. Cooperative Agent and Visiting Associate 
Professor of Agricultural and Resource Economics 
Ph.D., Wayne State University. 1964. 
BENDER, Filmore E., Associate Professor of Agricultural 
and Resource Economics 

B.S.. University of California. 1961; MS, North Carolina 
State College, 1965: Ph.D., 1966. 
BEZDICEK, David F., Assistant Professor of Soils 

B.S., South Dakota State University, 1960: M.S., Univer- 
sity of Minnesota. 1964; Ph.D., 1967. 
BICKLEY, William E., Professor of Entomology 

B.S . University of Tennessee, 1934; M.S., 1936; Ph.D., 
University of Maryland, 1940. 
BIGBEE, Daniel E., Associate Professor Poultry Science 

B.S , Oklahoma State University, 1956; M.S., 1958; Ph.D., 
Michigan State University. 1962. 
BISHOP, Charles E., Chancellor of College Park campus 
and Professor of Agricultural and Resource Economics 
B S., Berea College, 1946; M.S., University of Kentucky, 
1948; Ph.D., University of Chicago. 1952. 
BORTHWICK. Harry A.. Lecturer in Horticulture 

AB, Stanford University, 1921; M.A.. 1924; Ph.D., 1930. 
BOUWKAMP, John C , Assistant Professor of Horticulture 
B.S, Michigan State University, 1964: M.S., 1966; Ph.D., 
1969. 
BRENNAN, Melvin C . Instructor, Visual Aids 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 
BRICKER, A. June, Professor and State Leader, Extension 
Home Economics 

B.S.. Battle Creek College, 1935; M.A., New York Univer- 
sity, 1953: Ph.D., New York University, 1961. 
BRODIE, Herbert L , Instructor of Agricultural Engineering 

B S.A.E., Rutgers State University, 1964. 
BROWN, Russell G , Associate Professor of Botany 

BS., West Virginia University. 1929; M.S., 1930; Ph.D., 
Univeisity of Maryland, 1934. 



Agriculture / 99 



BUCHMAN, David T., Assistant Professor, Dairy Science 

B.S.. University of fVlaryiand. 1961; K/1.S., 1963; Ph.D., 
University of Florida, 1966. 

BULL. Leonard S., Assistant Professor of Dairy Science 

B.S., Okiahoma State University, 1963; M.S., 1964; Ph.D., 
Corneil University, 1969. 

BURIC, John, Associate Professor of Animal Science 

B.S., West Virginia University, 1948; lv1,S., University of 
Maryland, 1952; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1960. 

BURT, Gordon W., Assistant Professor of Agronomy 

B.S., Tennessee Technological University, 1961; M,S,, 
Cornell University, 1964; Ph.D., Washington State Uni- 
versity, 1967. 

BUSBICE, Bobby G., Assistant Professor and Extension Su- 
pervisor, 4-H and Youth 
B.S., Louisiana State University, 1950; M.S., University 
of Maryland, 1961. 

CAIN, Jarvis L., Associate Professor of Agricultural and Re- 
source Economics 

B.S , 1955; Purdue University; M.S., Ohio State Univer- 
sity, 1956; Ph.D., 1961. 

CALDWELL, Billy E., Cooperative Agent and Visiting Asso- 
ciate Professor, Agronomy 

B,S., North Carolina State College. 1955; M.S., 1959; 
Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1963. 

CARON, Dewey M., Assistant Professor of Entomology 

B.A., University of Vermont, 1964; M,S., University of 
Tennessee, 1966; Ph.D., Cornell, 1970. 

CHANCE, Charles M., Associate Professor, Dairy Science 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., Virginia Poly- 
technic Institute, 1948; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 
1952. 

CLARK, Neri A., Professor of Agronomy 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1954; Ph.D., 1959. 

CORBETT, M. Kenneth, Professor of Plant Pathology 

B.S., Macdonald College, McGill University, 1950; Ph.D., 
Cornell University, 1954, 

COWAN, Andrew M., Jr., Associate Professor of Agricultural 
Engineering 

B.S.A.E., Purdue University, 1951; M.S., Iowa State Col- 
lege, 1955; Ph.D., 1967. 

COX, Edwin L., Lecturer in Agricultural Biometrics 

B.S.. Mount Allison University, 1933; M.S., Acadia Uni- 
versity, 1940; M.S., Virginia Polytechnical Institute, 1949; 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University, 1952. 

CREEK. Richard D., Associate Professor of Poultry Science 
B.S., Purdue University, 1951; M.S., 1954; Ph,D., 1955. 

CROTHERS, John L., Jr., Assistant Professor, Department of 
Markets 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1954. 

CURTIS, Charles R.. Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology 
B.S., Colorado State University, 1961; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., 
1965. 

CURTIS, John M., Professor and Head of Agricultural and 
Resource Economics 

B.S., North Carolina State College, 1947; M.S., 1949; 
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1961, 

DAVIDSON, John A , Assistant Professor of Entomology 

B.A., Columbia Union College, 1955; M,S.. University of 
Maryland, 1957; Ph.D., 1960. 

DAVIS, Richard F., Professor and Head of Dairy Science 

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1960; M.S,, Cornell 
University, 1952; Ph.D., 1953, 

DEAL, Elwyn E., Associate Professor of Agronomy and 
Assistant Director of Extension 

B.S., University of Georgia, 1958; M.S., 1960; Ph.D., Rut- 
gers University, 1963. 

DEBARTHE, Jerry V., Assistant Professor of Animal Science 
B.S, Iowa State University, 1961; Ph.D.. 1966. 

DECKER. Morris A., Jr., Professor of Agronomy 

B,S., Colorado A. & M., 1949; M,S., Utah State College, 
1950; Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1953. 

DOUGLASS, Larry W., Assistant Professor, Dairy Science 
B S., Purdue University, 1964; M.S., 1966, Ph.D., Oregon 
State University, 1969. 



DUTTA, Sukanta K., Associate Professor of Veterinary 
Science 

B.Sc. (Vet.) Bombay University, India, 1956; M.S., Uni- 
versity of Minnesota, 1960; Ph.D., 1962. 

EIGENBRODE. David D., Assistant Professor and Extension 
Supervisor, 4-H and Youth 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1955; M.S.. 1961. 

EVANS, James G,, Sr., Visiting Professor of Agricultural and 
Resource Economics 

B.A., Simpson College, 1921; M.A., University of Illinois. 
1924. 

FANNING, Devlin S., Associate Professor of Soil Mineralogy 
B.S., Cornell University, 1954; M.S., 1959; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Wisconsin, 1964, 

FARWELL, Sanford, Instructor and Exhibits Specialist 
B.A., Rhode Island School of Design, 1954. 

FELTON, Kenneth E,, Associate Professor of Agricultural 
Engineering 

B.S.A., University of Maryland, 1950; B.S.C.E., 1951; 
M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1962. 

FERNOW, Leonard R., Associate Professor of Geology 
B.S., Cornell University, 1956; M.S., 1957; Ph.D., 1961. 

FLYGER, Vagn F., Research Professor, Natural Resource 
Institute 
B,S., Cornell University, 1948; M.S., Pennsylvania State 
University, 1952; Sc.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1956 

FOSS, John E., Associate Professor of Soil Classification 
B.S., Wisconsin State University, 1957; M.S., University 
of Minnesota, 1959; Ph.D., 1965. 

FOSTER, Phillips W., Professor of Agricultural and Resource 
Economics 

B.S., Cornell University, 1953; M.S., University of Illinois, 
1956; Ph.D., 1958. 

FRA2IER, Billie H. (Mrs.), Associate Professor and Human 
Development Specialist 

B.S., Sam Houston State University, 1954; M.S., Texas 
Women's University, 1958; Ph.D., Florida State Univer- 
sity, 1964. 

GALLOWAY, Raymond A., Professor of Plant Physiology 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1956; Ph.D., 
1958. 

GAUCH, Hugh G., Professor of Plant Physiology 

B.S., Miami University, 1935; M,S., Kansas State College, 
1937; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1939, 

GODFREY, Edward F.. Professor of Poultry Science 

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1949; M.S., Ohio 
State University, 1950; Ph.D., 1952. 

GOODWIN, Edwin E., Associate Professor of Animal Science 
B.S., Louisiana State University, 1946; M,S., Cornell. 
1948; Ph.D., Washington State University, 1955. 

GOUIN, Francis R., Assistant Professor of Horticulture 

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1962; M.S., Univer- 
sity of Maryland, 1965; Ph.D., 1969. 

GREEN, Robert L., Professor and Head of Agricultural 
Engineering 

B.S.A.E., University of Georgia, 1934; M.S . Iowa State 
College, 1939; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1953. 

GREEN, Willard W., Professor of Animal Science 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D.. 
1939. 

GRIGG, Barbara J., Instructor of Botany 

B.S., Florida Southern College, 1960; M.S., University of 
Tennessee, 1963; PhD , Duke University, 1968. 

HAMMOND, Robert C, Associate Professor of Veterinary 
Science 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University. 1943; V M D., Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania. 1948. 

HARDIE, Ian W., Associate Professor of Agricultural and Re- 
source Economics 

A.A.. Modesto Junior College, 1958; B.S., University of 
California, 1960; Ph.D., 1965. 

HARDING, Wallace C . Jr., Assistant Professor of Entomology 
B,S., University of Maryland. 1951; M.S., 1956; PhD.. 
1961. 



100 / Agriculture 



HARRIS. Wesley L . Professor of Agricultural Engineering 

BS A E , University of Georgia, 1953; M.S., 1958; Ph.D , 

Michigan State University. 1960. 
HARRISON, Floyd P . Associate Professor of Entomology 

BS . Louisiana State University. 1951; M.S., 1953; Ph.D.. 

University of Maryland. 1955. 
HARRISON. George K.. Assistant Professor of Botany 

BA. Western Maryland College. 1935; M.S.. University 

of Maryland. 1956: Ph.D.. 1959. 
HATZIOLOS. Basil C. Professor of Pathology 

D V M . Veterinary School of Alfont. France, 1929; DR. 

VET. IN AN. HUS . Veterinary School of Berlin, Germany, 

1932. 
HEATH. James L., Assistant Professor of Poultry Science 

B.S.. Louisiana State University, 1963; M.S., 1968; Ph.D., 

1970. 
HEIMPEL. Arthur M.. Lecturer in Entomology 

B.A.. Queens College. 1947; M.A.. 1948; Ph.D., University 

of California, 1954. 
HENDEE. Clare W.. Lecturer in Horticulture 

B.S., Michigan State University, 1930; M.A., George 

Washington University, 1960. 
HESS, David R.. Instructor and Program Assistant 

B.S.. Utah State University. 1964. 
HIGGINS. Elizabeth A . Instructor of Botany 

B.S.. University of Maryland. 1950; M.A., 1969. 
HOECKER. Harold H., Assistant Professor of Agricultural and 
Resource Economics 

B.S., Iowa State College, 1941. 
HOFMANN. Lenat. Assistant Professor of Agronomy 

B.S., Wisconsin State University, 1962; M.S., North Da- 
kota State University, 1968; Ph.D., 1969. 
HOLMES. A. Stewart, Assistant Professor of Agricultural and 
Resource Economics 

B.S.. Oregon State University. 1965; Ph.D., University of 

Maryland, 1969. 
HOPKINS, H. Palmer, Assistant Professor of Agricultural and 
Extension Education and Director of Student Aid 

B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1936; Ed.M., University 

of Maryland, 1948; Ed.D., George Washington University, 

■ ■>62. 
HORNSTEIN. Irwin, Lecturer in Food Science 

B.Ch. Eng.. City College of New York. 1937; M.S., Univer- 
sity of Maryland. 1951; Ph.D., Georgetown University, 

1960. 
HOWELL, Robert K., Lecturer in Horticulture 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1959; M.S., 1961; Ph.D., 

1965. 
HOYERT. John H., Professor of Agronomy 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 

1951. 
HUMMEL, John W., Assistant Professor of Agricultural En- 
gineering 

B.S.A.E., University of Maryland. 1964; M.S., University 

of Maryland, 1966; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1970. 
INGLING, Allen L., Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science 

BS.E.E.. University of Maryland, 1963; V.M.D., Univer- 
sity of Pennsylvania, 1969. 
ISHEE, Sidney, Professor of Agricultural and Resource Eco- 
nomics 

B.S., Mississippi State College. 1950; M.S., Pennsylvania 

State University. 1952; Ph.D., 1957. 
JOHNSON. Carl N., Assistant Professor of Horticulture 

B.S.. Michigan State College. 1947. 
JOHNSON, Robert B . Associate Professor of Veterinary Phys- 
iology 

A.B., University of South Dakota, 1939. 
JONES. Jack Colvard. Professor of Entomology 

B.S.. Alabama Polytechnic Institute. 1942; Ph.D.. Iowa 

State College, 1950. 
KANTZES. James G., Professor of Plant Pathology 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 

1957. 



KARLANDER. Edward P., Associate Professor of Plant Phys- 
iology 

B.S., University of Vermont. 1960; M.S., University of 

Maryland, 1962; Ph.D., 1964. 
KEENEY. Mark. Professor of Dairy Science 

B S . Pennsylvania Slate College. 1942; M.S., Ohio Stale 

University, 1948; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State College, 1950. 
KILPATRICK, Louise C . Assistant Professor and Program 
Leader. 4-H and Youth 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University. 1942; MS.. Cornell 

University, 1957. 
KING. Raymond L., Professor of Dairy Science ', 

A.B., University of California, 1955; Ph.D., 1958. 
KLARMAN. William L.. Associate Professor of Plant Pathology 

BS., Eastern Illinois State College. 1957; M.S.. Univer- 
sity of Illinois. 1960; Ph.D., 1962. 
KLEMENT, Jerome J.. State Leader for Rural Development 
and Assistant Professor 

B.S.. Texas A&M University, 1960; M.S., University of 

Maryland, 1967; Ed.D., North Carolina State University, 

1971. 
KOCH. E. James. Visiting Lecturer in Horticulture 

B.S., Iowa State University, 1947; M.S.. North Carolina 

State University, 1949. 
KRAMER. Amihud. Professor of Horticulture 

BS.. University of Maryland. 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 

1942. 
KRAUSS. Robert W., Professor of Plant Physiology and Head, 
Department of Botany 

A.B., Oberlin College. 1947; M.S., University of Hawaii, 

1949; Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1951. 
KRESTENSEN, EIroy R.. Associate Professor of Entomology 

B.S.. University of Florida. 1949; M.S., 1951; Ph.D.. Uni- 
versity of Maryland. 1962. 
KRUSBERG, Lorin R.. Professor of Plant Pathology 

B.S., University of Delaware, 1954; M.S., North Carolina 

State College, 1956; Ph.D.. 1959. 
LADSON. Thomas A , Head of Veterinary Science and Di- 
rector of Animal Health 

V.M.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1939. 
LANGSDALE, Elizabeth, Assistant Professor and Home Furn- 
ishing Specialist 

B.S., Illinois State University, 1938; M.E., Pennsylvania 

State University, 1954. 
LAWRENCE, Robert G.. Assistant Professor of Agricultural 
and Resource Economics 

B.S.. University of Oklahoma, 1957; M.B.A., 1961; Ph.D., 

Texas A&M University. 1969. 
LEFFEL, Emory C, Professor of Animal Science 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., 

1953. 
LESSLEY, Billy V., Associate Professor of Agricultural and 
Resource Economics 

B.S.. University of Arkansas. 1957; M.S., 1960; Ph.D., 

University of Missouri, 1965. 
LIDEN, Conrad H., Assistant Professor, Administrative Assist- 
ant to the Dean 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1942; M.S.. 1949 
LEIDENFROST. Charles B., Instructor and Cultural Resource 
Development Specialist 

Agricultural Degree, University of Budapest, 1943. 
LINK. Conrad B., Professor of Horticulture 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., 1940. 
LOCKARD, J. David. Associate Professor of Botany and 
Education 

B.S.. Pennsylvania State College. 1951; M.Ed.. Pennsyl- 
vania State University. 1955; Ph.D., 1962. 
LONGEST, James W.. Associate Professor of Rural Sociology 

B.S.. University of Illinois, 1951; M.S., 1953; Ph.D., 

Cornell University, 1957. 
MACCINI. John A.. Assistant Professor in Geology and 
Secondary Education 

BA . Boston University, 1949; M.A., 1952; Ph.D., Ohio 

State University, 1969. 



Agriculture / 101 



MARASCO, Richard J.. Assistant Professor of Agricultural 
and Resource Economics 

B.S., Utah State University, 1961; Ivl.S., 1966; Ph.D., 
University of California, 1969. 
MARQUARDT, Warren W.. Associate Professor of Veterinary 
Science 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1959; D.V.M., 1961; Ph.D., 
1970. 
MATHIAS, lola H., Assistant Professor and Clothing and 
Textiles Specialist 

B.S., Mississippi State College for Women, 1936; M.S., 
Mississippi Southern College, 1955. 
MATTICK, Joseph F.. Professor of Dairy Science 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1942; Ph.D., 1950. 
McKEE, Claude G., Associate Professor of Agronomy 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1955; Ph.D.. 
1959. 
McLUCKIE, Virginia, Associate Professor and Home Econ- 
omist 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1953. 
McCLURG, Charles A., Assistant Professor of Horticulture 
B.S . Iowa State University, 1966; M.S., Pennsylvania 
State University, 1968; Ph.D., 1970. 
MEARNS, Margaret M , Assistant Professor and Extension 
Supervisor Home Economics 

as,. University of Delaware, 1933; M.S., University of 
Maryland, 1968. 
MENZER, Robert E., Associate Professor of Entomology 

B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1960; M.S., University 
of Maryland, 1962; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1964. 
MERKEL, James A., Assistant Professor of Agriculture En- 
gineering 

B.S., Penn State University, 1962; M.S., Iowa State Uni- 
versity, 1965; Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1967. 
MERRICK. Charles P., Extension Associate Professor of 
Agricultural Engineering 

B.S.C.E., University of Maryland, 1933. 
MESSERSMITH, Donald H., Associate Professor of Entomol- 
ogy 

B.Ed., University of Toledo, 1951; M.S., University of 
Michigan, 1953; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 
1962. 
MEYER, Amos R., Associate Professor of Marketing 

B.S , Ohio State University, 1940. 
MILLER, Frederick P., Associate Professor of Soils 

B.S. Ohio State University, 1958; M.S., 1961; Ph.D., 
1965. 
MILLER, James R., Professor and Head of Agronomy 

B.S. University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1953; Ph.D., 
1956. 
MOHANTY. Sashi B., Associate Professor of Veterinary 
Virology 

B.V.SC. & AH., Bihar University, India, 1956; M.S., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1961; Ph.D., 1963. 
MOORE, John R., Professor of Agricultural and Resource 
Economics 
BS., Ohio State University, 1951; M.S., Cornell Univer- 
sity. 1955; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 1959. 
MORGAN, Delbert T., Jr.. Professor of Botany 

B.S.. Kent State University, 1940; M.A., Columbia Uni- 
versity. 1942; Ph D., 1948. 
MORGAN. Omar D., Jr., Associate Professor of Plant Path- 
ology 

B.Ed., Illinois State Normal University, 1940; Ph D., Uni- 
versity of Illinois, 1950. 
MORRIS, John L., Associate Professor of Dairy Science 

BS., Iowa State College. 1943; M.S., University of Dela- 
ware, 1958. 
MOTTA. Jerome J.. Assistant Professor of Botany 

A.B., San Francisco State, 1959; M.A., San Francisco 
State, 1964; PhD., University of California, Berkeley, 
1968. 
MULCHI. Charles L.. Assistant Professor of Agronomy 

BS. North Carolina State University, 1964; M.S., 1967; 
Ph D . 1970 

102 / Agriculture 



MURRAY, Ray A., Professor of Agricultural and Resource 
Economics 

BS., University of Nebraska, 1934; M.A., Cornell Uni- 
versity, 1938; Ph.D., 1949. 

NANTZ, Evelyn R., Assistant Professor and Home Manage- 
ment Specialist 

B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1939; M.S.. 1958. 

NASH, Darrel A , Cooperative Agent and Visiting Assistant 
Professor of Agricultural and Resource Economics 
A.A., Fort Lewis College, 1956; B.S., Colorado State Uni- 
versity. 1958; M.S., Montana State University, 1960; 
Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1964. 

NELSON, Clifford L., Associate Professor of Agricultural and 
Extension Education 

B.S., Washington State University, 1957; MS, 1962; 
PhD, University of Minnesota, 1966. 

NEWCOMER. Joseph L.. Assistant Professor of Agronomy 
B S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 1955. 

NEWMAN, John A., Associate Professor of Veterinary Micro- 
biology 

B.S, University of Minnesota, 1959; D.V.M., 1961; Ph.D., 
1967. 

NICHOLSON, James L., Assistant Professor of Poultry Science 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951. 

NOETZEL, Bruno O., Cooperative Agent and Visiting Assist- 
ant Professor of Agricultural and Resource Economics 
B.S., College of Economics, Poland, 1957; M.S., 1959. 

NORTON. Jane S., Research Associate in Botany 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1957; M.S., Cornell 
University, 1959; PhD , University of Connecticut, 1966. 

OWENS, Anna Belle, Instructor in Botany 

BS., University of Maryland, 1940; M.S., 1949. 

PAROCHETTI, James V., Assistant Professor of Agronomy 
B.S., University of Illinois, 1962; M.S., Purdue University. 
1964; Ph.D.. 1966. 

PATTERSON, Glenn W., Associate Professor of Plant Phys- 
iology 

B.S., North Carolina State University, 1960; M.S., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1963; Ph.D., 1964. 

POLLARD, William O., Assistant Professor of Poultry Science 
A,A , Geo, Washington University, 1949; B.A., University 
of Virginia, 1951; Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1962. 

POWELL, Andrew J., Assistant Professor of Agronomy 

B.S, University of Kentucky, 1961; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., 
Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1967. 

QUIGLEY, George D., Associate Professor of Poultry Science 
and Director of the Institute of Applied Agriculture 
B.S., Michigan State University, 1925. 

RAPPLEYE, Robert D.. Associate Professor of Botany 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; MS., 1947; Ph.D., 
1949. 

REBUCK, Ernest C, Assistant Professor of Agricultural En- 
gineering 

B.S.A.E., Pennsylvania State University, 1966; M.S., 
1967; Ph.D.. University of Arizona. 1971. 

REICHELDERFER. Charles F.. Assistant Professor of Ento- 
mology 

BS.. St. Cloud State College. 1961; Ph.D.. University of 
California. Riverside. 1968. 

REVEAL. James L., Assistant Professor of Botany 

B S.. Utah State University. 1963; M.S.. Utah State. 1965; 
Ph.D.. Brigham Young University. 1969. 

REYNOLDS. Charles W . Professor of Horticulture 

B.A., University of Alabama. 1941; B.S.. Alabama Poly- 
technic Institute. 1947; M.S.. 1949; Ph.D.. University of 
Maryland. 1954. 

RICE. William L.. Instructor in Agricultural Engineering 
B S A.E., University of Maryland. 1968. 

ROGERS. Benjamin L.. Professor of Horticulture 

BS,. Clemson College. 1943; MS.. University of Min- 
nesota, 1947; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1950. 

RYDEN. Einar R., Professor of Extension Education 

B.S., Augsburg College, 1929. Ph.D.. Northwestern Uni- 
versity, 1947, 



SCHALES, Franklin D., Associate Professor of Horticulture 
B.S.. Louisiana State University, 1959; (vl.S.. Cornell 
University, 1962; Ph.D., 1963. 

SCHILLINGER, Jotin A , Jr . Associate Professor of Agronomy 
B.S., University of IVIaryland, 1960; M.S., 1962; Pfi.D., 
Michigan State University, 1965. 

SCHUELER, Ronald L , Associate Professor of Veterinary 
Science 

D.V.M.. University of Georgia, 1962; M.S.. Purdue Uni- 
versity, 1966; Ph D., University of Missouri, 1970. 

SCOTT, Leiand E., Professor of Horticulture 

B S., University of Kentucky, 1927; MS, Michigan State 
College, 1929; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1943. 

SEELEY. Donald J., Instructor in Dair^' Science 
B S.. Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1950. 

SEGOVIA, Antonio V., Associate Professor of Geology 

B.S . Colorado School of Mines, 1956; Ph.D., Pennsyl- 
vania State University, 1963. 

SEIBEL, Ronald J , Instructor in Agricultural Engineering 
B.S., University of Illinois, 1957; M.S., 1958. 

SHAFFNER, Clyne S , Professor and Head of Poultry Science 
B.S., Michigan State College, 1938; M.S., 1940; Ph.D., 
Purdue University, 1947. 

SHANKS, James B., Professor of Horticulture 

B.S.. Ohio State University, 1939; M.S., 1946; Ph.D., 
1949. 

SHORB. Mary S., Research Professor of Poultry Science 

B.S., College of Idaho, 1928; Sc.D., Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity, 1933. 

SHRIVER, David. Assistant Professor of Entomology 
B,S,, University of Maryland, 1960; M.S., 1963. 

SIEGRIST, Henry G., Jr., Associate Professor of Geology 
B.A., Lehigh University, 1965; M.S., Pennsylvania State 
University, 1959; Ph.D., 1961. 

SISLER. Hugh D.. Professor of Plant Pathology 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., 
1953. 

SMITH, Clodus R.. Associate Professor of Agricultural and 
Extension Education and Director of Summer School 
B.S., Oklahoma A&M College, 1950; M.S., 1955; Ed.D., 
Cornell University, 1960. 

SMITH, Clyde F., Assistant Professor of Botany 

B.S., University of Illinois, 1950; M.S., University of 
Illinois, 1963; Ph.D., Cornell, 1967. 

SMITH. Harold D., Associate Director of Extension and 
Professor of Agricultural and Resource Economics 

B.A., Bridgewater College, 1943; M.S., University of Mary- 
land, 1947; Ph.D., American University, 1952. 

SOERGEL. Kenneth P., Associate Professor of Horticulture 
B.S., Pennsylvania State University. 1961; M.L.A., Harvard 
University, 1963. 

SOROKIN, Constantine, Research Professor in Plant Phys- 
iology 

Diploma, Novocherkassk (Russia), 1927; M.A., Academy 
of Sciences (Moscow), 1936; Ph.D., University of Texas, 
1955. 

SOKOLOSKI, Adam A., Cooperative Agent and Visiting As- 
sistant Professor of Agricultural and Resource Economics 
B S., Middlebury College, 1961; M.S., Purdue University. 
1964; Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1967. 

SPANGLER, Paul J., Lecturer in Entomology 

B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1949; M.S., Ohio Univer- 
sity. 1951; Ph.D.. University of Missouri, 1960. 

STADELBACHER, Glenn J., Associate Professor of Horti- 
culture 

B.S., Southern Illinois University, 1958; Ph.D., University 
of Maryland, 1962. 

STARK. Francis C, Professor and Head of Horticulture 

B,S.. Oklahoma A. & M.. 1940; M.S.. University of Mary- 
land. 1941; Ph.D.. 1948. 

STEELE. David E.. Instructor in Veterinary Science 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1966; D.V.M., University of 
Georgia, 1970. 



STEINHAUER, Allen L.. Associate Professor of Entomology 

BSA., University of Manitoba, 1953; M.S., Oregon State 

University, 1955; Ph.D , 1958. 
STERN, William L , Professor of Botany 

B S., Rutgers University, 1950; MS, University of Illinois, 

1951; Ph.D., 1954. 
STEVENS, George A., Professor of Agricultural and Resource 
Economics 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1941; Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Maryland, 1957. 
STEWART, Larry E., Instructor in Agricultural Engineering 

B.S.A.E., West Virginia, 1960; M.S., 1961. 
STIFEL, Peter B., Associate Professor of Geology 

B.A., Cornell University, 1958; Ph.D.. University of Utah, 

1964. 
STRICKLING, Edvi/ard, Professor of Soils 

BS., Ohio State University, 1937; Ph.D., 1949. 
SULZBACKER, William L., Lecturer in Animal Science 

B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1936; M.S.. 1938. 
THOMAS. Owen P., Assistant Professor of Poultry Science 

B.Sc, University of Natal, 1954; M.Sc, 1962; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1966. 
THOMPSON, Arthur H., Professor of Horticulture 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941; Ph.D., University of 

Maryland, 1945. 
TODD, S. Herman, Instructor in Horticulture 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1937. 
TUTHILL, Dean F., Professor of Agricultural and Resource 
Economics 

B.S., Cornell University, 1949; M.S., University of Illinois, 

1954; Ph.D., 1958. 
TWIGG, Bernard A., Professor of Horticulture 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1955; Ph.D., 

1959. 
VANDERSALL, John H., Associate Professor of Dairy Science 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1950; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 

1959. 
VANZANDT, Dorothy P., Assistant Professor and Food and 
Nutrition Specialist 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1935; M.S., Texas 

Woman's University, 1966; Ph.D., 1968. 
VEST. H. Grant. Research Associate in Agronomy 

B.S.. Utah State University, I960: M.S., 1964; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Minnesota, 1967. 
VIA. James E.. Associate Professor of Agricultural and Re- 
source Economics 

B.S., North Carolina State University, 1952; M.S., 1964; 

Ph.D., 1967. 
WABECK, Charles J., Assistant Professor of Poultry Science 

B.S.. University of Massachusetts, 1962; M.S., University 

of New Hampshire, 1964; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1966. 
WALKER, William P.. Professor of Agricultural and Resource 
Economics 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1921; M.S., 1924. 
WANG, Virginia Li, Assistant Professor and Health Education 
Specialist 

B.A., Salve Regina College, 1954; M.A., New York Uni- 
versity, 1956; M.P.H., University of North Carolina. 1965; 

Ph.D., 1968. 
WAUGH, Frederick V., Cooperative Agent and Visiting Pro- 
fessor of Agricultural and Resource Economics 

B.S.. Massachusetts Agriculture College, 1922; M.S., 

Rutgers University, 1924; Ph.D., Columbia University, 

1929. 
WEAMERT, James A., Assistant Director and Assistant Pro- 
fessor 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.Ed., North Carolina 

University, 1969. 
WEAVER, Leslie O., Professor of Plant Pathology 

B.S.A., Ontario Agricultural College, 1934; Ph.D., Cornell 

University, 1943. 
WEIDNER, Jerry R., Assistant Professor of Geology 

B.A., Miami University (Ohio), 1960; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., 

Pennsylvania State University, 1968. 



Agriculture / 103 



WESTHOFF. Dennis C Assistant Professor of Dairy Science 

B.S . University of Georgia. 1966: M.S. North Carolina 

Stale University. 1968: Ph.D., 1970. 
WHAPLES. Gene C. Instructor and Program Leader, 4-H 
and Youth 

B S . University of Connecticut, I960: M.S., Kansas State 

University. 1965. 
WHEATON, Fredrick W.. Research Associate of Agricultural 
Engineering 

B.S., Michigan State University, 1964; M.S.. Michigan 

State University. 1965: Ph.D., Iowa State University. 

1968. 
WILEY. Robert C. Professor of Horticulture 

B.S. University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1950; Ph.D. 

Oregon State College. 1953. 
WILLIAMS. Walter F., Professor of Dairy Science 

B.S . University of Missouri. 1952; Ph.D., 1955. 
WILLSON. George B.. Research Associate (Visiting) 

BSCE.. University of Wyoming, 1951; M.S.C.E., Univer- 
sity of Wyoming. 1963. 
WINN, Paul N.. Research Professor of Agricultural Engineer- 
ing 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1947; M.S., 1958. 
WOOD. Francis E.. Instructor in Entomology 

B.S. University of Missouri, 1958: M.S., 1962; Ph.D., 

University of Maryland, 1970. 
WYSONG. John W.. Professor of Agricultur*! and Resource 
Economics 

B.S.. Cornell University. 1953; M.S., University of Illinois, 

1954; Ph.D.. Cornell University, 1957. 
YOUNG, Edgar P., Professor of Animal Science and Head, 
Animal Science 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1954; M.S., 1956; Ph.D., 

1958. 

Emeriti 

CORY, Ernest N.. Professor of Entomology. Emeritus 

B.S.. Maryland Agricultural College. 1909; M.S., 1913: 
Ph D.. American University. 1926. 

DEVAULT. Samuel H., Professor of Agricultural Economics 
and Marketing, Emeritus 
A.B.. Carson-Newman College, 1912; A.M.. University of 
North Carolina, 1915; Ph.D.. Massachusetts State Col- 
lege. 1931. 

EMERSON. Dorothy, Professor, Emerita 

FOSTER, John E.. Professor and Head of Animal Science, 
Emeritus 

B.S.. North Carolina State College, 1926; M.S., Kansas 
State College, 1927; Ph.D.. Cornell University, 1937. 

HAMILTON, Arthur B.. Associate Professor of Agricultural 
Economics. Emeritus 

BS. University of Maryland. 1929; M.S., 1931. 

HAVILAND, Elizabeth E., Assistant Professor of Entomology, 
Emerita 
A.B., Wilmington (Ohio) College, 1923; M.A., Cornell Uni- 
versity, 1926; M.S., University of Maryland. 1936; Ph D., 
1945. 



KEMP, William B., Director of Experiment Station. Emeritus 
B.S.. University of Maryland. 1912; Ph.D., American Uni- 
versity, 1928. 

KREWATCH, Albert V., Extension Professor of Agricultural 
Engineering, Emeritus 

BS, University of Delaware. 1925; M.S., 1929; E.E., 
1933. 

MAGRUDER. John W.. Extension Professor, Emeritus 

B.S . University of Maryland, 1925; M.S., Cornell Univer- 
sity. 1941. 

NYSTROM. Paul E.. Director of Extension and Professor of 
Agricultural Economics. Emeritus 

B.S. University of California, 1928: M.S.. University of 
Maryland, 1931; M.P.A., Harvard University, 1948: D.P.A., 
1951 

ROTHGEB, Russell G , Professor of Agronomy, Emeritus 

B.S.. University of Maryland. 1924; M.S., Iowa State Col- 
lege, 1925: Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1928. 

STREET. Orman E.. Professor of Agronomy. Emeritus 

B.S . South Dakota State College. 1924; M.S., Michigan 
State College. 1927: Ph D.. 1933. 

Supervising Teachers of Agricultural Education * 

BEVARD. Carl W., B S.. University of Maryland, 1950; M.Ed., 

1953. 

South Carroll High School, Sykesvllle, Maryland. 
BURLIN. Walter W., B.S.. University of Maryland. 1951; M.S., 

University of Delaware, 1958. 

Bel Air High School, Bel Air, Maryland. 
COBB, Robert A., B.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 

North Harford High School. Pylesvllle, Maryland. 
COOPER, Elmer T.. B.S.. University of Maryland, 1956; M.S., 

1965. 

North Harford High School, Pylesville, Maryland. 
DELAUDER. Robert S., Jr., B.S.. University of Maryland, 

1967: M.S.. 1969. 

Damascus High School. Damascus, Maryland. 
HERITAGE. Robert K.. B.S., Rutgers University. 

High Point High School. Beltsville. Maryland. 
MILLER. David A.. B.S.. University of Maryland, 1966. 

Galthersburg High School, Galthersburg, Maryland. 
MILLER. Harry T., B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 

1952. 

Damascus High School. Damascus. Maryland. 
MCFARLAND, Frank R.. Jr.. B.S., University of Maryland, 

1939. 

Howard County Vocational-Technical Center. Clarks- 

ville. Maryland. 
SAMPSON. James A.. B.S., West Virginia University, 1956; 

M.S., 1960. 

North Harford High School, Pylesville, Maryland. 
STULL, Paul S, B.S.. University of Maryland, 1964; West 

Virginia University. 1969. 

Walkersville High School, Walkersville, Maryland. 

'Teachers of vocational agriculture supervise student teach- 
ers during the student teaching period in cooperation with 
the Department of Agricultural and Extension Education. 



104 / Agriculture 



1 




Architecture 



THE SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE offers a five- 
year undergraduate professional program lead- 
ing to the degree, Bachelor of Architecture. Fu- 
ture plans include development of other environ- 
mental design programs at the graduate and un- 
dergraduate level. 

The school is following established procedures 
of the National Architectural Accreditation Board, 
and it is anticipated that it will be accredited in 
accordance with policies of the NAAB, insuring 
that present and future students will be eligible 
for registration in all 50 states upon meeting ex- 
perience requirements and passing the standard 
examination. The school is an associate member 
of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Arch- 
itecture, and is assigned to that organization's 
Northeastern Region. 

The curriculum presents the basic requisite 
skills and the opportunity to develop the knowl- 
edge to begin professional work. The school's 
goal is to prepare students for professional service 
in helping ameliorate the nation's environmental 
problems. 

OPPORTUNITIES IN ARCHITECTURE 

A rapidly expanding population, together with 
rapidly developing industrial civilization, has taxed 
the resources of cities throughout the world. Large 
segments of these urban populations are over- 



crowded, underserviced and deprived of many of 
the amenities which city life historically symbol- 
izes. Many cities find themselves on the edge of 
economic, political and social disaster. Whole 
ethnic, racial and economic groups live in a con- 
tinuing situation of environmental frustration. This 
urban crisis, which has come to fruition over the 
last generation, promises to dominate our domes- 
tic life in the United States for at least the genera- 
tion to come. 

The very complexity of these problems, pre- 
cluding easy attribution of causes and obviating 
simple solutions, has generated great changes in 
the environmental design professions and in the 
other social disciplines. Where they once stood 
apart, they are now committed to a common pur- 
pose. Each of them has had to broaden its vision 
of service and concern, and has come to recog- 
nize the worth and value of the techniques and in- 
sights of the others. 

In architecture, these exchanges have influ- 
enced the procedures, scope and services and 
goals of the profession. Recent years have seen 
the introduction of the ideas of urban sociology 
and the behavioral sciences into the area of pro- 
fessional concern, of the inclusion into profession- 
al procedures of linear programming, computer 
technology, operations research, mathematical 
and gaming simulation, and the use of analogue 
models. The scope of architectural services, once 



Architecture / 107 



confined to the design of and supervision of con- 
struction of buildings, has been broadened to in- 
clude programming, developmental planning, op- 
erations research, project feasibility studies and 
other new professional activities. Finally, the role 
of the architect is expanding from a narrow con- 
cern with building design to a broad concern for 
developmental change, and his goal has devel- 
oped from a preoccupation with beauty to a com- 
mitment to contributing to the enchancement of 
the quality of life. 

These observations indicate both the great need 
for educated and trained professionals, and the 
relevancy and excitement which characterize the 
profession today. Perhaps at no time in history has 
architecture posed as great a challenge, nor of- 
fered so great a promise of personal fulfillment to 
its successful practitioners. There are many op- 
portunities for employment and careers in archi- 
tectural practice. Additional education and experi- 
ence also qualify a graduate for a career in city 
or regional planning. 

Moreover, the general nature of an architectural 
education is such that some graduates elect and 
achieve successful careers in related fields in civ- 
il service, commerce or industry. 



THE CURRICULUM 

The program permits students to enter the 
School of Architecture either directly from high 
school or after one year of general college work 
without extending the time required for comple- 
tion of degree requirements. 

Students in the first year may take an introduc- 
tory course in the history of architecture as well 
as general courses, in the second year, the stu- 
dent begins his professional education in the basic 
environmental design studio course as well as 
continuing his general education. The basic en- 
vironmental design studio explores specific archi- 
tectural problems as well as the general problems 
inherent in making objects and making spaces. 
In the third year, coordinated courses in design 
and building systems introduce the student to 
the ecological, physiographic, physiological, soc- 
ial, and physical generators of archtecture design; 
and the student is given an introduction into build- 
ing technology. In the fourth year, this process is 
continued, but the emphasis is on urban design 
factors: the environmental context, the historical 
and situation context, urban systems, and theo- 
retical, aesthetic and sociological considerations. 
In the fifth year of design, the student is offered 
an opportunity to choose a comprehensive topi- 
cal problem from several offered each year, in- 
cluding special studies in technical areas as well 
as building design and case studies in urban 
planning. 

All of the design studio courses emphasize en- 
vironmental design problem solving experiences 
to advance the student's skill in the field, as well 



as lectures, reading assignments, field trips, etc. 
In addition to the design and technical courses, 
the student is required to take four semesters of 
architectural history, of which two are selected 
from a number of options, several liberal and 
physical sciences, and a number of electives and 
professional electives. The latter may be chosen 
from among those offered by the school's faculty 
as well as from among selected courses offered 
by other departments. A list of professional elec- 
tives is presented elsewhere in this section. 

The general education requirements of the Uni- 
versity apply generally to the architecture pro- 
gram, but architectural students are specifically 
required to complete math through MATH 220 and 
221. Most students find it necessary to begin col- 
lege math with MATH 115, followed by MATH 220 
and 221. In addition, architecture students are re- 
quired to complete Physics 121, Biology 101 and 
Computer Science 103. 

LOCATION 

A permanent, contemporary, air-conditioned 
building from the school is under construction and 
should be completed during 1971. 

Meanwhile, temporary facilities in a World War 
II wooden, one-story barracks complex on the 
campus provide adequate studio space, a library, 
exhibit space, classroom and lecture hall facili- 
ties, and office space. 

LIBRARY 

The Architectural School Library at present 
comprises some 8,000 volumes. It is expected that 
the library will number 12,000 to 15,000 volumes 
by 1972. This will make it one of the major archi- 
tectural school libraries in the nation. The library 
subscribes to about 100 foreign and domestic peri- 
odicals providing resources in urban sociology, 
building technology and urban planning as well as 
in architecture. 

The visual aids library presently comprises 
about 30,000 35-mm. color slides in architecture, 
landscape architecture and urban planning. 



ADMISSION 

Because there is a fixed limit to the number of 
candidates who can be admitted each year, it is 
important that the following instructions be care- 
fully followed: 

1. Students applying from high school: write 
the Director of Admissions, University of 
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 for ap- 
plication instructions; 

2. Students who have completed work at other 
universities: write the Director of Admis- 
sions, University of Maryland, College Park, 
Md. 20742 for application instructions; 



108 / Architecture 



3. Students transferring from ottier colleges of 
the University of l\/laryland: please pick up 
an application record form at the School of 
Architecture, and return it to the assistant 
dean of the School, together with a record 
of all work taken at the University of Mary- 
land. 
Deadlines: all application procedures should be 
completed and materials in hand at the University 
by fvlarch 1. Applications received after this date, 
but before the University deadline dates for new 
students and for transfer students, will be consid- 
ered only on a space-available basis. 

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 

For promising young men and women who might 
not otherwise be able to attend the University's 
School of Architecture, a number of grants and 
scholarships are available, some earmarked spe- 
cifically for architectural students. New students 
must apply before IVIarch 15. Students already en- 
rolled may apply before May 1. All requests for in- 
formation concerning these awards should be di- 
rected to; Director, Student Aid, University of 
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION 

Since the school is entering its fifth year of 
operation, all of its proposed courses have not yet 
been approved by appropriate University authori- 
ties. Consequently, the five-year curriculum in 
architecture which follows is labelled "tentative." 
However, it can be anticipated that most, if not 
all, requirements will be approved. 

Students in architecture are required to com- 
plete a minimum of 169 credits of work for the 
Bachelor of Architecture degree. In addition to 
prescribed courses in the School of Architecture, 
students are required to complete a number of 
credits in electives offered elswhere in the Uni- 
versity. The requirements for graduation are tabu- 
lated below: 

Credits 

Studio Courses 36 

Systems and Technology Courses 16 

Architectural History Courses 12 

Math 9 

Computer Science 3 

Physics and Biology 7 

Theory of Urban Form 3 

Professional Practice 2 

Professional Electives 17 to 38 

Electives 1 5 to 36 

General Education (see curriculum) 24 

P.E 2 

Health 2 

(minimum) 169 

Distribution Credits 

Minimum architecture courses 69 

General Education, Math, Physics. Health and P.E. 47 

Professional Electives and Electives 53 



Tentative Five-Year Curriculum in Architecture 



First Year 

Fall 

"(G.E.) (Social Science 

Option) 3 

3 
3 
3 



(G.E.) Math 115* • 

(G.E.) English 101 

(G.E.) (History Option) . 

Arch 120 Hist. Mod. Env. 
Des 

P.E 



Health 105 2 



18 



Spring 

(G.E) (Social Science 

Option) 3 

(G.E.) Math 220 3 

(G E.) English 201 3 

(G.E.) (History Option) . . 3 
Arch. 121 Hist. Mod. Env. 

Des 3 

P.E 1 

16 



urses meeting University general education require- 



•G.E. refers to 
ments. 

"Students may be placed directly in Math 14 or tiigtier by review of high 
school & SAT record. 

Second Year 

Fall 

Arch. 200 Basic Env. 

Design 4 

(G.E.) Physics 121 4 

(G E.) English 202 3 

(G.E.) Math 221 3 

Prof. Elective or 

Elective" 3 



17 

Third Year 

Fall 

Arch. 300 Arch. Studio I 4 

Arch. 310 Building 

Systems I 4 

Architectural History* . . 3 
Arch. 350 Theory of 

Urban Form 3 

Prof. Elective or 

Elective** 3 

17 

Fourth Year 

Fall 

Arch. 400 Arch. Studio III 4 

Arch. 410 Building 

Systems III 4 

Prof. Elective*' 3 

Prof. Elective or 

Elective** 3 

Elective 3 

17 

Fifth Year 

Fall 

Arch. 501 Adv. Topical 

Prob 6 

Prof. Electives** 6 

Arch. 570 Prof. Practice 2 
Elective 3 

17 



Spring 

Arch. 201 Basic Env. 

Design 4 

Biology 101 3 

(G.E.) (Art survey 

recommended) 3 

Computer Science 103 . . 3 
Prof. Elective or 

Elective" 3 

16 



Spring 

Arch. 301 Arch. Studio II 4 

Arch. 311 Building 

Systems II 4 

Architectural History* . , 3 
Prof. Elective or 

Elective** 3 

Elective 3 

17 



Spring 

Arch. 401 Arch. Studio IV 4 

Arch. 41 1 Building 

Systems IV 4 

Prof. Elective** 3 

Prof. Elective or 

Elective** 3 

Elective 3 

17 



169 



Spring 

Arch. 502 Adv. Topical 

Prob 6 

Prof. Electives* * 5 

Prof. Elective or 

Elective" 3 

Elective 3 

17 

'May be selected from among several History of Architecture courses. 
(May be taken in other years by permission). 
■"Professional Electives— see listing of Professional Electives. 

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES 

The following courses are presently accepted 
by the faculty in architecture as meeting the pro- 
fessional elective requirements. 



Architecture / 109 



Credits Prerequisites 



Course No. and Name 
Anthropology 

101 Intro, to Anth: Archaeol 

and Phy 3 

102 Intro, to Anth: 

Cult. Anth. and Ling. . 
221 Man and Environment . . 

241 Intro, to Archaeology ... 

401 Cultural Anthropology . 

441 Archaeology of Old World 

451 Archaeology of New World 3 



240 Basic Photography 2 Perm, of Instr. 

340 Advanced Photography ... 2 Arch. 240 
370 Theories and Lit. of 

Architecture 3 Perm, of Instr. 

372 Signs, Symbols and 

Ivlessages in Arch 3 Perm, of instr. 



3 


Meets G.E. 


3 
3 
3 

3 
3 
3 


none 

Soph. stdg. 
Soph. stdg. 
Anth. 101. 102,221 
Anth. 101,241 
Anth. 101,241 



Business Administration 

362 Labor Relations 3 

370 Prin. of Transportation ... 3 

474 Urban Trans, and 

Urb. Dev 3 

380, 381 Business Law 3 

393 Real Estate Prin 3 

490 Urban Land Management . 3 

Computer Science 

210 Languages and Struct. 

Computers 3 

440 Struct, of Programming 

Lang 3 

420 Data and Storage 

Structures 3 

Economics 

205 Fund, of Economics 3 

491 Intro, to Reg. and 

Urban Econ 3 

450 Intro, to Public Finance . . 3 

454 State and Local Public 

Finance 3 

461 Economics of American 

Industry 3 

General Education 

GNED 260 Intro, to Interdisciplinary 

Urban Studies 3 

Geography 

201 General Geography 3 

452 Population Geography .... 3 

455 Urban Geography 3 

Geology 

100 Geology 3 

110 Physical Geology Lab. ... 1 

Information System Management 

401 Electronic Data Processing 3 

402 Electronic Data Processing 

Applications 3 

Psychology 

100 Intro, to Psych 3 

221 Social Psychology 3 

462 Engineering Psychology . . 3 

110 / Architecture 



Jr. stdg. 
Econ. 205 and 
jr. stdg. 

Econ. 205 and 
jr. stdg. 
Econ. 205 and 
jr. stdg. 



CMSC 103 

Jr. stdg., CMSC 

210 

Jr. stdg., CMSC 

210 



Soph. stdg. 



Perm, of Instr. 
Econ. 205 



Econ. 205 
Econ. 205 



none 

Geog. 201, Perm. 

of Instr. 

Jr. stdg. 



none 
none 



Jr. stdg., CMSC 
103 

Jr. stdg., ISM 401 



Meets G.E. 
Psych. 1 

Psych. 1 or Perm. 
of Instr. 



Sociology 

100 Intro, to Sociology 3 Meets G.E. 

120 Urban Sociology 3 Soc. 1 

210 Social Pathology 3 Soc. 1, soph. stdg. 

471 The Rural Community .... 3 Soc. 1, jr. stdg. 

473 The City 3 Soc. 1, jr. stdg. 

330 Community Organization . . 3 Soc. 1, jr. stdg. 

423 Ethnic Minorities 3 Soc. 1, jr. stdg. 

424 Sociology of Race Relations 3 Soc. 1, jr. stdg. 
445 Sociology of the Arts 3 Soc. 1, jr. stdg. 

Statistics and Probability 

250 Intro, to Random Variables 4Math. 221 

Art 
110 Life Drawing 3 

FACULTY 

Professors: Cochran, Hill, Schlesinger, Skiada- 
ressis (Visiting), Moore (Kea Distinguished Pro- 
fessor). 

Associate Professors: Ekstrom, Hutton, Potts, 
Schack, Shaeffer, D. Wiebenson, J. Wiebenson. 

Assistant Professors: Chabrowe, Lewis, Kaskey, 
Lazaris, Payne. 

Lecturers: Carter, Davis, Fogle, Thomas, Wilkes. 

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 

ARCH 120 (014). HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Survey of architectural history. Lecture, 3 hours per 
week. 

ARCH 121 (015). HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE. (3) 
Prerequisite. ARCH 120. Lecture, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 200 (020). BASIC ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN. (4) 
Introduction to the processes of visual and architectural 
design, including the study of visual design fundamen- 
tals. Field problems involving the student in the study of 
actual developmental problems. Lecture, studio, 9 hours 
per week. 

ARCH 201 (021). BASIC ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN. (4) 
Prerequisite, Architecture 200. Introduction to the pro- 
cesses of visual and architectural design, including the 
study of visual design fundamentals. Field problems in- 
volving the student in the study of actual developmental 
problems. Lecture, studio. 9 hours per week. 

ARCH 240 (080). BASIC PHOTOGRAPHY. (2) 

Provides a student with the basic concepts of clarity and 
organization on a two-dimensional surface and stresses 
photography as a tool for visual communication. Lecture 
1 hour per week — 3 hours lab a week. 

ARCH 270 (030). INTRODUCTION TO THE BUILT 
ENVIRONMENT. (3) 

Introduction of (1) conceptual, perceptual, behavioral 
and technical aspects of the environment; and, (2) 
methods of analysis, problem solving and implementa- 
tion. For students not majoring in architecture. Prerequi- 
sites, none. Lecture, seminar. 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 300 (130). ARCHITECTURE STUDIO I. (4) 

Prerequisites. ARCH 200. 201. Develops a basic under- 
standing of the elements of environmental control, basic 
structural systems, building processes, materials, and 
the ability to manipulate them. Lecture, studio, 9 hours 
per week. Corequisite — Architecture 132. 

ARCH 301 (131). ARCHITECTURE STUDIO II. (4) 

Prerequisite, Architecture 300. Develops a basic under- 
standing of the forms generated by different structural 
systems, environmental controls and methods of con- 
struction. Lecture, studio. 9 hours per week. Corequisite 
—ARCH 311. 

ARCH 310 (132). BUILDING SYSTEMS I. (4) 

Prerequisites, MATH 221, Physics 122 and ARCH 201. In- 
troduction to architectural science and technology treat- 



ing principles of structures, environmental mechanical 
controls, and construction. Corequisite: Architecture 300. 
Lecture, studio. 6 hours per week. 

ARCH 311 (133). BUILDING SYSTEMS II. (4) 

Prerequisite. Architecture 300 and 310. Develops w/orking 
knowledge of the design principles and parameters of 
three areas of architectural science and technology: 
structures, environmental-mechanical controls, and con- 
struction. Lecture, studio. 6 hours per week. Corequisite. 
Architecture 301. 

ARCH 322 (135). STUDIES IN fVlEDIEVAL ARCHITECTURE. 
(3) 

Limited to architecture students or by permission of the 
instructor. Architectural innovations from the Carolingian 
through the Gothic periods. Lecture. 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 324 (144). STUDIES IN RENAISSANCE 
ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Limited to architecture students or by permission of the 
instructor Study of Renaissance architectural principles 
and their development in the Baroque period. Lecture. 3 
hours per week. 

ARCH 326 (145). STUDIES IN MODERN ARCHITECTURE. 
(3) 

Limited to architecture students or by permission of the 
instructor. Study of architectural problems from 1750 to 
the present. Lecture. 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 340 (081). ADVANCED PHOTOGRAPHY. (2) 

Prerequisite. Architecture 240. Allows the student to in- 
vestigate independently areas of photographic communi- 
cation not covered in the basic course. Lecture, 1 hour 
per week; 3 hours lab. 

ARCH 342 (146). STUDIES IN VISUAL DESIGN, (3) 

Studio work at an intermediate level in visual design 
divorced from architectural problem solving. Prerequi- 
site. Arch 201. Lecture, studio work, 3 hours per week, 

ARCH 350 (136), THEORY OF URBAN FORM, (3) 

Urban spatial forms of the past and present; theories of 
design of complexes of buildings, urban space and com- 
munities. Lecture, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 352 (148). THE ARCHITECT IN THE COMMUNITY. 
(3) 
The architect's role in the social and political dynamics 
of urban environmental design decision-making proces- 
ses, including study of determination and expression of 
user needs, community aspirations, formal and informal 
program and design review processes. Seminar. 1 hour 
per week, field observavtion. approximately 3 hours per 
week. 

ARCH 370 (180). THEORIES AND LITERATURE OF 
ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Limited to architecture students or by permission of the 
instructor. Provides an understanding of some historical 
and present theories of architectural design readings 
and seminar discussions. Lecture, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 372 (182). SIGNS. SYMBOL AND MESSAGES IN 
ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Limited to Architecture students or by permission of the 
instructor. Class limited to 15-20 students. Signs and 
symbols in buildings and cities, messages conveyed and 
purposes for conveying these messages. Readings, pho- 
tographic reports and minor problem-solving assign- 
ments. Lecture. 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 374 (137). COMPUTER AIDED ENVIRONMENTAL 
DESIGN. (3) 
Applications of computer-aided design in architecture, 
using existing problem-solving routines and computer 
graphic techniques. Prerequisite. Arch. 201. CMSC 103. 
Lecture. 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 400 (140). ARCHITECTURE STUDIO III. (4) 

Continuation of design studio, with emphasis on com- 
prehensive building design and introduction to urban 
design factors. Prerequisites, Architecture 301 and Arch- 
itecture 311. Corequisite, Architecture 410, except by 
permission of the Dean. Lecture, studio. 9 hours per 
week. 



ARCH 401 (141), ARCHITECTURE STUDIO IV. (4) 

Continuation of design studio, with emphasis on urban 
design factors. Prerequisites. Architecture 400 and Arch- 
itecture 410. Corequisite. Architecture 411. except by 
permission of the Dean. Lecture, studio. 9 hours per 
week. 

ARCH 410 (142). BUILDING SYSTEMS III. (4) 

Applications of principles in architectural structures, en- 
vironmental controls and construction. Prerequisites: 
Architecture 301 and Architecture 311. Corequisite. Arch- 
itecture 400. Lecture, studio. 6 hours per week. 

ARCH 411 (143). BUILDING SYSTEMS IV. (4) 

Applications of principles and further analysis of systems 
and hardware in architectural structures, environmental 
controls and construction. Prerequisites, Architecture 
400 and Architecture 410. Corequisite. Architecture 401. 
Lecture, studio, 6 hours per week. 

ARCH 413 (153). STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS IN 
ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Theory and application of selected complex structural 
systems as they relate to architectural decisions. Pre- 
requisite. Arch. 410 or by permission of the instructor. 
Seminar. 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 420 (154). HISTORY OF AMERICAN ARCHITEC- 
TURE. 17TH CENTURY TO 19TH CENTURY. (3) 

History of American Architecture — 17th to 19th Century. 
Prerequisite, Architecture 014 and 015, Lecture, 3 hours 
per week, 

ARCH 421 (155), HISTORY OF AMERICAN ARCHITEC- 
TURE, 19TH AND 20TH CENTURY. (3) 

Prerequisite Architecture 120. 121, and 420. History of 
American Architecture 19th and 20th Centuries. Lecture, 
3 hours per week. 

ARCH 422 (156). LATE 18TH CENTURY PARISIAN 
ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

The theoretical background, formulation, and develop- 
ment of late Eighteenth Century architecture in Paris, 
and its relationship to contemporaneous British and con- 
tinental developments in architecture and peripheral 
fields. A reading knowledge of French will be required. 
Colloquium, independent research. By permission of the 
instructor. 

ARCH 427 (164). INDEPENDENT STUDIES IN THE 
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Permission of the instructor. Independent research in 
architectural history. Lecture, 3 hours per week, 

ARCH 472 (185), ECONOMIC DETERMINANTS OF 
ARCHITECTURE, (3) 

Introduction of economic aspects of present day archi- 
tecture: government policy, land evaluation, and project 
financing; construction materials and labor costs; cost 
analysis and control systems. Architecture majors, ex- 
cept by permission of instructor. Lecture, seminar. 3 
hours per week. 

ARCH 478 (165). DIRECTED STUDIES IN ARCHITECTURE. 
(1-4) 

Directed study under individual faculty guidance with 
enrollment limited to advanced undergraduate students. 
Project proposals must receive a recommendation from 
the School Curriculum Committee and approval of the 
Dean of the School prior to registration. Public oral pre- 
sentation to the faculty of a final report or project will be 
required at final submission for credit. 

ARCH 512 ( — ). ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS IN 
ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Qualitative and quantitative analysis and design of se- 
lected complex structural systems and methods. Pre- 
requisite, Architecture 411, Seminars, laboratory, field 
trips, 3 hours per week, 

ARCH 514 ( — ), ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS IN ARCH- 
ITECTURE, (3) 

Qualitative analysis of selected environmental systems as 
design determinants. Prerequisite. Architecture 411, Lec- 
ture, laboratory, 3 hours per week. 



Architecture / 111 



ARCH 570 ( — ). INTRODUCTION TO PROFESSIONAL 
MANAGEMENT. (2) 

Introduction to architectural professional practice man- 
agement, including social, organizational, project man- 
agement, legal and cost control aspects of the perform- 
ance of complex, comprehensive environmental design 
services. Lecture, 2 hours per week. 

SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE 

Administrative Officers 

HILL, John W.. Dean of the School of Architecture and Pro- 
fessor of Architecture 

B.A., Rice, 1951; B. Arch., Rice, 1952; M. Arch., Univer- 
sity of Pennsylvania, 1959. 
HUTTON, Dale J., Assistant Dean and Associate Professor of 
Architecture 

B. Arch.. Texas A & M, 1960; M.S. Arch., Columbia, 1961. 
RATCLIFF, Calliopi, Secretary to the Dean, Office Manager 

Faculty 

ALLEY, Elizabeth, Curator of Visual Aids 

B.A. Art History. Wilson College, 1948. 
BECHHOEFER, William B., Instructor 

A.B.. Harvard College. 1963; M. Arch., Harvard Graduate 

School of Design, 1967. 
CARTER. Donald G.. Lecturer (P.T.) 

B.S. Mechanical Engineering, Washington University, 

1949. 
CHABROWE, Barbara, Assistant Professor 

Diploma D'Etudes, Sorbonne, 1958; B.A., Hunter College, 

1963; M.A. Art History, Columbia, 1965; Ph.D. Art His- 
tory, Columbia 1970. 
COCHRAN. Alexander S.. Professor (P.T.) 

A.B.. Princeton, 1935; B. Arch., Harvard Graduate School 

of Design, 1939. 
DAVIS, Freemont, Lecturer (P.T.) 
EKSTROM. Rurik F., Associate Professor 

B. Arch.. University of Virginia, 1957; MFA Arch., Yale. 

1961. 
FOGLE. David P.. Lecturer 

A.B. Arch., Princeton University, 1951; MCP, University 

of California, 1958. 
KASKEY. Raymond J., Assistant Professor 

B. Arch.. Carneige Institute of Technology, 1967; M. En- 
vironmental Design, Yafe, 1969. 



KRAMER, Arnold N., Instructor (P.T.) 

B.S. Electrical Engineering, M.I.T., 1966; M.S. Electrical 
Engineering, M.I.T., 1968. 
LAZARIS, Evangelos S., Assistant Professor 

B. Arch., University of Oregon, 1968; M.S. Arch. Science 
& Technology, Cornell, 1970. 
LEWIS, Roger K.. Assistant Professor 

B. Arch., M.I.T., 1964; M. Arch., M.I.T.. 1967. 
MOORE, Charles W., Kea Distinguished Professor (1971-72) 
B. Arch., University of Michigan, 1947; M.F.A., Princeton 
University. 1956; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1957. 
NEAL. Berna, Librarian 

B.A., Syracuse University, 1957; M.S. Library Science, 
Syracuse University, 1960. 
NIX, I. Levi^is, Instructor 

B. Arch., University of Virginia, 1968; M. Environmental 
Design, Yale, 1970. 
PAYNE, Ifan, Assistant Professor 

B. Arch., Welsh School of Architecture, 1966; Ph.D., 
Architectural Science, Bartlett School of Architecture, 
1969. 
POTTS, William H. Jr., Associate Professor (P.T.) 

B.A., UCLA, 1947; B.Arch., University of Florida, 1951; 
M.A.. Harvard, 1956. 
SCHACK. Mario. Associate Professor (P.T.) 

Diploma of Architecture, Swiss Federal Institute of Tech- 
nology. 1960; M. Arch., Harvard, 1961. 
SCHLESINGER, Frank, Lecturer 

B.S., University of Illinois. 1950; B. Arch., Harvard Grad- 
uate School of Design, 1954. 
SHAEFFER, Ronald E., Associate Professor 

B.S. Building Science. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 
1961; M.S. Arch. Engineering, Iowa State University, 
1963. 
SKIADARESSIS, George A.. Visting Professor 

M.S. Civil Engineering. Technical University of Munich, 
1941; M. City Planning, M.I.T., 1952; M. Arch.. M.I.T., 
1953. 
THOMAS, Frederick H.. Lecturer 

B. Arch.. Howard University. 1958. 
WIEBENSON, Dora L., Associate Professor 

A.B., Vassar College, 1946; B. Arch.. Harvard. 1951; 
A.M. Fine Arts. New York University, 1958; Ph.D. Fine 
Arts. New York University, 1964. 
WILKES. Joseph A.. Lecturer (P.T.) 

8. A.. Dartmouth College. 1941; B. Arch.. Columbia. 1949. 



112 / Architecture 




"^ 



w 




I 



1 





V 







<?m 



WjK;' 



m 



Arts & Sciences 



THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES offers 
its students a liberal education. It seeks to develop 
graduates who can deal intelligently with the pro- 
lems which confront them and whose general edu- 
cation will be a continuing source not only of ma- 
terial well-being but of genuine personal satisfac- 
tion. It also offers each student the opportunity to 
concentrate in the field of his choice; this element 
of depth serves both as an integral part of his 
education and as a foundation for further profes- 
sional training or pursuits. 

This college is an outgrowth of the Division of 
Language and Literature and the Division of Ap- 
plied Science and the later School of Liberal Arts 
of Maryland State College. In 1921 the School of 
Liberal Arts and the School of Chemistry were 
combined and other physical and biological sci- 
ences were brought into the newly formed College 
of Arts and Sciences. In later reorganizations 
some departments have been added and some 
transferred to the administrative control of other 
colleges.* 

ADMISSION 

The requirements for admission to the College 
of Arts and Sciences are, in general, the same as 



'The Departments o( Botany. Economics, Geography, and Government and 
Politics, although administratively in the College ol Business and Public 
Administration, or the College of Agriculture, offer courses for Arts and 
Sciences students, f^ajors may be elected In these departments as in 
those of the departments administered by the College of Arts and 
Sciences. 



those for admission to the other colleges and 
schools of the University. Application must be 
made to the Director of Admissions, University of 
Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

The student who intends to pursue a program of 
study in the College of Arts and Sciences should 
include the following subjects in his high school 
program: English, four units; college preparatory 
mathematics (algebra, plane geometry), three or 
four units; foreign language, two or more units; 
biology, chemistry, or physics, two units; history 
and social sciences, one or more units. 

The student who wishes to major in chemistry, 
mathematics, physics, botany, microbiology, zo- 
ology, or who wishes to follow a pre-medical or 
pre-dental program, should include four units of 
college preparatory mathematics (algebra, plane 
geometry, trigonometry, and more advanced 
mathematics, if available). He should also include 
chemistry and physics. 

DEGREES 

Students of this college who satisfactorily com- 
plete curricula with majors in departments of the 
humanities or social sciences are awarded the de- 
gree of Bachelor of Arts. Those who satisfactorily 
complete curricula with majors in the Department 
of Mathematics or the biological and physical sci- 
ences are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Sci- 
ence. Those who complete satisfactorily a special 
professional program in the Department of Music 
are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Music. 



Arts and Sciences / 115 



GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 

The baccalaureate degree from the College of 
Arts and Sciences may be conferred upon a stu- 
dent who has satisfied the following requirements: 

1. General Education requirements. 

2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements. 

COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS 

The college requires a certain degree of expos- 
ure to, and hopefully proficiency in, the knowl- 
edge of a language and culture of some country 
other than Anglo-American. This may be met in 
several ways: 

1. a) Astudent who has successfully completed 

at least through "level 3" of one foreign 
language at the high school level, or 
b) A student who has successfully com- 
pleted at least two years ("level 2") of 
two different foreign languages at the 
high school level need not take addition- 
al foreign languages at the college level 
to satisfy the requirements of the college. 

2. A student who does not meet the require- 
ments under paragraph 1, must show pro- 
ficiency through the intermediate level of 
college language. This may be done as fol- 
lows: 

a) Take the placement examination in the 

language in which he has background — 
two years in high school — and begin at 
the college level indicated by the test and 
continue through the intermediate level; 
or 

b) Pass the proficiency test for intermediate 
level given by the respective language 
departments. 

Referring to paragraph 1, the following should be 
noted: 

a) Certain departments still require language at 
the college level to fulfill major requirements. 
Also, certain honor societies still require 
language at the college level among the re- 
quirements for selection to membership; in 
many graduate programs, proficiency in for- 
eign languages is still required while the re- 
quirement for professional schools varies 
and it becomes the responsibility of the stu- 
dent to meet the requirements of the school 
of his choice. 

b) In interpreting this paragraph, the college 
accepts the information that appears on his 
high school transcript at the time the stu- 
dent registers for his first semester in the 
University. 

The languages which may be offered to meet 
this requirement are Chinese, French, German, 
Greek, Hebrew, Italian, Latin, Portuguese, Russian, 
Spanish, and Swahili. 

Foreign students may satisfy this requirement by 
offering twelve hours of English in addition to the 
regular English requirement. A foreign student 



may not meet the foreign language requirement by 
taking freshman or sophomore courses in his na- 
tive language. 

Normally a student shall not be permitted to re- 
peat a foreign language course below Course 200 
for credit if he has successfully completed a high- 
er numbered course than the one he wishes to re- 
peat. Credit (including elective credit) will be given 
for the first semester of a language only if credit 
has been earned in additional courses in the same 
language. 

2. SPEECH. If a student has had one full unit of 
public speaking in high school covering an entire 
academic year, he is not required to take a speech 
course at the college level, though he may elect 
to do so. 

Those students who need to take speech at the 
college level to complete the one-semester re- 
quirement may choose one course from the follow- 
ing: SPCH 100, 107, 125, or 220. In certain situa- 
tions other courses may be substituted: i.e., pre- 
law students may take SPCH 230, and foreign stu- 
dents should take SPHR 202, Fundamentals of 
American Speech. 

3. MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS. Specific 
descriptions of the departmental, inter-department- 
al, or pre-professional majors are found, in alpha- 
betical order, along with the course offerings in the 
following section of this catalog. The general col- 
lege regulations controlling majors (and support- 
ing courses) are as follows. 

Each student chooses a field of concentration 
(major). He may make this choice as early as he 
wishes; however, once he has earned 56 hours of 
acceptable credit he must choose a major before 
his next registration. 

In the program leading to the B.A. degree, the 
student must also have a secondary field of con- 
centration (minor or supporting courses). The 
courses constituting the major and the supporting 
courses must conform to the requirements of the 
department in which the work is done. 

The student must have an average of not less 
than C in the introductory courses in the field in 
which he intends to major. 

A major shall consist, in addition to the under- 
class departmental requirements, of 24-40 hours, 
of which at least twelve must be in courses num- 
bered 300 or 400 and at least twelve of which must 
be taken in the University of Maryland. 

Each major program includes a group of "sup- 
porting courses," formerly called minors, that are 
designed to contribute to a better understanding 
of the major. The nature and number of these 
courses are under the control of the major depart- 
ment. Except in certain specialized curricula ap- 
proved by the dean, not more than one-half of the 
supporting courses may be taken outside of the 
College of Arts and Sciences. 

The average grade of the work taken for the 
major must be at least C; some departments will 



116 / Arts and Sciences 



count toward satisfaction of the major requirement 
no course completed with a grade of less than 
C. The average grade of the work taken in the 
major and supporting courses combined must be 
at least C. A general average of C in courses 
taken at the University of Maryland is required for 
graduation. 

Courses taken to fulfill the requirements in Gen- 
eral Education may not be used toward major or 
supportmg courses requirements. 

JUNIOR REQUIREMENTS 

To attain junior standing, a student must ac- 
quire a minimum of 56 academic* semester hours 
and be eligible to re-register in the University. 

NORMAL LOAD 

A minimum of 120 semester hours credit, exclu- 
sive of required courses in physical activities and 
health, is required for graduation. The normal load 
for students in this college is 15 semester hours 
credit per semester, exclusive of the required work 
in physical activities and health. 

A student must have the approval of his advisor 
and dean to take more than the normal program 
prescribed in his curriculum. 

ADVISORS 

Each freshman in this college will be assigned 
to a faculty advisor who will help the student, dur- 
ing his first year, to select his courses and to de- 
termine what his field of major concentration 
should be. 

The student at the sophomore level and above 
will be advised by a faculty member in his major 
department. Students following the three-year pro- 
grams in dentistry, law, and medicine will be ad- 
vised by special advisors for these programs. 

ELECTIVES IN OTHER SCHOOLS AND 
COLLEGES 

A limited number of courses taken in other col- 
leges and schools of the university may be counted 
for elective or supporting credit toward a degree 
in the College of Arts and Sciences. The number of 
credits which may be accepted from the various 
colleges and schools is as follows: College of Edu- 
cation — 24; all other colleges or independent de- 
partments — 20. The combined credits from other 
colleges and schools shall not exceed 20 (or 24 if 
courses in education are included). Courses taken 
in professional schools are not accepted towards 
a degree in this College. 

CERTIFICATION OF HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS 

If courses are properly chosen In the field of ed- 
ucation, a prospective high school teacher can 
prepare for high school positions, with a major and 



•Not including Health 5 and required PHED. 



supporting courses in certain of the departments 
of this college. A student who wishes to work for 
a teacher's certificate must consult the College of 
Education in the second semester of his sopho- 
more year and apply for admission to the "Teach- 
er Education" program. 

HONORS 

The aim of the College Honors Programs is to 
recognize and encourage superior scholarship. To 
this end. Honors work offers the gifted student 
challenging opportunities to work in small groups 
with carefully chosen instructors and to move at a 
speed appropriate to his capacities in an atmo- 
sphere conducive both to independent study and 
to growth in intellectual maturity. The college con- 
ducts both General and Departmental Honors Pro- 
grams spanning the four undergraduate years. For 
information concerning the General Honors Pro- 
gram, see below, under "Honors." 

For information concerning the Departmental 
Honors Programs, consult the various department- 
al entries in this catalog. It may, however, be re- 
marked that the Departmental Honors Programs 
are administered by a Honors Committee within 
each department. Admission to a Departmental 
Honors Program ordinarily occurs at the beginning 
of the first or second semester of the student's 
junior year. As a rule, only students with a cumu- 
lative grade point average of at least 3.0 are ad- 
mitted. A comprehensive examination over the 
field of his major program is given to a candidate 
near the end of his senior year. On the basis of the 
student's performance on the Honors Comprehen- 
sive Examination and in meeting such other re- 
quirements as may be set by the Departmental 
Honors Committee, the faculty may vote to recom- 
mend the candidate for the appropriate degree 
with (departmental) HONORS, or for the appropri- 
ate degree with (departmental) HIGH HONORS. 
Successful candidacy will be symbolized by ap- 
propriate announcement in the commencement 
program and by citation on the student's academic 
record and diploma. 

Students in the General and Departmental Hon- 
ors Programs enjoy some academic privileges sim- 
ilar to those of graduate students. 

PHI BETA KAPPA 

Phi Beta Kappa is the oldest and most widely 
respected honorary fraternity in the United States. 
Election to membership is based not only on out- 
standing scholastic achievement, but also on 
breadth of liberal arts studies completed while en- 
rolled at the University of Maryland. Gamma of 
Maryland chapter has liaison faculty members in 
the various departments in the College of Arts and 
Sciences with whom students may discuss mem- 
bership selection. It should be kept in mind that re- 
quirements for national honorary societies often 
differ from the local college or university require- 
ments. 



Arts and Sciences / 117 



AFRO AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

Associate Protes'ior and Acting Director: Berry. 
Instructor and Assistant Director: Nzuwah. 
Lecturer: Muganda. 

The program is designed for a student who 
wants to take a major in an established depart- 
ment as well as follow a concentration outside his 
major of 18 hours of upper division course work 
with an emphasis on black culture and life for 
which he will receive a Certificate in Afro-Ameri- 
can Studies. The work includes courses in art, 
African languages, anthropology, economics, Eng- 
lish, government, history, music and sociology. 

An undergraduate in good standing in a college 
of the University of Maryland may enroll in the pro- 
gram by consulting with his departmental advisor 
and an advisor of the Afro-American Studies Pro- 
gram. The student following this program must 
meet the general requirements for a degree in his 
college. 

To receive a Certificate in Afro-American Stud- 
ies, the student must enroll and receive a satis- 
factory grade in at least three (3) of the required 
courses which must include AASP 401, Seminar in 
Afro-American Studies. (See list of Required 
Courses below). In addition, the student may also 
choose a number of approved courses from the 
list of recommended electives to meet the mini- 
mum requirements of 18 credit hours. (See list of 
Recommended Electives below.) 

A student planning to enter the program should 
consult with the director of Afro-American Studies 
regarding prerequisites, approved electives and in- 
troductory courses. 



COURSES: 

I. Required Courses: 

AASP 400 (100). DIRECTED READINGS IN AFRO-AMERI- 
STUDIES. (3) 

AASP 401 (101). SEMINAR ON AFRO-AMERICAN STUDIES. 
(3) (Berry) 

ENGL 443 (167). AFRO-AMERICAN LITERATURE. (3) 

(Naughton) 

HIUS 416 (117). BLACKS IN AMERICAN LIFE. (3) (Berry) 

SOCY 424 (124). SOCIOLOGY OF RACE RELATIONS. (3) 

(Mclntyre) 

II. Recommended Electives: 

AASP 101 (110). ELEMENTARY SWAHILI. (3) 

Fall and spring semesters. An introductory course in 
the Swahili language. Study of linguistic structure and 
development of audio-lingual ability. Three recitations 
and one laboratory hour per week. (Staff) 

AASP 102 (111). INTERMEDIATE SWAHILI. (3) 

Fall and spring semesters. Three recitations and one 
laboratory hour per week. Further study of linguistic 
structure and development of audio-lingual and writing 
ability, and introduction to the reading of literary texts. 

(Staff) 

AASP 112 (New). ADVANCED SWAHILL (3) 

Fall and spring semesters, beginning Spring 1972. For 
students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in 
the speaking, reading and writing of Swahili language. 
Discussions in Swahili. (Staff) 

Also recommended: 

ANTH 424, ECON 475, ECON 490. ENGL 464, GVPT 432, 
GVPT 434, GVPT 454, GVPT 484. HIFN 473, HIFN 474, 
HIST 398. 




<««> 



A 





AMERICAN STUDIES 

Professor and Director: Beall. 

Assistant Professors: Lounsbury and Mintz. 

Advisory Committee: Beall (Chairman, American 
Studies), Fry (English), Grimsted (History), 
Lounsbury (American Studies), Mintz (Ameri- 
can Studies), Schwartz (Sociology), Ex Officio: 
Manning (Dean of the College of Arts and Sci- 
ences) and Sparks (Dean of Graduate Studies 
and Research). 

The university has a comprehensive program in 
American Studies. It begins with the general edu- 
cation courses on the freshman and sophomore 
levels, includes a major for juniors and seniors, 
and also provides for graduate work on the M.A. 
and Ph.D. levels. (For information concerning the 
graduate program, see the Graduate School Cata- 
log.) The student who majors in American Studies 
has the advantage of being taught by specialists 
from various departments. Prerequisites: six hours 
of American history or American literature or three 
hours of each. 

The program is intended to have generous 
breadth, but the danger of securing breadth with- 
out depth is offset by the requirement of an area 
of concentration in either English or history. The 
undergraduate major requires 42 semester hours 
(24 hours on the 300 and 400-levei), consisting of 
courses in American Studies and in the "core" and 
"supporting" departments. The "core" depart- 
ments offering a number of courses related to the 
study of American civilization are English, History, 
Government and Politics and Sociology. Courses 
may also be selected from the following "support- 
ing" departments or programs: Anthropology, 
Architecture, Art, Comparative Literature, Dra- 
matic Arts, Economics, Education, Geography, 
Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Radio 
and Television. 

A major in American Studies will follow this 
curriculum: 

1. American Studies 426, 427 (Culture and the 
Arts in America) in the junior year and Amer- 
ican Studies 436, 437 (Readings in American 
Studies) in the senior year. 

2. Twelve hours of either American literature or 
history. 

3. Nine hours in each of two of the three re- 
maining "core" departments. 

4. To meet the nine hour requirement in one of 
the "core" areas, a student, with the approv- 
al of his advisor, may substitute related 
courses from one of the following se- 
quences: 



Afro-American Studies. Related courses in 
art, English, government, history and soci- 
ology. 

Comparative Culture. The study of one for- 
eign culture. Courses must be drawn from at 
least two of the following fields: art, compar- 
ative literature, English, history, and a for- 
eign language. 

Creative and Performing Arts. Production, 
studio or technical courses in art, English, 
music, radio and television. 

Philosophy and Fine Arts. Related courses in 
art, architecture, music philosophy. 

Popular Arts and Mass Communications. Re- 
lated courses in dramatic arts, journalism, 
radio and television. 

Personality and Culture. Related courses in 
anthropology, education, psychology. 
Social Sciences. Related courses in econom- 
ics and geography. 

AMST 426, 427 (127, 128). CULTURE AND THE ARTS IN 
AMERICA. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, junior standing. A study of American insti- 
tutions, the intellectual and esthetic climate from the 
Colonial period to the present. (Lounsbury) 

AMST 436, 437 (137, 138). READINGS IN AMERICAN 
STUDIES. (3, 3) 

First and second semesters. An historical survey of 
American values as presented in various key writings. 

(Mintz) 
FOR GRADUATES 
See Graduate School catalog for course descriptions. 

AMST 618 (200). INTRODUCTORY SEMINAR IN AMERICAN 
STUDIES. (3) (Beall) 

AMST 628, 629 (201, 202). SEMINAR IN AMERICAN STUD- 
IES. (3, 3) (Beall, Lounsbury, Mintz) 

AMST 638 (251) ORIENTATION SEMINAR— MATERIAL AS- 
PECTS OF AMERICAN CIVILIZATION. (3) (Staff) 

AMST 639 (255). READING COURSE IN SELECTED AS- 
PECTS OF AMERICAN CIVILIZATION. (3) (Staff) 

AMST 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6) (Staff) 

AMST 899 (499). DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (CR. AR- 
RANGED) (Staff) 

ANTHROPOLOGY (Division of Sociology) 

Associate Professor and Director: Williams 
Associate Professors: Anderson and Hoffman. 
Assistant Professors: Fidelholtz and Rosen. 
Lecturers: Clymer, Cosnow and Thurman. 
Instructors: Ficker and Gluckman. 

The Division of Anthropology offers beginning 
and advanced course work in the four principal 
subdivisions of the discipline: physical anthro- 
pology, linguistics, archaeology and ethnology. 
Courses in these subdivisions may be used to ful- 
fill the minor or "supporting courses" requirement 
in some programs leading to the B.A. degree. They 
also may, at the discretion of the Department of 
Sociology, be counted toward a major in Sociol- 
ogy. 



Arts and Sciences / 119 



Anthropology Major: The fulfillment of the re- 
quirements for a major in anthropology leads to 
the B.A. degree. All majors are required to take 
30 hours in anthropology, 18 of which must be se- 
lected from the following courses: ANTH 101, 102, 
401, 441, or 451, 371 or 461, and 397. It should be 
noted, however, that if ANTH 101 is used to satisfy 
the General Education requirement in Social Sci- 
ence, it may not be counted as a part of the 30 re- 
quired semester hours for the major. The 18 hours 
of required courses insures that the major be- 
comes familiar with all areas of anthropology. No 
one area therefore, receives special emphasis, for 
it is believed that such specialization should occur 
during graduate study, preferably at the Ph.D. lev- 
el. Thus the student is broadly prepared in the ways 
man has evolved culturally and physically. A state- 
ment of course requirements and recommended 
sequences of courses is available in the depart- 
mental office. 

No course with a grade of less than C may be 
used to satisfy major requirements. 

ANTH 101 or its equivalent, or permission of the 
instructor, is prerequisite to all other courses in 
Anthropology. 

ANTH 101 (001). INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY: 

ARCHEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. (3) 

May be taken for credit in the General Education Pro- 
gram. General patterns of the development of human 
culture; the biological and morphological aspects of man 
viewed in his cultural setting. (Staff) 

ANTH 102 (002). INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY: 
CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY AND LINGUISTICS. (3) 
Social and cultural principles as exemplified in ethno- 
graphic descriptions. The study of language within the 
context of Anthropology. (Staff) 

ANTH 221 (021). MAN AND ENVIRONMENT. (3) 

A geographical introduction to ethnology, emphasizing 
the relations between cultural forms and natural environ- 
ment. (Anderson, Thurman) 

ANTH 241 (041). INTRODUCTION TO ARCHEOLOGY. (3) 
A survey of the basic aims and methods of archeological 
field work and interpretation, with emphasis on the 
reconstruction of prehistoric ways of life. 

(Clymer, Thurman) 

ANTH 261 (061). INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL ANTHRO- 
POLOGY. (3) 
The biological evolution of man. Including the process 
of race formation, as revealed by the study of the fossil 
record and observation of modern forms. (Rosen) 

ANTH 271 (071). LANGUAGE AND CULTURE. (3) 

A non-technical introduction to linguistics, with special 
consideration of the relations between language and 
other aspects of culture. (Listed also as LING 101). 

(Fidelhollz) 

ANTH 371 (171). INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS. (3) 
Introduction to the basic concepts of modern descriptive 
linguistics. Phonology, morphology, syntax. Examinations 
of the methods of comparative linguistics, internal recon- 
struction, dialect geography. Listed also as ENGL 280 
and LING 100. (FIdelholtz) 

ANTH 389 (191). RESEARCH PROBLEMS. (1-6) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Introductory train- 
ing in anthropological research methods. The student 
will prepare a paper embodying the results of an ap- 
propriate combination of research techniques applied 
to a selected problem in any field of anthropology. 

(Staff) 



ANTH 397 (198). ANTHROPOLOGICAL THEORY. (3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A survey of the 
historical development and current emphasis in the theo- 
retical approaches of all fields of anthropology, providing 
an integrated frame of reference for the discipline as a 
whole. (Cosnow, Thurman. Williams) 

ANTH 401 (101). CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY: PRINCI- 
PLES AND PROCESSES. (3) 

Prerequisite, ANTH 101, 102, or 221. An examination of 
the nature of human culture and its processes, both 
historical and functional. The approach will be topical 
and theoretical rather than descriptive. (Staff) 

ANTH 402 (102). CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY: WORLD 
ETHNOGRAPHY. (3) 
Prerequisite, ANTH 101, 102, or 221. A descriptive survey 
of the culture areas of the world through an examina- 
tion of the ways of selected representative societies. 

(Staff) 
ANTH 412 (112). PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF OCEANIA. 
(3) 
A survey of the cultures of Polynesia, Micronesia, 
Melanesia and Australia. Theoretical and cultural-his- 
torical problems will be emphasized. (Anderson) 
ANTH 414 (114). ETHNOLOGY OF AFRICA. (3) 

Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. The native peoples 
and cultures of Africa and their historical relationships, 
with emphasis on that portion of the continent south of 
the Sahara. (Cosnow) 

ANTH 417 (118). PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF THE FAR 
EAST. (3) 
A survey of the major sociopolitical systems of China, 
Korea and Japan. Major anthropological questions will 
be dealt with in presenting this material. (Staff) 

ANTH 423 (123). ETHNOLOGY OF THE SOUTHWEST. (3) 
Prerequisites. ANTH 101 and 102. Culture history, eco- 
nomic and social institutions, religion, and mythology of 
the Indians of the southwest United States. 

(Anderson, Williams) 
ANTH 424 (124). ETHNOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA. (3) 
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. The native people and 
cultures of North America north of Mexico and their his- 
torical relationships, including the effects of contact 
with European-derived populations. 

(Anderson, Hoffman, Thurman) 
ANTH 426 (126). ETHNOLOGY OF MIDDLE AMERICA. (3) 
Prerequisites, ANTH 101 and 102. Cultural background 
and modern social, economic and religious life of Indian 
and mestizo groups in Mexico and Central America: 
processes of acculturation and currents in cultural de- 
velopment. (Williams) 
ANTH 431 (131). SOCIAL ORGANIZATION OF PRIMITIVE 
PEOPLES. (3) 
Prerequisites. ANTH 101 and 102. A comparative survey 
of the structures of non-literate and folk societies, cov- 
ering both general principles and special regional de- 
velopments. (Cosnow) 
ANTH 434 (134). RELIGION OF PRIMITIVE PEOPLES. (3) 
Prerequisites. ANTH 101 and 102. A survey of the re- 
ligious systems of primitive and folk societies, with 
emphasis on the relation of religion to other aspects 
of culture. (Anderson) 

ANTH 436 (136). PRIMITIVE TECHNOLOGY AND ECONOMY. 
(3) 

A survey of technology, food economy and general eco- 
nomic processes in non-industrial societies. 

(Anderson. Hoffman, Thurman, Williams) 

ANTH 437 (138). POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT IN PRIMI- 
TIVE SOCIETY. (3) 

A combined survey of politics in human societies and of 
important anthropological theories concerning this as- 
pect of society. (Cosnow. Williams) 

ANTH 441 (141). ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD WORLD. (3) 
Prerequisite, ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the archae- 



120 / Arts and Sciences 



ological materials ol Europe. Asia and A(rica, with em- 
phasis on chronological and regional Interrelationships. 

(Thurman) 

ANTH 451 (151). ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE NEW WORLD. (3) 
Prerequiste, ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the archae- 
ological materials o( North and South America with em- 
phasis on chronological and regional Interrelationships. 

(Clymer, Thurman) 

ANTH 461 (161). ADVANCED PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. 
(3) 

Prerequisite, ANTH 101 or 261. A technical introduction 
to the hereditary, morphological, physiological, and be- 
havioral characteristics of man and his primate ancestors 
and relatives, with emphasis on evolutionary processes. 

(Rosen) 

ANTH 498 (192). FIELD METHODS IN ETHNOLOGY. (1-6) 
Field training in the collection and recording of ethno- 
logical data. (Summer only) (Cosnow. Williams) 

ANTH 499 (194) FIELD IVIETHODS IN ARCHAEOLOGY (1-6) 
Field training in the techniques of archaeological survey 
and excavation. (Summer only). (Clymer, Thurman) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See Graduate School catalog for course descriptions. 

ANTH 605 (205). THEORY OF CULTURAL ANTHROPOL- 
OGY. (3) (Hoffman, Williams) 
ANTH 621 (221). CULTURAL ECOLOGY. (3) 

(Anderson, Clymer, Thurman) 
ANTH 631 (231). EVOLUTION IN SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS. (3) 
(Clymer, Cosnow, Williams) 
ANTH 637 (238). POLITICAL POWER AND ORGANIZATION. 
(3) (Cosnow, Williams) 

ANTH 641 (241). METHOD AND THEORY IN ARCHAEOL- 
OGY, (3) (Clymer, Thurman) 
ANTH 661 (261). HUMAN MORPHOLOGY. (3) (Rosen) 
ANTH 681 (281). PROCESSES OF CULTURE CHANGE. (3) 

(Cosnow) 
ANTH 685 (285). PEASANT COMMUNITIES IN THE MOD- 
ERN WORLD. (3) (Williams) 
ANTH 688 (287). CURRENT DEVELOPMENTS IN ANTHRO- 
POLOGY. (3) (Staff) 
ANTH 689 (291). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ANTHROPOL- 
OGY. (1-6) (Staff) 
ANTH 698 (292). ADVANCED FIELD TRAINING IN ETH- 
NOLOGY, (1-6) (Williams) 
ANTH 699 (294). ADVANCED FIELD TRAINING IN ARCHAE- 
OLOGY. (1-6) (Clymer, Thurman) 
Other departments and programs offer courses which 
may be of interest to the student. See course listings 
under AASP, ARTH, ECON, EDHD, FMCD, GEOG, GEOL, 
GVPT, HIST, LING, NUTR, TXCL, PHIL, PSYC, SOCY, 
and ZOOL. 

ART 

Professor and Chairman: Levitine. 

Professors: A. de Leiris, Lembach, Lynch, Maril. 

Associate Professors: Bunts, Denny, Jamieson, 

Longley, McWhinnie, Rearick, Stites. 
Assistant Professors: Dillinger, Forbes, Freeny, 

Isen, Mirolli, Niese, Pemberton. 
Lecturers: Campbell, Farquhar, Griffin, Hommel, 

Jordan, Kahn, Landgren, Simkin, Withers. 
Instructors: M. de Leiris, Gelman, Green, Klank, 

Lewis, Reid. 

Two majors are offered in art: art history and 
studio. The student who majors in art history is 
committed to the study and scholarly interpreta- 



tion of existing works of art, from the prehistoric 
era to our times, while the studio major stresses 
the student's direct participation in the creation 
of works of art. 

In spite of this difference, both majors are rooted 
in the concept of art as a humanistic experience, 
and share an essential common aim: the develop- 
ment of aesthetic sensitivity, understanding and 
knowledge. For this reason, students in both maj- 
ors are required to progress through a "common 
curriculum," which will ensure a broad grounding 
in both aspects of art; then each student will move 
into a "specialized curriculum" with advanced 
courses in his own major. 

The curriculum leading to a degree in art edu- 
cation is offered in the College of Education with 
the cooperation of the Department of Art. 

COMMON CURRICULUM 
(Courses required in Major unless taken as part 
of supporting area as listed below.) 
ARTH 100. Introduction to Art. (3) 
ARTH 260. History of Art. (3) 
ARTH 261. History of Art. (3) 
ARTS 100. Design I. (3) 
ARTS 110. Drawing I. (3) 

SPECIALIZED CURRICULUM 
ART HISTORY MAJOR A 

5 junior-senior level History of Art courses (one each from 
3 of the following areas: Ancient-Medieval, Renaissance- 
Baroque, 19th-20th century, non-Western). (15) 

1 additional Studio Art course. (3) 

Supporting Area (from any Arts and Sciences area except 
Art): 

4 courses, 2 of which, taken in one department, must be 
at junior-senior level. (12) 

ART HISTORY MAJOR B 

5 junior-senior level History of Art courses (one each from 
3 of the following areas: Ancent-Medieval, Renaissance- 
Baroque, 19th-20th century, non-Western). (15) 

3 additional courses in any level History of Art. (9) 

Supporting Area in Studio Art 

ARTS 110. Design I (from Common Curriculum). 
ARTS 110. Drawing I (from Common Curriculum). 

2 Studio Art courses at junior-senior level. (6) 

Total required credit hours, combined major and 
supporting area — 45. 

Additional history of art or studio courses may be 
applied; total combined art hours may not ex- 
ceed 42 in Major A, or 54 in combined major 
and supporting area in major B. 

STUDIO ART MAJOR A 

ARTS 200. Intermediate Design. (3) 

ARTS 210. Drawing II. (3) 

ARTS 220. Painting I. (3) 

ARTS 310. Drawing IM. (3) 

ARTS 330. Sculpture I. (3) 

ARTS 340. Printmaking I. (3) 

1 additional junior-senior level studio course. (3) 
1 advanced History of Art course. (3) 



Arts and Sciences / 121 



Supporting Area (from any Arts and Sciences area 

except Art). 
4 courses, 2 of which, taken in one department, 

must be at junior-senior level. (12) 

STUDIO ART MAJOR B 

ARTS 200. Intermediate Design. (3) 

ARTS 210. Drawing II. (3) 

ARTS 220. Painting I. (3) 

ARTS 310. Drawing III. (3) 

ARTS 330. Sculpture I. (3) 

ARTS 340. Printmaking I. (3) 

1 additional junior-senior level Studio Art 
course. (3) 

Supporting Area in History of Art. 

ARTH 260. History of Art (from Common 

Curriculum). 
ARTH 261. History of Art (from Common 

Curriculum). 

2 History of Art courses at junior-senior level. (6) 
Total required credit hours, combined major and 

supporting Area — 51 in major A, 42 in major B. 
No course with a grade less than C may be used to 
satisfy major requirements. 

ART EDUCATION 

ARTE 100 (040). FUNDAMENTALS OF ART EDUCATION. (3) 
Two hours of laboratory and two hours of lecture per 
week. Fundamental principles of the visual arts for 
teaching on the elementary level. Elements and prin- 
ciples of design and theory of color. Studio practice 
In different media. (Staff) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for description. 
ARTE 600, 601 (240, 241). ADVANCED PROBLEMS IN ART 
EDUCATION, (3, 3) (Staff) 

ARTE 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6) (Staff) 

HISTORY OF ART 

ARTH 100 (010). INTRODUCTION TO ART. (3) 

Basic tools of understanding visual art. This course 
stresses major approaches such as techniques, subject 
matter, form, and evaluation. Architecture, sculpture, 
painting, and graphic arts will be discussed. Required 
of all Art majors in the first year. (Staff) 

ARTH 260, 261 (060, 061), HISTORY OF ART. (3, 3) 

A survey of western art as expressed through architec- 
ture, sculpture and painting. First semester, prehistoric 
times to Renaissance; second semester from Renais- 
sance to the present. (Staff) 

ARTH 284 (062). INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN ART. (3) 
A study of West and Central African art with emphasis 
on inter-tribal relationships as demonstrated by their 
sculptural styles. (Hommel) 

ARTH 320, 321 (065, 066). MASTERPIECES OF PAINTING. 
(3. 3) 
A study of the contributions of a few major painters, 
ranging from Giotto to Picasso. (Levitine) 

ARTH 330, 331 (067, 068). MASTERPIECES OF SCULP- 
TURE. (3, 3) 

A study of the contributions of a few major sculptors, 
ranging from Polykleitos to Moore. (Mirolli) 

ARTH 340, 341 (070, 071). MASTERPIECES OF ARCHI- 
TECTURE. (3, 3) 

A study of great architecture from Stonehenge to Dulles 
Airport. (Stites) 



ARTH 402, 403 (160, 161). CLASSICAL ART. (3. 3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Classical 
cultures. First semester will stress Greece; second se- 
mester, Rome. (Pemberton) 

ARTH 404 (181). BRONZE AGE ART. (3) 

Art of the Near East, Egypt and Aegean. (Pemberton) 

ARTH 406, 407 (162, 163). ART OF THE EAST. (3, 3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting. First semester will 
stress India; second semester, China and Japan. 

(Griffin) 

ARTH 410 (164). EARLY CHRISTIAN AND BYZANTINE ART. 
(3) 

Architecture, sculpture, painting, and mosaic of Early 
Christian Rome, the Near East and the Byzantine Em- 
pire. (Staff) 

ARTH 412, 413 (166, 167). MEDIEVAL ART, (3, 3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages. 
First semester will stress Romanesque; second semester, 
the Gothic period. (Denny) 

ARTH 416, 417 (170, 171). NORTHERN EUROPEAN PAINT- 
ING IN THE 15TH AND 16TH CENTURIES. (3, 3) 
Painting in the Netherlands, France and Germany. 

(Farquhar) 

ARTH 422, 423 (168, 169). RENAISSANCE ART IN ITALY. 
(3, 3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting from 1400 to the 
High Renaissance in the 16th century. (Rearick) 

ARTH 430, 431 (172, 173). EUROPEAN BAROQUE ART. 
(3, 3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting of the major Euro- 
pean centers in the 17th century. (Staff) 

ARTH 434, 435 (174, 175). FRENCH PAINTING. (3, 3) 

French painting from the 15th through the 18th century, 
from Fouquet to David. (Levitine) 

ARTH 440, 441 (176, 177). 19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN ART. 
(3, 3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe from Neo- 
Classicism to Impressionism. (de Leiris) 

ARTH 445 (180). IMPRESSIONISM AND NEO-IMPRESSION- 
ISM. (3) 

Prerequisite, ARTH 260, 261 or consent of instructor. 
History of Impressionism and Neo-lmpressionism: art- 
ists, styles, art theories, criticism, sources and influence 
on 20th century. (de Leiris) 

ARTH 450, 451 (178, 179). 20TH CENTURY ART. (3, 3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting from the late 19th 
century to our day. (Withers) 

ARTH 455 (182). 20TH CENTURY MASTERS AND MOVE- 
MENTS. (3) 
Artists and tendencies in 20th century art. Subject will 
change and be announced each time course is offered. 

(Withers) 
ARTH 460 (184). HISTORY OF THE GRAPHIC ARTS. (3) 
Prerequisite, ARTH 100, or ARTH 260 and 261, or con- 
sent of instructor. Graphic techniques and styles In 
Europe from 1400 to 1800; contributions of major artists. 

(Staff) 
ARTH 470, 471 (152, 153). LATIN AMERICAN ART. (3, 3) 
Art from the pre-Columbian civilization to the modem 
period. (Lynch) 

ARTH 474, 475 (150, 151). SPANISH ART. (3, 3) 

Special emphasis wilt be given to the artists of the 16th 
and 17th centuries such as El Greco and Velasquez. 

(Lynch) 

ARTH 476, 477 (158, 159). HISTORY OF AMERICAN ART. 

(3. 3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United States 

from the Colonial period to the present. (Jordan) 

ARTH 480 (155). AMERICAN COLONIAL PAINTING. (3) 
Development and style of painting in Colonial America: 
sources, genres, influential studios, Anglo-American 
School of historical painting. (Jordan) 



122 / Arts and Sciences 



ARTH 482 (157). AMERICAN ART AND ITS RELATIONSHIP 
TO EUROPE: 1800-1900. (3) 

Prerequisite, ARTH 476 and 477 recommended. The 
American artist in Europe; American and German Ro- 
manticism: Neo-Classicism in America and Europe: 
DiJsseldorf School: Munich School; Pre-Raphaelites, 
Barbizon School and Impressionism. (Jordan) 

ARTH 489 (196). SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART HISTORY: As 
announced. (3) 

Prerequisite, consent ol Department Chairman or in- 
structor. (Staff) 

ARTH 498, 499 (194, 195). DIRECTED STUDIES IN ART 

HISTORY. (2 or 3, 2 or 3) 

For advanced students, by permission of Department 

Chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if content 

differs. (Staff) 

FOR GRADUATES 

The requirements of students will determine which 
courses will be offered. See the Graduate School catalog 
for descriptions. 

ARTH 612 (274). ROMANESQUE ART. (3) (Denny) 

ARTH 614 (276). GOTHIC ART. (3) (Denny) 

ARTH 630 (259). THE ART OF MANNERISM. (3) (Lynch) 
ARTH 634 (260). FRENCH PAINTING FROM LEBRUN TO 
GERICAULT, 1715-1815. (3) (Levitine) 

ARTH 656 (264). 19TH CENTURY REALISM. 1830-1860. (3) 

(de Leiris) 
ARTH 662 (267). 20TH CENTURY EUROPEAN ART. (3) 

(Withers) 
ARTH 672 (250). AMERICAN COLONIAL ART. (3) 

(Jordan) 
ARTH 676 (256). 20TH CENTURY AMERICAN ART. (3) 

(Withers) 
ARTH 692 (280). METHODS OF ART HISTORY. (3) 

(Landgren) 

ARTH 694. 695 (282, 283). MUSEUM TRAINING PROGRAM. 

(3, 3) (Landgren) 

ARTH 698 (294). DIRECTED GRADUATE STUDIES IN ART 

HISTORY. (3) (Staff) 

ARTH 699 (296). SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART HISTORY. (3) 

(Staff) 
ARTH 702 (269). SEMINAR IN CLASSICAL ART. (3) 

(Pemberton) 
ARTH 712 (270). SEMINAR IN MEDIEVAL ART. (3) 

(Denny) 
ARTH 714 (272). SEMINAR. PROBLEMS IN MEDIEVAL 
ICONOGRAPHY. (3) (Denny) 

ARTH 728 (277). SEMINAR TOPICS IN ITALIAN RENAIS- 
SANCE ART: As Announced. (Rearick) 
ARTH 736 (262). SEMINAR IN 18TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 
ART. (3) (Levitine) 
ARTH 740 (261). SEMINAR IN ROMANTICISM. (3) 

(Levitine) 

ARTH 743 (263). SEMINAR IN 19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 

ART. (3) (de Leiris) 

ARTH 754 (265). SEMINAR IN POST-IMPRESSIONISM AND 

SYMBOLISM. (3) (de Leiris) 

ARTH 760 (266). SEMINAR IN CONTEMPORARY ART. (3) 

(Withers) 
ARTH 770 (286). SEMINAR IN LATIN-AMERICAN ART. (3) 

(Lynch) 
ARTH 772 (288). SEMINAR IN MODERN MEXICAN ART. (3) 

(Lynch) 

ARTH 774 (255). SEMINAR IN 19TH CENTURY AMERICAN 

ART. (3) (Jordan) 

ARTH 776 (257). SEMINAR IN AMERICAN ART AND ITS 

LITERARY SOURCES. (3) (Jordan) 

ARTH 777 (258). SEMINAR IN LOCAL AND REGIONAL 

ART. (3) (Jordan) 



ARTH 780 (284). SEMINAR. PROBLEMS IN ARCHITECTU- 
RAL HISTORY AND CRITICISM. (3) (Staff) 

ARTH 784 (268). SEMINAR IN LITERARY SOURCES OF ART 

HISTORY. (3) (Levitine) 

ARTH 798 (295). DIRECTED GRADUATE STUDIES IN ART 

HISTORY. (3) (Staff) 

ARTH 799 (399). MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6 var. 

cr.) (Staff) 

ARTH 899 (499). DOCTORAL THESIS RESEARCH. (Credit 

arranged.) (Staff) 

STUDIO ART 

ARTS 100 (012). DESIGN I. (3) 

Six hours per week. Principles and elements of design 
through manipulation and organization of materials in 
two and three dimensions. (Green, Staff) 

ARTS 110 (016). DRAWING I. (3) 

Six hours per week. An introductory course with a 
variety of media and related techniques. Problems based 
on still life, figure and nature. (Niese, Staff) 

ARTS 200 (022). INTERMEDIATE DESIGN. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisites ARTS 100, 110. A 
continuation of Design I with more individually struc- 
tured problems. (Staff) 

ARTS 210 (026). DRAWING II. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisites, ARTS 100, 110. Origi- 
nal compositions from the figure and nature, supple- 
mented by problems of personal and expressive draw- 
ing. (Staff) 

ARTS 220 (017). PAINTING I. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisites ARTS 100, 110. Basic 
tools and language of painting. Oil and watercolor. 

(Staff) 

ARTS 277 (027). ARCHITECTURAL PRESENTATION. (3) 
Six hours per week. Prerequisites, ARTS 100, 110. Tech- 
niques of wash and watercolor in architectural, interior 
and landscape architectural rendering. (Stites) 

ARTS 310 (126). DRAWING III. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 210. Emphasis 
on understanding organic form, as it is related to study 
from the human figure and to pictorial composition. 

(Staff) 

ARTS 320 (117). PAINTING II. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisites, ARTS 210, 220. Origi- 
nal compositions based upon nature, figure and still 
life, supplemented by expressive painting. Choice of 
media. Different sections of course may be taken for 
credit. 

320A. Oil painting and related media. 

320B. Watercolor and casein. 

320C. Plastic media, such as encaustic and polymer 

tempera. 
320D. Mural painting. The use of contemporary syn- 
thetic media. (Staff) 

ARTS 324 (127). PAINTING III. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 320. Creative 
painting for advanced students. Problems require a 
knowledge of pictorial structure. Development of per- 
sonal direction. Choice of media. (Staff) 

ARTS 330 (118). SCULPTURE I. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 210. (For stu- 
dents majoring in Art History, by permission of depart- 
ment.) Volumes, masses and planes, based on the use 
of plastic earths. Simple armature construction and 
methods of casting. (Staff) 

ARTS 334 (128A). SCULPTNRE II. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 330. Nature as 
a point of reference with potentiality of developing ideas 
into organic and architectural forms. (Staff) 

ARTS 335 (128B). SCULPTURE III. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 334. Problems 
involving plastic earths and other material capable of 



Arts and Sciences / 123 



being modeled or cast. Choice of individual style en- 
couraged. (Freeny) 

ARTS 340 (119). PRINTMAKING I. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 210. (For stu- 
dents majoring in Art History, by permission of depart- 
ment.) Basic printmaking techniques in relief, intaglio, 
and planographic media. (Forbes, Isen) 

ARTS 344 (129). PRINTMAKING II. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 210. One print 
media including extensive study of color processes. In- 
dividually structured problems. (Forbes, Isen) 

ARTS 410 (136). DRAWING IV. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 310. Advanced 
drawing, with emphasis on human figure. Its structure 
and organic likeness to forms in nature. Compositional 
problems deriving from this relationship are also 
stressed. (Jamleson) 

ARTS 420 (137). PAINTING IV. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 324. Creative 
painting. Emphasis on personal direction and self-criti- 
cism. Group seminars. (Staff) 

ARTS 430 (138). SCULPTURE IV. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 335. Problems 
and techniques of newer concepts, utilizing various ma- 
terials, such as plastics and metals. Technical aspects 
of welding stressed. (Freeny) 

ARTS 440 (139A). PRINTMAKING III. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 340 and 344 
Contemporary experimental techniques of one print 
medium with group discussions. (Forbes, Isen) 

ARTS 441 (139B). PRINTMAKING IV. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite, ARTS 440. Continua- 
tion of ARTS 440. (Forbes, Isen) 

ARTS 498 (192). DIRECTED STUDIES IN STUDIO ART. 
(2 or 3) 

For advanced students, by permission of department 
chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if content 
differs. (Staff) 

FOR GRADUATES 

The requirements of students will determine which 
courses will be offered. See the Graduate School cata- 
log for descriptions. 

ARTS 610 (226). DRAWING. (3) (Staff) 

ARTS 614 (227). DRAWING. (3) 

ARTS 616 (228). DRAWING. (3) 

ARTS 620 (200). PAINTING. (3) 

ARTS 624 (201). PAINTING. (3) 

ARTS 626. 627 (202. 203). PAINTING. (3, 3) 

ARTS 630 (221). EXPERIMENTATION IN SCULPTURE. (3) 

ARTS 634 (222). EXPERIMENTATION IN SCULPTURE. (3) 

ARTS 636 (223). MATERIALS AND TECHNIQUES IN 
SCULPTURE. (3) 

ARTS 637 (224). SCULPTURE— CASTING AND FOUNDRY. 

(3) 

ARTS 640 (211). PRINTMAKING. (3) 

ARTS 644 (212). PRINTMAKING. (3) 

ARTS 646 (213). PRINTMAKING. (3) 

ARTS 647 (214). SEMINAR IN PRINTMAKING. (3) 

ARTS 690 (229). DRAWING AND PAINTING. (3) 

ARTS 698 (292). DIRECTED GRADUATE STUDIES IN STU- 
DIO ART. (3) 

ARTS 798 (293). DIRECTED GRADUATE STUDIES IN STU- 
DIO ART. (3) 

ARTS 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6 var. cr.) 



ASTRONOMY 

Professor and Chairman of Physics and Astron- 
omy: Laster. 

Professor and Director of Astronomy: Westerhout. 

Professors: Brandt (P.T.), Erickson, Kerr, Kundu, 
Musen (P.T.), Opik. 

Associate Professors: Bell, Matthews, Smith, Went- 
zel, Zipoy. 

Assistant Professors: A'Hearn, Harrington, Simon- 
son, Zuckerman. 

The Department of Physics and Astronomy offers 
a major in Astronomy. The Astronomy Program of- 
fice is located in the Space Sciences Building. As- 
tronomy students are given a strong undergradu- 
ate preparation in astronomy, physics and mathe- 
matics, as well as encouragement to take a wide 
range of other liberal arts courses. The Astronomy 
Program is designed to be quite flexible, in order 
to take advantage of students' special talents or 
interests after the basic requirements for a sound 
astronomy education have been met. Students pre- 
paring for graduate studies will have an opportun- 
ity to choose from among many advanced courses 
available in astronomy, mathematics and physics. 
The program is designed to prepare students for 
graduate work as well as for positions in govern- 
mental and industrial laboratories and observa- 
tories. 

Students intending to major in astronomy who 
have had a high school course in physics, and who 
have adequate preparation in mathematics to qual- 
ify for admission to MATH 140 will ordinarily take 
the introductory physics courses PHYS 181, 182, 
283 and 284, during their freshman and sophomore 
years. Those students who do not decide to major 
in astronomy or physics until after their freshman 
or sophomore year or enter as transfer students 
will often have taken other introductory courses in 
physics (i.e. PHYS 161, 262. 263). Students will find 
recommended course programs in the pamphlet 
entitled Department Requirements for a B.S. de- 
gree in Astronomy which is available from the As- 
tronomy Program Office. This pamphlet outlines 
many different approaches for an astronomy ma- 
jor. 

ASTR 180 (Descriptive and Analytical Astron- 
omy) is the introductory astronomy course re- 
quired of astronomy majors. It may be taken in the 
freshman or sophomore year. It is followed by an- 
other required course, ASTR 210 (Practical Astron- 
omy). Occasionally a student may not decide to 
major in astronomy until after he has already tak- 
en ASTR 100 and 105 (Introduction to Astronomy 
and Modern Astronomy). These courses together 
may be substituted for the ASTR 180 requirement, 
but only students with a grade of B or better in 
ASTR 100 and 105 will be encouraged to major in 
astronomy. Such students must also take ASTR 
210. 



124 / Arts and Sciences 



REQUIRED COURSES FOR ASTRONOMY MAJOR 

(a) Introductory Physics Courses. PHYS 181, 182-- 

Introductory Physics, Mechanics, Fluids, Heat 
and Sound (4,4) followed by PHYS 283— In- 
troductory Physics, Electricity and Magnetism 
(4) and PHYS 284— Introductory Physics, Op- 
tics and Modern Physics (4) (Total 16 cred- 
its); or PHYS 161, 262, 263— General Physics 
(3,4,4) and PHYS 404 — Intermediate Theoreti- 
cal Mechanics (3) and PHYS 405 — Intermedi- 
ate Theoretical Electricity and Magnetism (3). 

(b) Physics Laboratory. At least four credits of lab- 
oratory courses: ordinarily PHYS 285, 286, but 
365, 485 may be added. 

(c) Modern Physics, PHYS 421, 422 (3, 3) or 

Mathematical Physics, PHYS 410, 411 (4, 4). 

(d) Supporting Courses. MATH 115, 140, 240 — 
Analysis (4, 4, 4) 

(Astronomy majors are encouraged to enter 
the accelerated math sections which cover 
these courses in two terms.) These must be 
followed by at least one additional 3 or 4 cred- 
it mathematics course approved by the as- 
tronomy advisor. Recommended courses are 
MATH 241— Calculus (4), MATH 246— Differ- 
ential Equations for Scientists and Engineers 
(3), MATH 462, 463— Analysis for Scientists 
and Engineers (3, 3), MATH 413 — Introduction 
to Complex Variables (4), MATH 410— Ad- 
vanced Calculus (4), or MATH 460 — Numeri- 
cal Methods (3). (Minimum 15 credits). 

(e) Introductory Astronomy Courses. Normally 
ASTR 180 and 210. 

ASTR 100 and 105 may be substituted for 
ASTR 180 (See above). 

(f) Advanced Astronomy Courses. Two Astron- 

omy courses at the 400 level. (Minimum 6 
credits). 

Students may major in Astronomy only if a grade 
of C is attained in each semester of the intro- 
ductory physics and astronomy courses. Any stu- 
dent who wishes to be recommended for gradu- 
ate work in astronomy must maintain a B average 
and should also consider including some or all 
of the following courses in his program in addition 
to those required of all astronomy majors: 

(a) Astronomy. One or more additional courses 
at the 400 level. 

(b) Physics. Both PHYS 410, 411 (4, 4)— Mathe- 
matical Physics and PHYS 421, 422 (3, 3) 
— Modern Physics; and one or more of 
those listed below. 

(c) Supporting courses. One or two additional 
mathematics or computer science courses, 
selected in consultation with the advisor. 

Further physics courses that astronomy majors 
should consider, both those terminating at the 
B.S. and those planning graduate studies, are the 
following: 



PHYS 365. 
PHYS 412. 
PHYS 413. 
PHYS 414. 

CHANICS. 
PHYS 423. 
PHYS 451. 
PHYS 463. 
PHYS 471. 



ADVANCED EXPERIMENTS. 
KINETIC THEORY OF GASES. 
ADVANCED THEORETICAL PHYSICS. 
THERMODYNAMICS AND STATISTICAL 



ME- 



ELEMENTARY QUANTUM PHYSICS. 
INTRODUCTION TO ELEMENTARY PARTICLES. 
INTRODUCTION TO PLASMA PHYSICS. 
INTRODUCTION TO ATMOSPHERIC AND 



SPACE PHYSICS. 

HONORS IN ASTRONOMY 

The Honors Program offers to students of ex- 
ceptional ability and interest in astronomy an edu- 
cational program with a number of special op- 
portunities for learning. Honors sections are of- 
fered in several courses, and there are many op- 
portunities for part-time research participation 
which may develop into full-time summer projects. 
An honors seminar is offered for advanced stu- 
dents; credit may be given for independent work 
or study; and certain graduate courses are open 
for credit toward the bachelor's degree. 

Students for the Honors Program are accepted 
by the Department's Honors Committee on the 
basis of recommendations from their advisors and 
other faculty members. A final written and oral 
comprehensive examination in the senior year 
concludes the program which may lead to gradua- 
tion "with Honors (or High Honors) in Astronomy." 

ASTR 100 (001). INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. (3) 
Every semester. An elementary course in descriptive 
astronomy, especially appropriate for non-science stu- 
dents. Sun, moon, planets, stars and nebulae, galaxies, 
evolution. The course is illustrated vi'ith slides and dem- 
onstrations of instruments. 

(Frey, Westerhout, Wentzel, Kerr, Smith) 

ASTR 105 (002). INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ASTRON- 
OMY. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, ASTR 100. An 
elementary course in modern astronomy elaborating on 
some of the topics which could only be mentioned briefly 
in ASTR 100. Appropriate for non-science students. 

(Kundu, Erickson) 

ASTR 110 (005). ASTRONOMY LABORATORY. (1) 

Fall and spring semesters. Two hours of laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite, previous or concurrent enrollment in 
ASTR 100 or 180. Exercises in the use of celestial coor- 
dinates, measurement of position, determination of time 
of day and night; study of photographs of stars, nebu- 
lae and galaxies, and spectra; photoelectric photometry; 
demonstration of astronomical instruments, daytime and 
nighttime observations if weather permits. Appropriate 
for non-science majors. (Smith, Matthews, A'Hearn) 

ASTR 180 (010). DESCRIPTIVE AND ANALYTICAL ASTRON- 
OMY. (3) 

Fall semester. Three lectures per week. A general sur- 
vey course intended for science majors. Prerequisite, 
MATH 115 or equivalent; a knowledge of trigonometry 
and logarithms will be assumed. This introductory course 
will deal with the sun and the solar system, stars and 
astrophysics, stellar systems and cosmology. It should 
not be taken by students who have already taken ASTR 
100 and 105. (Harrington, Kundu) 

ASTR 210 (025). PRACTICAL ASTRONOMY. (2-3) 

Prerequisites: ASTR 180 and MATH 140. ASTR 100 and 
105 may be substituted for ASTR 180 if approved by 
instructor. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory 



Arts and Sciences / 125 



per week. 2-3 credits, according to work done. This 
course is designed primarily for astronomy majors and 
will give the student familiarity with techniques used 
by astronomers and an understanding of how astronomi- 
cal data are obtained. Students registered for 2 credits 
will not be required to do all the exercises. Topics will 
include coordinate systems, optics, photometry, binary 
stars, distance determinations, Hertzsprung-Russell dia- 
gram, solar observations, moon, galactic structure and 
galaxies. (Smith, Matthews) 

ASTR 399 (190). HONORS SEMINAR. 

Credit according to work done; each semester. Enroll- 
ment is limited to students admitted to the Honors Pro- 
gram in Astronomy. (Staff) 
ASTR 400 (102). INTRODUCTION TO ASTROPHYSICS I. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Pre- or corequisite, PHYS 422 
or consent of instructor. Spectroscopy, structure of the 
atmospheres of the sun and other stars. Observational 
data and curves of growth. Chemical composition. 

(Harrington, Zipoy) 

ASTR 401 (103). INTRODUCTION TO ASTROPHYSICS II. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite. ASTR 400. A brief 

survey of stellar structure and evolution, and of the 

physics of low-density gases, such as the interstellar 

medium and the solar atmosphere. Emphasis is placed 

on a good understanding of a few theoretical concepts 

that have wide astrophysical applications. 

ASTR 410, 411 (100, 110). OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY. 

(3, 3) 

Prerequisites: working knowledge of calculus, physics 
through PHYS 284 or 263. and 3 credits of astronomy. An 
introduction to current methods of obtaining astronomi- 
cal information including radio, infrared, optical, ultra- 
violet, and x-ray astronomy. The laboratory work will 
involve photographic and photoelectric observations with 
the department's optical telescope and 21-cm line spec- 
troscopy, flux measurements and interferometry with the 
department's radiotelescopes. 

(A'Hearn, Erickson, Simonson) 
ASTR. 420 .(101). INTRODUCTION TO GALACTIC RE- 
SEARCH. (3) 

First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite. 
MATH 240 and at least 12 credits of introductory physics 
and astronomy courses. Stellar motions, methods of 
galactic research, study of our own and nearby galaxies, 
clusters of stars. (Kerr, Matthews) 

ASTR 450 (124). CELESTIAL MECHANICS. (3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, PHYS 410 or con- 
sent of instructor. Celestial mechanics, orbit theory, 
equations of motion. (Musen) 

ASTR 498 (150). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ASTRONOMY. 
Given each semester. Prerequisite, major in physics or 
astronomy and-or consent of advisor. Research or spe- 
cial study. Credit according to work done. (Staff) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

ASTR 600 (203). STELLAR ATMOSPHERES. (3) 

ASTR 605 (202). STELLAR INTERIORS. (3) 

ASTR 620 (210). GALACTIC RADIO ASTRONOMY. (3) 

ASTR 625 (200). DYNAMICS OF STELLAR SYSTEMS. (3) 

ASTR 630 (204). PHYSICS OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM. (3) 

ASTR 660 (212). PHYSICS OF THE SOLAR ENVELOPE. (3) 

ASTR 670 (214). INTERSTELLAR MATTER. (3) 

ASTR 688, 788 (248, 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN 

ASTRONOMY. (Cr. Arr.) 
ASTR 698 (230). SEMINAR. (1) 

ASTR 699 (250). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ADVANCED AS- 
TRONOMY. (1-6) 
ASTR 799 (399). RESEARCH. (Cr. Arr.) 
ASTR 899 (499). DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (Cr. Arr.) 



BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

The program has been prepared for the student 
who is interested in biology but whose interest has 
not yet centered in any one of the biological sci- 
ences. It is suitable for the pre-dental or pre-medi- 
cal student who plans to earn the B.S. degree be- 
fore entering professional school. The program in- 
cludes work in botany, entomology, microbiology, 
and zoology, and introduces the student to the 
general principles and methods of each of these 
biological sciences. The student may then empha- 
size one of these areas in completing his program. 
By proper selection of courses during the jun- 
ior and senior years, a student may concentrate 
his work sufficiently in one area of biology to be 
able to continue graduate work in that field. How- 
ever, a student who is planning to do graduate 
work should major in one specific field of biology. 
The student following this program must meet 
the general requirements for a degree in the Col- 
lege of Arts and Sciences. He should select French 
or German to meet the foreign language require- 
ments. 

Required introductory courses in the biological 
sciences: BOTN 100, ENTM 200, MICB 200, ZOOL 
101. These courses must be passed with an aver- 
age grade of at least C. The pre-professional stu- 
dent should take ZOOL 102 as well. 

Required supporting courses in mathematics 
and physical sciences: MATH 110, 111; CHEM 103, 
104; PHYS 121, 122. The student working in most 
areas of biology will also need the second year of 
Chemistry (CHEM 201-204; or 211-214.) Additional 
work in chemistry may also be required by the 
student's advisor, in accordance with the needs of 
the student's field of emphasis. The pre-profes- 
sional student must include CHEM 201-204 or 211- 
214 in his program. 

Advanced courses in the biological sciences: 
The student must complete at least 30 semester 
hours of advanced work selected from the fields 
of botany, entomology, microbiology, and zoology. 
Of these credits at least 18 must be at the 300 and 
400 level and taken in at least two of the four de- 
partments. The following courses in psychology 
may be counted as part of the required 30 semes- 
ter hours but may not be used to satisfy the re- 
quirement of 18 semester hours at the advanced 
level: PSYC 402, 403, 410, 462, 479. 

A junior or senior following this curriculum will 
be advised by the department in which he plans to 
do the most work. 

BOTANY 

Botany is recognized as a major or minor field 
of study in Arts and Sciences, usually leading to 
the B.S. degree. To receive this degree, a student 
must fulfill the requirements of the Botany Depart- 
ment, those of the College of Arts and Sciences, 
and the General Studies and other University re- 
quirements. The student with a major in Botany 
will have a member of the botany faculty as his ad- 



126 / Arts and Sciences 



visor and will be enrolled in the College of Arts 
and Sciences. 

Administratively the Botany Department is a 
part of the College of Agriculture. Therefore, 
the departmental information, requirements and 
course listings are listed under the College of 
Agriculture. 

CHEMISTRY 

Professor and Chairman: Vanderslice. 

Professor and Associate Cfiairman: Jaquith. 

Professors: Castellan, Grim, Henery-Logan, Kee- 
ney, Lippincott, Ponnamperuma, Pratt, Purdy, 
Reeve, Rollinson, Stewart, Stuntz, Svirbely, 
Veitch, White (Emeritus). 

Visiting Professors: Breger, Reiman, Rose. 

Researcti Professor: Bailey. 

Associate Professors: Boyd, DeVoe, Gardner, 
Gordon, Holmlund, Huheey, Kasler, Lakshman- 
an, Pickard, Staley, Viola, Walters. 

Assistant Professors: Ammon, Barker, Bellama, 
Campagnoni, Davis, Hanson, Helz, Jackson, Jar- 
vis, Khanna, Martin, Mazzocchi, Miller, Moore, 
Murphy, O'Haver, Clin, Sampugna, Sommer, 
Zoller. 

Instructor: Stuntz. 

Lecturer: Heikkinen. 

The science of chemistry is so broad that com- 
pletion of a well-planned course of undergraduate 
study is necessary before specialization. The cur- 
riculum outlined below describes such a course of 
study. The sequence of courses given should be 
followed as closely as possible. All of the chemis- 
try courses listed are required. The electives must 
include 4 tecture credits selected from two differ- 
ent courses (one must be in chemistry) from among 
CHEM 422, CHEM 441, CHEM 485, or an advanced 
course in mathematics or physics that has MATH 
140 as a prerequisite. The electives must include 
CHEM 442 or CHEM 486 or CHEM 499; CHEM 499 
can be elected only by students in the chemistry 
honors program, and must be taken in the second 
semester of the senior year. Further information 
concerning the honors program in chemistry may 
be obtained from the Chemistry Department Hon- 
ors Committee. 



FIRST YEAR 



First Semester 

Chemistry 103 or 105. ... 4 

Mathematics 140 4 

English 101 or 171 3 

General Education 3 

Health 105 2 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Second Semester 

Chemistry 104 or 106. ... 4 

Mathematics 141 4 

English 201 3 

Physics 161 3 

Speech 107 2 

Physical Education 1 

17 



SECOND YEAR 



Chemistry 201 or 211 3 

Chemistry 202 or 212 2 

Physics 262 4 

English 202 3 

General Education 3 

15 



Chemistry 203 or 213. ... 3 

Chemistry 204 or 214. . . . 2 

Physics 263 4 

General Education 3 

Electives 3 

15 



THIRD YEAR 
Chemistry 481 3 Chemistry 482 3 



Chemistry 483 1 

German or Russian 3 

General Education 3 

Electives 5 

15 



Chemistry 484 1 

Chemistry 443 2 

German or Russian 3 

General Education 3 

Electives 3 



15 



FOURTH YEAR 



Chemistry 421 3 Chemistry 401 3 

German or Russian 3 German or Russian 3 

General Education 3 Electives 9 

Electives 6 

15 

15 

Students who begin the mathematics sequence 
with MATH 115 must postpone PHYS 161, 262, and 
263 one semester each. The following curriculum 
contains this shift and reflects other changes 
caused by the modification. 



FIRST YEAR 



First Semester 

Chemistry 103 or 105. ... 4 

Mathematics 115 3 

English 101 or 171 3 

General Education 3 

Health 105 2 

Physical Education 1 

16 



Second Semester 

Chemistry 104 or 106.... 4 

Mathematics 140 4 

English 201 3 

General Education 3 

Speech 107 2 

Physical Education 1 

17 



SECOND YEAR 



Chemistry 201 or 211 3 

Chemistry 202 or 212. ... 2 

Mathematics 141 4 

Physics 161 3 

English 202 3 

15 



Chemistry 203 or 213. ... 3 
Chemistry 204 or 214. . . . 2 

Physics 262 4 

General Education 3 

Electives 4 



16 



THIRD YEAR 



Chemistry 481 3 

Chemistry 483 1 

Physics 263 4 

German or Russian 3 

General Education 3 

14 



Chemistry 482 3 

Chemistry 484 1 

Chemistry 443 2 

General Education 3 

German or Russian 3 

Electives 4 



16 



FOURTH YEAR 



Chemistry 421 3 Chemistry 401 3 

German or Russian 3 German or Russian 3 

Electives 9 Electives 9 



15 



15 



The Department of Chemistry also offers a pro- 
gram leading to a B.S. with a major in Bio- 
chemistry. 

FIRST YEAR 



First Semester 

Chemistry 103 or 105. ... 4 

Mathematics 115 3 

English 101 or 171 3 

General Education 3 

Health 105 2 

Physical Education 1 

16 



Second Semester 

Chemistry 104 or 106. ... 4 

Mathematics 140 4 

English 201 3 

General Education 3 

Speech 107 2 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Arts and Sciences / 127 



SECOND YEAR 



Chemistry 201 or 211 3 

Chemistry 202 or 212 2 

Mathematics 141 4 

Physics 161 3 

English 202 3 

15 



Chemistry 203 or 213 3 

Chemistry 204 or 214 2 

Physics 262 4 

General Education 3 

Electives 4 

16 



THIRD YEAR 



Chemistry 481 3 

Chemistry 483 1 

Physics 263 4 

Foreign Language 3 

Electives 3 

14 



Chemistry 462 3 

Chemistry 464 1 

Foreign Language 3 

General Education 3 

Electives 6 

16 



FOURTH YEAR 

Chemistry 461 3 Chemistry 462 3 

Chemistry 463 2 Chemistry 464 2 

Foreign Language 3 Foreign Language 3 

Electives 7 General Education 3 

Electives 4 

15 

15 

The student must also take at least 9 semester hours in 

approved biological science courses with at least one course 

at the 300-400 level. 

CHEM 101 (006). INTRODUCTORY COLLEGE CHEMISTRY. 
(2) 
Two lectures and one recitation per week. An mtroduc- 
tion to the study of matter. This course is intended to 
be followed by CHEM 103. This course may not be taken 
for credit by students with credit in CHEM 001, 003, 005, 
102, 103, or 105 or their equivalents. This course may 
not be taken to satisfy the General Education science 
requirement. (Staff) 

CHEM 102 (007). CHEMISTRY OF MAN'S ENVIRONMENT. 

(4) 
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Non-mathematical presentation of basic chemical prin- 
ciples and applications in cosmochemistry, geochem- 
istry, biochemistry, and nuclear chemistry. Particular 
emphasis is placed on the development of man's environ- 
ment and his effect upon it. This course is for the gen- 
eral student and does not satisfy the requirements of 
the professional schools. (Staff) 

CHEM 103 (008), COLLEGE CHEMISTRY I. (4) 

Threa lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour lab- 
oratory per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 101 or satisfactory 
performance on qualifying test. The first semester of a 
general chemistry sequence intended for students whose 
curricula require a year or more of chemistry to provide 
a working knowledge of the science. Nature and com- 
position of matter; chemical calculations; atomic struc- 
ture; solutions. (Staff) 

CHEM 104 (009). COLLEGE CHEMISTRY II. (4) 

Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour lab- 
oratory per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 103 or 105. A 
continuation of CHEM 103. The chemistry of carbon, 
aliphatic compounds; acids and bases, aromatic com- 
pounds; stereochemistry; halides; amines and amides; 
acids, esters; carbohydrates; natural products. (Staff) 

CHEM 105 (018). PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY I. 
(4) 
Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour lab- 
oratory per week. A more rigorous treatment of the 
material of CHEM 103. Admission by invitation of the 
Chemistry Department based on performance on a quali- 
fying test. (Staff) 

CHEM 106 (020). PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY II. 
(4) 
Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour lab- 
oratory per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 103 or 105 and 
consent of the Chemistry Department. A more rigorous 
treatment of the material of CHEM 104. (Staff) 



CHEM 201 (010). COLLEGE CHEMISTRY III. (3) 

Three lectures and one recitation per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 104 or 106. A continuation of CHEM 104. Organic 
chemistry, with emphasis on molecular structure; stereo- 
chemistry, conformational analysis; substitution reac- 
tions; carbonium ions; spectroscopy; aromaticity; syn- 
thetic processes. This course must be accompanied by 
CHEM 202 unless credit for CHEM 202 has previously 
been established. (Staff) 

CHEM 202 (012). COLLEGE CHEMISTRY LABORATORY III. 
(2) 
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite, CHEM 104 or 106. A laboratory course to 
accompany CHEM 201. This course must be accom- 
panied by CHEM 201. (Staff) 

CHEM 203 (014). COLLEGE CHEMISTRY IV. (3) 

Three lectures and one recitation per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 104 or 106. Introductory analytical and theoretical 
chemistry. Bonding theory; electrochemistry; molecular 
energetics and structure; chemical dynamics; equi- 
librium; determination of composition of matter. This 
course must be accompanied by CHEM 204 unless credit 
for CHEM 204 has previously been established. (Staff) 

CHEM 204 (016). COLLEGE CHEMISTRY LABORATORY IV. 
(2) 
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite, CHEM 104 or 106. A laboratory course to 
accompany CHEM 203. This course must be accom- 
panied by CHEM 203. (Staff) 

CHEM 211 (022). PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY 

III. (3) 

Three lectures and one recitation per week. Prerequisite, 
CHEM 104 or 106 and consent of the Chemistry Depart- 
ment. A more rigorous treatment of the material of 
CHEM 201. This course must be accompanied by CHEM 
212 unless credit for CHEM 212 has previously been 
established. (Staff) 

CHEM 212 (024). PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY 
LABORATORY III. (2) 

One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite, CHEM 104 or 106 and consent of the Chem- 
istry Department. A more rigorous treatment of the 
material of CHEM 202, This course must be accom- 
panied by CHEM 211. (Staff) 

CHEM 213 (025). PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY 

IV. (3) 

Three lectures and one recitation per week. Prerequi- 
site, CHEM 104 or 106 and consent of Chemistry De- 
partment. A more rigorous treatment of the material 
of CHEM 203. This course must be accompanied by 
CHEM 214 unless credit for CHEM 214 has previously 
been established. (Staff) 

CHEM 214 (026). PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY 
LABORATORY IV. (2) 
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite, CHEM 104 or 106 and consent of the 
Chemistry Department. A more rigorous treatment of 
the material of CHEM 204. This course must be accom- 
panied by CHEM 213. (Staff) 

CHEM 219 (019). ELEMENTS OF QUANTITATIVE ANALY- 
SIS. (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite, CHEM 003. An introduction to the 
basic theory and techniques of volumetric and gravi- 
metric analysis. Primarily for students in engineering, 
agriculture, pre-medical, and pre-dental curricula. (Not 
offered after fall. 1972). (Stuniz) 

CHEM 302 (110). RADIOCHEMICAL SAFETY PROCEDURES. 

(1) 

One lecture per week. A lecture and demonstration 
course. Radiation hazards, principles and practices of 
radiation safety, federal (AEC, ICC) codes and state 
public health. (Lakshmanan) 



128 / Arts and Sciences 



CHEM 321 (121). INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE ANALY- 
SIS. (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisites, CHEM 219 or 021, and CHEM 033 
or 037. A continuation of CHEM 219 or 021, Including 
volumetric, gravimetric, electrometric, and colorimetric 
methods. Intended for students in agricultural chemistry, 
general physical science, science education, etc. Not 
open to chemistry majors. (Staff) 

CHEM 399 (194). INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL RE- 
SEARCH (1-2) 

Prerequisite, junior standing. Registration only upon 
consent of the course coordinator. The course will allow 
students to conduct basic research under the super- 
vision of a member of the department. May be repeated 
for credit to a maximum of four credits. (Staff) 

CHEM 401 (101). INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 481. 

(Staff) 

CHEM 402 (102). INORGANIC PREPARATIONS. (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
site, CHEM 421. (Staff) 

CHEM 403 (205). RADiOCHEMISTRY. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, one year of 
college chemistry and one year of college physics. 
Radioactive decay; Introduction to properties of atomic 
nuclei; nuclear processes In cosmology; chemical, bio- 
medical and environmental applications of radioactivity; 
nuclear processes as chemical tools; interaction of radi- 
ation with matter. (Viola) 

CHEM 421 (123). ADVANCED QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. 
(3) 
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Pre- or corequisite, CHEM 482. A continuation of 
CHEM 021, including volumetric, gravimetric, electro- 
metric, and colorimetric methods. Required of all stu- 
dents majoring in chemistry. (Purdy) 

CHEM 422 (125). INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS. (4) 

Second Semester. Two lectures and six hours of labora- 
tory per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 482. A study of the 
application of physicochemical methods to analytical 
chemistry. Techniques such as polarography, conduc- 
tivity and spectrophotometry will be included. (Purdy) 

CHEM 423 (150). ORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. (2) 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
sites, CHEM 219 or 021, and consent of the instructor. 
The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitro- 
gen, halogen and certain functional groups. (Kasler) 

CHEM 440 (141). ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 037, 038. 
An advanced study of the compounds of carbon. (Not 
offered after fall, 1971). (Reeve) 

CHEM 441 (143). ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 440. A con- 
tinuation of CHEM 440. (Reeve) 

CHEM 442 (144). ADVANCED ORGANIC LABORATORY. 
(2-4) 

Two or four three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisites, CHEM 037, 038. (Staff) 

CHEM 443 (148). THE IDENTIFICATION OF ORGANIC COM- 
POUNDS. (2) 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
site, CHEM 440. The systematic identification of organic 
compounds. (Staff) 

CHEM 461 (161). BIOCHEMISTRY I. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, one year of or- 
ganic chemistry. A comprehensive introduction to gen- 
ral biochemistry wherein the chemistry and metabolism 
of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, and proteins are 
discussed. (Holmlund) 

CHEM 462 (163). BIOCHEMISTRY II. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 461. A 
continuation of CHEM 461. (Holmlund) 



CHEM 463, 464 (162, 164). BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY. 
(2, 2) 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
site, CHEM 461, 462 or concurrent registration In CHEM 
461,462. (Staff) 

CHEM 472 (103). PRINCIPLES OF GEOCHEMISTRY. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 104 or 
equivalent, and senior standing. A survey of historical 
and modern theories of the origin of the universe and 
the solar system. The origin of elements and their dis- 
tributions in space, on extra-terrestrial bodies and on 
earth. Discussion of the origin of Igneous rocks, of the 
physical and chemical factors governing development 
and distribution of sedimentary rocks, of the oceans, 
and of the atmosphere. Organic sediments, the Internal 
structures of Earth and the planets, the role of Isotopes 
In geothermometry and in the solution of other problems. 

(Breger) 

CHEM 473 (104). GEOCHEMISTRY OF SOLIDS. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 482 or 
GEOL 422. Principles of crystal chemistry applied to 
structures, properties and reactions of minerals and 
non-metallic solids. Emphasis is placed on the relation 
of structural stability to bonding, ionic size, charge, 
order-disorder, polymorphism, and isomorphism. 

(Sommer) 

CHEM 474 (105). ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 481, or 
equivalent. The sources of various elements and chemi- 
cal reactions between them in the atmosphere and hy- 
drosphere are treated. Causes and biological effects of 
air and water pollution by certain elements are dis- 
cussed. (Gordon or Zoller) 

CHEM 475 (106). CHEMICAL OCEANOGRAPHY. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 103 or 
equivalent, and one additional semester of physical sci- 
ence. An introduction to physical, chemical and geo- 
logical processes that occur in the marine environment 
including physical and chemical properties of sea water, 
geology of the sea floor, general circulation of the ocean, 
currents, waves, and tides. (Sommer) 

CHEM 481, 482 (187, 189). PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. (3, 3) 
Three iectu.'es per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 219 or 021, 
MATH 141, PHYS 263 (PHYS 263 may be taken con- 
currently with CHEM 481) or consent of instructor. 
A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers. 

(Staff) 

CHEM 483, 484 (182, 184). PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LAB- 
ORATORY FOR CHEMISTRY MAJORS. (1, 1) 

One three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites, 
CHEM 219, 021; CHEM 481, 482 must be taken concur- 
rently. (Staff) 

CHEM 485 (195). ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. (2) 
Prerequisite, CHEM 482. Quantum chemistry and other 
selected topics. (Staff) 

CHEM 486 (186). ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LAB- 
ORATORY. (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
sites, CHEM 482, 484. (Staff) 

CHEM 493, 494 (188, 190). PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LAB- 
ORATORY. (2, 2) 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. A labora- 
tory course for chemical engineering students taking 
CHEM 481, 482. Students who have had CHEM 219, 021 
or equivalent cannot register for this course. (Staff) 

CHEM 498 (196). SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY. (3) 
Three lectures or two lectures and one three-hour lab- 
oratory per week. Prerequisite varies with the nature 
of the topic being considered. Course may be repeated 
for credit if the subject matter Is substantially different, 
but not more than three credits may be accepted In 
satisfaction of major supporting area requirements for 
chemistry majors. (Staff) 

CHEM 499 (199H). SPECIAL PROJECTS. (2) 

Honors projects for undergraduate students. (Staff) 



Arts and Sciences / 129 



FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

CHEM 601 (201). ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM 603. 604 (202, 204). ADVANCED INORGANIC LAB- 
ORATORY. (2, 2). (Staff) 
CHEM 605 (207). CHEMISTRY OF COORDINATION COM- 
POUNDS. (2) (Staff) 
CHEM 606 (211). CHEMISTRY OF ORGANOMETALLIC 
COMPOUNDS. (2) (Staff) 
CHEM 607 (203). THE CHEMISTRY OF THE RARER ELE- 
MENTS. (2) (Staff) 
CHEM 608 (213). SELECTED TOPICS IN INORGANIC 
CHEMISTRY. (2) (Staff) 
CHEM 621. 622 (221, 223). CHEMICAL MICROSCOPY. (2, 2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM 623 (227). OPTICAL METHODS OF QUANTITATIVE 
ANALYSIS. (3) (Staff) 

CHEM 624 (229). ELECTRICAL METHODS OF QUANTITA- 
TIVE ANALYSIS. (3) (Staff) 
CHEM 625 (231). SEPARATION METHODS IN QUANTITA- 
TIVE ANALYSIS. (3) (Staff) 
CHEM 628 (233). MODERN TRENDS IN ANALYTICAL CHEM- 
ISTRY. (2) (Staff) 
CHEM 641 (237). ORGANIC REACTION MECHANISMS. (3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM 642 (239). PHYSICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM 643 (240). ORGANIC CHEMISTRY OF HIGH POLY- 
MERS. (2) (Staff) 
CHEM 644 (243). MOLECULAR ORBITAL THEORY. (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM 645 (245). THE CHEMISTRY OF THE STEROIDS. (2) 

(Staff) 
THE HETEROCYCLICS. (2) (Staff) 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMIS- 
(Staff) 
PROTEINS, AMINO ACIDS AND CARBO- 
(Staff) 
BIOLOGICAL ENERGY TRANSDUCTIONS, 
(Staff) 
(Staff) 



CHEM 646 (251). 
CHEM 648 (253). 

TRY. (2) 
CHEM 661 (261). 

HYDRATES. (2) 
CHEM 662 (263). 

VITAMINS, AND HORMONES. (2) 
CHEM 663 (265). ENZYMES. (2) 



CHEM 664 (267). THE CHEMISTRY OF NATURAL PRO- 
DUCTS. (2) (Staff) 
CHEM 665 (271). BIOCHEMISTRY OF LIPIDS. (2) (Staff) 
CHEM 666 (275). BIOPHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. (2) (Staff) 
CHEM 668 (268). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN BIOCHEMISTRY. 
(2-4) (Staff) 
CHEM 669 (273). SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOCHEMISTRY. (2) 

(Staff) 
CHEM 681 (287). INFRARED AND RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY. 
(2) (Staff) 

CHEM 682 (299). REACTION KINETICS. (3) (Staff) 

CHEM 683 (303). ELECTROCHEMISTRY. (3) (Staff) 

CHEM 684 (307). CHEMICAL THERMODYNAMICS. (3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM 685 (313). MOLECULAR STRUCTURE. (3) (Staff) 

CHEM 686 (317). CHEMICAL CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. f3) 

(Staff) 
CHEM 687 (323). STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND CHEM- 
ISTRY. (3) (Staff) 
CHEM 688 (291). SELECTED TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEM- 
ISTRY. (2) (Staff) 
CHEM 689 (293). SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEM- 
ISTRY. (3) (Staff) 
CHEM 690. 691 (319, 321). QUANTUM CHEMISTRY. (3, 3) 

(Staff) 



CHEM 702 (210). 
CHEM 703 (269). 

CHEM 704 (270). 

TORY. (1-2) 
CHEM 705 (215). 
CHEM 718 (336). 

TRY. (1-3) 
CHEM 721 (331). 
CHEM 722 (332). 
CHEM 723 (333). 
CHEM 728 (334). 

CHEMISTRY. (2 
CHEM 729 (335). 

(1-3) 
CHEM 799 (399). 

CHEM 898 (351). 
CHEM 899 (499). 
(Cr Arr) 



RADIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY, (1-2) 

(Staff) 
ADVANCED RADIOCHEMISTRY. (2) 

(Staff) 
ADVANCED RADIOCHEMISTRY LABORA- 

(Staff) 
NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY. (2) (Staff) 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN NUCLEAR CHEMIS- 

(Staff) 
ORGANIC GEOCHEMISTRY. (3) (Breger) 
COSMOCHEMISTRY. (3) (Barker) 

MARINE GEOCHEMISTRY. (3) (Sommer) 
SELECTED TOPICS IN ANALYTICAL 
3) (Rose) 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN GEOCHEMISTRY. 

(Staff) 
THESIS RESEARCH. (Or Arr) (Staff) 

(Staff) 

(Staff) 



SEMINAR. (1) 
DISSERTATION RESEARCH. 



(Staff) 



CHINESE 

Assistant Professor and Director: Chin. 
Instructors: Chen and Loh. 

The department offers an intensive program for 
the first year for which students earn twelve (12) 
credits in a year (six each semester). The ap- 
proach is audio-lingual and communication-ori- 
ented. 

A minor in the Chinese language consists of 
eighteen (18) credit hours. Six of these hours must 
be in courses at the 400-level, or above. 

CHIN 101, 102 (001, 002). INTENSIVE ELEMENTARY 
CHINESE. (6, 6) 

Introduction to reading, writing, and speaking Chinese 
with an emphasis on mastering the essentials of pro- 
nunciation, basic characters and structural patterns. 
Eight hours per week. (Staff) 

CHIN 201. 202 (006, 007). INTERMEDIATE CHINESE. (3, 3) 
Three recitations per week: additional electronic labora- 
tory in Chin 201. Prerequisite, CHIN 102 or equivalent. 
Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of 
Chinese life, thought and culture. (Chen) 

CHIN 301, 302 (101, 102). READING FROM CHINESE HIS- 
TORY. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, CHIN 202 or equivalent. Based on antholo- 
gy of historians from the Chou to the Ching dynasties. 

(Loh) 

CHIN 411, 412 (171, 172). CHINESE CIVILIZATION. (3. 3) 
This course supplements GEOG 422; Cultural Geography 
of China and Japan. It deals with Chinese literature, 
art, folklore, history, government, and great men. Sec- 
ond semester: developments in China since 1911. The 
course is given in English translation. (Loh) 

CHIN 421, 422 (117, 118). CHINESE LINGUISTICS. (3. 3) 
Prerequisite. CHIN 202 or equivalent. (Chin) 

CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES 

Professor and Chairman: Avery. 
Associate Professor: Hubbe. 
Lecturer: Iversen. 
Instructor: Clapper. 

Major in Latin: LATN 101. 102, 203 and 204 or 
their equivalent must have been completed before 



130 / Arts and Sciences 



a student may begin work on a major. A major 
consists of a minimum of twenty-four hiours be- 
ginning witfi LAIN 305, twelve fiours of which 
must be taken in 400-leve^ courses. In addition, a 
student majoring in Latin will be required to take 
as supporting courses LAIN 170, HIFN 456, and 
HIFN 410. He is urged to pursue a strong support- 
ing program in Greek. The following courses are 
recommended as electives: HIST 251 and 252, 
ARTH 402 and 403, and PHIL 310. No course in 
the Latin language with a grade less than C may 
be used to satisfy major requirements. 

Normally no placement tests are given in the 
classical languages. The following schedule will 
apply in general in determining the course level at 
which students will register for Latin. 

Students offering or 1 unit of Latin will register 
for LATN 101. 

Students offering 2 units of Latin will register for 
LATN 203. 

Students offering 3 units of Latin will register for 
LATN 204. 

Students offering 4 units of Latin will register for 
LATN 305. 

However, those presenting 2, 3 or 4 units of pre- 
paratory work may register initially for the next 
higher course by demonstrating proficiency 
through a placement test. Students whose stage 
of achievement is not represented here are urg- 
ently invited to confer with the chairman of the 
department. Students who wish to continue the 
study of Greek should likewise confer with the 
chairman of the department. No credit will be given 
for less than two semesters of elementary Latin 
or Greek except as provided below in the course 
descriptions of LATN and GREK 101. 



LATIN 

LATN 101, 102 (001, 002). ELEMENTARY LATIN. (3, 3) 

A student who has had two units of Latin in high school 
may register for LATN 101 for purposes of review, but 
not for credit; however, he may, under certain condi- 
tions, register for LATN 102 for credit with departmental 
permission. (Clapper) 

LATN 170 (070). GREEK AND ROMAN MYTHOLOGY, (3) 
Taught in English, no prerequisite. Cannot be taken for 
language credit. This course is particularly recommended 
tor students planning to major in foreign languages, 
English, history, the fine arts, or journalism. 

(Iversen, Clapper) 

LATN 203 (003). INTERMEDIATE LATIN (CAESAR). (3) 
Prerequisite. LATN 101, 102 or equivalent, (Staff) 

LATN 204 (004). INTERMEDIATE LATIN (CICERO). (3) 

Prerequisite, LATN 203 or equivalent. (Staff) 

LATN 305 (005). VERGIL'S AENEID, (3) 

Prerequisite, LATN 204 or equivalent. (Iversen) 

LATN 351 (051). HORACE. (3) 

Prerequisite, LATN 305 or equivalent. (Iversen) 



LATN 352 (052). LIVY. (3) 

Prerequisite, LATN 351 or equivalent (Iversen) 

LATN 361 (061). PLINY'S LETTERS. (3) 

Prerequisite. LATN 352 or equivalent, (Iversen) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

Prerequisite for 400-level courses, LATN 361. 

LATN 401 (101). CATULLUS AND THE ROMAN ELEGIAC 
POETS, (3) (Avery) 

LATN 402 (102). TACITUS, (3) (Avery) 

LATN 403 (103). ROMAN SATIRE. (3) (Avery) 

LATN 404 (104). ROMAN COMEDY. (3) (Avery) 

LATN 405 (105). LUCRETIUS. (3) (Avery) 

LATN 411 (111). ADVANCED LATIN GRAMMAR. (3) 

Prerequisite, three years of college Latin or equivalent. 
An intensive study of the morphology and syntax of the 
Latin language supplemented by rapid reading. (Avery) 

LATN 499 (199). LATIN READINGS. (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. The reading of one or 
more selected Latin authors from antiquity through the 
Renaissance. Reports. May be repeated with different 
content, (Avery) 

FOR GRADUATES 

LATN 610 (210). VULGAR LATIN READINGS, (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An intensive review 
of the phonology, morphology, and syntax of Classical 
Latin, followed by the study of the deviations of Vulgar 
Latin from the classical norms, with the reading of il- 
lustrative texts. The reading of selections from the 
Peregrinatio ad loca sancta and the study of divergences 
from classical usage therein, with special emphasis on 
those which anticipate subsequent developments in the 
Romance languages. Reports. (Avery) 

GREEK 

GREK 101, 102 (001, 002). ELEMENTARY GREEK. (3, 3) 
A student who has had two units of Greek in high school 
may register for GREK 101 for purposes of review, but 
not for credit; however, he may, under certain condi- 
tions, register for GREK 102 for credit with department- 
al permission. (Hubbe) 

GREK 203 (003). INTERMEDIATE GREEK, GRAMMAR AND 
READING. (3) 

Prerequisite, GREK 101, 102 or equivalent. (Hubbe) 

GREK 204 (004). INTERMEDIATE GREEK (HOMER). (3) 

Prerequisite, GREK 203 or equivalent. (Hubbe) 

Prerequisite for 300-level courses, GREK 204 or equivalent, 
except that, with the instructor's permission, a student who 
plans to take no more than four semesters of Greek may 
substitute GREK 352 for GREK 204. 

GREK 351 (051), EURIPIDES. (3) (Hubbe) 

GREK 352 (006). THE NEW TESTAMENT, (3) (Hubbe) 

GREK 353 (005), HERODOTUS, (3 ) (Hubbe) 

GREK 354 (054). GREEK LYRIC POETRY, (3) (Hubbe) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

GREK 401 (101). THUCYDIDES. (3) (Hubbe) 

GREK 402 (102), GREEK PHILOSOPHERS, (3) (Hubbe) 

GREK 403 (103). GREEK TRAGEDY. (3) (Hubbe) 

GREK 404 (104). GREEK COMEDY. (3) (Hubbe) 

GREK 405 (105). GREEK 0RAT0RY.(3) (Hubbe) 

GREK 406 (106). GREEK EPIGRAPHY. (3) (Hubbe) 

GREK 499 (199). GREEK READINGS. (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. The reading of 
one or more selected Greek authors. Reports. May be 
repeated with different content. (Hubbe) 



Arts and Sciences / 131 



COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

Advisory Committee on Comparative Literature 
Professors: Freedman (Chairman), G. Jones, R. T. 

Swigger, W. MacBain, C. Hering, and G. Nemes. 
Professors: Goodwyn, Jones. 
Associate Professors: Perloff, Salamanca, D. 

Smith. 
Assistant Professors: Swigger, Berry, Gilbert, 

Greenwood, Salchenberger, Tinsley, Walt. 

Undergraduates may emphasize comparative lit- 
erature as they work toward a degree in one of 
the departments of literature. Each student will be 
formally advised by the faculty of his "home" de- 
partment. In general, every student will be re- 
quired to take CMLT 401, and GMLT 402, and, dur- 
ing his last year, CMLT 496. The various literature 
departments concerned will have additional spe- 
cific requirements. 

Students emphasizing comparative literature are 
expected to develop a high degree of competence 
in at least one foreign language. 

Course work may not be limited to the nine- 
teenth and twentieth centuries. 

LATN 170 is highly recommended. 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

CMLT 401, 402 (101, 102). INTRODUCTORY SURVEY OF 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE. (3. 3) 

First semester. Survey of the background of European 
literature through study of the Greek and Latin literature 
in English translations, discussing the debt of modern 
literature to the ancients. 

Second semester: study of the medieval and modern 
continental literature. (Staff) 

CMLT 411 (114). THE GREEK DRAMA. (3) 

The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and 
Aristophanes in English translations. Emphasis on the 
historic background, on dramatic structure, and on the 
effect of the Attic drama upon the mind of the civilized 
world. (Staff) 

CMLT 415 (103). THE OLD TESTAMENT AS LITERA- 
TURE. (3) 

A study of sources, development and literary types. 

(Greenwood) 
CMLT 416 (104). THE NEW TESTAMENT AS LITERA- 
TURE. (3) 

A study of the books of the New Testament, with atten- 
tion to the relevant historical background and to the 
transmission of the text, A knowledge of Greek is help- 
ful, but not essential, (Greenwood) 
CMLT 421, 422 (115. 116), THE CLASSICAL TRADITION 
AND ITS INFLUENCE IN THE MIDDLE AGES AND THE 
RENAISSANCE. (3, 3) 

Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek 
or Latin required. (Staff) 

CMLT 430 (125), LITERATURE OF THE MIDDLES AGES. (3) 
Narrative, dramatic and lyric literature of the Middle 
Ages studied in translation, (Staff) 

CMLT 433 (135), DANTE AND THE ROMANCE TRADI- 
TION. (3) 
A reading of the Divine Comedy to enlighten the discov- 
ery of reality in western literature. (Salchenberger) 
CMLT 440, 441 (140, 141). LITERATURE OF THE FAR 
EAST. (3, 3) 
A survey of the literature of China and Japan. First se- 
mester: an examination of the development of Chinese 



and Japanese literature up to the Yuan and Kamakura 
period. Second semester: the literature from the four- 
teenth century to the present. (Staff) 

CMLT 461 (105). ROMANTICISM: EARLY STAGES. (3) 

First semester. Emphasis on England, France and Ger- 
many, Reading knowledge of French or German re- 
quired, (Staff) 

CMLT 462 (106), ROMANTICISM: FLOWERING AND IN- 
FLUENCE, (3) 
Second semester. Emphasis on England, France and 
Germany, Reading knowledge of French or German re- 
quired. (Staff) 

CMLT 463 (107). THE FAUST LEGEND IN ENGLISH AND 
GERMAN LITERATURE. (3) 

A study of the Faust legend of the Middle Ages and its 
later treatment by Marlowe in Dr. Faustus and by Goethe 
in Faust. (Staff) 

CMLT 469 (130). THE CONTINENTAL NOVEL. (3) 

The novel in translation from Stendhal through the 
Existentialists, selected from literatures of France, Ger- 
many, Italy, Russia, and Spain, (Walt, Swigger) 

CMLT 470 (112), IBSEN AND THE CONTINENTAL 
DRAMA, (3) 

Emphasis on the major work of Ibsen, with some atten- 
tion given to selected predecessors, contemporaries 
and successors. (D. Smith) 

CMLT 479 (145), MAJOR CONTEMPORARY AUTHORS, (3) 

(Staff) 

CMLT 488 (147), GENRES. (3) 

A study of a recognized literary form, such as tragedy, 
epic, satire, literary criticism, comedy, tragicomedy, 
etc. The course may be repeated for cumulative credit 
up to six hours when different material is presented. 

(Staff) 

CMLT 489 (170). MAJOR WRITERS. (3) 

Each semester two major writers from different cultures 
and languages will be studied. Authors will be chosen 
on the basis of significant relationships of cultural and 
aesthetic contexts, analogies between their respective 
works, and the importance of each writer to his literary 
tradition, 

CMLT 496 (150), CONFERENCE COURSE IN COMPARA- 
TIVE LITERATURE, (3) 

Second semester, A tutorial type discussion course, 
correlating the courses in various literatures which the 
student has previously taken with the primary themes 
and masterpieces of world literature. This course is re- 
quired of undergraduate majors in Comparative Litera- 
ture, but must not be taken until the final year of the 
student's program, (Swigger) 

CMLT 498 (179). SELECTED TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE 
LITERATURE, (3) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

CMLT 601 (201). PROBLEMS IN COMPARATIVE LITERA- 
TURE. (3) (Swigger) 

CMLT 610 (258), FOLKLORE IN LITERATURE. (3) 

(Goodwyn) 

CMLT 631 (225). THE MEDIEVAL EPIC, (3) (Jones) 

CMLT 632 (226). THE MEDIEVAL ROMANCE. (3) (Jones) 

CMLT 639 (235). STUDIES IN THE RENAISSANCE: 
AS ANNOUNCED. (3) 

CMLT 640 (235). THE ITALIAN RENAISSANCE AND ITS 
INFLUENCE. (3) (Salchenberger) 

CMLT 642 (230). PROBLEMS OF THE BAROQUE IN 
LITERATURE. (3) (Staff) 

CMLT 681 (240). LITERARY CRITICISM— ANCIENT AND 
MEDIEVAL. (3) (Greenwood) 

CMLT 682 (241). LITERARY CRITICISM— RENAISSANCE 
AND MODERN. (3) (Staff) 



132 / Arts and Sciences 



CMLT 690 (268). SEMINAR IN LITERARY SOURCES OF 

ART HISTORY. (3) (Staff) 

CMLT 799 (399). M.A. RESEARCH. (1-6) (Staff) 

CMLT 801 (301). SEMINAR IN THEMES AND TYPES. (3) 

(Staff) 
CMLT 899 (499). PH.D. RESEARCH. (1-6) (Staff) 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Professor and Director: Atchison. 

Professors: Chu,' Edmundson,- Glasser,-' Heilprin,' 

Kanal. 
Researcti Professors: Ortega, ■■ Rheinboldt,'* Rosen- 

feld. 
Associate Professors: Glaser/' Minker. 
Assistant Professors: Austing, Basili, Feldman, 

Hagerty, Lay, McClellan, Park, Vandergraft. 
Instructor and Associate Director: Menard. 
Instructors: Nagel, Williams. 

The educational program in computer science 
is administered by the Computer Science Center 
which is an academic unit of the University not af- 
filiated with any particular school or college. This 
description of the program is included in the cata- 
log of the College of Arts and Sciences for the 
convenience of students and faculty of the Col- 
lege. The Computer Science Center provides com- 
puting service for all academic activities of the 
University and conducts an active research pro- 
gram in the computer and computer-related sci- 
ences. 

No bachelor's degree program in computer sci- 
ence is offered at this University. The basic under- 
graduate courses are designed to offer students in 
all fields an introduction to the academic discipline 
concerned with the use of computers. The ad- 
vanced undergraduate courses offer suitable prep- 
aration for graduate study in computer science or 
supporting work for students majoring in other 
areas. The Computer Science Center offers the 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy de- 
grees in computer science. An undergraduate 
student interested in these programs or in specific 
computer science courses should consult his ad- 
visor as early in his preparation as possible. 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

CMSC 100 (005). INTRODUCTION TO USE OF THE 
DIGITAL COMPUTER. (1) 

An introduction to ttie use of FORTRAN for solution of 
simple computational tasks. Tfie use of a conversational 
mode to simplify ttie computational process will be em- 
phasized. Wtiere possible students will be assigned to 
sections of comparable background. Examples and prob- 
lems for the sections will be chosen appropriate to the 
background of the students. 

CMSC 103 (012). INTRODUCTORY ALGORITHMIC 
METHODS. (3) 
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per 



^ Joint appointment 
- Joint appointment 
^ Joint appointment 
* Joint appointment 
^ Joint appointment 
matics. 
'' Joint appointment 



^itti Electrical Engineering. 

Mtti Mathematics. 

nth Physics and Astronomy. 

nth Library and Information Services. 

fith Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathe 

lith Physiology. 



week. Prerequisite, MATH 111 or equivalent. Recom- 
mended for students not majoring in mathematics, the 
physical sciences or engineering. Study of the algo- 
rithmic approach in the analysis of problems and their 
computational solution. Definition and use of a particular 
algorithmic language. Computer projects based on ele- 
mentary algebra and probability; linear equations and 
matrices; and the ordering, searching, sorting, and 
manipulating of data. 

CMSC 110 (020). ELEMENTARY ALGORITHMIC 
ANALYSIS. (3) 

Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per 
week. Pre- or corequisite, MATH 141 or equivalent. Rec- 
ommended for students majoring in mathematics, the 
physical sciences or engineering. Concept and proper- 
ties of an algorithm, language and notation for describ- 
ing algorithms, analysis of computational problems and 
development of algorithms for their solution, use of spe- 
cific algorithmic languages in solving problems from nu- 
merical mathematics, completion of several projects 
using a computer. 

CMSC 210 (100). LANGUAGE AND STRUCTURE OF 
COMPUTERS. (3) 
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite, CMSC 103 or CMSC 110 or equiva- 
lent. Logical basis of computer structure, machine pre- 
sentation of numbers and characters, flow of con- 
trol, instruction codes, arithmetic and logical operations, 
indexing and indirect addressing, input-output, push- 
down stacks, symbolic representation of programs and 
assembly systems, subroutine linkage, macros, inter- 
pretive systems, and recent advances in computer or- 
ganization. Several computer projects to illustrate basic 
concepts. 

CMSC 268 (021). NUMERICAL CALCULUS LABORATORY. 
(1-2) 
Two hours laboratory per week for each credit hour. 
Prerequisite, MATH 240, or concurrent registration there- 
in and CMSC 110, or equivalents. Laboratory work in the 
development of algorithmic solutions of problems taken 
from numerical calculus with emphasis on efficiency of 
computation, and the control of errors. Basic one-credit 
laboratory includes completion of several machine proj- 
ects on material related to MATH 021. Second credit in- 
volves more comprehensive projects based on similar or 
related material. 

CMSC 314 (120). INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER 
LANGUAGES AND SYSTEMS. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 241 or equivalent. Organization and 
characteristics of computers. Procedure oriented and 
assembly languages. Representation of data, characters 
and instructions. Introduction to logic design and sys- 
tems organization. Macro definition and generation. Pro- 
gram segmentation and linkage. Extensive use of the 
computer to complete projects illustrating programming 
techniques and machine structure. 

CMSC 340 (102). INTRODUCTION TO DISCRETE STRUC- 
TURES. (3) 

Prerequisite, CMSC 110 or equivalent. This is the same 
course as ENEE 450. Review of set algebra including 
relations, partial ordering and mappings. Algebraic 
structures including semigroups and groups. Graph 
theory including trees and weighted graphs. Boolean 
algebra and prepositional logic. Applications of these 
structures to various areas of computer science and 
computer engineering. 

CMSC 388 (110). SPECIAL COMPUTATIONAL LABORA- 
TORY. (1 or 2) 

Two hours laboratory per week for each credit hour. 
Prerequisite, CMSC 103 or equivalent. Arranged for spe- 
cial groups of students to give experience in developing 
algorithmic solutions of problems or using particular 
computational systems. May be taken for cumulative 
credit up to a maximum of six hours where different 
material is covered. 



Arts and Sciences / 133 



CMSC 410 (160). COMPUTER ORGANIZATION, (3) 

Prerequisite. CMSC 210 or equivalent. This is the same 
course as ENEE 440. Introduction. Computer elements. 
Parallel adders and subtracters. Micro-operations. Se- 
quences. Computer simulation. Organization of a com- 
mercially available stored program computer. Micropro- 
grammed computers. A large-scale batch-processing 
system. 

CMSC 420 (150). DATA AND STORAGE STRUCTURES. (3) 
Prerequisite. CMSC 210 and CMSC 340 or equivalent. A 
study of intrinsic structures of data, such as arrays, 
strings, trees, and lists, and their relation to storage 
media. Representation of data structures in storage by 
records, files, etc. Special storage structures such as 
content addressed, trie, and associative memories. 
Referencing, processing, and management techniques 
based on the structuring, e.g., list processing. Storage 
and accessing efficiency, as well as dynamic flexibility 
of various methods. 

CMSC 440 (140). STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMING LANG- 
UAGES. (3) 

Prerequisite, CMSC 210 or equivalent. Formal definition 
of languages including specification of syntax and se- 
mantics. Syntactic structure and semantics of simple 
statements including precedence, infix, prefix, and post- 
fix notation. Global structure and semantics of algorith- 
mic languages including declarations and storage allo- 
cation, grouping of statements and binding time of con- 
stituents, subroutines, coroutines, tasks and parameters. 
List processing and data description languages. 

CMSC 450 (144). ELEMENTARY LOGIC AND ALGORITHMS. 
(3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 240 or consent of instructor. This is 
the same course as MATH 444. An elementary develop- 
ment of propositional logic, predicate logic, set algebra, 
and Boolean algebra, with a discussion of Markov algo- 
rithms. Turing machines and recursive functions. Topics 
include Post productions, word problems, and formal 
languages. 

CMSC 460 (168). NUMERICAL METHODS FOR SCIENTISTS 
AND ENGINEERS. (3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 241 or 462, MATH 246, and CMSC 
110 or equivalent. This is the same course as MATH 
460. Interpolation, numerical differentiation and integra- 
tion, numerical solution of polynomial and transcen- 
dental equations, least squares, systems of linear equa- 
tions, numerical solution of ordinary differential equa- 
tions, errors in numerical calculations. 

CMSC 470 (170). NUMERICAL ANALYSIS I. (3) 

Pre- or corequisite. MATH 410. This is the same course 
as MATH 470. Solution of linear systems of equations 
and nonlinear equations in one variable. Least square 
and Chebyshev approximation. Numerical differentiation, 
integration, and solution of ordinary differential equa- 
tions. 

CMSC 471 (171). NUMERICAL ANALYSIS II. (3) 

Prerequisites. MATH 400 or 405. MATH 410, and CMSC/ 
MATH 470. This is the same course as MATH 471. Linear 
systems of equations: norms, condition numbers, round- 
ing error analysis, iterative methods; introduction to 
numerical solution of partial differential equations. Non- 
linear systems of equations: Newton's method, conver- 
gence and rate of convergence. Eigenvalue problems. 

CMSC 485 (132). SIMULATION OF CONTINUOUS SYS- 
TEMS. (3) 

Prerequisites. CMSC 110 and MATH 246. or equivalent. 
Introduction to digital simulation: simulation by MIMIC 
programming: simulation by FORTRAN programming: 
simulation by DSL-90 (or CSMP) programming: logic 
and construction of a simulation processor; similarity 
between digital simulations of continuous and discrete 
systems. 
CMSC 498 (190). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN COMPUTER 
SCIENCE. (1-3) 

Prerequisite, permission of instructor. An individualized 



course designed to allow a student or students to pur- 
sue a specialized topic or project under the supervision 
of the senior staff. Credit according to work done. 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 
CMSC 600 (200). PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS. (3) 
CMSC 610 (202). COMPUTER SYSTEMS. (3) 
CMSC 620 (204). INFORMATION PROCESSING. (3) 
CMSC 640 (206). COMPUTABILITY AND AUTOMATA. (3) 
CMSC 660 (266). ALGORITHMIC NUMERICAL ANALYSIS. 

(3) 
CMSC 700 (240). TRANSLATION OF PROGRAMMING 

LANGUAGES. (3) 
CMSC 710 (230). SIMULATION OF COMPUTERS AND 

SOFTWARE. (3) 
CMSC 720 (255). INFORMATION RETRIEVAL. (3) 
CMSC 723 (252). COMPUTATIONAL LINGUISTICS. (3) 
CMSC 725 (250). MATHEMATICAL LINGUISTICS. (3) 
CMSC 730 (280). ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE. (3) 
CMSC 733 (285). COMPUTER PROCESSING OF PICTOR- 
IAL INFORMATION. (3) 
CMSC 737 (258). TOPICS IN INFORMATION SCIENCE. (3) 
CMSC 740 (220). AUTOMATA THEORY. (3) 
CMSC 745 (245). THEORY OF FORMAL LANGUAGES. (3) 
CMSC 750 (215). THEORY OF COMPUTABILITY. (3) 
CMSC 755 (210). THEORIES OF INFORMATION. (3) 
CMSC 780 (225). COMPUTER APPLICATIONS TO THE 

PHYSICAL SCIENCES. (3) 
CMSC 782 (235). MODELING AND SIMULATION OF 

PHYSICAL SYSTEMS. (3) 
CMSC 798 (295). GRADUATE SEMINAR IN COMPUTER 

SCIENCE. (1-3) 
CMSC 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (Arranged) 
CMSC 818 (290). ADVANCED TOPICS IN COMPUTER 

SYSTEMS. (3) 
CMSC 838 (290). ADVANCED TOPICS IN INFORMATION 

PROCESSING. (3) 
CMSC 840 (265). ADVANCED AUTOMATA THEORY. (3) 
CMSC 858 (290). ADVANCED TOPICS IN THEORY AND 

METATHEORY. (3) 
CMSC 878 (290). ADVANCED TOPICS IN NUMERICAL 

METHODS. (3) 
CMSC 898 (290). ADVANCED TOPICS IN APPLICATIONS. 

(3) 
CMSC 899 (499). DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (Arranged) 

INSTITUTE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE 
AND CRIMINOLOGY 

Professor and Director: Lejins. 
Lecturer: Ingraham. 

ADVISORY COUNCIL: The Advisory Council is 
made up of representatives of the areas of educa- 
tion, law, psychiatry, psychology, public adminis- 
tration, social work, sociology, and University Col- 
lege: Dr. Richard P. Claude, Department of Gov- 
ernment and Politics, College of Business and Pub- 
lic Administration; Dean Stanley J. Drazek, Uni- 
versity College; Professor Robert G. Fisher, School 
of Law; Dr. Jonas Rappeport. Psychiatric Institute; 
Professor Eric Seidman. College of Education; 
Dean Daniel Thursz. School of Social Work; Dr. 
Robert S. Waldrop, Department of Psychology. 



134 / Arts and Sciences 



ADVISORY BOARD: The Advisory Board is made 
up of representatives of the state agencies in the 
field of law enforcement and corrections, repre- 
sentatives of appropriate private agencies and or- 
ganizations as well as representatives of national 
agencies and organizations. 

The purpose of the institute is to provide an or- 
ganizational and administrative basis for the inter- 
ests and activities of the University, its faculty and 
students in the areas usually designated as law en- 
forcement, criminology and corrections. The insti- 
tute is to promote study and teaching concerning 
the problems of crime and delinquency by offer- 
ing and coordinating academic programs in the 
area of law enforcement, criminology and correc- 
tions; managing research in these areas; and con- 
ducting demonstration projects. 

The institute comprises as its component parts: 

1. The Criminology Program, which is a Divis- 
ion of the Department of Sociology. 

2. The Law Enforcement Curriculum. 

3. The program leading to a Bachelor of Arts in 
General Studies with specializations in law 
enforcement and corrections offered by the 
University College. 

4. Other appropriate divisions to be developed 
for the areas of research and demonstration 
projects. 

The major in law enforcement comprises 30 
hours of course work in law enforcement and 
criminology, the latter being offered as courses in 
the Division of Criminology of the Department of 
Sociology, divided as follows: 18, but not more 
than 24, hours in law enforcement; 6, but not more 
than 12, hours in criminology; Sociology 201 or 
Psychology 200; supporting courses, 18 hours in 
government and politics, psychology, or sociology 
(see recommended list in department office). Stu- 
dent may use an additional 6 hours to bring the 
major up to 36 hours. No grade lower than C 
may be used toward the major. 

LAW ENFORCEMENT CURRICULUM 

LENF 100 (001). INTRODUCTION TO LAW ENFORCEMENT. 
(3) 

Introduction to the administration of crimnal justice in 
a democratic society with emphasis upon the theoretical 
and historical development of law enforcement. The 
principles of organization and administration for law en- 
forcement; functions and specific activities: planning and 
research; public relations; personnel and training; in- 
spection and control: direction; policy formulation. 

LENF 220 (020). INVESTIGATION IN LAW ENFORCEMENT. 
(3) 

Investigation as a process of communication. Principles 
and problems in information collection and evaluation; 
impartial gathering and evaluation of data. Crime scene 
search and recording; collection and preservation of 
physical evidence; scientific aids; modus operandi; 
sources of information; interviewing; follow-up and case 
preparation. 

LENF 230 (030). CRIMINAL LAW IN ACTION. (3) 

Law as one of the methods of social control. Criminal 
law: its nature, sources, and types; theories and his- 



torical developments. Behavioral and legal aspects of 
criminal acts. Classification and analysis of selected 
criminal offenses. 

LENF 234 (031). CRIMINAL PROCEDURE AND EVIDENCE. 
(3) 

Prerequisite, LENF 230. General principles and theories 
of criminal procedure. Due process. Arrest, search and 
seizure. Recent developments. Study and evaluation of 
evidence and proof. 

LENF 330 (120). CONTEMPORARY LEGAL POLICY IS- 
SUES. (3) 

Prerequisite, LENF 230 and 234 or equivalent. In-depth 
examination of selected topics. Criminal responsibility. 
Socio-legal policy alternatives with regard to deviance. 
Law enforcement procedures for civil law and similar 
legal problems. Admissibility of evidence. Representa- 
tion. Indigent's right to counsel. 

LENF 340 (140). CONCEPTS OF LAW ENFORCEMENT AD- 
MINISTRATION. (3) 

Prerequisite, LENF 100 or equivalent. An introduction to 
concepts of organization and management as these re- 
late to law enforcement. Principles of structure, process, 
policy and procedure, communication and authority, divi- 
sion of work and organizational controls. Human ele- 
ment in the organization. Informal interaction and 
bureaucracy. 

LENF 350 (130). LAW ENFORCEMENT-COMMUNITY RE- 
LATIONS. (3) 

Prerequisite, LENF 100 or equivalent. Examination of 
factors contributing to cooperation or friction between 
law enforcement personnel and the community, with 
emphasis on minority groups, political pressures and 
cultural problems. Community organization and social 
responsibility of law enforcement. 

LENF 398 (191). LAW ENFORCEMENT FIELD TRAINING. 
(1-6) 

Prerequisite, junior standing. Supervised field training 
in law enforcement agencies as a structured and fo- 
cused experience. The student, in consultation with his 
advisor, will select his particular area of interest and 
will be responsible to his advisor for continued contact 
and required report. 

LENF 399 (189). DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH. 
(1-3) 

Prerequisite, senior standing. Supervised individual re- 
search and study: library and field research, surveys, 
special local problems. 

LENF 444 (150). ADVANCED LAW ENFORCEMENT AD- 
MINISTRATION. (3) 

Prerequisite, LENF 340 or consent of instructor. The 
structuring of manpower, material, and systems to ac- 
complish the major goals of social control. Personnel 
and systems management. Political controls and limita- 
tions on authority and jurisdiction. 

LENF 460 (160). INDUSTRIAL AND RETAIL SECURITY AD- 
MINISTRATION. (3) 

Prerequisite, LENF 100. 220 and 340 or consent of in- 
structor. The origins of contemporary private security 
systems. Organization and management of industrial and 
retail protective units. 

DANCE 

Professor and Chairman: Madden. 

Associate Professor: Rosen. 

Assistant Professor: Weaver. 

Visiting Lecturers: Freivogel and Nicks. 

Instructors: Brunner, Justice (P.T.), Kucen, Lar- 

sen, Reynolds, Sheppard, Sinclair, Williams, 

Witt. 

The offerings in the Department of Dance are 
intended to serve the needs of students who wish 



Arts and Sciences / 135 



to make dance their major effort and also to pro- 
vide opportunity for those students who would like 
to explore the role of dance as an art form. 
Courses serve to develop knowledge of different 
cultures and arts by studying the place of dance 
in diverse societies, and in relation to other art 
forms. Guest artists are scheduled throughout the 
year, and from time to time a resident artist is 
teaching. 

For those students who choose to major in 
dance, the department provides courses of train- 
ing which prepare them for performance, choreog- 
raphy, and to continue studies of dance and re- 
lated arts at the graduate level. It is also possible 
for the student to choose dance history, criticism 
or dance archives as a career. The curriculum also 
includes music for dance and rhythmic invention 
as well as related theatre subjects. 

The Bachelor of Arts degree is given by the Col- 
lege of Arts and Sciences and is awarded to those 
whose interest is basically in the cultural, perform- 
ing and composing aspects of the dance and 
teaching on the college level. The Bachelor of Sci- 
ence degree with a major in teaching is offered 
in the College of Education. 

It should be noted that the dance major pro- 
grams are demanding ones of faculty and students 
alike, implying the giving of time, energy and dedi- 
cation to the program. Students prepared to meet 
this challenge are warmly welcomed. 

Courses in dance theory, literature and tech- 
nique are open to all students who have completed 
the specified prerequisites, acquired the equiva- 
lent experience or secured the permission of the 
chairman of the department. Apprentice Groups 
I and 11, and the Performing Company are open to 
qualified students. 

THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

The Department requirement includes a core 
program of 14 hours in dance techniques and 24 
in theory and literature. Dance majors are required 
to take 12 hours in related disciplines, and to be 
in a technique course each semester. 

No course with a grade of less than C may be 
applied toward the fulfillment of the course re- 
quirements for a major in dance. 

Students are placed in technique classes ac- 
cording to their level of achievement and progress. 

DANC 100, 104 (052, 054). DANCE TECHNIQUES. (2, 2) 
First and second semesters. DANC 100: a study of 
dance movement in terms of placement, rhythm, dy- 
namics, space, improvisation, and dance phrases. DANC 
104: further development of the materials in DANC 100. 
Prerequisite, DANC 100 or equivalent. 

DANC 102 (050). RHYTHMIC INVENTION FOR DANCE. (2) 
First and second semester. Three hours a week. A 
course designed to show how rhythm affects the total 
dance movement picture and develops the dancer's 
rhythmic awareness and response. Understanding of 
rhythmic principles, movement isolation, design, phras- 
ing, syncopation. 

DANC 199 (090). WORKSHOP. (1-2) 

First and second semesters. Admission by consent of 



instructor. Planning, choreography and presentation of 
demonstrations and concerts. May be repeated for credit 
until 6 credits have been earned. 

DANC 200 (032). INTRODUCTION TO DANCE. (3) 

First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. A 
study of dance as a form of communication and as an art 
form. The course includes a survey of the theories and 
styles of dance, and of their relationships to other art 
forms. Lectures will be supplemented by observations, 
films, and guest speakers. May be taken to fulfill the 3 
semester hours requirement in fine arts or philosophy 
of the General Education requirement, 

DANC 208 (060), ELEMENTARY DANCE COMPOSITION. (3) 
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANC 104 or 
equivalent. The study of basic principles of dance com- 
position in terms of space, time, dynamics, and move- 
ment invention. The development of critical awareness 
and judgment with regard to composing. 

DANC 248, 348 (055, 057), DANCE TECHNIQUES. (2, 2) 
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANC 104 or 
equivalent, DANC 248, a study of dance techniques and 
styles. DANC 348, further development of materials in 
DANC 248 Prerequisite, DANC 248 and 208 or equiva- 
lent. 

DANC 265 (190). NOTATION. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANC 102 or 
equivalent. Movement analysis for purposes of record- 
ing dance; notation fundamentals; elementary writing of 
technique; reading of simple folk, modern and ballet 
studies. 

DANC 284 (084). MOVEMENT FOR THE THEATRE. (3) 
First and second semesters. Lecture and laboratory. 
Prerequisite, one semester of dance technique. Move- 
ment for actors, dancers, directors, singers in the the- 
atre. Dynamics, qualities, styles, and space as related 
to movement on the stage, 

DANC 305 (114). DEVELOPMENT OF DANCE PROGRES- 
SION. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANC 208 
or equivalent. The application and building of dance 
progression both in terms of dance techniques and in 
choreographic studies. Students have the opportunity to 
observe and assist the instructor in conducting lower- 
level dance classes. 

DANC 389 (080). DANCE TECHNIQUES. (2) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite. DANC 348 or 
equivalent. Continuation of DANC 378 in further ad- 
vanced form. May be repeated for credit. 

DANC 400 (100). ADVANCED CHOREOGRAPHIC FORMS. 
(3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANC 208 or 
equivalent and adequate dance technique. Lectures and 
studio work in modern sources as they apply to dance. 
Solo and group choreography. 

DANC 470 (170). CREATIVE DANCE FOR CHILDREN. (3) 
First and second semesters. Prerequisite. DANC 208 or 
equivalent. Directing the essential elements of dance to 
the level of the child's experience and facilitating the 
creative response. The development of movement into 
simple forms to serve as a symbol of individual ex- 
pression. 

DANC 480 (180). DANCE PRODUCTION, (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, DANC 400 or 
equivalent and an adequate understanding of dance 
techniques. Advanced choreography. Independent work 
with periodic criticism. 

DANC 482, 483 (182, 183), HISTORY OF DANCE, (3, 3) 
The development of dance from primitive to contemp- 
orary times and the relationship of dance forms to pat- 
terns of culture, DANC 482, the Primitive period through 
the Middle Ages. DANC 483, the Renaissance period to 
the present times. May be taken to fulfill the 3 semester 
hours requirement in fine arts or philosophy of the Gen- 
eral Education requirement. 



136 / Arts and Sciences 



DANC 484 (184). THEORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF DANCE. 
(3) 

First and second semesters. The study of the theories, 
philosophies and aesthetics of dance. Investigation of 
form, content and structure. Interrelationships of the 
arts, and their role in man's world. IVlay be taken to ful- 
fill the 3 semester hours requirement in fine arts or 
philosophy of the General Education requirement. 

DANC 489 (104). ETHNIC STYLES. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANC 104. 
Lecture and activity in styles expressive of various cul- 
tures. May be repeated for credit by permission of In- 
structor. 

DANC 492 (192). PERCUSSION AND MUSIC SOURCES 
FOR DANCE. (3) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, DANC 102 or 
equivalent. Techniques of percussion playing, and its 
use as dance accompaniment. Learning to use the in- 
struments in composition and improvisation. Study of 
music sources for dance. 

DANC 498 (194). DIRECTED STUDIES IN DANCE. (1-6) 
First and second semesters. Hours arranged. For ad- 
vanced students who have the permission of the chair- 
man of the Department of Dance. 

DANC 499 (195). ADVANCED DANCE TECHNIQUE. (2) 
Prerequisite, DANC 389 or equivalent. Continuation of 
DANC 389 in further advanced form. 

ECONOMICS 

Students registered in the College of Arts and 
Sciences may major in economics. During the 
freshman and sophomore years prospective eco- 
nomics majors should consult with their lower di- 
vision advisor in Arts and Sciences concerning 
preparation for the major. Normally ECON 110 — 
Economic Developments (3) is taken during the 
freshman year and ECON 201, 203 — Principles of 
Economics (3, 3), during the sophomore year. Eco- 
nomics majors are required to take six hours of 
mathematics. 

Juniors and seniors are advised by the faculty 
of the Department of Economics, which is admin- 
istered in the College of Business and Public Ad- 
ministration. In addition to the nine lower division 
credits listed above, economics majors must com- 
plete a minimum of 27 credits with an average 
grade of not less than C. ECON 401 — National 
Income Analysis (3); ECON 403 — Advanced Eco- 
nomic Principles (3); and either BSAD 230 — Busi- 
ness Statistics I (3) or ECON 421 — Quantitative 
Methods in Economics (3) are required. Other 
courses to meet the requirements of the major are 
to be selected with the aid of a faculty advisor. 
Additional information about the curriculum in eco- 
nomics may be obtained at the departmental office. 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

Professor and Chairman: Freedman. 

Assistant Professor and Associate Cfiairman: How- 
ard. 

Professors: Bode, Cooley, Harman (Emerita), Ho- 
vey, Lutwack, McManaway, Manning, Mish, 
Murphy, Myers, Panichas, Russell, Whittemore, 
Zeeveld. 



Associate Professors: Andrews (Emerita), Barnes 
(representative of University College), Barry, 
Birdsall, Brown, Bryer, Cooper, Fleming, Grave- 
ly, Herman, Houppert, Jellema, Kinnaird, Law- 
son, Peterson, Perloff, Portz, Salamanca, D. 
Smith, G. Smith, Thorberg, Vitzthum, Ward, Wil- 
son. 

Assistant Professors: Beauchamp, Cate, Coulter, 
Dunn, Fry, Greenwod, G. Hamilton, Holton, 
James, Kenney, Kimble, Kleine, Kolker, Levin- 
son, Martin, Miller, Moore, Quigley, Rowe, Ruth- 
erford, Salz, Spurgeon, Steinberg, Swigger, 
Tinsley, Tyson, VanEgmond, Walt, Weigant. 

Instructors: Demaree, Detrick, Ference (P.T.), D. 
Hamilton (P.T.), Potash (P.T.), Stevenson, Town- 
send, Trousdale (P.T.). 

The English major requires 30 credits, suitably 
distributed as indicated in departmental announce- 
ments, beyond the General Education require- 
ments. A student may pursue a major with empha- 
sis in English, American or Comparative Litera- 
ture; in folklore, creative writing, or in linguistics; 
or in preparation for secondary school teaching. 
Students interested in secondary teaching should 
make it known to the department as early in their 
college career as possible. 

No course with a grade less than C may be 
used to satisfy major requirements. 

In selecting minor or elective subjects, students 
majoring in English, particularly those who plan to 
do graduate work, should give special considera- 
tion to courses in French, German, Latin, philos- 
ophy, and history. 

HONORS 

The Department of English offers an honors program, pri- 
marily for majors but open to others with the approval of the 
Departmental Honors Committee. Interested students should 
ask for detailed information from an English department ad- 
visor no later than the beginning of their junior year. 

ENGLISH 

ENGL 101, 171 or HONR 101 is prerequisite to courses num- 
bered 201 through 212. 

ENGL 101 (001). COMPOSITION. (3) 

Required of freshmen. See ENGL 171. The study and 
application of rhetorical principles in expository prose: 
frequent themes. (Staff) 

ENGL 171 (021). HONORS COMPOSITION. (3) 

May be elected by eligible students in place of ENGL 
101 to satisfy General Education requirement. Survey of 
principles of composition, rhetoric, and techniques of 
research; reading in essays, short stories, poetry; fre- 
quent themes. (Staff) 

ENGL 201 (003). WORLD LITERATURE. (3) 

Fulfills part of the General Education requirement. See 
ENGL 271. Homer to the Renaissance, foreign classics 
being read in translation. (Staff) 

ENGL 202 (004). WORLD LITERATURE. (3) 

Fulfills part of the General Education requirement. See 
ENGL 272. Shakespeare to the present, foreign classics 
being read in translation. (Staff) 

ENGL 211 (055). ENGLISH LITERATURE FROM THE BE- 
GINNINGS TO 1800. (3) 

Fulfills part of the General Education requirement. (Staff) 



Arts and Sciences / 137 



ENGL 212 (056). ENGLISH LITERATURE FROM 1800 TO 
THE PRESENT. (3) 

Fulfills part of the General Education requirement. (Staff) 
ENGL 221 (057). AMERICAN LITERATURE, BEGINNING TO 
1865. (3) 

Fulfills part of the General Education requirement. (Staff) 
ENGL 222 (058). AMERICAN LITERATURE, 1865 TO THE 
PRESENT. (3) 

Fulfills part of the General Education requirement. (Staff) 
ENGL 241 (009). INTRODUCTION TO NARRATIVE LITER- 
ATURE. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENGL 101 or 171. An intensive study of 
representative stories, with lectures on the history and 
technique of the short story and other narrative forms. 
Fulfills part of the General Education requirement. (Staff) 
ENGL 242 (015). READINGS IN BIOGRAPHY. (3) 

An analytical study in the form and technique of bio- 
graphical writing in Europe and America. Fulfills part 
of the General Education requirement. (Ward) 

ENGL 243 (030). INTRODUCTION TO POETRY AND 
POETICS. (3) 

Fulfills part of the General Education requirement. 

(G. Smith, Jellema) 
ENGL 271 (033). HONORS WORLD LITERATURE. (3) 

May be elected by eligible students in place of ENGL 

201 to satisfy General Education requirement. Homer 
to the Renaissance, foreign classics being read in trans- 
lation. (Staff) 

ENGL 272 (034). HONORS WORLD LITERATURE. (3) 

May be elected by eligible students in place of ENGL 

202 to satisfy General Education requirement. Shake- 
speare to the present, foreign classics being read in 
translation. (Staff) 

ENGL 280 (105). INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS. (3) 

Listed also as LING 100 and ANTH 371. 
ENGL 291 (014). EXPOSITORY WRITING. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 292 (010). COMPOSITION AND LITERARY TYPES. 
(3) 

Not open to students who have taken ENGL 171. A 
study of literary genres with writing based on the read- 
ings. Fulfills part of the General Education requirement. 

(Staff) 

ENGL 293 (007). TECHNICAL WRITING. (2) (Staff) 

ENGL 294 (012). INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING. 

(3) 

Additional prerequisite, sophomore standing. (Staff) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

Two courses from ENGL 201, 202, 211, 212, 221, 222. 241, 
242, 243. 271, and 272 are prerequisite to courses numbered 
401 through 499. 

ENGL 401 (109). ENGLISH MEDIEVAL LITERATURE IN 
TRANSLATION. (3) (Birdsall, Herman) 

ENGL 402 (104). CHAUCER. (3) (Steinberg, Rutherford) 

ENGL 403, 404 (115. 116). SHAKESPEARE. (3, 3) 

(Barry. McManaway, Zeeveld) 

ENGL 405 (117). THE MAJOR WORKS OF SHAKESPEARE. 
(3) (Staff) 

ENGL 407, 411 (113, 112). LITERATURE OF THE RENAIS- 
SANCE. (3, 3) (Houppert, Spurgeon) 

ENGL 412 (122). LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH 
CENTURY, 1600-1660. (3) 

(Murphy, Mish, Wilson, G. Hamilton) 

ENGL 414 (121). MILTON. (3) 

(Murphy, Freedman, G. Hamilton, Wilson) 

ENGL 415 (123). LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH 
CENTURY. 1660-1700. (3) (Wilson) 

ENGL 416. 417 (125. 126). LITERATURE OF THE 

EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3) (Saltz, Tyson, Myers) 

ENGL 418, 419 (141. 142). MAJOR BRITISH WRITERS. (3, 3) 
Two writers studied intensively each semester. (Staff) 



ENGL 420, 421 (129, 130). LITERATURE OF THE ROMAN- 
TIC PERIOD. (3, 3) 

(Howard, Kolker, G. Smith, Kinnaird) 
ENGL 422, 423 (134, 135). LITERATURE OF THE VICTOR- 
IAN PERIOD. (3, 3) 

(Kenney, Kleins, Peterson, Brown, Cate) 
ENGL 424 (136). LATE VICTORIAN AND EDWARDIAN 
LITERATURE. (3) 
A study of the literary movements and techniques which 
effected the transition from Victorian to modern litera- 
ture. (Cate, Peterson) 
ENGL 430 (180). AMERICAN LITERATURE, BEGINNING TO 
1810, THE COLONIAL AND FEDERAL PERIODS. (3) 

(Vitzthum, Weigant) 
ENGL 431 (181). AMERICAN LITERATURE, 1810 to 1865, 
THE AMERICAN RENAISSANCE. (3) 

(Weigant, Martin, Vitzthum) 

ENGL 432 (182). AMERICAN LITERATURE. 1865 to 1914, 

REALISM AND NATURALISM. (3) (Gravely, Thorberg) 

ENGL 433 (183). AMERICAN LITERATURE. 1914 TO THE 

PRESENT, THE MODERN PERIOD. (3) 

(Lawson, Moore, Holton) 
ENGL 434 (146) AMERICAN DRAMA. (3) (Barry, Bryer) 

ENGL 435 (147). AMERICAN POETRY. BEGINNING TO 

THE PRESENT. (3) (Van Egmond, Holton) 

ENGL 436 (148). THE LITERATURE OF AMERICAN DE- 
MOCRACY. (3) (Barnes) 
ENGL 438, 439 (155, 156). MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS. 
(3, 3) 
Two writers studied intensively each semester. (Staff) 
ENGL 440 (152). THE NOVEL IN AMERICA TO 1910. (3) 

(Hovey, Thorberg) 
ENGL 441 (153). THE NOVEL IN AMERICA SINCE 1910.(3) 
(Dunn, Hovey, Thorberg) 
ENGL 442 (154). LITERATURE OF THE SOUTH. (3) 

A historical survey, from eighteenth-century beginnings 
to the present. (Moore, Lawson) 

ENGL 443 (167). AFRO-AMERICAN LITERATURE. (3) 

An examination of the literary expression of the Negro 
in the United States, from its beginning to the present. 

(Naughton) 
ENGL 445 (143). MODERN POETRY, (3) 

(Whittemore, Van Egmond, Perloff, Fleming, Jellema) 
ENGL 449 (172). PLAYWRITING. (3) (Fleming) 

ENGL 450, 451 (110, 111). ELIZABETHAN AND JACOBEAN 
DRAMA. (3. 3) 

(Barry. D. Smith, Spurgeon, D. Hamilton) 
ENGL 452 (120). ENGLISH DRAMA FROM 1660 TO 1800. 
(3) (D. Smith) 

ENGL 453 (175). LITERARY CRITICISM. (3) 

(Trousdale, Lutwack) 
ENGL 454 (144). MODERN DRAMA. (3) 

(Barry. Tinsley, Kimble, Freedman. Bryer) 
ENGL 455, 456 (139, 140). THE ENGLISH NOVEL. (3, 3) 

(Ward. Kenney, Kleine, Peterson) 
ENGL 457 (145). THE MODERN NOVEL. (3) 

(Russell, Perloff. Panichas. Lawson, Holton) 
ENGL 460 (157). INTRODUCTION TO FOLKLORE. (3) 

(Fry, Birdsall) 
ENGL 461 (158). FOLK NARRATIVE. (3) 

Studies in legend, tale and myth. Prerequisite, ENGL 
460. (Birdsall) 

ENGL 462 (159). FOLKSONG AND BALLAD. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENGL 460. (Glazer) 

ENGL 463 (165). AMERICAN FOLKLORE. (3) 

Prerequisite. ENGL 460. An examination of American 
folklore in terms of history and regional folk cultures. 
Exploration of collections of folklore from various areas 
to reveal the difference in regional and ethnic groups as 
witnessed in their oral and literary traditions. (Fry) 

ENGL 464 (166). AFRO-AMERICAN FOLKLORE AND CUL- 
TURE. (3) 

An examination of the culture of the Negro in the United 
States in terms of history (antebellum to the present) 



138 / Arts and Sciences 



and social changes (rural to urban). Exploration of 
aspects of Negro culture and history via oral and literary 
traditions and life histories. (Fry) 

ENGL 465 (168). URBAN FOLKLORE. (3) 

Prerequisite, ENGL 460. An examination of the folklore 
currently originating in white, urban, American culture. 

(Birdsall) 
ENGL 470, 471 (190. 191), HONORS CONFERENCE AND 
READING. (1. 1) 
Second semester. Prerequisite, candidacy for honors in 
English. Candidates will take ENGL 470 in their junior 
year and ENGL 471 in their senior year. (Staff) 

ENGL 472 (195). INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN ENGLISH. 
(1-3) 
This course is designed to provide qualified majors In 
English an opportunity to pursue specific English read- 
ings under the supervision of a member of the depart- 
ment. Restricted to undergraduates. (Staff) 
ENGL 473 (199). SENIOR PRO-SEtVIINAR IN LITERATURE. 
(3) 

Open only to seniors. First semester. Required of candi- 
dates for honors and strongly recommended to those 
who plan to do graduate work. Individual reading as- 
signments; term paper. (Staff) 
ENGL 479 (179). SELECTED TOPICS IN ENGLISH AND 
AMERICAN LITERATURE. (3) (Staff) 
ENGL 481 (008). INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH GRAM- 
MAR. (3) 
A brief review of traditional English grammar and an in- 
troduction to structural grammar, including phonology, 
morphology and syntax. (James. Staff) 
ENGL 482 (101). HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 
(3) (Birdsall, James) 
ENGL 483 (107). AMERICAN ENGLISH. (3) (Miller) 
ENGL 484 (108). ADVANCED ENGLISH GRAMMAR. (3) 
Credit may not be granted in both ENGL 484 and LING 
402. (James) 
ENGL 485 (161). ADVANCED ENGLISH STRUCTURE. (3) 

(Miller) 

ENGL 486 (102). OLD ENGLISH. (3) (Rutherford) 

ENGL 493 (160). ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING. (3) 

(Beauchamp. Herman, Walt, Trousdale, Stevenson) 

ENGL 498 (170). CREATIVE WRITING. (3) 

(Salamanca, Van Egmond. Fleming, Jellema, Holton) 
ENGL 499 (171). ADVANCED CREATIVE WRITING. (3) 

(Fleming, Salamanca) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

ENGL 601 (201). BIBLIOGRAPHY AND METHODS. (3) 

(Staff) 

ENGL 602 (202). MIDDLE ENGLISH. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 620 (260). SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH LITERA- 
TURE: THE MEDIEVAL PERIOD TO 1500. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 621 (261). SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH LITERA- 
TURE: RENAISSANCE LITERATURE. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 622 (262). SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH LITERA- 
TURE: SEVENTEENTH-CENTURY LITERATURE. (3) 

(Staff) 

ENGL 623 (263). SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH LITERA- 
TURE: EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY LITERATURE. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 624 (264). SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH LITERA- 
TURE: ROMANTIC LITERATURE. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 625 (265). SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENGLISH LITERA- 
TURE: VICTORIAN LITERATURE. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 626 (266). SPECIAL STUDIES IN AMERICAN LITERA- 
TURE: AMERICAN LITERATURE BEFORE 1865. (3) 

(Staff) 

ENGL 627 (267). SPECIAL STUDIES IN AMERICAN LITERA- 
TURE: AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1865. (3) (Staff) 



ENGL 718 (204). SEMINAR IN MEDIEVAL LITERATURE. 
(3) (Staff) 

ENGL 719 (206). SEMINAR IN RENAISSANCE LITERA- 
TURE. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 728 (210). SEMINAR IN SEVENTEENTH-CENTURY 
LITERATURE. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 729 (212). SEMINAR IN EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY 
LITERATURE. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 738, 739 (214, 215). SEMINAR IN NINETEENTH- 
CENTURY LITERATURE. (3, 3) (Staff) 

ENGL 748 (225, 227). SEMINAR IN AMERICAN LITERA- 
TURE. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 749 (241). STUDIES IN TWENTIETH-CENTURY LIT- 
ERATURE. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 758 (216). LITERARY CRITICISM. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 759 (218). SEMINAR IN LITERATURE AND THE 
OTHER ARTS. (3) (staff) 

ENGL 768 (244). STUDIES IN DRAMA. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 769 (245). STUDIES IN FICTION. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 778 (257). SEMINAR IN FOLKLORE. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (ARRANGED) (Staff) 

ENGL 819 (302). SEMINAR IN THEMES AND TYPES IN 
ENGLISH LITERATURE. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 828 (303). SEMINAR IN THEMES AND TYPES IN 
AMERICAN LITERATURE. (3) (Staff) 

ENGL 899 (499). DISSERTATION RESEARCH (ARRANGED) 

(Staff) 

ENGLISH FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS 

FOLA 001, 002. ENGLISH FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS. 

An introduction to English usage, adapted to the needs 
of the non-English-speaking student. Pronunciation, spel- 
ling, syntax, the difference between English and various 
other languages are stressed. (Bridgers) 

FRENCH AND ITALIAN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURE 

Professor and Chairman: MacBain. 

Professors: Bingham, Quynn (Emeritus), Rosen- 
field. 

Visiting Professors: Daniel, Guyon, Monchoux. 

Associate Professors: Demaitre, Hall, Tarica. 

Assistant Professors: Bridgers, Finl<, Gilbert, Hicks, 
Lebreton-Savigny, Salchenberger. 

Lecturers: Lloyd-Jones, Meijer. 

Visiting Lecturer: Puel. 

Instructors: Abba\e, Barrabini, Bondurant, Brachet, 
Brodsky, Cliristov, Deburghgraeve, Dubois, 
Eardley, Edmonds, Guieu, Lapov, Luiggi, Mann- 
ing, Mazet, Quilici, Ragazzi, Thibault, Tubbs, 
Vaccarelli. 

The department offers a major in French, which 
consists of 39 credits of French courses beyond 
the level of the foreign language requirement of 
the College of Arts and Sciences. The French ma- 
jor must complete eight of the following courses: 
FREN 201, 211, 221, 301, 302, 311, 312, 321, 322, 
and any five French courses numbered above 330. 
(Students intending to apply for admission to grad- 
uate programs in French in this department must 
take no less than four literature courses at the 400 
level.) An average grade of C is the minimum 
acceptable in the major field. Students intending 



Arts and Sciences / 139 



to apply for teacher certification should consult 
the departmental director of Undergraduate Ad- 
vising, Dr. Beatrice C. Fink, as early as possible in 
order to plan their programs accordingly. 

HONORS 

The department offers an honors program in 
French for students of superior ability. Honors 
work normally begins in the first semester of the 
junior year, but a qualified student may enter as 
early as the sophomore year or as late as the sec- 
ond semester of the junior year. Honors students 
are required to take at least two courses from 
those numbered 491 H, 492H, and 493H together 
with 494H, Honors Independent Study, and 495H, 
Honors Thesis Research. Honors students must 
take a final comprehensive examination based on 
the honors reading list. Admission of students to 
the honors program, their continuance in the pro- 
gram and the final award of honors are the pre- 
rogative of the Departmental Honors Committee. 

FRENCH 

FREN 001 (000). ELEMENTARY FRENCH FOR GRADUATE 
STUDENTS. (Audit) 

Intensive elementary course in the French language de- 
signed particularly for graduate students who wish to 
acquire a reading knowledge. (Hall) 

FREN 111, 112 (001, 002). ELEMENTARY FRENCH. (3, 3) 
Each semester; given as intensive course in summer 
session. Three recitations and one drill per week. Study 
of spoken and written language and development of the 
four language skills. (Tubbs) 

FREN 113 (005). REVIEW OF ELEMENTARY FRENCH. (3) 
Two recitations and two audio-lingual drills per week, 
or three recitations and one audio-lingual drill, depend- 
ing on circumstances. Enrollment limited to students 
who, having taken placement examination, have failed 
to qualify for FREN 114, (Tubbs) 

FREN 114, 115 (006, 007), INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. (3, 3) 
Three recitations per week. Given as intensive course in 
summer session. Prerequisite, FREN 112 or equivalent or 
FREN 113. Study of linguistic structure, further develop- 
ment of audio-lingual and writing ability, and reading 
of literary texts with discussion in French, (Hall) 

FREN 201 (NEW). REVIEW GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION. 
(3) 

Requirement: FREN 115, or course chairman's consent. 
An intensive review of major aspects of contemporary 
grammatical usage; training in comprehension; an in- 
troduction to guided composition. (Lloyd-Jones) 

FREN 211 (NEW). PHONETICS AND SPOKEN FRENCH. (3) 
Requirement; FREN 115. or course chairman's consent. 
Not open to native speakers of French, Introduction to 
the French phonetic system, with practice In the spoken 
language; International Phonetic Alphabet; intonation. 

(Barrablnl) 

FREN 221 (NEW), READINGS IN MODERN LITERATURE, 
(3) 

Requirement: FREN 115, or course chairman's consent. 
An introduction to French literature from the mld-nlne- 
teenth century to the present day, through the critical 
analysis of complete texts representative of their genre. 
Discussion and examinations In English, (Tarica) 

FREN 221H (NEW). READINGS IN MODERN LITERATURE 
(Honors), (3) 

Requirement: FREN 115, or course chairman's consent. 



An Introduction to French literature from the mld-nlne- 
teenth century to the present day, through the critical 
analysis of complete texts representative of their genre. 
Discussion and examinations in French. (Staff) 

FREN 301 (NEW). COMPOSITION AND STYLE. (3) 

Requirement: FREN 201, or course chairman's consent. 
An introduction to the techniques of the dissertation 
g6n6rale; grammatical analysis; free composition. 

(Lloyd-Jones) 

FREN 302 (NEW). ADVANCED COMPOSITION AND STYLE. 

(3) 

Requirement: FREN 301, or course chairman's consent. 
Training in the art of translation; dissertation g6n6rale; 
analysis of the role of language in literature. 

(Lloyd-Jones) 

FREN 311 (NEW), INTERMEDIATE SPOKEN FRENCH, (3) 
Requirement: FREN 211, or course chairman's consent. 
Not open to native speakers of French. Vocabulary de- 
velopment to the level of the contemporary French 
press; practical phonetics and intonation practice. 

(Barrabini) 

FREN 312 (NEW). ADVANCED SPOKEN FRENCH. (3) 

Requirement: FREN 311, or course chairman's consent. 
Not open to native speakers of French. Advanced con- 
versation on multiple aspects of contemporary French 
culture; further practical phonetics and intonation prac- 
tice. (Barrabini) 

FREN 321 (NEW). READINGS IN ENLIGHTENMENT AND 
ROMANTIC LITERATURE. (3) 

Requirement: FREN 221, or course chairman's consent. 
An introduction to French literature from the early 
eighteenth to the mid-nineteenth centuries, through the 
critical analysis of complete texts representative of their 
genre. Discussion and examinations in English. (Fink) 

FREN 321H (NEW). READINGS IN ENLIGHTENMENT AND 
ROMANTIC LITERATURE (Honors). (3) 

Requirement: FREN 221, or course chairman's consent. 
An introduction to French literature from the early 
eighteenth to the mid-nineteenth centuries, through the 
critical analysis of complete texts representative of their 
genre. Discussion and examinations in French, (Staff) 

FREN 322 (NEW). READINGS IN RENAISSANCE AND 
CLASSICAL LITERATURE. (3) 

Requirement: FREN 321, or course chairman's consent. 
An introduction to French literature from the mid-six- 
teenth to the late seventeenth centuries, through the 
critical analysis of complete texts representative of 
their genre. Discussion and examinations in English. 

(Meijer) 

FREN 322H (NEW), READINGS IN RENAISSANCE AND 
CLASSICAL LITERATURE (Honors), (3) 

Requirement: FREN 321, or course chairman's consent. 
An introduction to French literature from the mid-six- 
teenth to the late seventeenth centuries, through the 
critical analysis of complete texts representative of 
their genre. Discussion and examinations In French. 

(Staff) 

FREN 331, 332 (171, 172), FRENCH CIVILIZATION. (3, 3) 
French life, customs, culture, traditions. The historical 
development; present-day France. (Lebreton-Savigny, 
Meijer) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

FREN 400 (101), APPLIED LINGUISTICS, (3) 

The nature of applied linguistics and its contribution to 
the effective teaching of foreign languages. Comparative 
study of English and French, with emphasis upon points 
of divergence. Analysis, evaluation and construction of 
related drills. (Staff) 

FREN 401 (NEW). INTRODUCTION TO STYLISTICS. (3) 
Requirement: FREN 302, or course chairman's consent. 
Comparative stylistic analysis; detailed grammatical 
analysis; translation. (Lloyd-Jones) 



140 / Arts and Sciences 



FREN 405 (104). EXPLICATION DE TEXTES. (3) 

Oral and written analysis of short literary works, or of 
excerpts from longer works chosen for their historical, 
structural, or stylistic interest, with the purpose of train- 
ing the major to understand literature in depth and to 
make mature esthetic evaluations of it. (Fink) 

FREN 411. 412 (107, 108). INTRODUCTION TO IWEDIEVAL 
LITERATURE. (3, 3) 

French literature from the ninth through the fifteenth 
century. La chanson epique, le roman courtois, le lai; la 
litterature bourgeoise, le thidtre, la poesie lyrique. 

(Hicks, Lloyd-Jones) 
FREN 421, 422 (111, 112). FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 
SIXTEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3) 
The Renaissance in France: Humanism, Rabelais, Calvin, 
the Pleiade, Montaigne, Baroque poetry. 

(Lloyd-Jones, l^eijer) 
FREN 431, 432 (115, 116). FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 
SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3) 

Descartss, Pascal, Corneille, Racine; the remaining great 
classical writers, with special attention to Moliere. 

(Rosenfield) 
FREN 441, 442 (125, 126). FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 
EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3) 

Development of the philosophical and scientific move- 
ment; Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau. 

(Bingham, Fink) 
FREN 451, 452 (131, 132). FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE 
NINETEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3) 

Drama and poetry from Romanticism to Symbolism; the 
major prose writers of the same period. 

(Gilbert. Lebreton-Savigny) 
FREN 461 (143). STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY 
LITERATURE: THE EARLY YEARS. (3) 

French poetry, theater and the novel during the age of 
Proust and Gide. (Demaitre, Tarica) 

FREN 462 (144). STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY 
LITERATURE: MID-CENTURY WRITERS. (3) 

Modern French poetry, theater and the novel, with 
special emphasis on the literature of anxiety and Exis- 
tentialism. (Demaitre, Tarica) 
FREN 463 (145). STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY 
LITERATURE: THE CONTEMPORARY SCENE. (3) 

French writers and literary movements since about 1950, 
with special emphasis on new forms of the novel and 
theater. (Demaitre, Tarica) 

FREN 488, 489 (181, 182). PRO-SEMINAR IN GREAT 
LITERARY FIGURES. (3, 3) 

Each semester a specialized study will be made of one 
great French writer chosen from some representative 
literary period or movement since the Middle Ages. 

(Staff) 
FREN 491H, 492H, 493H (195H, 196H, 197H). HONORS 
READING COURSES. (3, 3, 3) 

Supervised readings to be taken normally only by stu- 
dents admitted 1o the Honors Program; 491 H is poetry; 
492H is the novel; 493H is drama. (Staff) 

FREN 494 (198H). HONORS INDEPENDENT STUDY. (3) 
Honors Independent Study involves guided readings 
based on an Honors reading list and tested by a 6 hour 
written examination. Honors 494 and 495 are required to 
fulfill the departmental Honors requirement in addition 
to two out of the following: 491H. 492H, 493H. Open only 
to students admitted to the departmental Honors Pro- 
gram. (Staff) 

FREN 495H (199H). HONORS THESIS RESEARCH. (3) 

Honors Thesis Research involves the writing of a paper 
under the direction of a professor in this department 
and an oral examination. Honors 494 and 495 are re- 
quired to fulfill the departmental Honors requirement 
in addition to two out of the following: 491H, 492H, 493H. 
Open only to students admitted to the departmental 
Honors Program. (Staff) 



FOR GRADUATES 

The entire program of graduate courses is under review 
at time of printing. Students should consult the Department 

directly. 

ITALIAN 

ITAL 111, 112 (001, 002). ELEMENTARY ITALIAN, (3) 

Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. 
Elements of grammar and exercises in translation. 

(Salchenberger) 

ITAL 114, 115 (006, 007). INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN. (3, 3) 
Three recitations per week. Prerequisite, ITAL 112 or 
equivalent. Reading of texts designed to give some 
knowledge of Italian life, thought and culture. 

(Salchenberger) 

ITAL 121, 122 (008, 009). ACCELERATED ITALIAN. (3, 3) 
Open only to students who have fulfilled language re- 
quirements in French, Spanish or Portuguese, or with 
permission of department chairman. An intensive be- 
ginning course in the fundamentals of Italian grammar 
to develop a high degree of skill in reading Italian. Must 
be taken in sequence. Cannot be used to satisfy college 
language requirements. (Salchenberger) 

ITAL 201 (012). CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. (3) 
Prerequisite, ITAL 115. A practical language course 
recommended for all students continuing in Italian. May 
be taken concurrently with ITAL 251. (Salchenberger) 

ITAL 251 (011). INTRODUCTION TO ITALIAN 
LITERATURE. (3) 

Prerequisite, ITAL 115. Required of all students who 
continue in advanced courses of the department with 
the exception of superior students who are permitted to 
bypass an introduction to Italian literature. Conducted 
in Italian. Reading of literary texts, discussion and brief 
essays. (Salchenberger) 

ITAL 351, 352 (075, 076). SURVEY OF ITALIAN 
LITERATURE. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, ITAL 115 or equivalent. Basic survey of 
history of Italian literature. (Salchenberger) 

ITAL 410 (111). THE ITALIAN RENAISSANCE. (3) 

A study of major trends of thought in Renaissance 
literature, philosophy, art, and science. (Salchenberger) 



GEOGRAPHY 

Geography is a recognized major field in Arts 
and Sciences leading to tine B.A. degree, although 
the department is administered by the College of 
Business and Public Administration. Freshman and 
sophomores wishing to major in geography should 
consult their lower division advisors and the De- 
partment of Geography. The following courses are 
required for a major: GEOG. 200 — Introduction to 
Physical Geography (3); GEOG. 202— Introduction 
to Cultural Geography (3); GEOG. 203 — Introduc- 
tion to Economic Geography (3); and GEOG. 300 — 
Introduction to Research and Writing in Geogra- 
phy (3). In addition, the major must take three 
hours of field study from the courses numbered 
GEOG. 380 and 384 and one regional course. The 
remainder of the 33 hour minimum for the major 
can be made up of elective systematic and tech- 
nique courses. GEOG. 100 — Introduction to Geog- 
raphy (3) taken as part of the University's General 
Education program does not count toward the 33 
hour major requirement. Descriptions of courses 
in geography will be found in the section of the 
^College of Business and Public Administration. 



Arts and Sciences / 141 



For supporting course requirements in other de- 
partments please contact an advisor in the Geog- 
raphy Department. 



GERMANIC AND SLAVIC LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES 

Professor and Chairman: Hering. 

Professors: Dobert, Jones. 

Associate Professor: Best. 

Assistant Professors: Berry, Dulbe, Elder, Fleck, 

Hitchcock, Irwin, Knoche. 
Lecturer: Kostovski. 
Instructors: Apitz, Dvorak, Horowitz, Huebschman, 

Juran, Klapouchy, Logan, Ransick, Schmeissner, 

Thielke. 

GENERAL 

Two types of undergraduate majors are offered 
in both German and Russian: one for the general 
student or the future teacher, and the other for 
those interested in a rounded study of a foreign 
area for the purpose of understanding another na- 
tion through its literature, history, sociology, and 
other aspects. Both of these majors confer the 
B.A. degree. The department also offers M.A. and 
Ph.D. degrees in German language and literature. 

An undergraduate major in either category con- 
sists of a total of 33 hours with a average, be- 
yond the basic Arts and Sciences language re- 
quirement. 

In selecting minor or elective subjects, students 
majoring in German or Russian, particularly those 
who plan to do graduate work, should give special 
consideration to courses in French, Spanish, Lat- 
in, philosophy, history, and English. 

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE MAJOR: 
GERMAN 

German 221, which may be taken concurrently 
with German 321 or 322, is required unless waived 
by the head of the department. Specific minimum 
requirements in the program are: three courses in 
advanced language (one from each set: 301-302, 
311-312, 401-402); two semesters of the survey of 
literature courses (321-322); six literature courses 
on the 400-level, two of which may be taken in 
comparative literature. Taking honors courses as 
substitute for the 400-Ievel literature courses re- 
quires special permission from the head of the de- 
partment and in no case may more than two hon- 
ors courses be selected for this purpose. 

RUSSIAN 

The specific minimum requirements are: one 
from each set: 201-202, 301-302, 311-312, 401-402; 
two semesters of the survey of literature courses 
(321-322), plus 15 hours of literature courses on 
the 400-level. 



FOREIGN AREA MAJOR: 
GERMAN 

Specific requirements in this major are: three 
courses in advanced language (one from each set: 
301-302, 311-312, 401-402); a two semester survey 
(321-322); two courses in civilization (331-332); 
four courses in German literature on the 400-level, 
two of which may be replaced by Comparative Lit- 
erature 401 and 402. Supporting courses should be 
selected in consultation with the student's advisor. 

RUSSIAN 

Specific requirements in this major are: three 
courses in advanced language (one from each set: 
201-202, 301-302, 311-312); Russian 321 and 322; 
Russian 401 and 402; plus 12 hours of literature 
courses on the 400-level, two of which may be re- 
placed by Comparative Literature 401 and 402. 
Supporting courses should be selected in consul- 
tation with the student's advisor. 

HONORS 

A student majoring in German or Russian who 
at the time of application has a general academic 
average of at least 3.0 and 3.5 or above in his ma- 
jor field, is eligible for admission to the honors 
program of the department. Application should be 
directed to the chairman of the Honors Committee. 
Honors work normally begins in the first semester 
of the junior year but a qualified student may enter 
as early as the sophomore year or as late as the 
second semester of the junior year. 

Honors students are required to take two of the 
honors reading courses (491 H, 492H, 493H) and 
the independent study course, 496H. 

There will be a final comprehensive examina- 
tion, covering the honors reading list, which must 
be taken by all graduating seniors who are candi- 
dates for honors. Admission of students to the 
honors program, their continuance in the program, 
and the final award of honors are the prerogative 
of the Departmental Honors Committee. 

LOWER DIVISION COURSES 

There are two tracks of elementary and inter- 
mediate courses in German. Track I consists of 
three semesters of four credits each (GERM 101, 
102, 104) and Track II of four semesters of three 
credits each (GERM 111, 112, 114, 115). The lang- 
uage requirement of the College af Arts and Sci- 
ences is satisfied by passing either 104 or 115 or 
equivalent. Students with only one year of high 
school language may take courses 101 or 111 and 
112 in that language for credit. Students who have 
had two or more years of German or Russian in 
high school and wish to continue with that lang- 
uage must take the placement exam. 

Students who, as a result of the placement 
exam, place in 103 or 113 must complete 104 or 
115. They may not take courses 101-102 or 111-112 



142 / Arts and Sciences 



for credit unless there has been a four-year lapse 
of time between their high school language course 
and their first college course in that language. 
Those who place above 104 or 115 have fulfilled 
the college requirement. 

Transfer students with college credit have the 
option of continuing at the level for which they are 
theoretically prepared, of taking a placement ex- 
amination, or of electing courses 103 or 113 for 
credit. If a transfer student takes 103 or 113 for 
credit, he may retain transfer credit only for the 
equivalent of course 101 or 111. A transfer student 
placing lower than his training warrants may ig- 
nore the placement but DOES SO AT HIS OWN 
RISK. 

If a student has received a D in a course and 
completes the next higher course, he cannot go 
back to repeat the original D. 

A student whose native language is taught at 
the university may not meet the college require- 
ment by taking courses 101 through 312. There is 
a special option by which foreign students may 
offer a combination of FOLA 001 and 002 (English 
for Foreign Students) and 12 hours of English 
courses to satisfy both the arts and sciences Eng- 
lish and foreign language requirements. 

ELEMENTARY HONORS 

Courses 102H and 112H in German (and 112H in 
Russian) are limited to specially approved candi- 
dates who have passed courses 101 or 111 with 
high grades and are recommended by their in- 
structors. This will allow them to complete their 
requirement by completing either 102H or 115. 

GERMAN 

GERM 001 (000). ELEMENTARY GERMAN FOR GRADUATE 
STUDENTS. (AUDIT) 

Intensive elementary course in the German language 
designed particularly for graduate students who wish 
to acquire a reading knowledge. (Elder) 

GERM 101 (new). ELEMENTARY GERMAN. (4) 

Introduction to basic structures and pronunciation. Four 
recitations per week and one hour of drill. Normally 
leads to 102, but gifted students may be recommended 
for 102H. 

GERM 102 (new). ELEMENTARY GERMAN. (4) 
Not given until Spring 1972. 

Completion of basic structures with increased emphasis 
on reading and speaking skills. Normally leads to 104, 
but gifted students may be recommended for 104H. 

GERM 102H (new). ELEMENTARY GERMAN, HONORS 
COURSE. (4) 

Not given until Spring 1972. 

Limited to students who have been recommended by 
their 101 instructor. An accelerated course of study with 
completion of basic structures. Emphasis upon reading 
as well as oral and written expression. Four recitations 
per week and one (optional) laboratory hour. Fulfills the 
language requirement with minimum grade of "B". 

GERM 103 (new). REVIEW OF ELEMENTARY GERMAN. (4) 
Not given until Spring 1972. 

Limited to students who have had at least two years of 
high school German (or the equivalent) or who do not 
qualify for 104. Four recitations per week. Normally leads 



to 104, but gifted students may be recommended by their 
instructor for 104H. 

GERM 104 (new). INTERMEDIATE LITERARY GERMAN. (4) 
Not given until Fall 1972. 

Extensive reading, discussion, and composition. Four 
recitations per week. (Completes Foreign Language re- 
quirement). Leads to GERM 201 or 221. 

GERM 104H (new). INTERMEDIATE LITERARY GERMAN, 
HONORS COURSE. (4) 
Not given until Fall 1972. 

Limited to students who have been recommended by 
their instructor in 102 or 102H or 103. Continued em- 
phasis on reading and writing with particular attention 
paid to speaking skills. Student normally continues 
with 201, 221, or 321. 

GERM 104S (new). SCIENTIFIC GERMAN. (4) 
Not given until Fall 1972. 

Parallel course to 104 but with emphasis on scientific 
rather than literary texts, with emphasis solely on de- 
veloping reading skills. Fulfills the Foreign Language 
requirement. 

GERM 111, 112 (001, 002). ELEMENTARY GERMAN. (3, 3) 
Each semester; given as intensive course in summer 
session. Three recitations and one audio-lingual drill 
per week. Study of linguistic structure. Extensive drill 
in pronunciation and conversation. (Logan) 

GERM 112H (003H). ELEMENTARY GERMAN. HONORS 
COURSE. (3) 

Three recitations and one audio-lingual drill per week. 
Enrollment limited to specially approved candidates 
from GERM 111. Students taking this course will nor- 
mally continue in GERM 115. 

GERM 113 (005). REVIEW OF ELEMENTARY GERMAN. (3) 
Three recitations and one audio-lingual drill per week. 
Limited to students who, having taken placement exami- 
nation, have failed to qualify for GERM 115. 

(Huebschman) 

GERM 114, 115 (006, 007). INTERMEDIATE LITERARY 
GERMAN. (3, 3) 
Three recitations per week. Given as intensive course 
in summer session. Prerequisite: GERM 112 or equi- 
valent, or GERM 113, except that recommended stu- 
dents may enter GERM 115 from GERM 112H. Usually 
there will be an Honors section for qualified students. 

(Dvorak) 

GERM 115H (007H). INTERMEDIATE LITERARY GERMAN. 
HONORS COURSE. (3) (Staff) 

GERM 115S (008). SCIENTIFIC GERMAN. (3) 

Prerequisite, GERM 114. Reading of technical and 
scientific prose. (Huebschman) 

GERM 201 (012). CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. (3) 
Prerequisite, GERM 115. A practical language course 
recommended for all students continuing in German. 
May be taken concurrently with GERM 221. (Elder) 

GERM 221 (Oil). INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN 
LITERATURE. (3) 
Prerequisite, GERM 115. Required of all students who 
continue in advanced courses, with the exception of 
superior students who are permitted to bypass an 
introduction to German literature. May be taken con- 
currently with GERM 201. (Elder) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GERM 301, 302 (071, 072). REVIEW GRAMMAR AND 

COMPOSITION. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite: GERM 115 or equivalent. A thorough study 
of the more detailed points of German grammar with 
ample practice in composition. (Staff) 

GERM 311, 312 (080, 081). ADVANCED 

CONVERSATION. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, GERM 115 or consent of instructor. For 
students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in 
speaking the language. (Dobert) 



Arts and Sciences / 143 



GERM 321, 322 (075, 076). SURVEY OF GERMAN 
LITERATURE. (3. 3) 

Prerequisite, GERM 115 or equivalent. A survey of the 
chief authors and movements in German literature. 

(Knoche) 

GERM 331, 332 (171, 172). GERMAN CIVILIZATION. (3, 3) 

Study of the literary, educational, artistic traditions: 

great men, customs and general culture. (Elder) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

GERM 400 (191). BIBLIOGRAPHY AND METHODS. (3) 
Second semester. Especially designed for German 
majors. (Jones) 

GERM 401, 402 (103, 104). ADVANCED 
COMPOSITION. (3, 3) 

Translation from English into German, free composition, 
letter writing. (Staff) 

GERM 441, 442 (125, 126). GERMAN LITERATURE OF THE 
EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3) 

The main works of Klopstock, Wieland, Lessing, Herder, 
Goethe. Schiller. (Knoche) 

GERM 451, 452 (131, 132). GERMAN LITERATURE OF THE 
NINETEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3) 
Study of the literary movements from romanticism to 
naturalism. (Irwin) 

GERM 461, 462 (141, 142). GERMAN LITERATURE OF THE 
TWENTIETH CENTURY. (3, 3) 

Prose and dramatic writings from Gerhart Hauptmann to 
the present. Modern literary and philosophical move- 
ments will be discussed. (Best) 

GERM 468, 469 (New). PROSEMINAR: SELECTED TOPICS 
IN GERMAN LITERATURE. (3, 3) 
Specialized study of one great German writer or of 
relevant topics of literary criticism. 

GERM 471, 472 (New). INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN 
PHILOLOGY. (3, 3) 

An introduction to the study of Indo-European and 
Germanic philology. Lectures, reading and independent 
studies. 

GERM 491H, 492H, 493H (195H, 196H, 197H). HONORS 
READING COURSE. (3, 3, 3) 

Supervised reading to be taken normally only by stu- 
dents admitted to Honors Program: 491 is poetry: 492 
is the novel: 493 is the drama. (Irwin) 

GERM 496H (199H). HONORS SEMINAR. (3) 

Required of all students in the Honors Program. Other 
students will be admitted on special recommendation. 
Conducted in German. Discussion of a central theme 
with related investigations by students. (Dobert) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. The 
requirements of students will determine which courses will 
be offered. 

GERM 600 (200). INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN 

STUDIES. (3) (Staff) 

GERM 601 (201). HISTORY OF THE GERMAN 

LANGUAGE. (3) (Staff) 

GERM 603 (203). GOTHIC. (3) (Staff) 

GERM 604 (204). OLD HIGH GERMAN. (3) (Staff) 

GERM 605, 606 (205, 206). MIDDLE HIGH GERMAN. (3 3) 

(Staff) 
GERM 711. 712 (211, 212). LITERATURE OF THE 
SIXTEENTH AND SEVENTEENTH CENTURIES. (3, 3) 

(Staff) 
GERM 745, 746 (224, 225). GOETHE AND HIS TIME. (3, 3) 

(Staff) 
GERM 747 (226). SCHILLER. (3) (Staff) 

GERM 751 (230). GERMAN ROMANTICISM. (3) (Staff) 

GERM 754 (234). THE GERMAN DRAMA OF THE 

NINETEENTH CENTURY. (3) (Staff) 



GERM 760 (250). THE GERMAN LYRIC. (3) (Staff) 

GERM 765, 766 (255, 256). THE GERMAN NOVEL. (3, 3) 

(Staff) 
GERM 767 (258). SEMINAR IN THE GERMAN NOVELLE. (3) 

(Staff) 
GERM 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6) (Staff) 

GERM 818, 819 (281, 282). READING COURSE. (3, 3) 

(Staff) 

GERM 828, 829 (291, 292). SEMINAR. (3, 3) (Staff) 

GERM 838, 839 (295, 296). SPECIAL STUDIES IN GERMAN 

LITERATURE. (3, 3) (Staff) 

GERM 899 (499). DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (Arranged) 

(Staff) 

RUSSIAN 

RUSS 001 (000). ELEMENTARY RUSSIAN FOR GRADUATE 
STUDENTS. (Audit) 

Graduate students should register as auditors only. 
Intensive elementary course in the Russian language 
designed particularly for graduate students who wish 
to acquire a reading knowledge. 

RUSS 101 (new). ELEMENTARY RUSSIAN. (4) 

Introduction to basic structures and pronunciation. Four 
recitations and one hour of drill per week. 

RUSS 102 (new). ELEMENTARY RUSSIAN. (4) 

Completion of basic structures with increased emphasis 
on reading and speaking skills. 

RUSS 104 (new). INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN. (4) 

Extensive reading, discussion and composition. Four 
recitations per week. (Completes Foreign Language re- 
quirements). 

RUSS 104S (new). SCIENTIFIC RUSSIAN. (4) 

Parallel course to 104 but with emphasis on scientific 
rather than literary texts, with emphasis solely on de- 
veloping reading skills. Fulfills the Foreign Language 
requirement. 

RUSS 201, 202 (012, 013). CONVERSATION AND 
COMPOSITION. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, RUSS 104 or equivalent. A practical lan- 
guage course recommended for all students continuing 
in Russian. (Hitchcock) 

RUSS 301, 302 (071, 072). REVIEW GRAMMAR AND 
COMPOSITION. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, RUSS 104 or equivalent. Designed to give 
a thorough training in the structure of the language: 
drill in Russian composition. (Hitchcock) 

RUSS 311, 312 (080, 081). ADVANCED 
CONVERSATION. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite. RUSS 201, 202, or consent of instructor. 
For students who wish to develop fluency and confidence 
in speaking the language. (Dulbe) 

RUSS 321. 322 (075, 076). SURVEY OF RUSSIAN 
LITERATURE. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, RUSS 104 or equivalent. An elementary 
survey of Russian literature. (Hitchcock) 

RUSS 361, 362 (061, 062). 19TH CENTURY RUSSIAN 
LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION. (3. 3) 

Development of Russian literary thought in the Russian 
novel and short prose of the 19th century. Influence 
of Western literatures and philosophies considered. 

RUSS 363 (New). SOVIET LITERATURE IN 
TRANSLATION. (3) 

Russian literature since 1917, both as a continuation 
of pre-Revolutionary traditions and as a reflection of 
Soviet ideology. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

RUSS 401, 402 (103, 104). ADVANCED COMPOSITION. (3, 3) 

(Hitchcock) 
RUSS 441 (125). RUSSIAN LITERATURE OF THE 

EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. (3) (Hitchcock) 



144 / Arts and Sciences 



RUSS 451, 452 (131, 132). RUSSIAN LITERATURE OF THE 
NINETEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3) (Dulbe) 

RUSS 461. 462 (141, 142). SOVIET RUSSIAN 

LITERATURE. (3, 3) (Dulbe) 

RUSS 465 (135). MODERN RUSSIAN POETRY. (3) (Dulbe) 

RUSS 466 (136). MODERN RUSSIAN DRAMA. (3) (Berry) 

RUSS 467 (137). MODERN RUSSIAN FICTION. (3) 

(Kostovski) 

RUSS 470 (101). APPLIED LINGUISTICS. (3) 

The nature of applied linguistics and its contributions 
to the effective teaching of foreign languages. Compara- 
tive study of English and Russian, with emphasis upon 
points of divergence. Analysis, evaluation and construc- 
tion of related drills. (Hitchcock) 



GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Students in Arts and Sciences may major in gov- 
ernment and politics even though the department 
is administratively located in the College of Busi- 
ness and Public Administration. The Department 
of Government and Politics offers programs de- 
signed to prepare students for government serv- 
ice, politics, foreign assignments, teaching, a va- 
riety of graduate programs ranging from business 
to law, and for intelligent and purposeful citizen- 
ship. 

Freshmen wishing to major in government and 
politics should consult their lower division advisors 
about preparation for the major; additional infor- 
mation about the government and politics program 
may be obtained at the departmental office. 

Arts and Sciences students may pursue the gen- 
eral government curriculum or the more special- 
ized international affairs curriculum. (Only BPA 
students may pursue a specialized curriculum in 
public administration.) 

Government and politics majors must take a 
minimum of 36 semester hours in government and 
politics and may not count more than 42 hours in 
government toward graduation. No course with a 
grade less than C may be used to satisfy major 
requirements. 

All GVPT majors are required to take GVPT 170 
— American Government (3); GVPT 100 — Princi- 
ples of Government and Politics (3); GVPT 220— 
Introduction to Political Behavior (3); and GVPT 
441— History of Political Theory (3); or GVPT 442 
— Recent Political Theory (3). They must also take 
one course from three of the fields enumerated 
below (exclusive of Political Theory). 

The government and politics fields are as fol- 
lows: (1) American Government and Politics; (2) 
Comparative Government; (3) International Affairs; 
(4) Political Theory; (5) Public Administration; (6) 
Public Law; and (7) Public Policy and Political Be- 
havior. 

The distribution of courses within fields is as fol- 
lows: I. American Government and Politics — GVPT 
260, 399, 433, 460, 473, 475; II. Comparative Gov- 
ernment— GVPT 280, 399, 417, 450, 454, 480, 481, 
482, 483, 484, 485, 486; III. International Affairs— 
GVPT 300, 399, 401, 402, 403, 451, 452, 453, 454, 



455, 457; IV. Political Theory— GVPT 240, 399, 441, 
442, 443, 444, 445; V. Public Administration— GVPT 
399, 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 417, 460, 461 , 462, 475; 
VI: Public Law— GVPT 399, 414, 431, 432, 433, 434; 
VII: Public Policy and Political Behavior— GVPT 
399, 422, 426, 427, 429, 473, 474, 475, 479 

In addition (a) GVPT majors (general) must take 
at least 15 GVPT semester hours at the 300-400 
level; (b) GVPT majors taking the International Af- 
fairs curriculum must complete at least 15 semes- 
ter hours at the 300-400 level in international af- 
fairs and comparative government courses, includ- 
ing GVPT 300— International Political Relations (3). 
Students majoring in GVPT with specialization in 
international affairs must take a minimum of 12 
semester hours in one foreign language above the 
first year elementary course. 

All students majoring in government and politics 
must fulfill the requirements of a minor. The gen- 
eral requirement is the completion of 15 semester 
hours from approved Arts and Sciences depart- 
ments other than government and politics. At least 
six of the 15 hours must be taken at the 300-400 
level from a single department. 

Students majoring in government and politics 
with specialization in international affairs may 
choose to take all minor courses in geographical 
area studies or may take them all on a depart- 
mental basis. 

Students who major in government and politics 
may apply for admission to the departmental Hon- 
ors Program during the second semester of their 
sophomore year. Additional information concern- 
ing the Honors Program may be obtained at the de- 
partmental office. 

Descriptions of courses in government and poli- 
tics will be found in the listings of the department 
under the College of Business and Public Admin- 
istration. 

HEBREW 

Visiting Professor: iwry. 

Assistant Professor: Greenberg (Director). 

Instructors: Klein, Liberman. 

A minor in Hebrew language and literature con- 
sists of 18 semester hours in courses numbered 
200 or above. Six of these hours must be in courses 
on the 400 level. 

Students who have never studied Hebrew, or 
who have little knowledge beyond reading and 
writing, may register for Elementary Hebrew with- 
out taking a placement exam. Students who have 
studied Hebrew in a Hebrew high school or day 
school, in Israel or at another university are re- 
quired to take the placement exam. On questions 
of placement above the Hebrew 115 level, students 
should consult Professor Samuel Iwry. 

HEBR 111, 112 (001, 002). ELEMENTARY HEBREW. (3, 3) 
Three recitations per week and one drill hour. Elements 
of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises 
in translation. (Greenberg, Klein, Liberman) 



Arts and Sciences / 145 



HEBR 114, 115 (006. 007). INTERMEDIATE HEBREW. (3, 3) 
Three recitations per week; additional drill hour in 
HEBR 114. Prerequisite. HEBR 112 or equivalent. Texts 
designed to give some knowledge of Hebrew life, 
thought and culture. (Iwry, Klein) 

HEBR 201, 301 (012, 013). CONVERSATION AND COMPO- 
SITION. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, HEBR 115 or equivalent. A practical lang- 
uage course reconnmended tor all students continuing 
with Hebrew. (Iwry) 

HEBR 321. 322 (075, 076). SURVEY OF HEBREW LITERA- 
TURE. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, HEBR 115 or equivalent. (Iwry) 

HEBR 421 (101). THE HEBREW BIBLE. (3) 

Reading of selected portions of the Pentateuch. 

(Greenberg) 

HEBR 422 (102). THE HEBREW BIBLE. (3) 

Reading of selected portions of the Prophets. 

(Greenberg) 

HEBR 431 (103). MODERN HEBREW LITERATURE. (3) 
The period of the Haskalah (Enlightenment). (Iwry) 

HEBR 432 (104). MODERN HEBREW LITERATURE. (3) 

The period of the Tehiah (Modern Revival). (Iwry) 

GREEK 

(See listings under Classical Languages and 
Literatures.) 

HISTORY 

Professor and Chairman: Haber. 

Professors: Bauer (Emeritus), Callcott, Cole, Foust, 
Gordon, Harlan, Jashemski, Kent, Koch, Merrill, 
Prange, Smith, Sparks. 

Associate Professors: Belz, Berry, Breslow, Brush, 
Carter, Folsom, Giffin, Gilbert, Greenberg, Grim- 
sted. Mayo, Schuessler, Stowasser, Warren, 
Yaney. 

Assistant Professors: Beveridge, Bradbury, Brann, 
Cockburn, Farrell, Flack, Harris, Hoffman, Kauf- 
man, Matossian, McCusker, Nicklason, Olson, 
Perinbam, Robertson, Shoufani, Van Ness, Wil- 
liams, Wright. 

Lecturers: Holum, Ridgway, Vasquez. 

The Department of History seeks to broaden the 
student's cultural background through the study 
of history and to provide preparation for those in- 
terested in secondary school teaching, journalism, 
research and archival work, government and for- 
eign service, and preparation for graduate study. 

A faculty advisor \n\\\ assist each major in plan- 
ning a curriculum to meet his personal interests. 
Students should meet regularly with their advisors 
to discuss the progress of their studies. 

Requirements for History Majors: 

1. AS prerequisites, majors must complete 
HIST 221, 222, 241, and 242. Students who 
are exempt from HIST 221 and 222 may take 
any one U.S. history course in their place. 

2. In addition to the prerequisites, majors must 
complete a minimum of 27 hours of history 
with grades of C or better. These 27 hours 
must include (a) at least nine hours of Amer- 
ican history, which may include Latin Ameri- 
can and Canadian history, (b) at least nine 



hours of non-American history, (c) three 
hours of HIST 389, (d) at least 18 of the 27 
hours must be in 400-level courses. 
3. Majors must complete not less than 9 hours 
of upper level courses outside of the History 
Department approved by a departmental ad- 
visor. Generally this will comprise work in 
related departments such as government and 
politics, economics, sociology, literature, 
philosophy, and fine arts. Grades in these 
courses must average C or better. 

General Education Requirements in History 

The courses with numbers up to 300 (except 
HIST 256 and 257) are particularly recommended 
to students seeking to meet the General Educa- 
tion requirements. These courses are especially 
designed for the student who wishes to enrich his 
knowledge and understanding of a particular so- 
ciety or culture in a comparatively broad chron- 
ological framework, even though he might have no 
professional interest in history. They may be taken 
during the sophomore, junior or senior years. Stu- 
dents with a good background in history may sub- 
stitute 400-level courses where there are no stated 
prerequisites. 

Honors in History 

Students who major or minor in history may ap- 
ply for admission to the History Honors Program 
during the second semester of their sophomore 
year. Those who are admitted to the program sub- 
stitute discussion courses and a thesis for some 
of their required lecture courses, and take an oral 
comprehensive examination prior to graduation. 
Successful candidates are awarded either honors 
or high honors in history. 

The History Department offers pre-honors work 
in American history (HIST 256, 257) and pre-honors 
sections in western civilization (HIST 241H, 242H). 
Students in these sections meet in a discussion 
group instead of attending lectures. They read 
widely and do extensive written work on their own. 
Pre-honors sections are open to any student and 
are recommended for students in General Honors, 
subject only to the instructor's approval. Students 
who intend to apply for admission to the History 
Honors Program should take as many of them as 
possible during their freshman and sophomore 
years. 

PRir/IARILY FRESHMAN AND SOPHOfl^ORE COURSES 

HIST 217 (017). AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY. (3) 

A survey of the Negro in American history, covering the 
African background, slavery, the role of the Negro in the 
social, political, economic, cultural and artistic life of 
the United States. Emphasis will be placed on the en- 
during themes and the black experience in American 
society, including contemporary problems in race re- 
lations. (Staff) 

HIST 221 (021). HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES TO 

1865. (3) 

A survey of the history of the United States from colonial 

times to the end of the Civil War. Emphasis on the 

establishment and development of American institutions. 

(American History Staff) 



146 / Arts and Sciences 



HIST 222 (022). HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES SINCE 
1865. (3) 
A survey of economic, social, intellectual, and political 
developments since the Civil War. Emphasis on the rise 
of industry and the emergence of the United States as a 
world power. (American History Staff) 

HIST 223 (023). SOCIAL AND CULTURAL HISTORY OF 
EARLY AMERICA. (3) 
A study of the social and cultural history of the United 
States as a predominantly agricultural society. Examina- 
tion of how the social milieu shapes the cultural de- 
velopment of the nation and its institutions. 

(American History Staff) 

HIST 224 (024). SOCIAL AND CULTURAL HISTORY OF 
MODERN AMERICA. (3) 
A study of the social and cultural history of the United 
States as a society in transition. Examination of the so- 
cial and cultural changes that accompanied industrial 
and scisntific development. (American History Staff) 

HIST 225 (029). THE UNITED STATES IN WORLD AFFAIRS. 
(3) 
A study of the United States as an emerging world power 
and the American response to changing status in world 
affairs. Emphasis on the relationship between internal 
and external development of the nation. 

(American History Staff) 

HIST 231. 232 (031, 032). LATIN-AMERICAN HISTORY. (3, 3) 
A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial 
origins to the present, covering political, cultural, eco- 
nomic, and social development, with special emphasis 
upon relations with the United States. First semester: 
Colonial Latin America. Second semester; the Republics. 
(Latin-American History Staff) 

HIST 241, 242 (041, 042). WESTERN CIVILIZATION. (3, 3) 
This course is designed to give the student an apprecia- 
tion of the civilization in which he lives in its broadest 
setting. The study begins with the collapse of classical 
civilization and comes to the present. 

(European History Staff) 

HIST 251, 252 (051, 052). THE HUMANITIES. (3, 3) 

In surveying history from prehistoric times to the pres- 
ent, man's cultural development is emphasized. The 
course is a study of the achievements of the common 
cultural heritage of western civilization. It is designed as 
an introductory course in history which will make a more 
direct contribution to the other liberal arts fields. First 
semester, to the Renaissance. Second semester, since 
the Renaissance. (Jashemski) 

HIST 253, 254 (053, 054). HISTORY OF ENGLAND AND 
GREAT BRITAIN. (3, 3) 

A history of the development of British life and institu- 
tions. Open to all classes. Especially recommended for 
English majors and minors and pre-law students. First 
semester, to 1485. Second semester, since 1485. 

(English History Staff) 

HIST 256 (057). PRE-HONORS COLLOQUIUM IN EARLY 
AMERICAN HISTORY. (3) 

Selected reading in early American history with em- 
phasis on independent discussion and writing. May be 
taken for credit by students exempt from American his- 
tory. Permission of instructor required. 

(American History Staff) 

HIST 257 (058). PRE-HONORS COLLOQUIUM IN MODERN 
AMERICAN HISTORY. (3) 

Selected readings in modern American history with em- 
phasis on independent study, discussion and writing. 
May be taken for credit by students exempt from Ameri- 
can history. Permission of instructor required. 

(American History Staff) 

HIST 261, 262 (061, 062). FAR EASTERN CIVILIZATION. 
(3,3) 
This course seeks to give the student an understanding 



of a great civilization radically different from our own, 
and an appreciation of the complex problems of the Far 
East and of American policy there. The approach is inter- 
disciplinary within a historical framework. 

((Folsom, Mayo) 

HIST 271, 272 (071, 072). ISLAMIC CIVILIZATION, (3, 3) 
This course seeks to give the student an insight into a 
cultural heritage that dominates the lives of over four 
hundred million people today. The study covers Islam in 
Spain, Nonh Africa, Africa below the Sahara, India, and 
Indonesia as well as the Middle East. The approach is 
humanistic within a historical framework. 

(Stowasser, ShoufanI) 

HIST 298 (097). SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY. (3) 

JUNIOR AND SENIOR COURSES NOT ACCEPTABLE 
FOR CREDIT TOWARD GRADUATE DEGREES 

HIST 389 (199). PRO-SEMINAR IN HISTORICAL WRITING 
(3) 

Discussions and research papers designed to acquaint 
the student with the methods and problems of research 
and presentation. The student will be encouraged to 
examine those phases of history which he regards as his 
specialties. (staff) 

HIST 395, 396 (195, 196), HONORS COLLOQUIUM. (3, 3) 
Enrollment limited to students admitted by the Depart- 
mental Honors Committee. Reading in sources and sec- 
ondary work centering about the development of the 
modern world. Discussions of reading and written work 
in weekly seminar meetings. (Staff) 

HIST 398 (185). SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY. (3) 

HIST 399 (198). HONORS THESIS. (3) 

Limited to students who have completed HIST 395. Nor- 
mally repeated for a total of six hours credit during the 
senior year by candidates for honors in history. (Staff) 

JUNIOR AND SENIOR COURSES ACCEPTABLE 
FOR CREDIT TOWARD GRADUATE DEGREES 

HIST 401 (137). THE SCIENTIFIC REVOLUTION: FROM 
COPERNICUS TO NEWTON. (3) 

Major developments in the history of physics and astron- 
omy during the 16th and 17th centuries and critical eval- 
uations of the Copernican Revolution, the "mechanical 
philosophy" of the 17th-century scientists, and the New- 
tonian synthesis and its impact on 18th-century thought. 

(Brush) 
HIST 402 (138). THE DEVELOPMENT OF MODERN PHYSI- 
CAL SCIENCE: FROM LAVOISIER TO EINSTEIN. (3) 
Prerequisites, MATH 110 and PHYS 112 or 117. History 
of chemistry, physics and geology during the period 
from about 1775 to about 1925, (Brush) 

HIST 403 (144). HISTORY OF TECHNOLOGY. (3) 

A survey course designed for junior, senior and graduate 
students with a solid base in either engineering or his- 
tory; it will cover the time span from Greek antiquity to 
the First World War. Technology will be studied as a 
cultural force controlled by laws of its own and operating 
within a distinctive conceptual framework. The course 
will concentrate on the changing character of technology 
in history and on the interactions between technology 
and other cultural forces such as science, philosophy, 
art, material culture, and the economy, (Staff) 

HIST 404 (140), HISTORY OF MODERN BIOLOGY. (3) 

The internal development of biology from about 1750 to 
about 1940 will be covered, including evolution, cell 
theory, genetics, enzymes, and biochemistry, and the 
origins of anthropology and experimental psychology. 
The social circumstances under which biology arose and 
prospered, the philosophical aspects of some debates, 
the technical achievements enabling new research, and 
the influences of other sciences on biology will also be 
discussed. 



Arts and Sciences / 147 



HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES 

HIUS 401 (HIST 101) AMERICAN COLONIAL HISTORY. (3) 
The settlement and development of colonial America to 
the middle of the eighteenth century. 

(McCusker, Bradbury) 
HIUS 402 (HIST 102). THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION. (3) 
The background and course of the American Revolution 
through the formation of the Constitution. 

(Bradbury, Hoffman) 
HIUS 403 (HIST 103). THE FORMATIVE PERIOD IN AMER- 
ICA, 1789-1824. (3) 
The evolution of the Federal government, the origins of 
political parties, problems of foreign relations in an .ara 
of international conflict, beginnings of the industrial revo- 
lution in America, and the birth of sectionalism. 

(Bradbury, Hoffman) 

HIUS 404, 405 (HIST 107, 108). ECONOMIC HISTORY OF 
THE UNITED STATES. (3, 3) 

The development of the American economy and its in- 
stitutions. First semester, to 1865; second semester, 
since 1865. (McCusker) 

HIUS 406, 407 (HIST 109, 110). SOCIAL HISTORY OF THE 
UNITED STATES. (3, 3) 

Formation of regional societies; immigration and nativ- 
ism; the Negro; urban movement; social responses to 
technological change. First semester, to 1865; second 
semester, since 1865. (Beveridge) 

HIUS 410 (HIST 114). THE MIDDLE PERIOD OF AMERICAN 
HISTORY, 1824-1860. (3) 
An examination of the political history of the United 
States from Jackson to Lincoln with particular emphasis 
on the factors producing Jacksonian democracy. Mani- 
fest Destiny, the Whig Party, the anti-slavery movement, 
the Republican Party, and secession. (Grimsted) 

HIUS 411 (HIST 116). THE CIVIL WAR. (3) 

Military aspects; problems of the Confederacy; political, 
social and economic effects of the war upon American 
society. (Smith) 

HIUS 412 (HIST 124). RECONSTRUCTION AND THE NEW 
NATION. 1865-1896. (3) 

Prerequisite, six credits of American history, or permis- 
sion of instructor. Problems of reconstruction in both 
South and North. Emergence of big business and Indus- 
trial combinations. Problems of the farmer and laborer. 

(Smith) 
HIUS 413 (HIST 118). THE PROGRESSIVE PERIOD; THE 
UNITED STATES, 1896-1919. (3) 

(Merrill. Harlan, Olson) 

HIUS 414 (HIST 119). BETWEEN THE WARS; THE UNITED 
STATES, 1919-1945. (3) (Merrill, Harlan, Olson) 

HIUS 415 (HIST 120). THE UNITED STATES SINCE WORLD 
WAR II. (3) 
Problems and issues of American society, foreign and 
domestic, of the past generation. (Olson) 

HIUS 416 (HIST 117). BLACKS IN AMERICAN LIFE. (3) 
The role of the Black in America since slavery, with em- 
phasis on twentieth-century developments; the migration 
from farm to city; the growth of the civil rights move- 
ment; the race question as a national problem. 

(Harlan, Carler, Berry) 

HIUS 417 (HIST 121). HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN 
FRONTIER. (3) 

The Trans-Allegheny West. The westward movement Into 
the Mississippi Valley. (Farrell) 

HIUS 420, 421 (HIST 122, 123). HISTORY OF THE SOUTH. 
(3.3) 

Prerequisite. HIST 221, 222, or equivalent. The golden 
age of the Chesapeake, the institution of slavery, the 
antebellum plantation society, the experience of defeat, 
the impact of industrialization, and the modern racial ad- 
justment. (Carter, Callcott) 



HIUS 422, 423 (HIST 127, 128). DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF 
THE UNITED STATES. (3, 3) 
A historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and 
foreign relations of the United States. First semester, 
from the Revolution to 1898. Second semester, ffom 1898 
to the present. Students who have taken HIST 225 are 
admitted only by permission of instructor. (Cole) 

HIUS 424. 425 (HIST 133, 134). THE HISTORY OF IDEAS 

IN AMERICA. (3, 3) 

A history of basic beliefs about religion, man, nature, 

and society. Consent of the instructor is required for 

HIUS 425. (Koch, Flack, Gilbert, Grimsted) 

HIUS 426. 427 (HIST 135, 136). CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY 
OF THE UNITED STATES. (3, 3) 

A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation 
of the Constitution, and development of American con- 
stitutionalism in theory and practice thereafter. 

(Belz, Berry) 

HIUS 430 (HIST 141). HISTORY OF MARYLAND. (3) 

Political, social and economic history of Maryland from 
seventeenth century to the present. (Van Ness) 

HISTORY OF FOREIGN NATIONS 

HIFN 401, 402 (HIST 142, 143). HISTORY OF SPAIN. (3, 3) 
Political, social and economic development of Spain; the 
Spanish empire; Spain's role in Europe. Some attention 
will be paid to Portuguese history. First semester; 1469- 
1700. Second semester; 1700-present. (Vasquez) 

HIFN 403 (HIST 146). DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF LATIN 
AMERICA. (3) 
A survey of the political, economic and cultural relations 
of the Latin American nations with emphasis on their 
relations with the United States and the development of 
the inter-American system. (Wright) 

HIFN 404 (HIST 148). HISTORY OF CANADA. (3) 

Prerequisites, HIST 241, 242 or HIST 253, 254. A history 
of Canada, with special emphasis on the nineteenth 
century and upon Canadian relations with Great Britain 
and the United States. (Gordon) 

HIFN 405 (HIST 149). HISTORY OF BRAZIL. (3) 

The history of Brazil with emphasis on the national 
period. (Giffin) 

HIFN 406, 407 (HIST 111, 112). HISTORY OF MEXICO AND 
THE CARIBBEAN. (3, 3) 

The history of Mexico. Central America and the Antilles, 
beginning with the pre-Spanish Indian cultures and con- 
tinuing through the Spanish colonial period and the 
national period to the present day. The division point be- 
tween the two courses is the year 1810, the beginning of 
the Mexican wars for independence. (Warren) 

HIFN 410 (HIST 153). HISTORY OF ROME. (3) 

A study of Roman civilization from the earliest begin- 
nings through the Republic and down to the last centu- 
ries of the Empire. (Jashemski, Holum) 

HIFN 411, 412 (HIST 155, 156) HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL 
EUROPE. (3, 3) 
A study of medieval government, society and thought 
from the collapse of classical civilization to the Renais- 
sance. (Robertson) 

HIFN 413 (HIST 158). THE OLD REGIME AND THE 
FRENCH REVOLUTION, 1748-1815. (3) 
Europe in the era of the French Revolution. (Williams) 

HIFN 414, 415 (HIST 159, 160). HISTORY OF EUROPEAN 
IDEAS. (3, 3) 

Prerequisites, HIST 241, 242 or HIST 253. 254, or the 
equivalent. Beginning with a review of the basic Western 
Intellectual traditions as a heritage from the ancient 
world, the courses will present selected Important cur- 
rents of thought from the scientific revolution of the six- 
teenth and seventeenth centuries down to the twentieth 
century. First semester, through the eighteenth century. 
Second semester, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 
(Haber, Brann, Williams) 



148 / Arts and Sciences 



HIFN 416, 417 (HIST 161. 162). THE RENAISSANCE AND 
REFORMATION. (3, 3) 

Prerequisile, HIST 241, 242 or 253, or consent of in- 
structor. City-states and the rise of nation-states, the 
culture and thought of the Renaissance, the Reformation 
and their impact into the seventeenth century. 

(Schuessler. Brann) 

HIFN 420, 421 (HIST 163. 164). HISTORY OF THE BRITISH 
EIVIPIRE. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite. HIST 241. 242 or HIST 253. 254. First se- 
mester, the development of England's mercantilist em- 
pire and its fall in the war for American Independence 
(1783). Second semester, the rise of the Second British 
Empire and the solution of the problem of responsible 
self-government (1783-1867). the evolution of the British 
Empire into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the de- 
velopment and problems of the dependent Empire. 

(Gordon) 

HIFN 422, 423 (HIST 165. 166). CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY 
OF GREAT BRITAIN. (3. 3) 

Constitutional development in England, with emphasis on 
the history of the royal prerogative, the growth of the 
common law, the development of Parliament, and the 
emergence of systematized government. First semester, 
to 1485: second semester, since 1485. (Cocl<burn) 

HIFN 424. 425 (HIST 167, 168). HISTORY OF RUSSIA. (3. 3) 
A history of Russia from earliest times to 1917. (Yaney) 

HIFN 426. 427 (HIST 169. 170). EUROPE IN THE NINE- 
TEENTH CENTURY, 1815-1919. (3, 3) 

Prerequisites. HIST 241, 242 or HIST 253. 254. A study of 
the political, economic, social, and cultural development 
of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the First World 
War. (Kent) 

HIFN 430. 431 (HIST 171. 172). EUROPE IN THE WORLD 
SETTING OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY. (3. 3) 

Prerequisites. HIST 241. 242 or 253. 254. A study of 
political, economic and cultural developments in twen- 
tieth-century Europe with special emphasis on the factors 
involved in the two World Wars and their global impacts 
and significance. (Prange. Harris) 

HIFN 432 (HIST 173). THE SOVIET UNION. (3) 

A history of the Bolshevik Revolution and the founding 
of the Soviet Union; the economic policy and foreign 
policy of the U.S.S.R. to the present. (Foust) 

HIFN 433 (HIST 175). (MODERN FRANCE. (3) 

A survey of French history from 1815 to the present. The 
emphasis is upon such topics as the population problem, 
the economic and social structure of French society, and 
the changing political and cultural values of this society 
in response to recurrent crises through the nineteenth 
and twentieth centuries. (Greenberg) 

HIFN 434 (HIST 176). TUDOR ENGLAND. (3) 

An examination of the political, religious and social 
forces in English life, 1485-1603, with special emphasis 
on Tudor government, the English Reformation and the 
Elizabethan era. (Breslow) 

HIFN 435 (HIST 177). STUART ENGLAND. (3) 

An examination of the political, religious and social 
forces in English life, 1603-1714. with special emphasis 
on Puritanism and the English revolutions. (Breslow) 

HIFN 436 (HIST 178). BRITAIN IN THE EIGHTEENTH 
CENTURY. (3) 

Developments in Great Britain from the Revolution of 
1688 to the end of the Napoleonic wars. (Cockburn) 

HIFN 437 (HIST 179). MODERN BRITAIN. (3) 

A survey of British history from the age of the French 
Revolution to World War I with emphasis upon such sub- 
jects as Britain's role in the world, the democratization of 
the state, the problems arising from industrialism and 
urbanism, and Irish and imperial problems. (Gordon) 

HIFN 442, 443 (HIST 187, 188). HISTORY OF CHINA. (3. 3) 
A history of China from earliest times to the present. The 



emphasis is on the development of Chinese institutions 
that have molded the life of the nation and its people. 

(Folsom) 

HIFN 444 (HIST 157). THE AGE OF ABSOLUTISM. 1648- 
1748. (3) 
Europe in the Age of Louis XIV and the Enlightened 
Despots. (Williams) 

HIFN 445, 446 (HIST 189. 190). HISTORY OF JAPAN. (3. 3) 
First semester: Japanese civilization from the age of 
Shinto mythology, introduction of continental learning, 
and rule of military overlords. Second semester: renewed 
contact with the western world and Japan's emergence 
as a modern state. (Mayo) 

HIFN 447 (HIST 197). STUDIES IN MIDDLE EASTERN 
CULTURE. (3) 

Systematic treatment of aspects of literature and culture 
of the Middle East. May be repeated. (Stowasser) 

HIFN 450. 451 (HIST 180. 181). THE MIDDLE EAST. (3, 3) 
A survey of the political, cultural and institutional history 
of that area. The first part covers the period up to the 
middle of the tenth century. The second part covers to 
the beginning of the nineteenth century. (Shoufani) 

HIFN 452 (HIST 182). THE CONTEMPORARY MIDDLE 
EAST. (3) 
This course covers the history of the Middle East from 
the time of Napoleon to the Second World War. 

(Shoufani) 

HIFN 454 (HIST 194). HISTORY OF THE JEWS AND THE 
STATE OF ISRAEL. (3) 

A survey of Jewish history from the second century 
Diaspora to the present with special attention to an 
analysis of Zionism, the creation of a Jewish home in 
Palestine, the establishment of the state of Israel, and 
modern developments. (Staff) 

HIFN 455 (HIST 150). HISTORY OF ARGENTINA AND THE 
ANDEAN REPUBLICS. (3) 

The history of the nationalist period of selected South 
American countries. (Wright) 

HIFN 456 (HIST 151). HISTORY OF THE ANCIENT ORIENT 
AND GREECE. (3) 

A survey of the ancient civilizations of Egypt, the Near 
East and Greece, with particular attention to their insti- 
tutions, life, and culture. (Jashemski) 

HIFN 460. 461 (HIST 104, 105). SOCIAL AND CULTURAL 
HISTORY OF EUROPE. (3, 3) 

An exploration of social structure, life styles, rituals, 
symbols, and myths of the peoples of Europe. First 
semester: from earliest times to 1800. Second semester: 
the modernization of European society. (Matossian) 

HIFN 473 (HIST 183). A SURVEY OF AFRICAN HISTORY. 
(3) 

A brief survey of the history of sub-Saharan Africa from 
prehistoric times to the end of the colonial era. Special 
focus on neolithic civilizations, major migrations and 
political and commercial developments in pre-colonial 
and colonial Africa. (Perinbam) 

HIFN 474 (HIST 184). A HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA. (3) 
HIFN 473 is recommended though not required. A re- 
gional study of the western Sudan, forest and coastal 
regions from prehistoric times to the nineteenth century. 
A discussion of neolithic and iron age civilizations, trans- 
Saharan and other trade, introduction of Islam, medieval 
Sudanese empires, forest kingdoms, nineteenth-century 
empires and kingdoms, and the impact of European 
penetration. (Perinbam) 

FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

HIST 600 (200). HISTORIOGRAPHY: TECHNIOUES OF HIS- 
TORICAL RESEARCH AND WRITING. (3) 

HIST 685 (290). THE TEACHING OF HISTORY IN INSTITU- 
TIONS OF HIGHER LEARNING. (1) 

HIST 708 (239). READINGS IN THE HISTORY OF MODERN 
SCIENCE. (3) 



Arts and Sciences / 149 



HIST 798 (297). SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY, (3) 

HIST 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6) 

HIST 808 (240). SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF MODERN 

SCIENCE. (3) 
HIST 899 (499). DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (Arranged) 
HIUS 708 (HIST 201). READINGS IN COLONIAL AMERICAN 

HISTORY. (3) 
HIUS 709 (HIST 203). READINGS IN THE AMERICAN REVO- 
LUTION AND THE FORMATIVE PERIOD. (3) 
HIUS 718 (HIST 205). READINGS IN AMERICAN SOCIAL 

AND ECONOMIC HISTORY. (3) 
HIUS 719 (HIST 213). READINGS IN SOUTHERN HISTORY. 

(3) 
HIUS 728 (HIST 215). READINGS IN THE MIDDLE PERIOD 

AND CIVIL WAR. (3) 
HIUS 729 (HIST 217). READINGS IN RECONSTRUCTION 

AND THE NEW NATION. (3) 
HIUS 738 (HIST 223). READINGS IN RECENT AMERICAN 

HISTORY. (3) 

HIUS 739 (HIST 227). READINGS IN THE HISTORY OF 
AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY. (3) 

HIUS 748 (HIST 233). READINGS IN AMERICAN INTEL- 
LECTUAL HISTORY. (3) 

HIUS 749 (HIST 235). READINGS IN AMERICAN CONSTITU- 
TIONAL HISTORY. (3) 

HIUS 808 (HIST 202). SEMINAR IN COLONIAL AMERICAN 
HISTORY. (3) 

HIUS 809 (HIST 204). SEMINAR IN THE AMERICAN REVO- 
LUTION AND THE FORMATIVE PERIOD. (3) 

HIUS 818 (HIST 206). SEMINAR IN AMERICAN SOCIAL 
AND ECONOMIC HISTORY. (3) 

HIUS 819 (HIST 214). SEMINAR IN SOUTHERN HISTORY. 
(3) 

HIUS 828 (HIST 216). SEMINAR IN THE MIDDLE PERIOD 
AND CIVIL WAR. (3) 

HIUS 829 (HIST 218). SEMINAR IN RECONSTRUCTION 
AND THE NEW NATION. (3) 

HIUS 838 (HIST 224). SEMINAR IN RECENT AMERICAN 
HISTORY. (3) 

HIUS 839 (HIST 228). SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF 
AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY. (3) 

HIUS 848 (HIST 234). SEMINAR IN AMERICAN INTEL- 
LECTUAL HISTORY. (3) 

HIUS 849 (HIST 236). SEMINAR IN AMERICAN CONSTITU- 
TIONAL HISTORY. (3) 

HIUS 859 (HIST 242). SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF 
MARYLAND. (3) 

HIFN 708 (HIST 245). READINGS IN LATIN AMERICAN 
HISTORY. (3) 

HIFN 728 (HIST 255). READINGS IN MEDIEVAL HISTORY. 
(3) 

HIFN 729 (HIST 257). READINGS IN 17TH-CENTURY 
EUROPEAN HISTORY. (3) 

HIFN 738 (HIST 259). READINGS IN MODERN EUROPEAN 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY. (3) 

HIFN 739 (HIST 261). READINGS IN THE HISTORY OF THE 
RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION. (3) 

HIFN 748 (HIST 263). READINGS IN THE HISTORY OF 
GREAT BRITAIN AND THE BRITISH EMPIRE-COMMON- 
WEALTH. (3) 

HIFN 759 (HIST 269). READINGS IN NINETEENTH 
CENTURY EUROPE. (3) 

HIFN 778 (HIST 274). READINGS IN MODERN FRENCH 
HISTORY, (3) 



HIFN 779 (HIST 281). READINGS IN MIDDLE EASTERN 

HISTORY. (3) 
HIFN 788 (HIST 285). READINGS IN JAPANESE HISTORY. 

(3) 
HIFN 789 (HIST 287). READINGS IN CHINESE HISTORY. 

(3) 
HIFN 808 (HIST 246). SEMINAR IN LATIN AMERJCAN 

HISTORY. (3) 

HIFN 818 (HIST 251). SEMINAR IN GREEK HISTORY. (3) 

HIFN 819 (HIST 253). SEMINAR IN ROMAN HISTORY. (3) 

HIFN 828 (HIST 256). SEMINAR IN MEDIEVAL HISTORY. (3) 

HIFN 829 (HIST 258). SEMINAR IN 17TH-CENTURY 
EUROPEAN HISTORY. (3) 

HIFN 838 (HIST 260). SEMINAR IN MODERN EUROPEAN 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY. (3) 

HIFN 839 (HIST 262). SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF THE 
RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION. (3) 

HIFN 848 (HIST 264). SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF 
GREAT BRITAIN AND THE BRITISH EMPIRE-COMMON- 
WEALTH. (3) 

HIFN 849 (HIST 266). SEMINAR IN TUDOR AND STUART 
ENGLAND. (3) 

HIFN 858 (HIST 268). SEMINAR IN RUSSIAN HISTORY. (3) 

HIFN 859 (HIST 270). SEMINAR IN NINETEENTH-CENTURY 
EUROPE. (3) 

HIFN 868 (HIST 271). SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF 
WORLD WAR I. (3) 

HIFN 869 (HIST 272). SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF 
WORLD WAR II. (3) 

HIFN 878 (HIST 275). SEMINAR IN MODERN FRENCH 
HISTORY. (3) 

HIFN 879 (HIST 282). SEMINAR IN MIDDLE EASTERN 
HISTORY. (3) 

HIFN 888 (HIST 286). SEMINAR IN JAPANESE HISTORY. 
(3) 

HIFN 889 (HIST 288). SEMINAR IN CHINESE HISTORY. (3) 



GENERAL HONORS PROGRAM 

Director: Portz. 

The General Honors Program is administered by 
the Director of the Arts and Sciences Honors Pro- 
grams and by the College Honors Committee which 
also acts as an advisory and regulatory body for 
all honors programs within the College. Admission 
to the General Honors Program shall ordinarily be 
at the beginning of the first or second semester of 
the student's freshman year. Students are selected 
on the basis of SAT scores, grades, rank in grad- 
uating class, recommendations from high school 
teachers and counselors, and other factors deal- 
ing with academic and non-academic achievement 
in high school. Students transferring from other 
institutions are accepted into general honors upon 
presentation of a distinguished record. 

General honors students are assigned to honors 
sections of General Education courses, and are 
given the opportunity of participating in special 
general honors seminars. Continuance in the pro- 
gram is based upon maintaining a B average or 



150 / Arts and Sciences 



better. Successful General Honors students are 
graduated with a citation in general honors and 
notation of this accomplishment is made upon 
their transcripts. For further information and ad- 
mission to general honors, see the Director of 
Honors, Francis Scott Key Hall. 

SPECIAL GENERAL HONORS COURSES 

HONR 100 (001). HONORS ORIENTATION COLLOQUIUM, 
(3) 
A colloquium on composition and on current topics in 
the humanities, the natural sciences and the social 
sciences. The topics will vary with the interest of the 
instructors. Writing and analysis of themes on, and in- 
class discussions of, assigned reading will be stressed. 
Ordinarily taken by all general honors freshmen. Open 
to other students with the consent of the director of 
honors. (Staff) 

HONR 339 (130). SEMINARS IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES. 
(1-4) 

A series of seminars in the social sciences. Often inter- 
disciplinary in character and often team-taught. The sub- 
jects of the seminars and the faculty may vary from se- 
mester to semester. Seminars may be repeated for credit, 
with the permission of the director of honors, if the con- 
tent of the course alters appreciably. Open to general 
and departmental honors students and to other students 
with the consent of the instructor and the director of 
honors. 

HONR 349 (140). SEMINARS IN THE NATURAL SCIENCES. 
(1-4) 
A series of seminars in the natural sciences. Often inter- 
disciplinary in character and often team-taught. The sub- 
jects of the seminars and the faculty may vary from se- 
mester to semester. Seminars may be repeated for credit, 
with the permission of the director of honors, if the con- 
tent of the course alters appreciably. Open to general 
and departmental honors students and to other students 
with the consent of the instructor and the director of 
honors. (Staff) 

HONR 359 (150). SEMINARS IN THE HUMANITIES. (1-3) 
A series of seminars in the humanities. Often interdis- 
ciplinary in character and often team-taught. The sub- 
jects of the seminars and the faculty may vary from se- 
mester to semester. Seminars may be repeated for credit, 
with the permission of the director of honors, if the con- 
tent of the course alters appreciably. Open to general 
and departmental honors students and to other students 
with the consent of the instructor and the director of 
honors. (Staff) 

HONR 360 (160). HONORS THESIS RESEARCH. (3) 

A thesis preparation course for general honors seniors 
under the direction of individual faculty members. HONR 
360 or HONR 379, but not both, may be used once to ful- 
fill the general honors seminar requirement. Graded pass 
-fail. May not be repeated. Open only to general honors 
students. (Staff) 

HONR 379 (170). HONORS INDEPENDENT STUDY. (3) 

Honors independent study involves reading or research, 
directed by individual faculty, especially in areas outside 
of the student's major. HONR 379 or HONR 360 but not 
both, may be used once to fulfill the general honors 
seminar requirement. Graded pass-fail. May be repeated 
only with consent of the director of honors. Open only to 
general honors students. (Staff) 

ITALIAN 

(See listings under French and Italian Lan- 
guage and Literature.) 



LATIN 

(See listings under Classical 
Literature.) 

LINGUISTICS 

Assistant Professor and Director: 
Assistant Professor: Fidelholtz. 



Languages and 



Dingwall. 



The program in linguistics is designed to pro- 
vide students with a comprehensive and consistent 
view of the accomplishments, methodology and 
problems of modern linguistic science which has 
as its aim the explication of the facts of specific 
natural languages as well as of natural language in 
general. While any educated man will benefit from 
an understanding of the structure and develop- 
ment of language, those who expect to become 
scholars and teachers of anthropology, English, 
foreign languages, philosophy, psychology, or 
speech will find a background in linguistics invalu- 
able. Although there is not an undergraduate ma- 
jor in linguistics at this time, courses in linguistics 
may be used to fulfill the supporting course re- 
quirements in some programs leading to the B.A. 
or B.S. degree. 

LING 100 (101). INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS. (3) 
Introduction to the basic concepts of modern descriptive 
linguistics. Phonology, morphology, syntax. Examinations 
of the methods of comparative linguistics, internal recon- 
struction, dialect geography. (Listed also as ANTH 371 
and as ENGL 280). (Fidelholtz) 

LING 101 (071). LANGUAGE AND CULTURE. (3) 

Prerequisite, sophomore standing. A nontechnical intro- 
duction to linguistics, with special consideration of the 
relations between language and other aspects of cul- 
ture. (Listed also as ANTH 271). (Fidelholtz) 

LING 401 (102). PHONETICS AND PHONEMICS. (3) 

Training in the identification, description and symboliza- 
tion of various sounds found in language. Study of scien- 
tific techniques for classifying sounds into units which 
are perceptually relevant for a given language. (Dingwall) 

LING 402 (103). MORPHOLOGY AND SYNTAX. (3) 

A detailed study of language structure. No student may 
receive credit for both LING 402 and ENGL 484. 

(Dingwall) 

LING 403 (106). HISTORICAL LINGUISTICS. (3) 

Prerequisite, LING 401 and 402, or equivalent. A study of 
change in the phonological, grammatical and semantic 
structures of natural languages; language typology; re- 
construction and various allied topics will be treated. 

(Staff) 

LING 609 (201). SEMINAR IN LINGUISTICS. (3) 

Other programs also offer courses in linguistics that may 
be of interest to the student. Some of the most relevant are 
listed below: 

ANTH 102. INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY: CUL- 
TURAL ANTHROPOLOGY AND LINGUISTICS. 

CMSC 723. COMPUTATIONAL LINGUISTICS. 

CMSC 725. MATHEMATICAL LINGUISTICS. 

ENGL 484 ADVANCED ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

PHIL 360. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE. 

PSYC 671. VERBAL BEHAVIOR. 

SPHR 604. EXPERIMENTAL PHONETICS. 



Arts and Sciences / 151 



MATHEMATICS 

Professor and Chairman: Goldhaber. 

Professors: Auslander, Brace, Chu, Cohen, Doug- 
hs, Edmundson,* Ehrlich, Goldberg, Good, Gray, 
Greenberg, Horvath, Huet, Hummel, Jackson, 
Karp, Kleppner, Kubota, Kuroda, G. Lehner, J. 
Lehner, Maltese, Mikulski, Pearl, Reinhart, Stell- 
macher, SyskI, Vesentini, Walsh, Zedek. 

Visiting Professors: Ghoquet, Dieudonne, Kahane, 
Katznelson, Koethe, Leopoldt, W. Schneider. 

Associate Professors: Adams, Benedetto, Bern- 
stein, Cook, Correl, Dancis, Daniel, Goldstein, 
Green, Gulick, Henkelman,** Kirwan, Lay, Lips- 
man, Lopez-Escobar, Markley, Neri, Osborn, Ow- 
ings, Sather, Schafer, Strauss, Warner, Wolfe. 

Assistant Professors: Alexander, Anderson, Berg, 
Connell, Cooper, Currier, Davidson,** Ellis, 
Fey,** Gowen, Helzer, Johnson, Niebur, Powell, 
Rastogi, D. Schneider, Shepherd, Sweet, Unsain, 
Wagner, Yang. 

Instructors: Brown, Kilbourn, Lepson, McClay, Sor- 
ensen, Steely. 

Faculty Research Assistants: Hill, Locksley. 

The program in mathematics leading to the de- 
gree of Bachelor of Science in Mathematics offers 
students training in mathematics in preparation for 
graduate work, teaching and positions in govern- 
ment or industry. 

A student intending to major in mathematics 
must complete the introductory sequence MATH 
130, 131, 230, 231 or the corresponding honors se- 
quence MATH 140, 141, 240, 241 and should have 
an average grade of at least B in these courses. 
In addition, the requirements for a mathematics 
major include eight suitably distributed upper di- 
vision courses (24 credit hours) in mathematics 
with a grade of at least C. The requirements are 
detailed in a departmental brochure which is avail- 
able through the undergraduate office. Appropri- 
ate courses taken at other universities or through 
University College may be used to fulfill these re- 
quirements, but at least four of the eight required 
upper division mathematics courses must be taken 
in the College of Arts and Sciences. 

In addition to the above, a mathematics major 
must include at least 22 credit hours of supporting 
course work; ten specified credit hours of science 
and twelve specified credit hours of other support- 
ing course work (which need not be in science) 
are required. These requirements can be met in 
various ways; for details, the departmental bro- 
chure for majors should be consulted. 

Since most of the non-English mathematical lit- 
erature is written in French, German or Russian, 
students intending to continue studying mathe- 
matics in graduate school should obtain a reading 
knowledge of at least one of these languages. 



'JoinI Appoinlmenl: Compuler Science Conler. 

•Joint Appolnlment: OeparlmenI of Secondary Educalic 



HONORS IN MATHEMATICS 

The Mathematics Honors Program is designed 
for students showing exceptional ability and inter- 
est in mathematics. Its aim is to give a student the 
best possible mathematical education. Participants 
are selected by the Departmental Honors Commit- 
tee during the first semester of their junior year. 
To graduate with honors in mathematics they must 
take four credits of MATH 398 and pass a final 
written and oral comprehensive examination. The 
rest of the program is flexible. Independent work 
is encouraged and can be done in place of formal 
course work. A student need not major in mathe- 
matics to participate in the honors program. 

The department also offers a special depart- 
mental honors calculus sequence (MATH 140, 141, 
240, 241) for promising freshmen with a strong 
mathematical background (usually including cal- 
culus). Enrollment in the sequence is normally by 
invitation but any interested student may apply to 
the Departmental Honors Committee for admis- 
sion. 

Participants in the College of Arts and Sciences 
Honors Program may enroll in special honors sec- 
tions of the regular calculus sequence (MATH 
130H, 131H, 230H, 231H). They may enroll in the 
honors calculus sequence if invited by the Depart- 
mental Honors Committee. However the depart- 
mental honors calculus sequence and the College 
Honors Program are distinct, and enrollment in one 
does not imply acceptance in the other. 

Neither honors calculus sequence is prerequi- 
site for participating in the Mathematics Honors 
Program, and students in these sequences need 
not be mathematics majors. 

PI MU EPSILON 

The local chapter of Pi Mu Epsilon. national hon- 
orary mathematics fraternity, meets frequently to 
discuss mathematical or educational topics of in- 
terest to undergraduates. The programs are open 
to the public. 

PLACEMENT IN MATHEMATICS COURSES 

The department has a large offering to accom- 
modate a great variety of backgrounds, interests 
and abilities. The department permits a student to 
take any course for which he has the appropriate 
background regardless of formal course work. For 
example, a student with a high school calculus 
course may be permitted to begin in the middle of 
the calculus sequence even if he does not have ad- 
vanced standing. Students are urged to consult 
with advisors from the Mathematics Department to 
assist with proper placements. 

MATH 001 (001). REVIEW OF HIGH SCHOOL ALGEBRA. (0) 
Recommended for students who tail ttie qualifying exami- 
nation for MATH 105. MATH 110. MATH 115. Special fee 
of $45. 

MATH 105 (003). FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS. (4) 
Prerequisite, satisfactory performance on ttie SAT math- 



152 / Arts and Sciences 



ematics test, or MATH 001. This course is designed to 
provide an introduction to mathematicai thinking, stres- 
sing ideas rather than techniques. Where possible, con- 
nections are drawn with other disciplines, such as philos- 
ophy, logic and art. 

MATH 110, 111 (010, 011). INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMAT- 
ICS. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, 2y, years of college preparatory mathe- 
matics and satisfactory performance on the SAT mathe- 
matics test, or MATH 001. Open to students not majoring 
in mathematics or the physical or engineering sciences. 
Logic, sets, counting, probability; sequences, sums; ele- 
mentary algebraic and transcendental functions and their 
geometric representation; systems of linear equations, 
vectors, matrices. 

MATH 115 (018). INTRODUCTORY ANALYSIS. (3) 

(2 lectures, 2 drill periods per week.) Prerequisite, 2'/, 
years of college preparatory mathematics and an appro- 
priate score on the SAT mathematics test, or MATH 001. 
An introductory course for students not qualified to start 
MATH 140. Real numbers, functions, coordinate systems. 
Trigonometric functions. Plane analytic geometry. 

MATH 140 (019). ANALYSIS I. (4) 

(3 lectures, 2 drill periods per week,) Prerequisite, SVi 
years of college preparatory mathematics or MATH 115. 
Sets and inequalities, Cartesian coordinates in the plane, 
the straight line, the circle, translation of coordinate 
axes, functions and their graphs, limits, continuity, the 
derivative and application of the derivative, antideriva- 
tives, definite integral. 

MATH 141 (020). ANALYSIS II. (4) 

(3 lectures, 2 drill periods per week.) Prerequisite, MATH 

140 or equivalent. Applications of integration, techniques 
of Integration, polar coordinates, basic properties of the 
elementary functions, improper integrals, indeterminate 
forms, sequences, and infinite series. 

MATH 150 (050). CALCULUS I. (Honors) (4) 

Prerequisite, approval of department. A rigorous treat- 
ment, with applications, of differential and integral cal- 
culus in one variable. 

MATH 151 (051). CALCULUS II. (Honors) (4) 

Prerequisite, approval of department. A rigorous treat- 
ment, with applications, of differential and integral cal- 
culus in one variable. 

MATH 210 (030). ELEMENTS OF MATHEMATICS. (4) 

Prerequisite, one year of college preparatory algebra. 
Required for majors in elementary education, and open 
only to students in this field. Topics from algebra and 
number theory, designed to provide insight into arith- 
metic: inductive proof, the natural number system based 
on the Peano axioms; mathematical systems, groups, 
fields; the system of integers; the system of rational 
numbers; congruence, divisibility; systems of numeration. 

MATH 211 (031). ELEMENTS OF GEOMETRY. (4) 

Prerequisite, MATH 210 or equivalent. Structure of mathe- 
matics systems, algebra of sets, geometrical structures, 
logic, measurement, congruence similarity graphs in the 
plane geometry on the sphere. 

MATH 220, 221 (014, 015). ELEMENTARY CALCULUS. (3, 3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 110, MATH 115 or equivalent. Open 
to students not majoring In mathematics or the physical 
or engineering sciences. Basic ideas of differential and 
integral calculus; elementary techniques and applications. 

MATH 240 (021 L). LINEAR ALGEBRA. (4) 

(3 lectures, 2 drill periods per week.) Prerequisite, MATH 

141 or equivalent. Basic concepts of linear algebra: vec- 
tor spaces, applications to line and plane geometry, 
linear equations and matrices, similar matrices, linear 
transformations, eigenvalues, determinants, and quadratic 
forms. 

MATH 241 (022). ANALYSIS 111. (4) 

(3 lectures, 2 drill periods per week.) Prerequisite, MATH 
240 or equivalent. Calculus of functions of vectors: par- 



tial derivatives, multiple Integration, surface Integrals, 
classical theorems of Green, Gauss, and Stokes. 

MATH 246 (066). DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS FOR SCIEN- 
TISTS AND ENGINEERS. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 141 or equivalent. The field of direc- 
tion and graphic solutions of first order differential equa- 
tions. The simplest methods of numerical solution. Sys- 
tems of differential equations. Introduction to Fourier 
series, and applications. 

MATH 250 (052). CALCULUS III. (Honors) (4) 

Prerequisite, approval of department. Elements of linear 
algebra, Euclidean and other metric spaces; Multi-vari- 
able calculus: implicit function theorem; theorems of 
Green, Gauss and Stokes. Riemann Stieltjes integral and, 
as time permits, ordinary differential equations, Fourier 
series, orthogonal functions. 

MATH 251 (053) CALCULUS IV. (Honors) (4) 

Prerequisite, approval of department. Elements of linear 
algebra, Euclidean and other metric spaces; Multi-vari- 
able calculus; implicit function theorem; theorems of 
Green, Gauss and Stokes. Riemann Stieltjies integral and, 
as time permits, ordinary differential equations, Fourier 
series, orthogonal functions. 

STAT 250 (050). INTRODUCTION TO RANDOM VARIABLES. 
(3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 221 or MATH 141. Introductory math- 
ematical concepts. Probabilistic concepts. Basic proper- 
ties of probability. Discrete random variables and their 
distributions. Continuous variables (intuitive analytic ap- 
proach). Joint distributions and transformations. Moments 
and moment generating functions. Law of large numbers 
and de Moivre's theorem. 

MATH 398 (190). HONORS SEMINAR. (2) 

Prerequisite, permission of the Departmental Honors 
Committee. Reports by students on mathematical litera- 
ture; solution of various problems. 

Courses 400-499 

Algebra and Number Theory: 400, 401, 403, 405, 406, 407 

Analysis: 410, 411, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417 

Geometry and Topology: 430, 431, 432, 433, 434, 436, 437 

Foundations of Mathematics: 444, 446, 447, 450 

Applied Mathematics: 401, 415, 462, 463, 464, 470, 471 

Courses for Teachers of Mathematics and Science: 478, 481, 

482, 483, 484, 488 
Seminars, Selected Topics, Research: 398, 498 
Statistics and Probability: (Stat) 400, 401, 410, 411, 420, 421, 

450, 464, 470 

MATH 400 (100). VECTORS AND MATRICES. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 141 or MATH 221. Algebra of vector 
spaces and matrices. Recommended for students inter- 
ested in the applications of mathematics. (Not open to 
students who have had MATH 405 or MATH 240.) 

MATH 401 (101). APPLIED LINEAR ALGEBRA. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 400, or MATH 240, or consent of the 
instructor. Various applications of linear algebra: theory 
of finite games, linear programming, matrix methods as 
applied to finite Markov chains, random walk. Incidence 
matrices, graphs and directed graphs, networks, trans- 
portation problems. 

MATH 403 (103). INTRODUCTION TO ABSTRACT ALGEBRA. 
(3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 241 or equivalent. Integers; groups, 
rings, integral domains, fields. 

MATH 405 (104). INTRODUCTION TO LINEAR ALGEBRA. (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 403 or consent of instructor. An ab- 
stract treatment of finite dimensional vector spaces. 
Linear transformations and their invariants. 

MATH 406 (106). INTRODUCTION TO NUMBER THEORY. (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 241. Rational integers, divisibility, 
prime numbers, modules and linear forms, unique factor- 
ization theorem. Euler's function, Mobius' function, cy- 
clotomic polynomial, congruences and quadratic resi- 
dues, Legendre's and Jacobi's symbol, reciprocity law 



Arts and Sciences / 153 



o( quadratic residues, introductory explanation of the 
method of algebraic number theory. 

MATH 407 (107). THEORY OF QUADRATIC NUMBER 
FIELDS. (3) 

Prerequisite, f^ATH 406 and f^ATH 403. Quadratic num- 
ber fields, integers, ideals, units, ideal class groups, 
unimodular transformations and algorithms of the deter- 
mination of ideal class groups and fundamental units, 
class number formula, Gauss' theory of genera and 
Kronecker's symbol. 

MATH 410, 411 (110, 119). ADVANCED CALCULUS. (3, 3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 241. Sequences and series of num- 
bers, continuity and differentiability of real valued func- 
tions of one variable, the Riemann integral, sequences 
of functions, and power series. Functions of several vari- 
ables including partial derivatives, multiple integrals, line 
and surface integrals. The implicit function theorem. 

MATH 413 (113). INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARI- 
ABLES. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 410. The algebra of complex num- 
bers, ana'ytic functions mapping properties of the ele- 
mentary functions. Cauchy's theorem and the Cauchy 
integral formula. Residues. (Credit will be given for only 
one of the courses MATH 413 and MATH 463.) 

MATH 414 (114). DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 410. A general introduction to the 
theory of differential equations. Constructive methods of 
solution leading to existence theorems and uniqueness 
theorems. Other topics such as; systems of linear equa- 
tions, the behavior of solutions in the large, the behavior 
of solutions near singularities, periodic solutions, sta- 
bility, and Sturm-Liouville problems. 

MATH 415 (165). INTRODUCTION TO PARTIAL DIFFEREN- 
TIAL EQUATIONS. (3) 

Prerequisites. MATH 410 or MATH 462. Topics will in- 
clude one dimensional wave equation; linear second 
order equations in two variables, separations of vari- 
ables and Fourier series: Sturm-Liouville theory. 

MATH 416 (1 18). INTRODUCTION TO REAL VARIABLES. (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 410. The Lebesgue integral. Fubini's 
theorem. Convergence theorems. The Lp spaces. 

MATH 417 (117). INTRODUCTION TO FOURIER ANALYSIS. 
(3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 410. Fourier series. Fourier and La- 
place transforms. 

MATH 430 (120). INTRODUCTION TO GEOMETRY I. (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 241 or consent of instructor. Axio- 
matic development of plane geometries, Euclidean and 
non-Euclidean. Groups of isometries and similarities. 

MATH 431 (121). INTRODUCTION TO GEOMETRY II. (3) 
Prerequisite, MATH 430. Non-Euclidean transformation 
groups, the Eriangen program, projective planes, cubics 
and quartics. 

MATH 432 (122). INTRODUCTION TO POINT SET TOPOL- 
OGY. (3) 
Prerequisite. MATH 410 or 450, or equivalent. Connec- 
tedness, compactness, transformations, homeomor- 
phisms; application of these concepts to various spaces, 
with particular attention to the Euclidean plane. 

MATH 433 (123). INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRAIC TOPOL- 
OGY. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 403 and 432, or equivalent. Chains, 
cycles, homology groups for surfaces, the fundamental 
group. 

MATH 434 (124). INTRODLTCTION TO PROJECTIVE GEOtWl- 
ETRY. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 241 or equivalent. Recommended for 
students in the College of Education. Elementary pro- 
jective geometry, combining synthetic algebraic ap- 
proaches, projective transformation, harmonic division, 
cross ratio, projective coordinates, propetlies of conies. 



MATH 436 (126). INTRODUCTION TO DIFFERENTIAL GE- 
OMETRY. (3) 

Prerequisite. MATH 241 or equivalent. The differential 
geometry of curves and surfaces, curvature and torsion, 
moving frames, the fundamental differential forms, in- 
trinsic geometry of a surface. 

MATH 437 (128). EUCLIDEAN GEOMETRY. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 240 or consent of instructor. Recom- 
mended for students in the College of Education. Axio- 
matic method, models, properties of axioms; proofs of 
some basic theorems from the axioms; modern geometry 
of the triangle, circle, and sphere. 

MATH 444 (144). ELEMENTARY LOGIC AND ALGORITHMS. 
(3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 240 or consent of instructor. This is 
the same course as CMSC 444. An informal develop- 
ment of propositional logic, predicate logic, set algebra, 
and Boolean algebra. Topics include recursive functions, 
Turing machines. Post productions, Markov algorithms, 
and word problems. 

MATH 446 (147). AXIOMATIC SET THEORY. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 403 or 450 or consent of instructor. 
Development of a system of axiomatic set theory, choice 
principles, induction principles, ordinal arithmetic in- 
cluding discussion of cancellation laws, divisibility, ca- 
nonical expansions, cardinal arithmetic including con- 
nections with the axiom of choice, Hartog's theorem, 
Konig's theorem, properties of regular, singular, and 
inaccessible cardinals. 

MATH 447 (148). INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL 
LOGIC. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 403 or 450 or 410. Formal proposi- 
tional logic, completeness, independence, decidability of 
the system, formal quantificational logic, first order axio- 
matic theories, extended Godel Completeness theorem, 
Lowenheim-Skolem theorem, model-theoretical applica- 
tions. 

MATH 450 (146). FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF MATHE- 
MATICS. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 240 or consent of instructor. Sets, 
relations, mappings. Construction of the real number sys- 
tem starting with Peano postulates; algebraic structures 
associated with the construction; Archimedean order, 
sequential completeness and equivalent properties of or- 
dered fields. Finite and infinite sets, denumberable and 
non-denumberable sets. 

MATH 460 (168). NUMERICAL METHODS FOR SCIENTISTS 
AND ENGINEERS. (3) 

Prerequisite. MATH 241 or 462 and MATH 246. Interpola- 
tion, numerical differentiation and integration, numeri- 
cal solution of polynomial and transcendental equations, 
least squares, systems of linear equations, numerical 
solution of ordinary differential equations, errors in nu- 
merical calculations. (This course cannot be counted 
toward a major in mathematics.) 

MATH 462 (162). ANALYSIS FOR SCIENTISTS AND EN- 
GINEERS I. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 240 or consent of instructor. Credit 
will be given for only one of the courses MATH 241 and 
MATH 462. Calculus of functions of several real vari- 
ables; limits, continuity, partial differentiation, multiple 
integrals, line and surface integrals, vector-valued func- 
tions, theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes. Physical 
applications. (This course cannot be counted toward 
a major in mathematics.) 

MATH 463 (163). ANALYSIS FOR SCIENTISTS AND EN- 
GINEERS II. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 462 or 241 or consent of instructor. 
Credit will be given for only one of the courses MATH 
413 and MATH 463. The complex field. Infinite processes 
for real and complex numbers. Calculus of complex 
functions. Analytic functions and analytic continuation. 
Theory of residues and application to evaluation of in- 
tegrals. Conformai mapping. 



154 / Arts and Sciences 



MATH 464 (164). ANALYSIS FOR SCIENTISTS AND EN- 
GINEERS III. (3) 

Prerequisite. MATH 246 and MATH 463, or consent of 
Instructor. Fourier and Laplace transforms. Evaluation 
of the complex inversion integral by the theory of resi- 
dues. Applications to systems of ordinary and partial dif- 
ferential equations, 

MATH 470 (170). NUMERICAL ANALYSIS I. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 410 (or concurrent registration), A 
thorough treatment of solutions of equations, interpola- 
tion and approximations, numerical differentiation and 
integration, numerical solution of initial value problems 
in the solutions of ordinary differential equations, 

MATH 471 (171). NUMERICAL ANALYSIS II. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 400 or 405, and MATH 410 (or con- 
current registration). The solution of linear systems by 
direct and iterative methods, matrix inversion, the evalu- 
ation of determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors of 
matrices. Application to boundary value problems in or- 
dinary differential equations. Introduction to the numeri- 
cal so!ution of partial differential equations. 

MATH 478 (185). SELECTED TOPICS FOR TEACHERS OF 
MATHEMATICS. (1-3) 
Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent 
of instructor. 

MATH 481 (181). INTRODUCTION TO NUMBER THEORY. (3) 
Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent 
of instructor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in 
programs with emphasis in the leaching of mathematics 
and science. Not open to students seeking a major 
directly in the physical sciences, since the course con- 
tent is usually covered elsewhere in their curriculum. 
Axiomatic developments of the real numbers. Elementary 
number theory. 

MATH 482 (182). INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA, (3) 

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent 
of instructor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in 
programs with emphasis in the teaching of mathematics 
and science. Not open to students seeking a major di- 
rectly in the physical sciences, since the course content 
is usually covered elsewhere in their curriculum. Modern 
ideas in algebra and topics in the theory of equations. 

MATH 483 (183). INTRODUCTION TO GEOMETRY. (3) 

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent 
of instructor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in 
programs with emphasis in the teaching of mathematics 
and science. Not open to students seeking a major 
direct'y in the physical sciences, since the course con- 
tent is usually covered elsewhere in their curriculum. 
A study of the axioms for Euclidean and non-Euclidean 
geometry. 

MATH 484 (184). INTRODUCTION TO ANALYSIS. (3) 

Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent 
of instructor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in 
programs with emphasis in the teaching of mathematics 
and science. Not open to students seeking a major di- 
rectly in the physical sciences, since the course content 
is usually covered elsewhere in their curriculum. A study 
of the limit concept and the calculus, (Previous knowl- 
edge of calculus is not required.) 

MATH 488 (189). NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION SUM- 
MER INSTITUTE FOR TEACHERS OF SCIENCE AND 
MATHEMATICS. SEMINAR. (1-3) 

Lectures and discussion to deepen the student's appreci- 
ation of mathematics as a logical discipline and as a 
medium of expression. Special emphasis on topics rele- 
vant to current mathematical curriculum studies and 
revisions. 

MATH 498 (191). SELECTED TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS. 
(VARIABLE CREDIT) 

Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Topics of spe- 
cial interest to advanced undergraduate students will be 
offered occasionally under the general guidance of the 
departmental Committee on Undergraduate Studies. Hon- 
ors students register for reading under this number. 



STAT 400 (100). APPLIED PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS I. 
(3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 221 or MATH 141. Random vari- 
ables, common distributions, moments, law of large 
numbers and central limit theorem. Sampling methods, 
estimation of parameters, testing of hypotheses, analysis 
of variance, regression, and correlation, 

STAT 401 (101), APPLIED PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 
II. (3) 

Prerequisites, STAT 400 (MATH 241 recommended). 
Point estimation, sufficient, unbiased, and consistent es- 
timators. Minimum variance and maximum likelihood es- 
timators. Interval estimation. Testing of hypotheses. Re- 
gression and linear hypotheses. Sampling distributions. 
Experimental designs. Sequential tests, elements of non- 
parametric methods. 

STAT 410 (110). INTRODUCTION TO PROBABILITY THE- 
ORY. (3) 

Prerequisite MATH 241. Probability and its properties. 
Random variables and distribution functions in one and 
several dimensions. Moments. Characteristic functions. 
Limit theorems. 

STAT 411 (111). INTRODUCTION TO STOCHASTIC PROC- 
ESSES. (3) 

Prerequisite, STAT 410, or MATH 410 and STAT 250. 
Elementary stochastic processes. Renewal process ran- 
dom walks, branching process, discrete Markov chains, 
first passage times. Markov chains with a continuous 
parameter, birth and death processes. Stationary proc- 
esses and their spectral properties. 

STAT 420 (120). INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS I. (3) 
Prerequisite, STAT 410, or STAT 400 and MATH 410. 
Short review of probability concepts including sampling 
distributions. Interval estimation. Theory of order statis- 
tics. Tolerance limits. Limit distributions and stochastic 
convergence. Sufficient statistics. Completeness and 
stochastic independence. Rao-Blackwell theorem. 

STAT 421 (121). INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS II. (3) 
Prerequisite, STAT 420, or STAT 401 and MATH 410. 
Loss and risk functions. Statistical decisions. Optimality 
criteria. Uniformly minimum risk procedures. Bayesian 
risk, minimax principle. Point, estimation theory. Statis- 
tical hypotheses and optimal tests. Likelihood ratio tests. 
Elements of linear hypotheses, analysis of variance and 
sequential theory. 

STAT 450 (150). REGRESSION AND VARIANCE ANALYSIS, 
(3) 

Prerequisite, STAT 401 or STAT 420. One, two, three 
and four way layouts in analysis of variance fixed effects 
models, linear regression in several variables, Gauss- 
Markov-theorem, multiple regression analysis, experi- 
mental designs. 

STAT 464 (164). INTRODUCTION TO BIOSTATISTICS. (3) 
Prerequisite, one semester of calculus and junior stand- 
ing. Probabilistic models. Sampling. Some applications 
of probability in genetics. Experimental designs. Estima- 
tion of effects of treatment. Comparative experiments. 
Fisher-Irwin test. Wilcoxin tests for paired comparisons. 

STAT 470 (170), LINEAR AND NONLINEAR PROGRAM- 
MING. (3) 

Prerequisite, MATH 240 or MATH 400. Duality theorem 
and minimax theorem for finite matrix games. Structure 
of linear and nonlinear solutions with perturbations. Vari- 
ous solution techniques of linear, quadratic, and convex 
programming methods. Special integer programming 
models (transportation and traveling salesman problems). 
Network theory with max-flow-min-cut theorem, 

FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

Algebra: 600, 601, 602, 603, 604, 605, 608, 620, 621, 

744, 745 
Analysis: 630, 631, 632, 633, 634, 635, 648, 660, 661, 

666, 668, 670, 671 



Arts and Sciences / 155 



Geometry and Topology: 606. 607, 640, 641, 730, 731, 734, 

735, 740, 742, 744, 745, 746, 748 
Applied and Numerical Mathematics: 654, 673, 674, 676, 677, 

682, 690, 692, 693, 694, 695, 696, 697, 698 
Statistics and Probability: (STAT) 400, 401. 610, 611, 650. 

698. 700, 701, 711, 750, 760, 798 
Logic and Foundations: 699, 710. 712, 718 
Research: 799, 899 

MATH 600 (200). ABSTRACT ALGEBRA \. (3) 
MATH 601 (201). ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II. (3) 
MATH 602 (202). HOMOLOGICAL ALGEBRA. (3) 
MATH 603 (203). COMMUTATIVE ALGEBRA. (3) 
MATH 604 (208). RING THEORY. (3) 
MATH 605 (209). GROUP THEORY. (3) 
MATH 606. 607 (227, 228). ALGEBRAIC GEOMETRY. (3, 3) 
MATH 608 (271). SELECTED TOPICS IN ALGEBRA. (3) 
MATH 620 (206). ALGEBRAIC NUMBER THEORY I. (3) 
MATH 621 (207). ALGEBRAIC NUMBER THEORY II. (3) 
MATH 630 (286). REAL ANALYSIS I. (3) 
MATH 631 (289). REAL ANALYSIS II. (3) 
MATH 632. 633 (218, 219). FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS. (3, 3) 
MATH 634, 635 (280, 281). LINEAR SPACES. (3, 3) 
MATH 636 (217). BANACH ALGEBRAS. (3) 
MATH 640. 641 (204, 205). TOPOLOGICAL GROUPS. (3, 3) 
MATH 648 (272). SELECTED TOPICS IN ANALYSIS. (3) 
MATH 654 (264). NON-LINEAR ELASTICITY. (3) 
MATH 660 (287) COMPLEX ANALYSIS I. (3) 
MATH 661 (288). COMPLEX ANALYSIS II. (3) 
MATH 664. 665 (282. 283). INTERPOLATION AND 

APPROXIMATION. (3, 3) 
MATH 666 (212). SPECIAL FUNCTIONS. (3) 
MATH 668 (278). SELECTED TOPICS IN COMPLEX 

ANALYSIS (3) 
MATH 670. 671 (215. 216). ADVANCED ORDINARY 

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. (3, 3) 
MATH 673 (265). PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS I. 

(3) 
MATH 674 (266). PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS II. 

(3) 
MATH 676 (255). NUMERICAL METHODS IN ORDINARY 

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. (3) 
MATH 677 (256). NUMERICAL METHODS IN PARTIAL 

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. (3) 
MATH 680. 681 (250, 251). EIGENVALUE AND BOUNDARY 

VALUE PROBLEMS. (3, 3) 
MATH 682 (252) VARIATIONAL METHODS. (3) 
MATH 690 (259). INTRODUCTION TO CONTINUUM 

MECHANICS. (3) 
MATH 692, 693 (261, 262). FLUID DYNAMICS. (3. 3) 
MATH 694 (267). ADVANCED LINEAR NUMERICAL 

ANALYSIS. (3) 
MATH 695 (263). LINEAR ELASTICITY. (3) 
MATH 696 (268). ADVANCED NON-LINEAR NUMERICAL 

ANALYSIS. (3) 
MATH 697 (269). ADVANCED MATHEMATICAL 

PROGRAMMING. (3) 
MATH 698 (274). SELECTED TOPICS IN APPLIED 

MATHEMATICS. (3) 
MATH 699 (298). PRO-SEMINAR IN RESEARCH. (1) 
MATH 700. 701 (294, 295). ADVANCED CLASSICAL 

ANALYSIS. (3. 3) 
MATH 710 (240). CONSISTENCY PROOFS IN SET THEORY. 

(3) 
MATH 712 (244). MATHEMATICAL LOGIC I. (3) 
MATH 713 (245). MATHEMATICAL LOGIC II. (3) 
MATH 715 (246). MODEL THEORY. (3) 



MATH 716 (247). RECURSIVE FUNCTION THEORY. (3) 
MATH 718 ((277). SELECTED TOPICS IN MATHEMATICAL 

LOGIC. (3) 
MATH 730 (225). TOPOLOGY I. (3) 
MATH 731 (226). TOPOLOGY II. (3) 

MATH 734, 735 (223, 224). ALGEBRAIC TOPOLOGY. (3, 3) 
MATH 737 (296). POINT SET TOPOLOGY. (3) 
MATH 740 (222). DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY (3) 
MATH 742 (229). DIFFERENTIAL TOPOLOGY. (3) 
MATH 744, 745 (290, 291). LIE GROUPS. (3, 3) 
MATH 746 (221). DIFFERENTIAL MANIFOLDS. (3) 
MATH 748 (273). SELECTED TOPICS IN GEOMETRY AND 

TOPOLOGY. (3) 
MATH 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (Cr Arr) 
MATH 899 (499). DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (Cr Arr) 
STAT 600 (200). PROBABILITY THEORY I. (3) 
STAT 601 (201). PROBABILITY THEORY II. (3) 
STAT 610 (212). STOCHASTIC PROCESSES I. (3) 
STAT 611 (213). STOCHASTIC PROCESSES II. (3) 
STAT 650 (210). APPLIED STOCHASTIC PROCESSES. (3) 
STAT 698 (275). SELECTED TOPICS IN PROBABILITY. (3) 
STAT 700 (220). MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I. (3) 
STAT 701 (221). MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II. (3) 
STAT 710 (222). ADVANCED STATISTICS I. (3) 
STAT 711 (223). ADVANCED STATISTICS II. (3) 
STAT 720 (250). NONPARAMETRIC STATISTICS. (3) 
STAT 750 (240). MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS. (3) 
STAT 760 (241). SAMPLING THEORY. (3) 
STAT 798 (270). SELECTED TOPICS IN STATISTICS. (3) 

METEOROLOGY 

The Program in Meteorology, part of the Insti- 
tute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathehatics, 
offers a number of courses of interest to students 
in the College of Arts and Sciences. 

These courses provide an excellent undergradu- 
ate background for those students who wish to do 
graduate work in the fields of atmospheric and 
oceanic science, meteorology, air pollution, and 
other environmental sciences. The interdisciplinary 
nature of studies in meterology and oceanography 
assures that all science oriented students will gain 
a broadened view of physical science as a whole, 
as well as the manner in which the more pure sci- 
ences may be applied to understand the behavior 
of our environment. 

UNDERGRADUATE COURSE WORK IN 
METEOROLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY 

METO 410, 411 (110, 111). DESCRIPTIVE AND SYNOPTIC 
METEOROLOGY. (3, 3) 

Prerequisites, MATH 241, RHYS 284 or equivalent. A 
survey of atmospheric phenomena, goals of research and 
techniques of study. This course would introduce the 
new student to the broad range of theoretical and ap- 
plied studies in meteorology in order to acquaint him 
with the interaction of the physical and dynamical pro- 
cesses and the various scales of atmospheric phenom- 
ena. Some work in synoptic analysis and an introduc- 
tion to methods of forecasting would be included. 

METO 412 (112). PHYSICS AND THERMODYNAMICS OF 
THE ATMOSPHERE. (3) 

Prerequisites. MATH 241, PHYS 284 or equivalent. Optical 
phenomena, the radiation balance, introduction to cloud 
physics, atmospheric electrical phenomena, basic therm- 



156 / Arts and Sciences 



odynamic processes and their application to the atmos- 
phere. 

METO 420 (120). PHYSICAL AND DYNAMICAL 
OCEANOGRAPHY. (3) 

Prerequisites. Consent of the Instructor. Historical re- 
view of oceanography; physical, chemical, stratification 
and circulation properties of the ocean; dynamics of 
(rictionless, frictional. wind driven and thermohaline cir- 
culations; air-sea interactions, 

fVlETO 422 (122). OCEAN WAVES, TIDES AND 
TURBULENCE. (3) 

Prerequisites. ENME 442 or PHYS 461 or equivalent. 
Introduction to the theory of oceanic wave motions; tides, 
wind waves, swells, storm surges, seiches, tsunamics, 
internal waves, turbulence, stirring, mixing and diffusion; 
probability, statistics and time series. 

METO 434 (177). AIR POLLUTION. (3) 

Prerequisite, Consent of the instructor. Three lectures 
per week. Classification of atmospheric pollutants and 
their effects on visibility, inanimate and animate recep- 
tors. Evaluation of source emissions and principles of air 
pollution control; meteorological factors governing the 
distribution and removal of air pollutants; air quality 
measurements and air pollution control legislation. 

MICROBIOLOGY 

Associate Professor and Chairman: Young. 
Professors: Doetsch, Faber (Emeritus), Hansen, 

Hetrick, Laffer, Pelczar. 
Associate Professors: Cook, Roberson. 
Assistant Professors: MacQuillan, Vaituzis, Weiner. 
Lecturers: Janicki, Stadtman. 

The Department of Microbiology has as its pri- 
mary aim providing the student with thorough and 
rigorous training in microbiology. This entails 
knowledge of the basic concepts of bacterial cy- 
tology, physiology, taxonomy, metabolism, and ge- 
netics, as well as an understanding of the bi- 
ology of infectious disease, immunology, general 
virology, and various applications of microbiologi- 
cal principles to public health and industrial pro- 
cesses. In addition, the department pursues a 
broad and vigorous program of basic research, 
and encourages original thought and investigation 
in the above-mentioned areas. 

The department also provides desirable courses 
for students majoring in allied departments who 
wish to obtain vital, supplementary information. 
Every effort has been made to present the subject 
matter of microbiology as a basic core of material 
that is pertinent to all biological sciences. 

The curriculum outlined below, which leads to a 
bachelor's degree, includes the basic courses in 
microbiology and allied fields. 

A student planning a major in microbiology 
should consult his advisor during the first year. 
The supporting courses should be chosen only 
from the biological or physical sciences. 

No course with a grade less than C may be 
used to satisfy major requirements. 

The department has an Honors Program, and in- 
formation concerning this program may be ob- 
tained from the department. 

Twenty-four semester hours of microbiology 
courses are required. This includes MICB 200 — 



General Microbiology (4), and MICB 440 — Patho- 
genic Microbiology (4). At least sixteen additional 
semester hours must be taken from: MICB 290 — 
Applied Microbiology (4), MICB 300 — Microbiologi- 
cal Literature (1), MICB 399— Microbiological 
Problems (3), MICB 400 — Systematic Bacteriology 
(2), MICB 410— History of Microbiology (1), MICB 
420— Epidemiology and Public Health (2), MICB 
450— Immunology (4), MICB 460— General Vir- 
ology (4), MICB 470— Microbial Physiology (4), 
and MICB 490 — Microbial Fermentations (4). Also 
required as supporting courses are: CHEM 103, 
104— College Chemistry I, II (4, 4), CHEM 201, 202 
— College Chemistry III and College Chemistry 
Laboratory III (3, 2), CHEM 203, 204— College 
Chemistry IV and College Chemistry Laboratory 
IV (3, 2), CHEM 461, 462— Biochemistry (3, 3), 
MATH 110, 111— Introduction to Mathematics (3,3) 
or equivalent, PHYS 121, 122— Fundamentals of 
Physics (4, 4), ZOOL 101— General Zoology (4), 
and four additional semester hours of biological 
sciences. [MATH 220, 221 — Introductory Calculus 
is recommended but not required.] 

MICB 200 (001). GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY. (4) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lec- 
tures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre- 
requisite, two semesters of chemistry. The biology of 
microorganisms, with special reference to the bacteria. 
Fundamental principles of microbiology as revealed 
through an examination of the structure, physiology, ge- 
netics, and ecology of microorganisms. (Weiner) 

MICB 290 (081). APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY. (4) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lec- 
tures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre- 
requisite, MICB 200. The application of microorganisms 
and microbiological principles to milk, dairy products, 
and foods, industrial processes; soil; water and sanita- 
tion operations. (Cook) 

MICB 300 (162). MICROBIOLOGICAL LITERATURE. (1) 

Second semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequi- 
site, a major in microbiology. Introduction to periodical 
literature, methods, interpretation, and presentation of 
reports. (Doetsch) 

MICB 399 (181). MICROBIOLOGICAL PROBLEMS. (3) 

First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequi- 
site, 16 credits in microbiology. Registration only upon 
the consent of the instructor. This course is arranged to 
provide qualified majors in microbiology and majors in 
allied fields an opportunity to pursue specific microbio- 
logical problems under the supervision of a member of 
the department. (Staff) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

MICB 400 (160). SYSTEMATIC BACTERIOLOGY. (2) 

First semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, 
8 credits in microbiology. History of bacterial classifica- 
tion; genetic relationships; international codes of nomen- 
clature; bacterial variation as it affects classification. 

(Hansen) 

MICB 410 (104). HISTORY OF MICROBIOLOGY. (1) 

First semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, 
a major or minor in microbiology. History and integration 
of the fundamental discoveries of the science. The mod- 
ern aspects of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and im- 
munity in relation to early theories. (Doetsch) 

MICB 420 (108). EPIDEMIOLOGY AND PUBLIC HEALTH. (2) 
Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequi- 
site. MICB 200. History, characteristic features, and epi- 
demiology of the important communicable diseases. 



Arts and Sciences / 157 



public health administration and responsibilities: vital 
statistics. (Faber) 

MICB 440 (101). PATHOGENIC MICROBIOLOGY. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite. MICB 200. The role of 
microorganisms in the diseases of man and animals with 
emphasis upon the differentiation and culture of micro- 
organisms, types of disease, modes of disease transmis- 
sion, prophylactic, therapeutic, and epidemiological as- 
pects. (Vaituzis) 

MICB 450 (103). IMMUNOLOGY. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, MICB 440. Infection 
and resistance: principles and types of immunity: hyper- 
sensltiveness. Fundamental techniques of immunology. 

(Roberson) 

MICB 460 (111). GENERAL VIROLOGY. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, MICB 440 or equiva- 
lent. Basic concepts regarding the nature of viruses and 
their properties, together with techniques for their char- 
acterization and identification. (Hetrick) 

MICB 470 (151). MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY. (4) 

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisites. 8 credits in microbiology 
and CHEM 201, 202, or equivalent. Aspects of the growth, 
death, and energy transactions of microorganisms are 
considered, as well as the effects of the physical and 
chemical environment on them. (MacQuillan) 

MICB 490 (121). MICROBIAL FERMENTATIONS. (4) 

Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 
The application of quantitative techniques for measure- 
ment of enzyme reactions, mutations, fermentation, 
analyses, and other physiological processes of micro- 
organisms. (Cook) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

MICB 674 (204). BACTERIAL METABOLISM. (2) 
MICB 688, 689 (206, 208). SPECIAL TOPICS. (1-4, 1-4) 
MICB 704 (201). MEDICAL MYCOLOGY. (4) 
MICB 714 (271). CYTOLOGY OF BACTERIA. (4) 
MICB 750 (230). ADVANCED IMMUNOLOGY. (2) 
MICB 751 (231). IMMUNOLOGY LABORATORY. (2) 
MICB 760 (210). VIROLOGY AND TISSUE CULTURE. (2) 
MICB 761 (211). VIROLOGY AND TISSUE CULTURE 

LABORATORY. (2) 
MICB 774 (214). ADVANCED BACTERIAL METABOLISM, (1) 
MICB 780 (202). GENETICS OF MICROORGANISMS. (2) 
MICB 781 (203). MICROBIAL GENETICS LABORATORY. (2) 
MICB 788. 789 (280. 282). SEMINAR. (1, 1) 
MICB 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH (Master's Level). (Var.) 
MICB 899 (499). DISSERTATION RESEARCH (Doctoral 

Level). (Var.) 

MOLECULAR PHYSICS 

Associate Professor and Director: Munn. 

Professors: Benesch and Benedict. 

Research Professor: Zwanzig.* 

Associate Professors: Krisher, DeRocco, Sengers, 

Ginter. 
Visiting Associate Professors: Tilford (P.T.) and 

Ernst. 
Researcli Associates: Chang and Gillespie. 

The Institute for Molecular Physics serves as an 
ideal place to bring together physicists and chem- 

■Joinl acpoinimcnl with Fluid Dvn,imics and Applied Malhemalics, 



ists to work on problems of mutual interest to the 
advantage of both. The graduate degree program 
in chemical physics is administered jointly by the 
Institute and the Chemistry and Physics Depart- 
ments. 

The current research activities include theoreti- 
cal and experimental studies in the broad fields of 
intermolecular forces (equation of state of liquids 
and gases, critical phenomena, transport phenom- 
ena in gases and plasmas, molecular collisions 
and scattering processes, biological systems, sol- 
id-state phenomena at high pressures), molecular 
structure (spectroscopy from the microwave to 
the vacuum ultraviolet, upper atmospheric and 
auroral phenomena, planetary atmospheres, po- 
tential energy curves, molecular quantum me- 
chanics), and chemical and physical kinetics. 

Since the faculty of the institute feels strongly 
that students should fulfill the undergraduate re- 
quirements in one of the traditional departments 
to insure a broad background in a fundamental 
subject, no undergraduate degree is offered. Mem- 
bers of the institute teach both undergraduate and 
graduate courses in the Department of Chemistry 
and the Department of Physics and Astronomy and 
supervise thesis research of graduate students in 
these departments. The institute also participates 
in a graduate degree program in chemical physics 
which is jointly administered by the institute, the 
Department of Chemistry, and the Department of 
Physics and Astronomy. This program is described 
in the Graduate Scfioot catalog. 

MUSIC 

Professor and Head: Troth. 

Professors: Berman, Bernstein, deVermond, Gor- 
don, Grentzer, Heim, Helm, Johnson, McCorkle, 
Moss, Traver, Ulrich. 

Associate Professors: Blum, Garvey, Head, Hud- 
son, Meyer, Montgomery, Nossaman, Penning- 
ton, Springmann, Taylor. 

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Fanos, Gallagher, 
Gould, Haley, McClelland, Olson, Payerle. Schu- 
macher, Seidler, Serwer, Shelley, Skidmore, 
True, Wakefield, Wilson, Winden. 

Instructors: Barnett, Beatty, Davis, Etheridge, 
Heath, Mueller, Steinke, Wachhaus. 

The functions of the department are (1) to help 
the general student develop sound critical judg- 
ment and discriminating taste in the art of music; 
(2) to provide professional training based on a 
foundation in the liberal arts; (3) to prepare the 
student for graduate work in the field; and (4) to 
prepare him to teach in the public schools. To this 
end, two degrees are offered: the Bachelor of 
Music, with a major in theory and composition, his- 
tory and literature, or applied music; and the 
Bachelor of Arts, with a major in music. The Bache- 
lor of Science degree, with a major in music edu- 
cation, is offered in the College of Education; this 



158 / Arts and Sciences 



program, however, is administered within the 
Music Department. 

Courses in music theory, literature and applied 
music are open to all students who have com- 
pleted the specified prerequisites or their equiva- 
lents. The University Bands, Chamber Chorus, 
Choir, Madrigal Singers, Men's Glee Club, Orches- 
tra, and Women's Chorus, as well as the smaller 
ensembles, are likewise open to qualified students. 

THE BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE 

The curriculum leading to the degree of Bache- 
lor of Music is designed for students who wish to 
prepare for music teaching on the college level. 
A list of specific courses is available in the depart- 
mental office. A grade of C or above is required 
in each major course. The course requirements in 
the three major areas may be summarized as fol- 
lows: 



Major in 



Theory and History and Applied 



Composition Literature 



Music 





sem. hrs. 


sem. hrs. 


sem. hrs. 


Academic Courses: 








Specified* 


43 


43 


43 


Unspecified 


8 


8 


9 


Theory and Literature: 








Lower Division 


27 


23 


23 


Upper Division 


16 


22 


13 


Applied Music: 


26 


24 


32 



*ln addition: eight semester hours in ensemble courses. 

THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

The curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Arts 
degree with a major in music is designed for stu- 
dents whose interests are cultural rather than pro- 
fessional. The departmental requirements include 
nineteen semester hours in music theory, eighteen 
semester hours in music history and literature, ten 
semester hours in applied music, in addition to 
one semester hour of ensemble credit for each 
semester in residence. A list of specific courses is 
available in the departmental office. A grade of 
C or above is required in each major course. 

MUSC 008 (OOOA). GRADUATE COLLOQUIUM. (0) 

Required of all master's and doctoral students in the 
Music Department. A colloquium given by guest lec- 
turers on alternate weeks on a variety of topics of pro- 
fessional interest. (Staff) 

MUSC 009 (OOOB). GRADUATE ENSEMBLE. (0) 

Required of all master's and doctoral students in Ap- 
plied Music. Participation in departmental ensembles ac- 
cording to the student's major instrument, and as de- 
termined by the student's advisor. (Staff) 

MUSC 100, 101 (021, 022). CLASS VOICE. (2, 2) 

Four hours per week. A laboratory course in which a 
variety of voices and vocal problems are represented. 
Principles of correct breathing as applied to singing: 
fundamentals of tone production and diction. Students 
are taught to develop their own voices. Repertoire of 
folk songs and songs of the Classical and Romantic 
periods, (Nossaman) 

MUSC 102. 103 (023, 024). CLASS PIANO. (2, 2) 

Four hours per week. Functional piano training for be- 
ginners. Development of techniques useful for school and 
community playing. Basic piano techniques; chord, ar- 



peggio, and scale techniques: melody and song playing; 
simple accompaniments, improvisation for accompani- 
ments and rhythms; sight reading and transposition, and 
playing by ear, MUSC 103, continuation of MUSC 102; 
elementary repertoire is begun. (Staff) 

MUSC 110 (080). CLASS STUDY OF STRING INSTRU- 
MENTS. (2) 

First semester. Open only to majors in music education 
(vocal option). Four laboratory hours per week. Basic 
principles of string playing, and a survey of all siring 
instruments. (Berman) 

MUSC 111 (081). CLASS STUDY OF WIND AND PERCUS- 
SION INSTRUMENTS. (2) 

Second semester. Open only to majors in music educa- 
tion (vocal option). Four laboratory hours per week. A 
survey of wind and percussion instruments with empha- 
sis on ensemble training. The student will acquire an 
adequate playing technique on one instrument and gain 
an understanding of the acoustical and construction 
principles of the others. (Staff) 

MUSC 113, (061), 114 (062), 116 (063), 117 (064), 120 (065) 
121 (066), 122 (067). CLASS STUDY OF ORCHESTRAL 
AND BAND INSTRUMENTS. (2 each course) 

First and second semesters alternately. Open only to 
majors in music education (instrumental option). Four 
laboratory hours per week. A study of the instruments 
with emphasis on ensemble training. The student will ac- 
quire an adequate playing technique on two to four in- 
struments, and an understanding of the acoustical and 
construction principles of the others. MUSC 113, Violin; 
MUSC 114, Cello and Bass; MUSC 116, Clarinet; MUSC 
117, Flute, Oboe, Bassoon, and Saxophone: MUSC 120, 
Cornet; MUSC 121, Horn, Trombone, Euphonium, and 
Tuba; MUSC 122, Percussion. (Staff) 

MUSC 129. MUSIC ENSEMBLE. (1) 

Three laboratory hours per week. Rehearsal and per- 
formance of selected works for small ensembles of in- 
struments, piano, or small vocal groups. After two 
registrations in MUSC 129 the student will elect MUSC 
229 for two additional semesters, and MUSC 329 there- 
after. In addition to indicating the course number (129, 
229. or 329) the student will indicate a section as follows: 

(Staff) 
Sec. Sec. 

A Men's Glee Club (004) J Brass Choir (009D) 

B Women's Chorus (005) K Percussion En. (009G) 

C Chapel Choir (015) L Clarinet Choir (009C) 

D Chamber Chorus (009F) M Saxophone En. (009L) 

E Madrigal Singers (009A) N String Ensemble (009B) 

F Opera Workshop (009H) O Woodwind En. (009J) 

G University Orch. (006) P Keyboard En. (009K) 

H Theater Orch. (009E) Q Chamber Orch. (006) 

I Bands (010) Z University Chorus (009F) 

MUSC 130 (020). SURVEY OF MUSIC LITERATURE. (3) 

Three lectures and one laboratory hour per week. Open 
to all students except music and music education ma- 
jors. MUSC 130 and 131 may not both be taken for 
credit. A study of the principles upon which music is 
based, and an introduction to the musical repertoires 
performed in America today. (Davis and Staff) 

MUSC 131 (001). INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC. (3) 

Open only to music or music education majors: other 
students take MUSC 130. MUSC 130 and 131 may not 
both be counted for credit. A study of the forms and 
styles of music, leading to an intelligent appreciation of 
the art and providing a foundation for more advanced 
courses in the Department of Music. (Serwer, Ulrich) 

MUSC 150, 151 (007, 008). THEORY OF MUSIC. (3, 3) 

Two lectures and three laboratory hours per week. A 
fundamental course in the elements of music. Study of 
rhythms, scales, chord structures, and tonalities through 
ear training, sight singing, and keyboard drill. The stu- 
dent must achieve a grade of C in MUSC 151 in order 
to register for MUSC 250. (Payerle and Staff) 



Arts and Sciences / 159 



MUSC 155 (016). FUNDAMENTALS FOR THE CLASSROOM 
TEACHER (3) 

Open to studentr majoring In elementary education or 
childhood education, other students take MUSC 150 
MUSC 150 and 155 may not both be counted for credit. 
The fundamentals of music theory and practice, related 
to the needs of the classroom and kindergarten teacher, 
and organized in accord with the six-area concept of 
musical learning. (Fanos and Staff) 

MUSC 200. 201 (031. 032). ADVANCED CLASS VOICE. 
(2. 2) 
Four hours per week. Prerequisite. MUSC 101 or equiv- 
alent vocal training. Continuation of MUSC 101. with 
more advanced repertoire tor solo voice and small en- 
sembles. A special section for music-education majors 
will include the study of methods and materials for 
teaching class voice. (Pennington) 

MUSC 202. 203 (033. 034). ADVANCED CLASS PIANO. (2. 2) 
Four hours per week. Prerequisite. MUSC 103 or equiv- 
alent piano training. Advanced keyboard techniques. 
Continuation of skills introduced in MUSC 103. transpo- 
sition, modulation, and sight reading; methods of teach- 
ing functional piano. MUSC 203. development of style in 
playing accompaniments and in playing for community 
singing. More advanced repertoire. (de Vermond) 

MUSC 205 (054). PIANO SIGHT READING. ACCOMPANY- 
ING, AND IMPROVISATION. (2) 

Prerequisite, completion or current registration in MUSC 
208A. Four laboratory hours per week. A course de- 
signed to improve sight-reading fluency for pianists. 
Emphasis on vocal and instrumental accompanying and 
chamber music. Development of ability to improvise and 
transpose. May be repeated for credit. (Staff) 

MUSC 213 (068). ADVANCED CLASS— STRINGS. (2) 

Open only to majors in music education (instrumental 
option). Four laboratory hours per week. A study of the 
instruments with emphasis on ensemble training. 

(Berman) 
MUSC 229. MUSIC ENSEMBLE. (1) 

See description under MUSC 129. 
MUSC 250. 251 (070. 071). ADVANCED THEORY OF 
MUSIC. (4. 4) 

Prerequisite. MUSC 151 with a grade of at least C. 
Three lectures and two laboratory hours per week. An 
Integrated course of written harmony, keyboard harmony, 
and ear training. Continuation of the principles studied 
In MUSC 151. Harmonic progressions; MUSC 250. eight- 
eenth-century chorale style; MUSC 251. nineteenth-cen- 
tury styles including chromatic and modulatory tech- 
niques. Realization of figured basses, and composition 
in the smaller forms. Advanced study of solfege, with 
drill in melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic dictation. Appli- 
cation of harmonic principles to the keyboard. 

(Payerle and Staff) 
MUSC 329. MUSIC ENSEMBLE. (1) 

See description under MUSC 129. 
MUSC 330. 331 (120. 121). HISTORY OF MUSIC. (3, 3) 

Prerequisites. MUSC 130 or 131 and junior standing, A 
study of musical styles (rom their origins in western 
Europe to their present-day manifestations. The inter- 
action of music and other cultural activities. MUSC 330. 
the Greek period to Bach; MUSC 331, Bach to the pres- 
ent (Helm. Serwer) 
MUSC 339 (125). HONORS READING COURSE. (2-3) 

Prerequisites, lunior standing and consent of Honors 
Committee. Selected readings in the history, literature 
and theory of music. The course may be repeated for 
credit at the discretion ot the committee (Staff) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

MUSC 350 (155). AURAL MUSICAL SKILLS. (3) 

First and second semesters. Development ot advanced 
skills In aural perception c( pitch, melody, rhythm, har- 
mony, text, texture, and timbre heard in a variety ot 

160 / Arls and Sciences 



media. A development course lor graduate students. 
May be repeated (or credit. (Staff) 

MUSC 400 (185). MUSIC PEDAGOGY. (3) 

Conterence course. Pre- or corequisite. MUSC 418 or 
a more advanced course in applied music. A study of 
major pedagogical treatises in music, and an evaluation 
of pedagogical techniques, materials, and procedures. 

(Staff) 

MUSC 430, 431 (130, 131). MUSIC LITERATURE SURVEY 
FOR THE NON-MAJOR. (3, 3) 
Either semester may be taken separately. Prerequisite. 
MUSC 130 or the equivalent. Open to all students ex- 
cept music and music-education majors. Selected com- 
positions are studied (rom the standpoint of the informed 
listener. MUSC 430. choral music, opera, and art song; 
MUSC 431. orchestral, chamber, and keyboard music. 

(Seldler) 

MUSC 440 (165). KEYBOARD MUSIC. (3) 

Prerequisite. MUSC 330. 331. or the equivalent. The 
history and literature of harpsichord, organ, and piano 
music (rom the Baroque period to the present. Suites, 
sonatas and smaller forms are studied with emphasis on 
changes of style and idiom. (Gordon) 

MUSC 441 (168). CHAMBER MUSIC. (3) 

Prerequisite. MUSC 330. 331. or the equivalent. The his- 
tory and literature of chamber music from the early 
Baroque period to the present. Music for trio sonata, 
string quartet and quintet, and combinations of piano 
and strings. (Ulrlch) 

MUSC 442 (167). SYMPHONIC MUSIC. (3) 

Prerequisite. MUSC 330. 331. or the equivalent. The 
study of orchestral music from the Baroque period to 
the present. The concerto, symphony, overture, and other 
forms are examined. (McCorkle) 

MUSC 443 (164). SOLO VOCAL LITERATURE, (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 330, 331. or the equivalent The 
study of solo vocal literature from the Baroque cantata 
to the art song of the present. The Lied, melodie, vocal 
chamber music, and the orchestral song are examined. 

(Pennington) 

MUSC 444 (169). CHORAL MUSIC. (3) 

Prerequisite. MUSC 330. 331. or the equivalent. The his- 
tory and literature of choral music from the Renais- 
sance to the present, with discussion of related topics 
such as Gregorian chant, vocal chamber music, etc. 

(Helm) 

MUSC 445 (166), SURVEY OF THE OPERA. (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 330, 331, or the equivalent. A study 
o( the music, librettos and composers of the standard 
operas. (Winden) 

MUSC 446 (163). CONTEMPORARY MUSIC. (3) 

Prerequisites. MUSC 330. 331. or the equivalent. A study 
of music written in contemporary idioms since Debussy. 
Changes in form and performing media in the twentieth 
century. Electronic music and other experimental types. 

(Moss) 

MUSC 448 (190). SPECIAL AREAS OF MUSIC. (3) 

Prerequisites. MUSC 330, 331, or the equivalent. Three 
lectures per week. The course will be offered period- 
ically in various disciplines. (Staff) 

MUSC 450 (141). MUSICAL FORM. (3) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 250, 251. A study of the organizing 
principles o( musical composition, their interaction in 
musical (orms, and their functions in different styles. 

(Gould) 

MUSC 460, 461 (145, 146). COUNTERPOINT. (2. 2) 

Prerequisite. MUSC 250. 251. A course in eighteenth- 
century contrapuntal techniques. Study of devices of 
Imitation in the invention and the choral prelude. Origi- 
nal writing in the smaller contrapuntal forms. (Gould) 

MUSC 462 (149). MODAL COUNTERPOINT. (2) 

Prerequisite. MUSC 251 or the equivalent. An introduc- 
tion to the contrapuntal techniques of the sixteenth 



century: the structure o( the modes, composition of 
modal melodies, and contrapuntal writing (or two, three 
and (our voices. (Gould) 

MUSC 465 (175). CANON AND FUGUE. (3) 

Prerequisite, I^USC 461 or the equivalent. Composition 
and analysis o( the canon and (ugue in the styles o( the 
eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Gould) 

K/1USC 470 (150). HARMONIC AND CONTRAPUNTAL PRAC- 
TICES OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY. (2) 

Prerequisites, IvIUSC 251 and 460 or the equivalents. A 
theoretical study o( twentieth-century materials: scales, 
modes, intervals, chord structures, poly-harmony, and 
serial and twelve-tone organization. (Moss) 

MUSC 478, 479 (143, 144). COMPOSITION. (2, 2) 

Prerequisite, MUSC 250, 251. Principles o( musical com- 
position, and their application to the smaller forms. 
Original writing in nineteenth and twentieth century 
musical idioms (or various media. (Moss) 

MUSC 486, 487 (147, 148). ORCHESTRATION. (2, 2) 

Prerequisite. MUSC 250, 251. A study of the ranges, 
musical functions, and technical characteristics of the 
instruments, and their color possibilities in various com- 
binations. Practical experience in orchestrating for small 
and large ensembles. (Steinke) 

MUSC 490. 491 (160, 161). CONDUCTING. (2, 2) 

MUSC 490 or equivalent is prerequisite to MUSC 491. 
A laboratory course in conducting vocal and instrument- 
al groups. Baton technique, score reading, rehearsal 
techniques, tone production, style, and interpretation. 
Music of all periods will be introduced. (Hudson. Taylor) 

MUSC 495 (180). ACOUSTICS FOR MUSICIANS. (3) 

Prerequisites. MUSC 251 or the equivalent, and senior 
or graduate standing in music. The basic physics of 
music, acoustics of musical instruments and music 
theory, physiological acoustics, and musico-architectural 
acoustics. (Staff) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

MUSC 605 (182). CHAMBER MUSIC REPERTOIRE. (3) 

MUSC 609 (212). INTERPRETATION AND REPERTOIRE. (2) 

MUSC 610 (213). GRADUATE PERFORMANCE. (4) 

MUSC 630 (218). TEACHING THE THEORY. HISTORY AND 

LITERATURE OF MUSIC. (3) 

MUSC 635 (204). AMERICAN MUSIC. (3) 

MUSC 638 (200). ADVANCED STUDIES IN THE HISTORY 

OF MUSIC. (3) 

MUSC 639 (201). SEMINAR IN MUSIC. (3) 

MUSC 648 (202). PRO-SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY AND 

LITERATURE OF MUSIC. (3) 

MUSC 649 (203). SEMINAR IN MUSICOLOGY. (3) 

MUSC 650 (207). THE CONTEMPORARY IDIOM. (3) 

MUSC 662 (206). ADVANCED MODAL COUNTERPOINT. (3) 

MUSC 670, 671 (270, 271). ADVANCED ANALYTICAL 

TECHNIQUES. (3. 3) 
MUSC 678 (209). SEMINAR IN MUSICAL COMPOSITION. 

(3) 
MUSC 688 (208). ADVANCED ORCHESTRATION. (3) 
MUSC 689 (260). ADVANCED CONDUCTING. (3) 
MUSC 695 (215). AESTHETICS OF MUSIC. (3) 
MUSC 696 (210). FACTORS IN MUSICAL LEARNING. (3) 
MUSC 699 (211). SPECIAL STUDIES IN MUSIC. (3) 
MUSC 799 (399). MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH. (3-6) 

MUSC 800, 801 (285, 286). ADVANCED SEMINAR IN 

MUSIC PEDAGOGY. (3, 3) 
MUSC 805, 806. 807 (312, 313, 314). INTERPRETATION, 

PERFORMANCE, AND PEDAGOGY. (4, 4, 4) 



MUSC 830, 831 (300, 301). DOCTORAL SEMINAR IN MUSIC 

LITERATURE. (3, 3) 
MUSC 839 (305). DOCTORAL SEMINAR IN MUSICOLOGY. 

(3) 
MUSC 878 (306). ADVANCED COMPOSITION. (3) 
MUSC 899 (499). DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH. 

(3-6) 

APPLIED MUSIC 

A new student or one taking applied music for 
the first time at this University should register for 
MUSC 099. He will receive the proper classifica- 
tion at the end of his first semester in the depart- 
ment. Special fee of $40.00 per semester for each 
applied-music course. 

Section designation: Each student taking an ap- 
plied-music course should, in addition to register- 
ing for the proper course number, indicate the in- 
strument chosen by adding a section as follows: 



Sec. A, 


Piano 


Sec. J, 


Bassoon 


Sec. B, 


Voice 


Sec. K, 


Alto Saxophone 


Sec. C, 


Violin 


Sec. L, 


Horn 


Sec. D, 


Viola 


Sec. M, 


Trumpet 


Sec. E, 


Cello 


Sec. N, 


Trombone 


Sec. F, 


Bass 


Sec. 0, 


Tuba 


Sec. G, 


Flute 


Sec. P, 


Euphonium 


Sec. H, 


Oboe 


Sec. Q, 


Percussion 


Sec. 1, 


Clarinet 


Sec. R, 


Organ 



MUSC 108. 109 (012, 013). APPLIED MUSIC. (2-4, 2-4) 

Freshman course. One hour lesson and six practice 
hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour 
lesson and fifteen practice hours per week if taken for 
four hours credit. The (our-hour course is for piano 
majors in the B.Mus. curriculum only. Special fee of 
$40.00 per semester. (Staff) 

MUSC 208, 209 (052, 053). APPLIED MUSIC. (2-4, 2-4) 
Sophomore course. Prerequisite, MUSC 109 on the same 
instrument. One hour lesson and six practice hours per 
week i( taken (or two hours credit; or one hour lesson 
and fitteen practice hours per week if taken (or four 
hours credit. The four-hour course is (or instrumental 
majors in the B.Mus. curriculum only. Special (ee o( 
$40.00 per semester. (Sta(() 

MUSC 408, 409 (112, 113). APPLIED MUSIC. (2-4, 2-4) 

Junior course. Prerequisite, MUSC 209 on the same 
instrument. One hour lesson and six practice hours per 
week i( taken (or two hours credit; or one hour lesson 
and fifteen practice hours per week if taken for four 
hours credit. The four-hour course is (or instrumental 
majors in the B.Mus. curriculum only. Special (ee o( 
$40.00 per semester. 

MUSC 418, 419 (152, 153). APPLIED MUSIC. (2-4, 2-4) 

Senior course. Prerequisite, MUSC 409 on the same 
instrument. One hour lesson and six practice hours per 
week i( taken (or two hours credit; or one hour lesson 
and fifteen practice hours per week i( taken (or four 
hours credit. The (our-hour course is (or instrumental 
or vocal majors in the B.Mus. curriculum only. Special 
fee o( $40.00 per semester. (Staff) 

For applied music on the graduate level, see MUSC 609, 
610, 805, 806, and 807 above. 

For all applied music courses the student should, in ad- 
dition to registering (or the proper course number, indicate 
the instrument chosen by adding a section number as shown 
under MUSC 099. 



Arts and Sciences / 161 



PHILOSOPHY 

Professor and Chairman: Schlaretzki 

Professor: Pasch. 

Associate Professors: Brown, Celarier, Perkins, 

Svenonius. 
Assistant Professors: Johnson, Kress, Lesher, 

Martin, Odell, Varnedoe. 

The Department of Philosophy presents visiting 
speakers from this country and abroad in its col- 
loqium series, scheduled throughout the academic 
year. In addition, members of the department and 
advanced graduate students lecture on topics of 
current significance in the Graduate Workshop and 
in the undergraduate Philosophy Club. 

The undergraduate course offerings of the De- 
partment of Philosophy are, as a group, intended 
both to satisfy the needs of persons wishing to 
make philosophy their major field and to provide 
ample opportunity for other students to explore 
the subject. In general, the study of philosophy 
can contribute to the education of the university 
student by giving him experience in critical and 
imaginative reflection on fundamental concepts 
and principles, by acquainting him with some of 
the philosophical beliefs which have influenced 
and are influencing his own culture, and by fa- 
miliarizing him with some classic philosophical 
writings through careful reading and discussion of 
them. Courses designed with these objectives pri- 
marily in mind are PHIL 100 (Introduction to Phi- 
losophy), PHIL 170 (Elementary Logic and Seman- 
tics). PHIL 140 (Ethics), PHIL 236 (Philosophy of 
Religion), and the historical courses 305, 310, 320, 
325, and 326. 

For students interested particularly in philo- 
sophical problems arising within their own special 
disciplines, a number of appropriate courses are 
available: PHIL 233 (Philosophy in Literature), 
PHIL 250 (Philosophy of Science), PHIL 343 (The 
Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization), PHIL 
360 (Philosophy of Language), PHIL 330 (Philos- 
ophy of Art), PHIL 457 (Philosophy of History), 
PHIL 444 (Political and Social Philosophy), PHIL 
450 (Topics in the Philosophy of Science), and 
PHIL 474 (Induction and Probability). 

The departmental requirements for a major in 
philosophy are as follows: (1) a total of at least 
30 hours in philosophy, not including PHIL 100; 
(2) PHIL 140. 271, 310, 320, 326, and at least two 
courses numbered 399 and above; (3) a grade of 
C or better in each course counted toward the 
fulfillment of the major requirement. 

For students of exceptional ability and interest 
in philosophy, the department offers an honors 
program. Information regarding this special cur- 
riculum may be obtained from the departmental 
advisors. 

PHIL 100 (001). INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY. (3) 
An introduclion to some o( the main problems of philo- 
sophy, and to some of the main ways of dealing with 
these problems. (Staff) 



PHIL 140 (045). ETHICS. (3) 

An introduction to moral philosophy, including a critical 
examination of some important classic and contempo- 
rary systems of ethics, such as those of Aristotle, Kant, 
Mill, and Dewey. (Staff) 

PHIL 170 (041). ELEMENTARY LOGIC AND SEMANTICS. (3) 
An introductory study of logic and language, intended to 
help the student increase his ability to employ language 
with understanding and to reason correctly. Topics 
treated include the use and abuses of language, tech- 
niques for making sound inferences and the logic of 
science. (Staff) 

PHIL 233 (052). PHILOSOPHY IN LITERATURE. (3) 

Reading and philosophical criticism of novels and 
dramas containing ideas significant for ethics, social 
policy and religion. (Perkins) 

PHIL 236 (053). PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. (3) 

This course seeks to provide the student with the means 
by which he may approach intelligently the main prob- 
lems of religious thought: the nature of religious experi- 
ence, the forms of religious expression, the conflicting 
claims of religion and science, and the place of religion 
in the community, and in the life of the individual. 

(Brown) 

PHIL 250 (056). PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE. (3) 

An introductory study of the aims, procedures and re- 
sults of scientific inquiry. Topics discussed include the 
formulation and testing of hypotheses, induction and 
probability, scientific laws, theories and explanation, 
concept formation, and relationships among the special 
sciences. (Staff) 

PHIL 271 (055). SYMBOLIC LOGIC I. (3) 

An introduction to the formal analysis of deductive rea- 
soning through formalization of arguments, truth table and 
natural deduction techniques for propositional logic and 
quantification theory, including identity and definite de- 
scriptions. (Celarier, Varnedoe) 

PHIL 305 (105). PHILOSOPHY IN AMERICA. (3) 

Prerequisite, six hours in philosophy. A survey of philo- 
sophical thought in America from the eighteenth century 
to the present. Special attention is given to Edwards, 
Jefferson, Emerson, Royce, Peirce, James, and Dewey. 

(Varnedoe) 

PHIL 307 (120). ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY. (3) 

Prerequisite, one course in philosophy. Not offered on 
College Park campus. An examination of the major philo- 
sophical systems of the East, attempting to discover the 
relations between these and important ideas of Western 
thought. 

PHIL 310 (101). ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY. (3) 

Prerequisites, six hours in philosophy. A history of Greek 
thought from its beginnings to the time of Justinian. The 
chief figures discussed: The Presocratic philosophers, 
Socrates, Plato. Aristotle, Epicurus, the Stoic philoso- 
phers, and Plotinus. (Lesher. Celarier) 

PHIL 320 (102). MODERN PHILOSOPHY. (3) 

Prerequisites, six hours in philosophy. A history of phil- 
osophical thought in the West during the 16th, 17th. and 
18th centuries. The chief figures discussed: Bacon, Gali- 
leo. Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Locke. Berkeley. Hume, 
and Kant. (Varnedoe) 

PHIL 325 (103). NINETEENTH-CENTURY PHILOSOPHY. (3) 
Prerequisites, six hours in philosophy. A survey of phi- 
losophy in the nineteenth century through a consideration 
of such writers as Hegel. Schopenhauer. Nietzsche, 
Spencer, Marx. Comte. Mill. Mach, and Bradley. (Lesher) 

PHIL 326 (104). TWENTIETH-CENTURY PHILOSOPHY. (3) 
Prerequisites, six hours in philosophy. A survey of phi- 
losophy in the twentieth century through a consideration 
of representative figures in England. Europe and Amer- 
ica. Among the theories to be studied are logical atomism 
(Russell. Wittgenstein), positivism (Camap, Ayer). exis- 



162 / Arts and Sciences 



tentialism and phenomenology (Sartre, Husserl), natural- 
ism and realism (Dewey, Santayana). 

(Brown, Martin, Odell) 
PHIL 330 (147). PHILOSOPHY OF ART. (3) 

An examination of the fundamental concepts in art and 
in esthetic experience generally. Readings from the works 
of artists, estheticians, critics and philosophers, 

(Brown) 

PHIL 343 (130). THE CONFLICT OF IDEALS IN WESTERN 

CIVILIZATION. (3) 

A critical and constructive philosophical examination of 

the assumptions, goals, and methods of contemporary 

democracy, fascism, socialism, and communism, with 

special attention to the ideological conflict between the 

U.S.A. and the U.S.S.R. (Staff) 

PHIL 360 (141). PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE. (3) 

Prerequisite, PHIL 170 or 271. An inquiry into the nature 
and function of language and other forms of symbolism, 

(Kress) 

PHIL 388, 389 (191, 192). TOPICAL INVESTIGATIONS. (1-3) 

PHIL 399 (190). HONORS SEMINAR. (3) 

Each semester. Open to honors students in philosphy 
and, by permission of the instructor, to honors students 
in other departments. Research in selected topics, with 
group discussion. May be repeated for credit when the 
topics dealt with are different. (Staff) 

PHIL 408 (169). TOPICS IN CONTEMPORARY 
PHILOSOPHY. (3) 

Prerequisite, PHIL 320. An intensive examination of 
contemporary problems and issues. Source material will 
be selected from recent books and articles. May be re- 
peated for credit when the topics dealt with are different. 

(Staff) 

PHIL 412 (180). THE PHILOSOPHY OF PLATO. (3) 

Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. A critical study of 
selected dialogues. (Lesher) 

PHIL 414 (181). THE PHILOSOPHY OF ARISTOTLE. (3) 
Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. A critical study of 
selected portions of Aristotle's writings. (Lesher) 

PHIL 416 (182). MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY. (3) 

Prerequisites, PHIL 310 or 320. A history of philosophic 
thought in the West from the close of the Classical 
period to the Renaissance. Based on readings of the 
Stoics, early Christian writers, Neoplatonists, later Chris- 
tian writers, and Schoolmen. (Staff) 

PHIL 421 (184). THE CONTINENTAL RATIONALISTS. (3) 
Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. A critical study of the 
systems of some of the major 17th and 18th century 
rationalists, with special reference to Descartes, Spinoza, 
and Leibniz, (Staff) 

PHIL 422 (185). THE BRITISH EMPIRICISTS, (3) 

Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. A critical study of se- 
lected writings of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. 

(Varnedoe) 

PHIL 423 (186). THE PHILOSOPHY OF KANT. (3) 

Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. A critical study of se- 
lected portions of Kant's writings, (Staff) 

PHIL 428 (168). TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF 
PHILOSOPHY. (3) 

Prerequisite, PHIL 310 and 320, or consent of instructor. 
May be repeated for credit when the topics dealt with 
are different. (Staff) 

PHIL 440 (151). ETHICAL THEORY. (3) 

Prerequisite, PHIL 140. Contemporary problems having 
to do with the meaning of the principal concepts of ethics 
and with the nature of moral reasoning. (Schlaretzki) 

PHIL 444 (154). POLITICAL AND SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY. (3) 
A systematic treatment of the main philosophical issues 
encountered in the analysis and evaluation of social 
(especially political) institutions. (Johnson, Schlaretzki) 

PHIL 447 (158). PHILOSOPHY OF LAW. (3) 

Prerequisite, one course in philosophy. Examination of 



fundamental concepts related to law, e.g., legal system, 
law and morality, justice, legal reasoning, responsibility. 

(Johnson) 

PHIL 450 (156). TOPICS IN THE PHILOSOPHY OF 
SCIENCE. (3) 

Prerequisite, PHIL 250 or consent of instructor. Detailed 
examination of some basic issues in the methodology and 
conceptual structure of scientific inquiry. To be investi- 
gated are such topics as confirmation theory, structure 
and function of scientific theories, scientific explanation, 
concept formation, and theoretical reduction. (Staff) 

PHIL 455 (159). PHILOSOPHY OF THE SOCIAL 
SCIENCES. (3) 

Prerequisites, six hours in social science or consent of 
instructor. A discussion of several of the following topics: 
the nature of laws and explanation in the social sciences; 
the relation of the social sciences to mathematics, logic, 
and the natural sciences; the role of value judgments 
in the social sciences; the relation of social science to 
social policy; problems of methodology. (Staff) 

PHIL 457 (152). PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY. (3) 

An examination of the nature of historical knowledge and 
historical explanation, and of theories of the meaning 
of world history. (Martin) 

PHIL 461 (157). THEORY OF MEANING. (3) 

Prerequisites, PHIL 170 or 271, and 320. A study of 
theories about the meaning of linguistic expressions, 
including the verification theory and the theory of mean- 
ing as use. Among topics to be considered are naming, 
referring, synonymy, intension and extension, and onto- 
logical commitment. Such writers as Mill, Frege, Russell, 
Lewis, Carnap, Wittgenstein, Austin, and Quine will be 
discussed. (Kress, Odell) 

PHIL 462 (171). THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE, (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. PHIL 
271 recommended. The origin, nature, and validity of 
knowledge will be considered in terms of some philoso- 
phic problems about perceiving and thinking, knowledge 
and belief, thought and language, truth and confirma- 
tion. (Brown, Kress, Odell, Pasch) 

PHIL 464 (170). METAPHYSICS. (3) 

First semester. Prerequisites, PHIL 310 and 320. PHIL 
271 recommended. A study of some central metaphysical 
concepts (such as substance, relation, causality, and 
time) and of the nature of metaphysical thinking. 

(Pasch) 

PHIL 466 (160). PHILOSOPHY OF MIND. (3) 

Prerequisite, PHIL 320. An inquiry into the nature of 
mind through the analysis of such concepts as conscious- 
ness, perception, understanding, imagination, emotion, 
intension, and action. (Perkins) 

PHIL 471 (155). SYMBOLIC LOGIC II. (3) 

Prerequisite, PHIL 271 or consent of instructor. Axio- 
matic development of the propositional calculus and the 
first-order functional calculus, including the deduction 
theorem, independence of axioms, consistency, and com- 
pleteness. (Svenonius) 

PHIL 472 (175). TOPICS IN SYMBOLIC LOGIC. (3) 

Prerequisite, PHIL 471. May be repeated for credit when 
the topics dealt with are different. (Svenonius) 

PHIL 474 (176). INDUCTION AND PROBABILITY. (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of inferential 
forms, with emphasis on the logical structure underlying 
such inductive procedures as estimating and hypothesis- 
testing. Decision-theoretic rules relating to induction will 
be considered, as well as classic theories of probability 
and induction. (Staff) 

PHIL 498, 499 (193, 194). TOPICAL INVESTIGATIONS. (1-3) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

PHIL 688 (292). SELECTED PROBLEMS IN 

PHILOSOPHY. (1-3) 
PHIL 799 (399). MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH. (Arranged) 



Arts and Sciences / 163 



PHIL 808 (256). SEMINAR IN THE PROBLEMS OF 

PHILOSOPHY. (3) 
PHIL 828 (255). SEMINAR IN THE HISTORY OF 

PHILOSOPHY. (3) 
PHIL 838 (261). SEMINAR IN ESTHETICS. (3) 
PHIL 848 (260). SEMINAR IN ETHICS. (3) 
PHIL 868 (270). SEMINAR IN METAPHYSICS. (3) 
PHIL 869 (271). SEMINAR IN THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE. (3) 
PHIL 899 (499). DOCTORAL DISSERTATION 

RESEARCH. (Arranged) 



PHYSICAL SCIENCES 
PURPOSE OF PROGRAM 

This program is suggested for many types of 
students: ttiose whose interests cover a wide 
range of the physical sciences; those whose in- 
terests have not yet centered on any one science 
in particular; students interested in a career in an 
interdisciplinary area within the physical sciences, 
which include chemistry, physics, mathematics 
and computer science, astronomy, geology, and 
meteorology; pre-professional students (e.g., pre- 
law, pre-medical, pre-dental, etc.) who seek a 
broader undergraduate program than is possible 
in one of the traditional physical sciences; or stu- 
dents whose interests in business, urban problems, 
technical writing, advertising, or sales require a 
broader technical background than provided by a 
major in any one of the physical sciences. Stu- 
dents contemplating using this program as a basis 
for preparation for secondary school science 
teaching are advised to consult the Science Teach- 
ing Center staff of the College of Education for in- 
formation concerning additional requirements for 
teacher certification. 

The program requires a basic set of courses in 
physics, chemistry, and mathematics, which then 
permits the student to take a variety of courses in 
these and related disciplines, such as astronomy, 
geology, meteorology, and computer science. Em- 
phasis is placed on a broad program as contrasted 
with a specialized one. 

Students are advised by members of the Physi- 
cal Science Committee. This committee is com- 
posed of faculty members from each of the rep- 
resented disciplines and some student represen- 
tatives. Assignment of advisor depends on the in- 
terest of the student, e.g., one interested princi- 
pally in chemistry will be advised by the chemistry 
member of the committee. Students whose inter- 
ests are too general to classify in this manner will 
normally be advised by the chairman of the com- 
mittee. 

The present composition of the Physical Sci- 
ence Committee is: 

E. Smith — Astronomy, Chairman 
A. Boyd — Dean's Office 
R. Jaquith — Chemistry 
P. DiLavore — Physics 



D. Schneider — Mathematics 

J. Vandergraft — Computer Science 

A student representative also serves on this 
committee. 

THE CURRICULUM 

All students are required to take a set of basic 
courses that includes MATH 140, 141, 240, (12 
credits); CHEM 103 and 104, or 105 and 106, (8 
credits); PHYS 161, 262, 263, (11 credits); or 181, 
182, 283, 284, (16 credits); or 221, 222 (10 credits); 
or PHYS 121, 122 followed by PHYS 262, or 271 
(total 12 or 11 credits). 

Beyond these basic courses the students must 
complete an additional 24 credits of which 12 must 
be at the 300-400 level, chosen from the following 
disciplines: chemistry, physics, mathematics, as- 
tronomy, geology, meteorology, and computer sci- 
ence. Students presenting the physics sequence 
through 284 as part of their basic curriculum may 
include four credits of PHYS 284 among these 24 
credits. These 24 credits must be so distributed so 
that he has at least 6 credits in each of any three 
of the above listed disciplines. The University re- 
quirement of an average grade of at least C in 
the courses counting toward the major applies by 
including both the basic plus the broader set of 
courses. 

Students who wish to depart from the stipulated 
curriculum may present their proposed program 
for approval by the Physical Science Committee 
acting as a whole. 

Certain courses offered in these fields are not 
suitable for physical sciences majors and cannot 
count as part of the requirements of the program 
(e.g. ASTR 100, CMSC 100, PHYS 400, 401, CHEM 
102, GEOL 431, 432, 460, 489), or courses corre- 
sponding to a lower level than the basic courses 
specified above (e.g. MATH 115). 

PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY 

Professor and Chairman: Laster. 

Assistant Professor and Assistant Chairman: 
Greene. 

Professors: Banerjee, Brill, Erickson, Ferrell, 
Glasser,' Glover, Greenberg, Griem. Holmgren, 
Hornyak, Kerr, Krall, Kundu, Levinson, Mac- 
Donald, Marion, Misner, Myers, Oneda, Prange, 
Pugh, Reiser,' Snow, Sucher, Trivelpiece. Wall, 
Weber, Westerhout, Yodh. 

Professors, Part-Time: Brandt, Friedman, Hayward, 
McDonald, Musen, Opik, Rado, Slawsky. 

Visiting Professors: Escobar, Fowler, Lawson. 

Associate Professors: Alley, Bardasis, Beall, Bell, 
Bhagat, Currie, DeSilva, Dorfman,' Dragt, Earl, 
Falk, Fivel, Click, Griffin, Kacser, Kehoe, H. G. 
Kim,' Y. S. Kim, Koch, Kunze, Matthews, Pati, 



■ Also Member ol the Inslllule (or Fluid Dynamics. 

■ Jolnl appolntmant with Chamlcd Engineering. 



164 / Arts and Sciences 



E. Smith, Steinberg, Stephenson, Wentzel, Woo, 
Zipoy, B. S. Zorn, G. T. Zorn. 

Associate Professors, Part-Time: Bennett, Dixon, 
Johnson, Young'. 

Assistant Professors: A'Hearn, Anderson, Berg, 
Chang, Connors, Davidson, Drew, Gloeckier, 
Goldberg, Harrington, Korenman, Layman,-' 
Martin, O'Gallagher, Pechacek, Poultney, Red- 
ish, Richard, Risk, Roos, Roush,- Simonson, 
Zapolsky, Zuckerman. 

Assistant Professors, Part-Time: Larson.'' 

The Physics program includes a broad range 
of undergraduate courses designed to satisfy the 
needs of almost every student, from the ad- 
vanced physics major to the person taking a 
single introductory physics course. In addition, 
there are various opportunities for personally di- 
rected studies between student and professor, and 
many undergraduate "research" opportunities 
also are available. 

SERVICE COURSES— GENERAL EDUCATION 
REQUIREMENTS 

The department offers several courses which 
are intended for students other than physics ma- 
jors. Although other courses will also serve, PHYS 
101 and PHYS 11, 112 are designed to fulfill the 
University-wide General Education requirement for 
non-laboratory physical science, and PHYS 117 
satisfies the requirement for a physical science 
with laboratory. PHYS 121, 122 satisfy the require- 
ments for professional schools, such as medical 
and dental, and PHYS 161, 262, 263 satisfy the 
introductory physics requirement for most engi- 
neering programs. In addition, PHYS 420 is a one 
semester modern physics course which is re- 
quired in the electrical engineering program. 
Either the course-sequence 161, 262, 263, or the 
full sequence 181, 182, 283, 284 is suitable for 
mathematics students and those who major in 
other physical sciences. 

THE PHYSICS MAJOR 

The way most physics majors will begin their 
work is with a two-year basic sequence of physics 
courses, PHYS 181, 182, 283, 284, accompanied 
by the laboratory courses PHYS 285, 286 in the 
second year. Transfer students who come with a 
different set of introductory courses either will 
be put into an appropriate course in this se- 
quence or will take bridging courses, such as 
PHYS 404, 405, and then go on to advanced 
courses; usually they will not repeat work previ- 
ously done by taking the entire basic sequence. 

The minimum requirement for a physics major 



^ Joint appointment witti Electrical Engineering. 
' Joint appointment witti Computer Science. 
'Joint appointment with College of Education. 



is 38 semester hours of work in physics, includ- 
ing four laboratory courses and PHYS 410, 411, 
421 and 422, and 19 semester hours of mathe- 
matics courses. After taking the basic sequence, 
the student will have some flexibility in his pro- 
gram, and he will be able to take specialty courses, 
such as those in nuclear physics or solid-state 
physics, which are of particular interest to him. 

HONORS IN PHYSICS 

The Honors Program offers to students of good 
ability and strong interest in physics a greater 
flexibility in their academic programs, and a stim- 
ulating atmosphere through contacts with other 
good students and with individual faculty mem- 
bers. There are opportunities for part-time re- 
search participation which may develop into full- 
time summer projects. An honors seminar is of- 
fered for advanced students; credit may be given 
for independent work or study, and certain grad- 
uate courses are open for credit toward the 
bachelor's degree. 

Students are accepted by the department's 
Honors Committee on the basis of recommenda- 
tions from their advisors and other faculty mem- 
bers, usually in the second semester of their junior 
year. A final written and oral comprehensive exam- 
ination in the senior year is optional, but those who 
pass the examination will graduate "with honors in 
physics." 

CHEMICAL PHYSICS 

(See Molecular Physics) 

PHYS 111 (001). ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS— MECHANICS, 
HEAT, AND SOUND. (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, successful passing 
of the qualifying examination in elementary mathematics. 
The first half of a survey course in general physics. This 
course Is for the general student and does not satisfy the 
requirements, of the professional school. (Marlon.) 

PHYS 112 (002). ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS— MAGNETISM, 
ELECTRICITY, AND OPTICS. (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, PHYS III. The sec- 
ond half of a survey course in general physics. This 
course Is for the general student and does not satisfy 
the requirements of the professional schools. (Marlon) 

PHYS 117 (003). INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS. (4) 

Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite, qualification to enter MATH 110. Intended 
for students majoring in neither the physical nor biologi- 
cal sciences. A study of the development of some of the 
basic Ideas of physical science. (Connors) 

PHYS 121, 122 (010, Oil). FUNDAMENTALS OF 
PHYSICS. (4, 4) 
Three lectures, one recitation, and one two-hour labora- 
tory period a week. Prerequisite, entrance credit In trig- 
onometry or MATH 111 or concurrent enrollment In 
MATH 115. A course in general physics treating the fields 
of mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, magnetism, optics, 
and modern physics. This course satisfies the minimum 
requirements of medical and dental schools. 

(Berg, Poultney, Snow) 

PHYS 138 (050). INTERMEDIATE PHYSICS. (2) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, PHYS 122. 



Arts and Sciences / 165 



PHYS 161 (030). GENERAL PHYSICS— MECHANICS AND 
PARTICLE DYNAMICS. (3) 
Three lectures and one recitation per week. MATH 141 to 
be taken concurrently. Laws o( motion, force, and energy; 
principles of mechanics; collisions; rotation; and gravita- 
tion (Goldberg, Smith) 
PHYS 181 182 (015. 016). INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS- 
MECHANICS, FLUIDS, HEAT, AND SOUND, (4, 4) 
Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week. 
Prerequisites, a high school physics course and concur- 
rent enrollment in MATH 115, 140 or consent of instruc- 
tor. The first half of a broad, detailed introduction to 
physics, intended primarily for physics majors and other 
students with superior backgrounds in mathematics and 
the sciences. (Bhagat, Fivel. Pugh, Risk, Roos, Prange) 
PHYS 221. 222 (025. 026). GENERAL PHYSICS FOR 
SCIENCE TEACHERS. (5, 5) 

Three lectures and two two-hour labs per week. Prereq- 
uisites, high school physics or a non-calculus college 
physics survey course, and co-requisite: MATH 141. A 
course in physics stressing physical insight, tor prospec- 
tive secondary school science teachers. (Layman) 
PHYS 262 (031). GENERAL PHYSICS— HEAT, WAVES AND 
RELATIVITY. (4) 
Three lectures, one recitation and one three-hour labora- 
tory period per week. Prerequisite, PHYS 161. Statistical 
physics; kinetic theory; wave motion; interference and 
refraction; special theory of relativity. (Drew, Korenman) 
PHYS 263 (032). GENERAL PHYSICS— ELECTRICITY AND 
MAGNETISM. (4) 

Three lectures, one recitation and one three-hour labora- 
tory period per week. Prerequisite, PHYS 262. Electro- 
statics; electrodynamics; Maxwell's equation; quantum 
physics. (Drew, MacDonald) 

PHYS 271 (104). INTERMEDIATE MECHANICS. (3) 

Prerequisites, PHYS 121, 122; MATH 141 previously or 
concurrently. Three lecture-hours per week. Intended for 
students having completed PHYS 122 and wishing to 
enter the physical sciences major program. Not intended 
as a main-line course for physics majors. (Students 
offering transfer credit equivalence of PHYS 121, 122 
who wish to become physics majors would start the 
sequence beginning with PHYS 181.) (Holmgren) 

PHYS 283 (017). INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS— ELECTRICITY 
AND MAGNETISM. (4) 

Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week. 
Prerequisites, PHYS 181, 182, pre- or corequisites, 
PHYS 285, and MATH 141. The third quarter of a broad, 
detailed introduction to physics; intended primarily for 
physics majors and other students with superior back- 
grounds In mathematics and the sciences. 

(Redish, Bardasis, Yodh) 
PHYS 284 (018), INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS— OPTICS AND 
MODERN PHYSICS. (4) 
Second semester. Three lectures and two demonstration 
periods a week. Prerequisites, PHYS 283 and previous or 
concurrent enrollment in PHYS 285 and MATH 240, or 
consent of instructor. The last quarter of a broad, de- 
tailed introduction to physics, intended primarily for 
physics majors and other students with superior back- 
grounds in mathematics and the sciences. 

(Glick, Falk) 
PHYS 285, 286 (060, 061). INTERMEDIATE PHYSICS 
EXPERIMENTS. (2. 2) 
Four hours of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite, 
concurrent enrollment in PHYS 283 or PHYS 284. Se- 
lected experiments. (Steinberg, Richard) 

PHYS 305 (111). PHYSICS SHOP TECHNIQUES. (1) 

One three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite, PHYS 
365 or consent of instructor. Machine tools, design and 
construction of laboratory equipment. (Horn) 

PHYS 321 (105). INTERMEDIATE ELECTRICITY AND 
MAGNETISM. (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 121. 122; MATH 240 previously or 



concurrently; PHYS 271 or permission of the instructor. 
Electrostatics, direct current and alternating current 
circuitry, electromagnetic effects of steady currents, 
electromagnetic induction, development of Maxwell's 
equations. (Holmgren) 

PHYS 365 (100). ADVANCED EXPERIMENTS. (2) 

Four hours of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite, 
PHYS 284 and 286 or 263. Selected fundamental experi- 
ments in electricity and magnetism, elementary elec- 
tronics, and optics. (Roush) 

PHYS 399 (110). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS. (1-3) 
Two hours laboratory work a week for each credit hour. 
One to three credits may be taken concurrently each se- 
mester. (Will be given with sufficient demand.) Prereq- 
uisite, PHYS 365 and consent of advisor. Selected ad- 
vanced experiments. (Staff) 

PHYS 400, 401 (130, 131). BASIC CONCEPTS OF 
PHYSICS. (2, 2) 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, junior stand- 
ing. A primarily descriptive course intended mainly for 
those students in the liberal arts who have not had any 
other course in physics. This course does not serve as a 
prerequisite or substitute for other physics courses. The 
main emphasis is on the concepts of physics, their 
evolution and their relation to other branches of human 
endeavor. (Gutsche, De Silva) 

PHYS 404 (106). INTERMEDIATE THEORETICAL 
MECHANICS. (3) 

Prerequisite, PHYS 271 and 321, or PHYS 284 or PHYS 
263; MATH 241 previously or concurrently. Fundamentals 
and selected advanced topics of physical mechanics. 
Vector differential calculus will be used. For students 
starting physics without calculus, this course serves as 
part of the series of PHYS 271, 321, 404, 405, to provide 
terminal courses in general physics for physical science 
majors. (Myers) 

PHYS 405 (107). INTERMEDIATE THEORETICAL 
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. (3) 

Prerequisite, PHYS 284 or 321 or 263; MATH 241. After 
MATH 241 this course may be taken concurrently with 
PHYS 404. Intermediate electricity and magnetism and 
electromagnetic waves (optics). Vector differential cal- 
culus is used throughout. (B.S. Zorn) 

PHYS 406 (102). OPTICS. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, 
PHYS 122 or 263 and MATH 240. Geometrical optics, 
optical instruments, wave motion, interference and 
diffraction, and other phenomena in physical optics. 

(Kunze) 

PHYS 407 ((054). SOUND. (3) 

(Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Three lec- 
tures a week. Prerequisite, PHYS 122 or 263; MATH 240 
is to be taken concurrently. (Myers) 

PHYS 410 (127). ELEMENTS OF THEORETICAL 
PHYSICS— MECHANICS. (4) 

Prerequisites. PHYS 284. or PHYS 263, or PHYS 404 and 
PHYS 405; also MATH 241; or consent of instructor. A 
study of the theoretical foundations of mechanics, with 
extensive application of the methods. Also various math- 
ematical tools of theoretical physics. (Y.S. Kim, Sucher) 

PHYS 411 (128). ELEMENTS OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS- 
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. (4) 

Prerequisite, PHYS 410 or consent of instructor. A 
study of the foundations of electromagnetic theory, with 
extensive application of the methods. Thorough treat- 
ment of wave properties of solutions of Maxwell's Equa- 
tions. (Woo, Sucher) 

PHYS 412 (126). KINETIC THEORY OF GASES. (3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites; PHYS 404 or 284 
and MATH 240. Dynamics of gas particles. Maxwell- 
Boltzmann distribution, diffusion, Brownian motion, etc. 

(Munn) 



166 / Arts and Sciences 



PHYS 413 (144), ADVANCED THEORETICAL PHYSICS. (3) 
Prerequisite. PHYS 410. 411. This course is an elective 
continuation of and supplement to PHYS 410, 411. A 
survey of advanced mathematical methods used In 
theoretical physics, particularly in the fields of classical 
mechanics, electromagnetism, relativity, and quantum 
mechanics. (Kacser) 

PHYS 414 (152). INTRODUCTION TO THERMODYNAMICS 
AND STATISTICAL MECHANICS. (3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, MATH 240, PHYS 
284 or 404 or consent of the instructor. Introduction 
of basic concepts in thermodynamics and statistical me- 
chanics. (Dorfman) 

PHYS 420 (153). MODERN PHYSICS FOR ENGINEERS. (3) 
Each semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, 
PHYS 263 or 284 or 404 and 405; MATH 241 or consent of 
instructor. A survey of atomic and nuclear phenomena 
and the main trends in modern physics. This course is 
appropriate for students in engineering and other physi- 
cal sciences. It should not be taken in addition to PHYS 
421. (Chang, Gloeckler, Pechacek) 

PHYS 421 (118). INTRODUCTION TO MODERN PHYSICS. 
(3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, PHYS 181, 182, 283, 
284 or equivalent; MATH 241 including some knowledge 
of ordinary differential equations. Introductory discus- 
sion of special relativity, origin of quantum theory, Bohr 
atom, wave mechanics, atomic structure, and optical 
spectra. (Alley) 

PHYS 422 (119). MODERN PHYSICS. (3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, PHYS 421. This 
course uses the basic ideas of quantum mechanics and 
special relativity to discuss the characteristics of many 
diverse subjects including complex atoms, molecules, 
solids, nuclei and elementary particles. (Myers) 

PHYS 423 (145). ELEMENTARY QUANTUM PHYSICS. (3) 
Prerequisites, PHYS 420 or PHYS 421; MATH 246; and 
a level of mathematical sophistication equivalent to that 
of a student who has taken PHYS 410 and PHYS 
411, or ENEE 380 and ENEE 382. The quantum theory 
is presented in a rigorous way including the concepts of 
operators, measurement and angular momentum. These 
concepts together with the Schroedinger Equation are 
then applied to some basic problems in atomic and 
molecular physics. (Kacser) 

PHYS 429 (140, 141). ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS 
LABORATORY. (3) 

One lecture and four hours of laboratory a week. Prereq- 
uisites, two credits of PHYS 365 and consent of instruc- 
tor. Classical experiments in atomic physics and more 
sophisticated experiments in current techniques in nu- 
clear physics. Enrollment is limited to ten students. 

(G.T. Zorn) 

PHYS 431 (122). PROPERTIES OF MATTER. (3) 

Each semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, 
PHYS 404 and 405 or 410, 421 or 420. Introduction to 
solid state physics. Electro-magnetic, thermal, and elas- 
tic properties of metals, semiconductors and insulators. 

(Anderson) 

PHYS 441 (120). NUCLEAR PHYSICS. (3) 

Four lectures a week. Prerequisite. PHYS 404 and 405 
or 410, 421 or 420. An introduction to nuclear physics 
at the pre-quantum-mechanics level. Properties of nu- 
clei; radioactivity; nuclear systematics; nuclear mom- 
ents; the shell model, interaction of charged particles 
and gamma rays with matter; nuclear detector; accele- 
rators: nuclear reactions; beta decay; high energy phe- 
nomena. (Hornyak) 

PHYS 443 (121). NEUTRON REACTOR PHYSICS. (3) 

Prerequisite, PHYS 371 or 421 or consent of instructor. 
Various related topics in neutron reactor physics. 

PHYS 451 (129) INTRODUCTION TO ELEMENTARY PARTI- 
CLES. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, PHYS 422 or con- 



sent of instructor. Properties of elementary particles, 
production and detection of particles, relativistic kine- 
matics, invariance principles and conservation laws. 

(Risk) 

PHYS 461 (117). INTRODUCTION TO FLUID DYNAMICS. (3) 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, PHYS 404 and 
MATH 240. Kinematics of fluid flow, properties of incom- 
pressible fluids, complex variable methods of analysis, 
wave motions. (Koopman) 

PHYS 463 (124). INTRODUCTION TO PLASMA PHYSICS. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite. PHYS 404 and 
405 or 410, 421 or 420. Orbit theory, magnetohydrody- 
namics, plasma heating and stability, waves and trans- 
port processes. (Griem) 

PHYS 471 (123). INTRODUCTION TO ATMOSPHERIC AND 
SPACE PHYSICS. (3) 

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, 
PHYS 404 and 405 or 410, 421 or 420. Motions of 
charged particles in magnetic fields, aspects of plasma 
physics related to cosmic rays and radiation belts, 
atomic phenomena in the atmosphere, thermodynamics 
and dynamics of the atmosphere. (Earl) 

PHYS 485 (109). ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS. (4) 

Second semester. Three hours of lecture and two of 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite, PHYS 365 and con- 
current enrollment in PHYS 405 or PHYS 411. Theory 
of semi-conductor and vacuum tube circuits. Application 
in experimental physics. (O'Gallagher) 

PHYS 487 (186). PARTICLE ACCELERATORS, PHYSICAL 
AND ENGINEERING PRINCIPLES. (3) 
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites, PHYS 
410, 411 or PHYS 271, 321 and PHYS 421, or equivalents. 
Sources of charged particles, methods of acceleration 
and focusing of electron and ion beams in electromag- 
netic fields; electrostatic accelerators; constant-gradient 
cyclotrons and synchrotrons; betatrons and microtrons; 
the alternating-gradient and sector-focusing principles; 
isochronous cyclotrons and alternating-gradient synchro- 
trons: linear accelerators. (H. Kim, Reiser) 

PHYS 498 (190). INDEPENDENT STUDIES SEMINAR. (Cr. 
Arr.) 

Credit according to work done. Each semester. Enroll- 
ment is limited to students admitted to the Independent 
Studies Program in physics. (Staff) 

PHYS 499 (150). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS. (Cr. 
Arr.) 

Prerequisite, major in physics and consent of advisor. 
Research or special study. Credit according to work 
done. (Staff) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

Of the courses which follow, 601, 602, 604, 606, 621, 622, 
623, 624, and 625, 731, and 832 are given every year; all 
others will be given when there is sufficient demand. 

PHYS 601 (200). THEORETICAL DYNAMICS. (3) 

PHYS 602 (201). STATISTICAL PHYSICS. (3) 

PHYS 604 (204). METHODS OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS. 

(3) 

PHYS 606 (205). ELECTRODYNAMICS. (4) 

PHYS 621 (209). GRADUATE LABORATORY. (3) 

PHYS 622 (212). INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM MECHAN- 
ICS. (4) 

PHYS 623 (213). INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM MECHAN- 
ICS. (3) 

PHYS 624 (254). ADVANCED QUANTUM MECHANICS. (3) 



Arts and Sciences / 167 



PHYS 686 (290). CHARGED PARTICLE DYNAMICS, ELEC- 
TRON AND ION BEAMS, (3) 
PHYS 703 (208). THERMODYNAMICS. (3) 
PHYS 704 (210). STATISTICAL MECHANICS. (3) 
PHYS 708 (230). SEMINAR IN TEACHING COLLEGE PHYS- 
ICS. (1) 
PHYS 709 (230). SEMINAR IN GENERAL PHYSICS. (1) 
PHYS 711 (228). SYMMETRY PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS. (3) 
PHYS 718. 719 (230). SEMINARS IN GENERAL PHYSICS. 

(1. 1) 
PHYS 721 (214). THEORY OF ATOMIC SPECTRA. (3) 
PHYS 722 (215). THEORY OF MOLECULAR SPECTRA. (3) 
PHYS 723 (216). MOLECULAR PHYSICS. (2) 
PHYS 724 (217). MOLECULAR PHYSICS. (2) 
PHYS 728 (230). SEMINAR IN ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR 

PHYSICS. (1) 
PHYS 729 (230). SEMINAR IN GENERAL QUANTUM ME- 
CHANICS AND QUANTUM ELECTRONICS. (1) 
PHYS 731 (244). SOLID STATE PHYSICS. (3) 
PHYS 738 (230). SEMINAR IN EXPERIMENTAL SOLID 

STATE PHYSICS. (1) 
PHYS 739 (230). SEMINAR IN THEORETICAL SOLID 

STATE PHYSICS. (1) 
PHYS 741 (252). NUCLEAR STRUCTURE PHYSICS. (3) 
PHYS 742 (253). NUCLEAR STRUCTURE PHYSICS. (3) 
PHYS 748 (230). SEMINAR IN EXPERIMENTAL NUCLEAR 

PHYSICS. (1) 
PHYS 749 (230). SEMINAR IN THEORETICAL NUCLEAR 

PHYSICS. (1) 
PHYS 751 (260). HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS. (3) 
PHYS 752 (239). ELEMENTARY PARTICLES. (3) 
PHYS 758 (230). SEMINAR IN ELEMENTARY PARTICLES 

AND QUANTUM FIELD THEORY. (1) 
PHYS 759 (230). SEMINAR IN ELEMENTARY PARTICLES 
AND QUANTUM FIELD THEORY. (1) 

PHYS 761 (206). PLASMA PHYSICS. (3) 

PHYS 762 (207). PLASMA PHYSICS. (3) 

PHYS 768 (232, 233). SEMINAR IN FLUID DYNAMICS. (1) 

PHYS 769 (230). SEMINAR IN PLASMA PHYSICS. (1) 

PHYS 771 (221). COSMIC RAY PHYSICS. (3) 

PHYS 778 (230). SEMINAR IN SPACE AND COSMIC RAY 

PHYSICS. (1) 

PHYS 779 (230). SEMINAR IN GENERAL RELATIVITY. (1) 

PHYS 788 (231). SEMINAR IN APPLIED PHYSICS. (1) 

PHYS 789 (230). SEMINAR IN INTERDISCIPLINARY PROB- 
LEMS. (1) 

PHYS 798 (250). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ADVANCED 

PHYSICS. (1-3) 

PHYS 799 (399). MASTERS THESIS RESEARCH. (Cr. Arr.) 

PHYS 808 (248, 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN GENERAL 

PHYSICS. (1-4) 
PHYS 809 (248, 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN GENERAL 

PHYSICS. (1-4) 
PHYS 818 (248, 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN GENERAL 

PHYSICS. (1-4) 

PHYS 819 (248. 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN GENERAL 
PHYSICS. (1-4) 

PHYS 828 (248. 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN ATOMIC AND 
MOLECULAR PHYSICS. (1-4) 

PHYS 829 (248. 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN GENERAL 
QUANTUM MECHANICS AND QUANTUM ELECTRONICS. 
(1-4) 



PHYS 832 (242). THEORY OF SOLIDS. (3) 
PHYS 833 (243), THEORY OF SOLIDS. (3) 
PHYS 838 (248, 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN EXPERIMENTAL 

SOLID STATE PHYSICS. (1-4) 
PHYS 839 (248, 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEORETICAL 

SOLID STATE PHYSICS. (1-4) 
PHYS 843 (234). THEORETICAL NUCLEAR PHYSICS. (3) 
PHYS 844 (235). THEORETICAL NUCLEAR PHYSICS. (3) 
PHYS 848 (248. 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN EXPERIMENTAL 

NUCLEAR PHYSICS. (1-4) 
PHYS 849 (248, 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN THEORETICAL 

NUCLEAR PHYSICS. (1-4) 
PHYS 851 (255). ADVANCED QUANTUM MECHANICS. (3) 
PHYS 852 (257). THEORETICAL METHODS IN ELEMENT- 
ARY PARTICLES. (3) 
PHYS 853 (258). QUANTUM FIELD THEORY. (3) 
PHYS 858 (248, 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN ELEMENTARY 

PARTICLES AND QUANTUM FIELD THEORY. (1-4) 
PHYS 859 (248, 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN ELEMENTARY 

PARTICLES AND QUANTUM FIELD THEORY. (1-4) 
PHYS 868 (248, 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN FLUID DYNAM- 
ICS. (1-4) 
PHYS 869 (248, 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN PLASMA PHYS- 
ICS. (1-4) 
PHYS 875 (236). THEORY OF RELATIVITY. (3) 
PHYS 878 (248, 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPACE AND 

COSMIC RAY PHYSICS. (1-4) 
PHYS 879 (248, 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN GENERAL REL- 
ATIVITY. (1-4) 
PHYS 888 (245). SPECIAL TOPICS IN APPLIED PHYSICS. 

(2) 
PHYS 889 (248, 249). SPECIAL TOPICS IN INTERDISCI- 
PLINARY PROBLEMS. (1-4) 
PHYS 899 (499). DOCTORAL THESIS RESEARCH. (Cr. Arr.) 
(For Astronomy curriculum, see ASTRONOMY.) 



PORTUGUESE 

(See listings under SPANISH AND PORTU- 
GUESE LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES.) 



PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 

Within the College of Arts and Sciences there 
are a number of programs developed to prepare 
the pre-professional student. These curricula, 
some rather general and others quite spe- 
cific, are designed to give the student the best 
background to succeed in his advanced training, 
to fill undergraduate requirements of professional 
schools, and to fit in with the requirements es- 
tablished by the organizations associated with the 
respective professions. 

Pre-professional programs require that the stu- 
dent maintain a grade point average higher than 
the minimum for graduation. The student may 
fulfill requirements by majoring in almost any dis- 
cipline in the College, provided the specific 
requirements of the pre-professional program are 
met. The successful completion of the pre-profes- 
sional program does not guarantee admission to 
professional school. Each school has its own ad- 
missions requirements and criteria, generally 
based upon the grade point average in the un- 
dergraduate courses, the scores in aptitude tests 



168 / Arts and Sciences 



(Medical College Admission Test, Law Admission 
Test, or Dental Aptitude Test), a personal inter- 
view, and letters sent by the Evaluation Commit- 
tee of the college. For the specific admissions 
requirements, the student is urged to study the 
catalog of the professional school of his choice. 

Although completion of the bachelor's degree 
is a normal prerequisite for admission, three pro- 
fessional schools of the University of Maryland 
in Baltimore — Dentistry, Law, and Medicine — have 
arrangements whereby a student who meets re- 
quirements detailed below may be accepted for 
professional school after three years (90 academic 
hours). For the students to be eligible for the 
"combined degree," the final thirty hours prior 
to entry into the Schools of Dentistry, Law, and 
Medicine must be taken in residence in the Col- 
lege of Arts and Sciences. (A combined degree 
program in law is also available in the College 
of Business and Public Administration: for details 
see BPA program.) After the successful comple- 
tion of thirty hours of work in professional school, 
the student may be eligible for a bachelor's de- 
gree from the College of Arts and Sciences (Arts- 
Dentistry, Arts-Law, or Arts-Medicine). 

PRE-DENTISTRY 

The pre-dental program is based upon require- 
ments established by the Council of Dental Edu- 
cation of the American Dental Association, and 
the requirements for a degree from the College 
of Arts and Sciences following either the regular 
four-year program or the combined "Arts- 
Dentistry" program. The program is designed to 
prepare the student for the Dental Aptitude Test, 
normally taken in the spring of the junior year. 

The minimum requirements for entry into den- 
tal school for either the three-year program (90 
academic hours) or the four-year program (120 
academic hours) are: 

General Education requirements 34 hours 

College requirements 

Foreign Language 0-12 

Speech 2 14 hours 

plus 

Major variable 

Supporting courses (or "minor"). . . variable 

Dental Association requirements 

Chemistry — organic 8 

inorganic 8 

Zoology 8 

Mathematics 4-6 

Physics 8 36-38 hours 

Electives — to complete the 90 or 120 hours required. 
Required Health and Physical Education. 

Four-Year Program. A student applies to dental 
school in his senior year, on the basis of com- 
pleting the usual degree requirements for the 
B.A. or B.S. degree from the College of Arts and 
Sciences, by majoring in the field of his choice 
and including in his course work the courses spe- 
cifically prescribed by dental schools. 

Three-Year Arts-Dentistry Program. Students 



whose performance during the first two years in 
residence at College Park is exceptional may be 
encouraged to seek admission to the University of 
Maryland Dental School at the end of their third 
year (90 academic hours). No undergraduate ma- 
jor is required for this program: the work of the 
first year of dental school is considered as the 
major; but students will select a minor (support- 
ing courses) from one of the following combina- 
tions: zoology, six hours on the 300-400 level; 
microbiology, eight hours on the 300-400 level; 
CHEM 219 or 321 plus three hours on the 300-400 
level in any science; CHEM 461, 462, 463, and 
464; or nine hours on the 300-400 level in any 
one department of the arts, humanities, or social 
sciences. 

Students accepted in the combined Arts-Den- 
tistry program may receive the B.S. degree (Arts- 
Dentistry) after satisfactory completion of the first 
year at the University of Maryland Dental School 
(30 hours) upon recommendation by the Dean of 
the Dental School and approval by the College 
of Arts and Sciences. The degree is awarded in 
August following the first year of dental school. 

Schedule. The pre-dental student, regardless of 
degree sought, includes in his first-year schedule 
CHEM 103, 104 or 105, 106, ZOOL 101, 102, MATH 
110, 111 or (115), 116, ENGL 101, and the required 
health and physical education. The second year 
includes CHEM 201-204 or 211-214, the third year 
PHYS 121, 122. The schedules are completed with 
general education requirements, college require- 
ments, major department requirements and elec- 
tives. It is urged that the second year also include 
ZOOL 290 (a requirement of the University of 
Maryland Dental School) and 246. A course in sta- 
tistics (such as PSYC 200 or SOCY 201) is re- 
quired by the University of Maryland Dental 
School. 

PRE-LAW 

Although some law schools will consider only 
applicants with a B.A. or B.S. degree, others will 
accept applicants who have successfully com- 
pleted a three-year program of academic work. 
Most law schools do not prescribe specific courses 
which a student must present for admission, but 
do require that the student follow one of the stand- 
ard programs offered by the undergraduate col- 
lege. Many law schools require that the applicant 
take the Law Admissions Test in the academic 
year preceding his entry into professional school. 

Four-Year Program. The student who plans to 
complete the requirements for the B.A. or B.S. 
degree before entering law school should select 
a major field of concentration. The pre-law stu- 
dent ordinarily follows a Bachelor of Arts program 
with a major in American studies, English, Ameri- 
can and English history, economics, political sci- 
ence (government and politics), psychology, soci- 
ology, or speech; a few pre-law students follow 
a bachelor of science program. 



Arts and Sciences / 169 



jhree-Year Arts-Law Program. The student who 
plans to enter law school at the end of his third 
year should follow the general B.A. program dur- 
ing his first two years. During his junior year, he 
will complete the requirements for a minor (18 
semester hours) in one of the fields of concentra- 
tion. His program during the first three years 
should include all of the basic courses required 
for a degree from the College of Arts and Sci- 
ences (including the 18-hour minor) and all Col- 
lege and University requirements. The academic 
courses must total 90 hours, and must be passed 
with a minimum average of 2.0. 

Students with exceptional records who are ac- 
cepted to the School of Law of the University of 
f\/laryland under the Arts-Law program may re- 
ceive a B.A. degree (Arts-Law) after satisfactory 
completion of the first year of law school, upon 
recommendation by the Dean of the Law School 
and approval by the College of Arts and Sciences. 
The degree is awarded in August following the 
first year of law school (or after 30 credit hours 
are completed). 

PRE-MEDICINE 

The pre-medical program is based upon the 
requirements established by the Association of 
American Medical Colleges, and the requirements 
for a degree from the College of Arts and Sci- 
ences, either with the four-year degree program 
or with the combined Arts-Medicine program. 
The curriculum is designed to prepare the stu- 
dent for the Medical College Admission Test, 
which is normally taken in the spring of the 
junior year. 

The minimum requirements for entry into medi- 
cal school for either the three-year program (90 
academic hours) or the four-year program (120 
academic hours) are: 

General Education requirements 34 hours 

College requirements 

Foreign Language 0-12 

Speech 2 14 hours 

plus 

Major variable 

Supporting courses (or "minor") . variable 

Medical School requirements 

Chemistry — general inorganic 8 

organic 8 

quantitative" 4 

Zoology 16 

(In addition to ZOOL 101 
and 102. two o( genetics, 
embryology, comparative 
anatomy) 

Mathematics 4-6 

Physics 8 48-50 hours 

Electives — to complete the 90 or 120 hours required. 
Required Health and Physical Education. 



'Recommended but not required by the University ol Maryland Medical 
School required by some other medical schools. 



Four-Year Program. No specific major is re- 
quired for favorable consideration by a medical 
school admissions committee. By intelligent plan- 
ning starting in the sophomore year, the student 
can meet the above requirements as well as re- 
quirements of most majors in the College of Arts 
and Sciences. The student is urged to work closely 
with his pre-medical advisor for this planning. A 
student who enters the pre-medical program late 
in his college career may find an additional year 
of study necessary (either as a special student 
or as a regular undergraduate). 

Three-Year Arts-Medicine Program. After com- 
pletion of his first year of pre-medical study an 
exceptional student may be encouraged to seek 
admission to the University of Maryland School of 
Medicine at the end of his third year (90 hours). 
During his next two years he will need to complete 
all requirements listed above, with the exception 
of the major and the regular minor. Four addi- 
tional hours on the 300-400 level in appropriate 
science courses will satisfy the minor requirement. 

Students accepted in the combined Arts-Medi- 
cine program may receive the B.S. degree (Arts- 
Medicine) after satisfactory completion of the first 
year at the University of Maryland School of Medi- 
cine (30 hours), upon recommendation by the Dean 
of the School of Medicine and approval by the 
College of Arts and Sciences. The degree is 
awarded in August following the first year of 
medical school. 

Schedule. The pre-medical student normally in- 
cludes in his first year schedule CHEM 103, 104 
or 105, 106, ZOOL 101, 102, MATH 110, 111 or 
(115,) 116, ENGL 101 and the required health 
and physical education. The second year should 
include CHEM 201-204 or 211-214 and ZOOL 290, 
246, the third year PHYS 121, 122. CHEM 219 (or 
321) would also be taken in the third year in the 
case of a three-year applicant. The schedules are 
completed with general education requirements, 
college requirements, major department require- 
ments and electives. 

RELATED PROFESSIONS 

Academic preparation for several professions 
related to dentistry or medicine is available 
through the College of Arts and Sciences. For re- 
quirements of professional schools in dental hy- 
giene, optometry, osteopathy, etc., see catalogs 
of the specialized schools; representative cata- 
logs are available in the office of the dean. 

Medical Technology. The program in medical 
technology is administered by the School of 
Nursing. 

Veterinary Medicine. The pre-veterinary pro- 
gram is administered by the College of Agricul- 
ture. 

Dental Hygiene. The program in dental hygiene 
is administered by the School of Dentistry. 



170 / Arts and Sciences 



PSYCHOLOGY 

Professor and Chairman: Bartlett. 

Professors: Anderson, Crites, Gollub, Hodos, Nor- 
ton, Levinson, Martin, Taylor, Tyier, Waldrop. 

Associate Professors: Fretz, Goldstein, Locke, Mc- 
Intire, Schneider, Scholnick, Steinman, Teitel- 
baum, Ward. 

Assistant Professors: Carroll, Claiborn, Dachler, 
Dies, Evans, Hegge, Holmgren, Johnson, Lar- 
kin, Osterhouse, Smith, Specter, Sternheim. 

Lecturer: Meenes. 

Instructor: Morton. 

Psychology can be classified as a biological 
science (Bachelor of Science degree) and a social 
science (Bachelor of Arts degree) and offers aca- 
demic programs related to both of these fields. 
The undergraduate curriculum in psychology pro- 
vides an organized study of the behavior of man 
and other organisms in terms of the biological 
conditions and social factors which influence such 
behavior. In addition, the undergraduate program 
is arranged to provide opportunities for learning 
that will equip qualified students to pursue further 
study of psychology and related fields in graduate 
and professional schools. 

Students who are interested in the biological 
aspects of behavior tend to choose a program 
leading to the Bachelor of Science degree, while 
those interested primarily in the social factors of 
behavior. In addition, the undergraduate program 
the Bachelor of Arts degree. The choice of pro- 
gram is made in consultation with, and requires 
the approval of, an academic advisor. 

Departmental requirements are the same for the 
Bachelor of Science and the Bachelor of Arts de- 
grees. A minimum of 25 hours of psychology 
course-work is required; courses taken must in- 
clude PSYG 101, 200, one of 400, 410, or 420, and 
an additional 12 hours of 400 level courses (not in- 
cluding 478 and 479). In addition to the above 
courses in psychology, all majors are required 
to take: (1) MATH 111 or 140; (2) one course, 
to be approved by an academic advisor in psy- 
chology, above the introductory level in one of 
the following fields; chemistry, computer science, 
mathematics, microbiology, physics, zoology. 
These two courses may be used as part of the 
General Education or college requirements in 
mathematics and science or for the supporting 
course requirements described below, but not 
for both. Majors in psychology are urged to take 
their mathematics and science courses in their 
first two years. 

The supporting courses to supplement the work 
in the major for the Bachelor of Science degree 
must include 18 hours in mathematics and sci- 
ence, beyond those courses required by the col- 
lege. A minimum of two courses must be labora- 
tory courses, and at least three courses (or 9 
hours) must be chosen at the advanced level (be- 



yond the introductory sequence). The particular 
laboratory and advanced courses must be ap- 
proved by an academic advisor in the Department 
of Psychology. 

The supporting courses for the Bachelor of Arts 
degree must include 18 hours which are chosen in 
related fields to supplement work in the major. Of 
these 18 hours, six must be chosen at the 300 and 
400 level. This set of courses must be approved 
by an academic advisor in psychology. 

A student must obtain a C or better in PSYC 
100 in order to major in psychology. A psychology 
major must have a 2.0 in his major courses and a 
2.0 in his supporting courses in order to be certi- 
fied for graduation with a degree in psychology. 
In addition, no student who ever receives a sec- 
ond grade lower than a in PSYC 100, 200, or 
any 300-400 level psychology course will be cer- 
tified for graduation in psychology. 

Students desiring to enter graduate study in 
certain areas of psychology are advised to take an 
additional laboratory course and or participate in 
individual research projects. Such students should 
consult and advisor for information about prereq- 
uisites for graduate study in psychology. 

HONORS 

The Department of Psychology also offers a spe- 
cial program for the superior student which em- 
phasizes independent study and research. Stu- 
dents may be eligible to enter the Honors Program 
who have a 3.3 grade average in all courses or the 
equivalent, who are in their junior year, and who 
demonstrate interest and maturity indicative of 
success in the program. Students in their sopho- 
more year should consult their advisor or the 
Departmental Honors Committee for further in- 
formation. 

PSYC 100 (001). INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY. (3) 
A basic introductory course, intended to bring the stu- 
dent into contact with the major problems confronting 
psychology and the more important attempts at their 
solution. (Staff) 

PSYC 100H (001H). INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY 

(Honors). (3) 
PSYC 200 (090). STATISTICAL METHODS IN PSYCHOLOGY. 
(3) 

Prerequisite. PSYC 100 and MATH 110. 115. or equiva- 
lent. A basic introduction to quantitative methods used 
in psychological research. (Staff) 

PSYC 201 H (020H). INTERMEDIATE PSYCHOLOGY. 
(Honors) (3) 

Second semester. Usually taken during sophomore year. 
Prerequisite, PSYC 100H or permission of instructor. The 
course content will stress the interrelations among data 
derived from the fields of human development, cognition, 
perception, measurement and social processes. 

PSYC 206 (026). DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3) 
First semester. Prerequisite. PSYC 100. Biological basis 
of behavioral development in relation to genetic, consti- 
tutional, anatomical, physiological, and environmental 
factors. Emphasis upon both phylogenetic and ontoge- 
netic research findings in biological psychology. 

(Brady, Hodos) 



Arts and Sciences / 171 



PSYC 221 (021). SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 100, Personality and behavior as In- 
fluenced by culture and Interpersonal relations. Social 
influences on motivation, learning, memory, and percep- 
tion. Attitudes, public opinion, propaganda, language and 
communication, leadership, ethnic differences, and group 
process. (Staff) 

PSYC 235 (005). PERSONALITY AND ADJUSTMENT. (3) 
Prerequisite. PSYC 100. Introduction to psychology of 
human personality and adjustment. This course is de- 
signed for the student who desires a general knowledge 
of this area of psychology. This course may not be taken 
concurrently with or following PSYC 432. (Staff) 

PSYC 236 (025). CHILD PSYCHOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 100. Behavioral analysis of normal 
development and normal socialization of the growing 
child. This course may not be taken concurrently with 
or following PSYC 433. (Staff) 

PSYC 301 (101). BIOLOGICAL BASIS OF BEHAVIOR. (3) 
Prerequisites, PSYC 200, or 8 hours of zoology, or con- 
sent of instructor. This course Is intended primarily for 
science majors or psychology majors not planning to 
take PSYC 400. f^ay not be taken concurrently with or 
after PSYC 400. Surveys the experimental analysis of the 
behavior of humans and animals from the point of view 
of the biological mechanisms of behavior. Considers such 
topics as genetic determiners and physiological mecha- 
nisms, and basic principles of conditioning and learning. 

(Staff) 

PSYC 365 (035). SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY. 

(3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 100. A course for nonmajors which 
provides a general survey of the field of Industrial psy- 
chology, Including such topics as selection, training, job 
satisfaction, social organization, and environmental fac- 
tors. This course may not be taken concurrently with or 
following PSYC 461. 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

Graduate credits will be assigned for students certified by 

the Department of Psychology as qualified for graduate 

standing. 

PSYC 400 (146). EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY; LEARN- 
ING AND MOTIVATION. (4) 
Two lectures and four one-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equivalent. Students 
who have taken PSYC 301 need consent of instructor. 
Primarily for students who major in psychology. The ex- 
perimental analysis ot behavior with emphasis on condi- 
tioning, learning and motivational processes. Experi- 
ments are conducted on the behavior ot animals. (Staff) 

PSYC 402 (180). PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite. PSYC 410 or consent of Instructor. An In- 
troduction to research on the physiological basis of 
human behavior. Including considerations of sensory 
phenomena, motor coordination, emotion, drives, and the 
neurological basis of learning. (Staff) 

PSYC 403 (181). ANIMAL BEHAVIOR. (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 400 or consent of Instructor. A study 
of animal behavior. Including considerations of social 
Interactions, learning, sensory processes, motivation, and 
experimental methods, with a major emphasis on mam- 
mals. (Mclntlre) 

PSYC 410 (145). EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: SENSORY 
PROCESSES I. (4) 
Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory/demonstra- 
tion period per week. Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equiva- 
lent. Primarily for students who major in psychology. A 
systematic survey of the content, models, and method- 
ologies of sensory and perceptual research. (Staff) 

PSYC 412 (182). EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: SENSORY 
PROCESSES II. (4) 

Two lectures and four hours of laboratory exercise and 
research per week. Prerequisite. PSYC 410 or consent o( 



instructor. Primarily tor psychology majors and majors 
in biological sciences with a special interest in sensory 
processes. Lectures and laboratory exercises will em- 
phasize contemporary problems in sensory process re- 
search. Sufficient latitude will be provided so the excep- 
tional student may conduct original research based on 
findings reported in the current literature. 

PSYC 420 (147). EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: SOCIAL 
BEHAVIOR. (4) 

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite, PSYC 221 and PSYC 200 or equiva- 
lent. A laboratory course dealing with methods of study- 
ing behavior in the social context. Topics will Include 
social perception and motivation, small groups, communi- 
cation and persuasion. Consideration will be given to the 
techniques involved in laboratory experimentation, field 
studies, attitude scale construction, and opinion surveys. 
(McGinnies, Higgs, Ward) 

PSYC 422 (123). LANGUAGE AND SOCIAL COMMUNICA- 
TION. (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite, PSYC 221 and PSYC 200 
or equivalent, and consent of Instructor. The nature and 
significance of verbal and nonverbal communication In 
social psychological processes Including examination 
of relevant theoretical approaches to symbolic behavior. 

(Staff) 

PSYC 423 (183). ADVANCED SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 420. A systematic review of re- 
searches and points of view in regard to major problems 
In the field of social psychology. 

PSYC 431 (131). ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 100 and 200 or equivalent. The na- 
ture, diagnosis, etiology, and treatment of mental dis- 
orders. (Staff) 

PSYC 432 (105). PERSONALITY. (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equivalent. Major personality 
theories, their postulates and evidence; assessment and 
research methodology in personality; major areas of per- 
sonality research, their methodologies, findings. Implica- 
tions, and relationships to the field of psychology. (Staff) 

PSYC 433 (125). ADVANCED TOPICS IN CHILD PSYCHOL- 
OGY. (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equivalent. The growth and 
transformation of basic psychological processes from 
birth to maturity. Emphasis is on research data and 
methodological issues, especially as they relate to other 
aspects of psychology. (Staff) 

PSYC 441 (148). PSYCHOLOGY OF HUMAN LEARNING. (3) 
Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equivalent. Review and analy- 
sis of the major phenomena and theories of human learn- 
ing. Including an Introduction to the fields of problem 
solving, thinking and reasoning. (Staff) 

PSYC 451 (150). PRINCIPLES OF PSYCHOLOGICAL TEST- 
ING. (4) 
Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equivalent. A survey of 
the basic concepts and theories of psychological mea- 
surement illustrated through demonstration of principal 
approaches to psychological testing. (Staff) 

PSYC 452 (151). PSYCHOLOGY OF INDIVIDUAL DIFFER- 
ENCES. (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 451. Problems theories, and re- 
searches related to psychological differences among In- 
dividuals and groups. (Waldrop, Johnson) 

PSYC 453 (152). MATHEMATICAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite, PSYC 200 or equivalent, and consent of In- 
structor. A survey of mathematical formulations In psy- 
chology, Including measurement and scaling models, 
statistical and psychometric models, and elementary 
mathematical representations of psychological processes 
In learning, choice, psychophyslcs, and social behavior. 

(Staff) 



172 / Arts and Sciences 



PSYC 461 (135). PERSONNEL AND INDUSTRIAL PSY- 
CHOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite. PSYC 200 or equivalent. An intensive study 
of the main areas of industrial psychology with emphasis 
on primary source material. This course emphasizes re- 
search methodology and the relationship of research 
findings to general theoretical issues. (Staff) 

PSYC 462 (136). ENGINEERING PSYCHOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite. PSYC 200 or equivalent. An examination of 
the characteristics of the man-machine system vi^ith pri- 
mary emphasis on human performance. Some of the 
topics covered are: information processing, decision 
making, training, environmental constraints, and automa- 
tion. (Staff) 

PSYC 478 (194). INDEPENDENT STUDY IN PSYCHOLOGY. 
(1-3) 

Prerequisite, written consent of instructor. A student who 
wishes to take independent work must have completed 
12 hours of psychology with at least a 2.5 average. Inte- 
grated reading under direction leading to the preparation 
of an adequately documented report on a special topic. 
(In special cases a student who may need to repeat this 
course in order to complete his independent study will 
make a formal request, including a research proposal, 
through his advisor to the Departmental Honors Commit- 
tee.) 

PSYC 479 (195). SPECIAL RESEARCH PROBLEtVIS IN PSY- 
CHOLOGY. (1-3) 

Prerequisite, written consent of instructor. A student who 
wishes to take independent research study must have 
completed 12 hours of psychology with at least a 2.5 
average. An individual course designed to allow the stu- 
dent to pursue a specialized research topic under super- 
vision. (In special cases a student who may need to re- 
peat this course in order to complete his research will 
make a formal request, including a research proposal, 
through his advisor to the Departmental Honors Commit- 
tee.) 

PSYC 488H (196H). ADVANCED PSYCHOLOGY I (Honors). 
(3) 

Second semester. Usually taken during junior year. Pre- 
requisites. PSYC 200 and permission of Department Hon- 
ors Committee. Seminar covering topics in sensation, 
perception, learning, and motivation. 

PSYC 489 (191). SENIOR SEMINAR. (3) 

Prerequisite, written consent of the individual instructor 
(may be repeated). The historical and theoretical roots 
of the subject matter areas of psychology. Different 
topical areas and the current theory and related research 
will be discussed. 

PSYC 498H (197H). ADVANCED PSYCHOLOGY II (Honors). 
(3) 

First semester. Usually taken during senior year. Pre- 
requisite. PSYC 488H. Seminar covering topics in meas- 
urement, social processes and other subject matter of 
current interest. 

PSYC 499H (199H). HONORS THESIS RESEARCH 

First and second semester. Usually taken during last 
semester in residence. Prerequisite, permission of thesis 
advisor. 

FOR GRADUATES 

See Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 
(All the following courses require consent of the instruc- 
tor. Not all of the graduate courses are offered every year.) 

PSYC 601. 602 (252, 253). ADVANCED STATISTICS. (3, 3) 
PSYC 611 (265). ADVANCED DEVELOPtVlENTAL PSYCHOL- 
OGY. (3) 
PSYC 612 (267). THEORIES OF PERSONALITY. (3) 
PSYC 641 (241). PERSUASION AND ATTITUDE CHANGE. 

(3) 
PSYC 642 (243). SEMINAR IN SMALL GROUP BEHAVIOR. 
(3) 



PSYC 648 (242). SEMINAR IN SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3) 
PSYC 651, 661 (211, 212). ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOL- 
OGY. (3, 3) 
PSYC 671 (208). VERBAL BEHAVIOR. (3) 
PSYC 687. 688 (205. 206). HISTORICAL VIEWPOINTS AND 

CURRENT THEORIES IN PSYCHOLOGY. (3, 3) 
PSYC 701 (254). FACTOR ANALYSIS. (3) 
PSYC 704 (256). MENTAL TEST THEORY. (3) 
PSYC 706 (258). DEVELOPMENT OF PREDICTORS, (3) 
PSYC 708 (255). SEMINAR IN PSYCHOMETRIC THEORY. 

(3) 
PSYC 709 (257). SEMINAR IN QUANTITATIVE PSYCHOL- 
OGY. (3) 

PSYC 711 (221). SEMINAR IN COUNSELING PSYCHOL- 
OGY. (3) 

PSYC 713 (222). SEMINAR IN CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3) 

PSYC 721, 723 (225, 226). BEHAVIORAL ASSESSMENT AND 
MEASUREMENT. (2, 2) 

PSYC 722, 724 (227, 228). LABORATORY IN BEHAVIORAL 
ASSESSMENT AND MEASUREMENT. (2, 2) 

PSYC 727, 729 (263, 264). MODIFICATION OF HUMAN BE- 
HAVIOR: LABORATORY AND PRACTICUM. (3) 

PSYC 730 (230). SEMINAR IN ENGINEERING PSYCHOL- 
OGY. (3) 

PSYC 731 (231). TRAINING PROCEDURES IN INDUSTRY. 
(3) 

PSYC 732 (232). PERSONNEL SELECTION AND JOB 
ANALYSIS. (3) 

PSYC 733 (233). SOCIAL ORGANIZATION IN INDUSTRY. 
(3) 

PSYC 738 (229). SEMINAR IN INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY. 
(3) 

PSYC 740 (240). INTERVIEW AND QUESTIONNAIRE TECH- 
NIQUES. (3) 

PSYC 761 (213). ADVANCED LABORATORY TECHNIQUES. 
(1-3) 

PSYC 762 (214). COMPARATIVE PSYCHOLOGY. (3) 

PSYC 763 (215). ADVANCED PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY. (3) 

PSYC 765 (216). SEMINAR IN PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY. 
(3) 

PSYC 768 (207). CONDITIONING AND LEARNING. (3) 

PSYC 788. 789 (288, 289). SPECIAL RESEARCH PROB- 
LEMS. (1-4, 1-4) 

PSYC 798 (203). GRADUATE SEMINAR. (2) 

PSYC 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (Credit Arranged) 

PSYC 800 (200). PRO-SEMINAR: PROFESSIONAL ASPECTS 
OF PSYCHOLOGICAL SCIENCE. (1) 

PSYC 801 (220). PSYCHOLOGICAL CONCEPTS IN MENTAL 
HEALTH. (3) 

PSYC 802 (223). SEMINAR IN COMMUNITY MENTAL 
HEALTH. (3) 

PSYC 803 (224). SEMINAR IN STUDENT PERSONNEL. (2) 

PSYC 804 (260). OCCUPATIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND 
CHOICE. (3) 

PSYC 805. 806 (261. 262). MODIFICATION OF HUMAN BE- 
HAVIOR: RESEARCH METHODS AND PRACTICES. (3, 3) 

PSYC 807 (266). THEORIES OF MOTIVATION. (3) 

PSYC 808 (269). PRACTICUM IN COMMUNITY MENTAL 
HEALTH CONSULTATION. (3) 

PSYC 809 (270). ADVANCED ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. 
(3) 

PSYC 810 (271). APPRAISAL OF DISABILITIES. (3) 

PSYC 811 (272). INDIVIDUAL CLINICAL DIAGNOSIS. (3) 

PSYC 812 (274). EVALUATION AND CHANGE IN EDUCA- 
TIONAL SKILLS. (3) 

PSYC 858 (201). SENSORY AND PERCEPTUAL PROCES- 
SES. (3) 



Arts and Sciences / 173 



PSYC 888. 889 (285, 286). RESEARCH METHODS IN PSY- 
CHOLOGY. (1-3, 1-3) 

PSYC 898 (204). GRADUATE SEMINAR. (2) 

PSYC 899 (499). DISSERTATION RESEARCH (Credit Ar- 
ranged). 

RUSSIAN 

See listings under GERMANIC AND SLAVIC 
LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES.) 

RUSSIAN AREA PROGRAM 

Director: Yaney 

This program is for the student who wants to 
concentrate his studies in the humanities and the 
social sciences on the Russian area. It includes 
work in language and literature, history, govern- 
ment and politics, economics, and geography. The 
student may emphasize any one of these disci- 
plines in completing his courses. The program 
prepares the student for graduate work in the 
Russian area, but by proper selection of courses 
a student may concentrate his work sufficiently 
in one discipline to be able to take up graduate 
work in this particular field. 

The student following this program must meet 
the general requirements for a degree in the 
College of Arts and Sciences. He should select 
Russian to meet the foreign language require- 
ments. 

Required introductory courses are: RUSS 101, 
102, and 104 (unless the student is exempted 
from this requirement), HIST 241 and 242, GEOG 
201 or 203, ECON 205 or 201, 203. These courses 
must be passed with at least an average grade 
of "C" in order for the student to continue in the 
program. 

Advanced courses in the Russian area: the stu- 
dent must complete at least 30 hours of advanced 
work in the Russian area including 12 hours of 
advanced courses in Russian language, 6 hours in 
Russian history, 6 hours in Russian government, 
3 hours in Soviet economics. 

The student must complete an additional 18 
hours of advance work in the above disciplines. 
Of these 18, at least 12 must all be in one of the 
departments and at the 300-400 level. If the stu- 
dent wishes to concentrate in Russian language 
and literature, he should take at least 15 of these 
hours in Russian. 

Normally, the student's advisor will be a pro- 
fessor in the Russian area of the department in 
which he does most of his work. 

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 

Professor and Chairman: Ellis. 

Associate Prolessor and Vice Chairman: Hirzel. 

Professor and Director of the Division of Crim- 
inology: Lejins. 

Associate Professor and Director of the Division 
of Anthropology: Williams. 



Professors: Dager, Ellis, Janes, Lejins. 

Associate Professors: Anderson, Cussler, Henkel, 
Mclntyre, Williams. 

Assistant Professors: Bateman, Braungart, Coates, 
Federico, Fidelhoitz, Franz, Harper, Hunt, 
Kruegel, Lengermann, Maida, Pease, Rosen, 
Schwartz, Simons, Thomas, Wellford. 

Lecturers: Clymer, Cosnow, Poilitt, Thurman. 

SOCIOLOGY 

The major in sociology offers: (1) a liberal edu- 
cation especially directed toward understanding 
the complexities of modern society and its social 
problems; (2) a broad preparation for various 
types of professions, occupations and services 
dealing with people; (3) a more specific prepara- 
tion in the areas in which the department offers 
specialization such as criminology and correc- 
tions, community studies, etc.; (4) preparation of 
qualified students for graduate training in soci- 
ology. A comprehensive set of courses in anthro- 
pology is provided by that division and a major 
is offered. Statements on course requirements and 
recommended courses in these areas are avail- 
able in the departmental office. 

A minimum of 30 hours in sociology is required 
of majors. Required courses include SOCY 100, 
SOCY 200, SOCY 201, SOCY 400, SOCY 402. Stu- 
dents interested in the honors program should 
check their eligibility with the Department's Hon- 
ors Committee. 

SOCY 100 (001) or its equivalent is prerequisite to all other 
courses in sociology. 

SOCY 100 (001). INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY. (3) 
This course is one of the set of courses within the social 
science requirement of the General Education Program. 
Sociological analysis of the American social structure; 
metropolitan, small town, and rural communities; popula- 
tion distribution, composition and change: social organi- 
zation. (Staff) 

SOCY 110 (013). RURAL SOCIOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Rural life in America; its people, 
social organization, culture patterns, and problems. 

(Staff) 

SOCY 120 (014). URBAN SOCIOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite. SOCY 100. Urban growth and expansion; 
characteristics of city populations: urban institutions and 
personality patterns; relations of city and country. (Staff) 

SOCY 200 (086). PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite. SOCY 100 and sophomore standing. The 
basic forms of social interaction, processes, and struc- 
tures. Intended primarily for. and required of. all majors. 
It is recommended that the course be taken in the soph- 
omore year. The basic forms of human associations and 
interactions, social processes; institutions, culture, human 
nature and personality. 

(Lengermann. Pease. Schwartz. Staff) 

SOCY 201 (095). INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS FOR SOCI- 
OLOGY. (3) 

(Two lectures and two hours drill per week). Prerequi- 
sites. SOCY 100 and MATH 110 or equivalent. Elementary 
descriptive and inferential statistics. Measures of central 
tendency and variation, non-parametric and parametric 
measures of association and correlation, one-way analy- 
sis of variance, hypothesis testing, point and interval 
estimates. Required of all sociology majors. 

(Bateman, Henkel, Kruegel, Simons. Staff) 



174 / Arts and Sciences 



SOCV 210 (051). SOCIAL PROBLEMS. (3) 

Prerequisites, SOCY 100 and sophomore standing. An 
examination of the nature of social problems; perspec- 
tives on social problems: the ways in which social prob- 
lems are implicated in the organization of society: and a 
detailed study of selected social problems including so- 
cial conflict and social inequality. (Staff) 

SOCY 215 (062). SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS. (3) 

Prerequisites. SOCY 100 and sophomore standing. Nature 
and function of social institutions: the perpetuation of 
behavior through customs and social norms; typical con- 
temporary American institutions. (Staff) 

SOCY 220 (052). CRIMINOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisites, SOCY 100 and sophomore standing. Crim- 
inal behavior and the methods of its study; causation; 
typologies of criminal acts and offenders: punishment, 
correction and incapacitation; prevention of crime. 

(Lejins, Maida, Wellford, Staff) 

SOCY 230 (071). DYNAMICS OF SOCIAL INTERACTION. (3) 
Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Social psychology of groups 
such as committees, teams, clubs, sects, social move- 
ments, crowds and publics. Origin of the social self; role 
behavior, inter-group and intra-group relations. 

(Cussler, Dager, Staff) 

Junior and Senior Courses Not Acceptable For 
Credit Toward Graduate Degrees 

SOCY 310 (131). INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICE. (3) 
Prerequisite, SOCY 100. General survey of the field of 
social welfare activities; historical development; growth, 
functions and specialization of agencies and services, 
private and public. (Federico) 

SOCY 311 (174). SENIOR SEMINAR IN SOCIAL WORK. (3) 
Prerequisites, SOCY 100 and permission of the instruc- 
tor. Open only to graduating seniors enrolled in the Pre- 
Professional Social Work Program. This course seeks to 
give pre-professional social work students experience in 
applying social science theory to concrete social prob- 
lems. Cases of psychological, social and biological mal- 
fu.iction will be studied, and specific treatment plans 
constructed. The interrelated nature of several causes of 
deviant behavior will be stressed, as will the importance 
of understanding and using the principles of several so- 
cial science disciplines. (Federico) 

SOCY 330 (118). COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Community organization and its 
relation to social welfare; analysis of community needs 
and resources; health, housing, recreation; community 
centers: neighborhood projects. (Federico) 

SOCY 359 (191). SOCIAL FIELD TRAINING. (1-3) 

Prerequisites, SOCY 100: and for social work field train- 
ing, SOCY 310; tor crime control field training, SOCY 220 
and SOCY 450. Enrollment restricted to available place- 
ments. Supervised field training in public and private 
social agencies. The student will select his particular 
area of interest and be responsible to an agency for a 
definite program of in-service training. Group meetings, 
individual conferences and written program reports will 
be a required part of the course. (Staff) 

SOCY 388H (194H). INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN SOCI- 
OLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite. SOCY 100. For honors students only. This 
course is designed for the needs of the honors students 
in sociology. (Staff) 

SOCY 389H (193H). INDEPENDENT READING COURSE IN 
SOCIOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. For honors students only. This 
course is designed for the needs of the honors students 
in sociology. (Staff) 

SOCY 399 (199). INDEPENDENT STUDY OF SOCIOLOGY. 
(1-6) 

Prerequisites, written consent of faculty under whose 
direction the study is to be performed, and at least 12 



hours of sociology credit to include one or more of the 
following: SOCY 201; SOCY 400; SOCY 402. Integrated 
reading or research under direction and supervision of 
faculty member. (Staff) 

Junior and Senior Courses Acceptable For 
Credit Toward Some Graduate Degrees 

SOCY 400 (186). SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Development of the science of 
sociology; historic backgrounds: recent theories of so- 
ciety. Required of all sociology majors. Should be taken 
in senior year. (Janes, Hunt, Thomas) 

SOCY 401 (195). INTERMEDIATE STATISTICS FOR SOCI- 
OLOGISTS. (3) 

Prerequisites, SOCY 201 or equivalent and six ad- 
ditional credits in sociology. Intermediate correlation 
techniques, analysis of variance, sampling, additional 
non-parametric techniques, additional topics in inferential 
statistics. Required of all candidates for the M.A. degree. 
(Bateman, Henkel, Simons, Staff) 

SOCY 402 (196). INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH METH- 
ODS IN SOCIOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Nature and scope of sociological 
research problem formulation, case study methods, ob- 
servational methods, survey method, experimental meth- 
ods, documentary methods, miscellaneous methods. Re- 
quired of all sociology majors. 

(Bateman, Harper, Henkel, Kruegel, Mclntyre, Staff) 

SOCY 410 (121). POPULATION. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Population distribution and 
growth in the United States and the world; population 
characteristics of the United States; resulting population 
problems and policies. (Hirzel, Kruegel) 

SOCY 411 (122). POPULATION. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Trends in fertility and mortality, 
migrations, population estimates, and the resulting prob- 
lems and policies. (Hirzel, Kruegel) 

SOCY 421 (102). INTERCULTURAL SOCIOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 200. On the basis of a com- 
parative study of customs, individual and group behavior 
patterns and institutions, this course studies the ideolo- 
gies of America and other modern societies. (Franz) 

SOCY 423 (123). ETHNIC MINORITIES. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Basic social processes in the 
relations of ethnic groups within the state; immigration 
groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minor- 
ities in Europe. (Lejins, Staff) 

SOCY 424 (124). SOCIOLOGY OF RACE RELATIONS. (3) 
Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Race as a focus of social rela- 
tions. Political and collective action centering on race 
relations. New myths of race. Trends in assimilation of 
racial groupings. (Mclntyre, Schwartz) 

SOCY 426 (136). SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Varieties and sources of re- 
ligious experience. Religious institutions and the role 
of religion in social life. (Thomas) 

SOCY 427 (125). DEVIANT BEHAVIOR. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Current theories of the genesis 
and distribution of deviant behavior. Definitions of devi- 
ance, labeling theory, secondary deviance. Theories of 
specific forms of deviant behavior will be examined for 
their implications for a general theory of deviant be- 
havior. (Staff) 

SOCY 430 (141). SOCIOLOGY OF PERSONALITY. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Development of human nature 
and personality in contemporary social life; processes of 
socialization: attitudes, individual differences and social 
behavior. (Bateman, Cussler, Dager, Hunt, Simons) 

SOCY 431 (143). FORMAL AND COMPLEX ORGANIZA- 
TIONS. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. The concept of formal organiza- 
tion. The study of functioning and control in the opera- 
tion of bureaucracies such as corporations and in large- 



Arts and Sciences / 175 



scale organizations such as military, religious and educa- 
tional hierarchies. Forms of recruitment, internal mobility 
and organizational personality. Relations between large- 
scale organizations and with the larger society. 

(Lengermann, Schwartz) 

SOCY 432 (144). COLLECTIVE BEHAVIOR. (3) 

Prerequisite. SOCY 100. Social interaction in mass be- 
havior; communication processes; structure and func- 
tioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, 
and the public. (Cussler, Simons) 

SOCY 433 (145). SOCIAL CONTROL. (3) 

Prerequisite. SOCY 100. Forms, mechanism, and tech- 
niques of group influence on human behavior; problems 
of social control in contemporary society. (Staff) 

SOCY 441 (162). SOCIAL STRATIFICATION. (3) 

Prerequisite, 9 credits of sociology. An introduction to 
the sociology of social stratification. Consideration of 
the basic concepts and major findings in the field. The 
relationship of social stratification to the institutional 
orders of the society. (Ellis, Pease) 

SOCY 443 (164). THE FAf^lLY AND SOCIETY. (3) 

Prerequisite. SOCY 100. Study of the family as a social 
institution; its biological and cultural foundations, historic 
development, changing structure, and function; the in- 
teractions of marriages and parenthood, disorganizing 
and reorganizing factors in present day trends. 

(Harper, f^clntyre) 

SOCY 445 (148). SOCIOLOGY OF THE ARTS. (3) 

Prerequisite. SOCY 100. Functions of the arts as a social 
institution. Social role of the artist. Recruitment to and 
organizational structure of artistic professions. Art forms 
and social characteristics of audiences. Changing tech- 
nology and social values as reflected in artistic expres- 
sion. (Federico) 

SOCY 447 (180). SMALL GROUP ANALYSIS. (3) 

Prerequisite. SOCY 100. Analysis of small group struc- 
ture and dynamics. Review of research on small groups 
in factories, military service, schools and communities. 
Presentation of techniques used in the study of small 
groups. (Franz) 

SOCY 450 (153). JUVENILE DELINQUENCY. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Juvenile delinquency in relation 
to the general problem of crime; analysis of factors un- 
derlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention. 
(Lejins. Maida. Welltord. Staff) 

SOCY 451 (154). CRIME AND DELINQUENCY PREVENTION 
(3) 

Prerequisite. SOCY 220 or SOCY 450 or consent of in- 
structor. Methods and programs in prevention of crime 
and delinquency. (Lejins. Maida. Wellford. Staff) 

SOCY 452 (155). TREATMENT OF CRIMINALS AND DELIN- 
QUENTS IN THE COMMUNITY. (3) 

Prerequisite. SOCY 220 or SOCY 450 or consent of in- 
structor. Analysis of the processes and methods in the 
modification of criminal patterns of behavior in a com- 
munity setting. (Lejins, Maida. Wellford, Staff) 

SOCY 453 (156). INSTITUTIONAL TREATMENT OF CRIM- 
INALS AND DELINQUENTS. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 220 or SOCY 450 or consent of in- 
structor. History, organization and functions of penal and 
correctional institutions for adults and juveniles. 

(Lejins, Maida, Wellford, Staff) 

SOCY 457 (147). SOCIOLOGY OF LAW. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Law as a form of social control; 
interrelation between legal and other conduct norms as 
to their content, sanctions, and methods of securing con- 
formity; law as an integral part of the culture of the 
groups; factors and processes operative in the forma- 
tion of legal norms as determinants of human behavior. 

(Lejins) 

SOCY 460 (111), SOCIOLOGY OF OCCUPATIONS AND 
CAREERS, (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. I he sociology of work and oc- 
cupational life in modern society. Changing occupational 

176 / Arts and Sciences 



ideologies, values and choices. Occupational status sys- 
tems and occupational mobility. The social psychology 
of career success. (Coates, Lengermann) 

SOCY 462 (115). INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. The sociology and human rela- 
tions in American industry and business. Complex indus- 
trial and business organization as social systems. Social 
relationships within and between industry, business, 
community, and society. (Coates, Lengermann) 

SOCY 464 (116). MILITARY SOCIOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. Social change and the growth of 
military institutions. Complex formal military organiza- 
tions. Military organizations as social systems. Military 
service as an occupation or profession. The sociology of 
military life. Relations between military institutions, civil- 
ian communities and society. (Coates) 

SOCY 465 (117). THE SOCIOLOGY OF WAR. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. The origin and development of 
armed forces as institutions, the social causes, operations 
and results of war as social conflict; the relations of 
peace and war and revolution in contemporary civili- 
zations. (Coates) 

SOCY 466 (133). THE SOCIOLOGY OF POLITICS. (3) 

Prerequisite, 9 credits of sociology. An introduction to 
the sociology of political phenomena. Consideration of 
the basic concepts and major findings in the field; the 
relationship of the polity to other institutional orders of 
the society; the relationship of political activity in Amer- 
ica to the theory of democracy. (Braungart) 

SOCY 470 (112). RURAL-URBAN RELATIONS. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. The ecology of population and 
the forces making for change in rural and urban life; mi- 
gration, decentralization and regionalism as methods of 
studying individual and national issues. Applied field 
problems. (Henkel) 

SOCY 471 (113). THE RURAL COMMUNITY. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. A detailed study of rural life 
with emphasis on levels of living, the family, school, and 
church and organizational activities in the fields of health, 
recreation, welfare, and planning. (Staff) 

SOCY 473 (114). THE CITY. (3) 

Prerequisite, SOCY 100. The rise of urban civilization 
and metropolitan regions; ecological process and struc- 
ture; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, 
control and planning. (Hirzel, Janes, Pollitt) 

FOR GRADUATES 

SOCY 600 (282). SOCIOLOGY METHODOLOGY, (3) 

SOCY 601 (295). ADVANCED STATISTICS FOR SOCIOLO- 
GISTS. (3) 

SOCY 602 (201). METHODS OF SOCIAL RESEARCH. (3) 

SOCY 606 (217). SEMINAR IN FIELD WORK URBAN RE- 
SEARCH. (3) 

SOCY 608 (202). ADVANCED RESEARCH METHODS IN 
SOCIOLOGY. (3) 

SOCY 609 (204). PRACTICUM IN DATA ANALYSIS IN 
FIELD RESEARCH. (3) 

SOCY 618 (205). COMPUTER METHODS FOR SOCIOLO- 
GISTS. (3) 

SOCY 620 (286). DEVELOPMENT OF EUROPEAN AND 

AMERICAN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY. (3) 

SOCY 621 (287). SEMINAR: SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY. (3) 

SOCY 622 (288). THE SOCIOLOGY OF KNOWLEDGE. (3) 

SOCY 623 (214). SURVEY OF URBAN THEORY. (3) 

SOCY 624 (271). THEORY OF SOCIAL INTERACTION. (3) 

SOCY 625 (266). RESEARCH LITERATURE IN SOCIAL 

STRATIFICATION. (3) 

SOCY 626 (219). HUMAN ECOLOGY. (3) 

SOCY 630 (221). POPULATION AND SOCIETY. (3) 

SOCY 631 (230). COMPARATIVE SOCIOLOGY. (3) 



SOCY 632 (241). PERSONALITY AND SOCIAL STRUC- 
TURE. (3) 

SOCY 633 (216). SOCIOLOGY OF OCCUPATIONS AND 

PROFESSIONS. (3) 

SOCY 634 (246). PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA. (3) 

SOCY 635 (247). SOCIOLOGY OF LAW. (3) 

SOCY 636 (250). FORMAL ORGANIZATION. (3) 

SOCY 640 (257). SOCIAL CHANGE AND SOCIAL POLICY. 

(3) 

SOCY 641 (262). FAMILY STUDIES. (3) 

SOCY 642 (264). THE SOCIOLOGY OF MENTAL HEALTH. 

(3) 

SOCY 643 (215). COMMUNITY STUDIES. (3) 

SOCY 650 (253). ADVANCED CRIMINOLOGY. (3) 

SOCY 651 (254). SEMINAR; CRIMINOLOGY. (3) 

SOCY 652 (255). SEMINAR: JUVENILE DELINQUENCY. (3) 

SOCY 653 (256). CRIME AND DELINQUENCY AS A COM- 
MUNITY PROBLEM. (3) 

SOCY 699 (291). SPECIAL SOCIAL PROBLEMS. (Cr. Arr.) 

SOCY 799 (399). MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH. (Cr. Arr.) 

SOCY 899 (499). DOCTORAL DISSERTATION RESEARCH. 
(Cr. Arr.) 

For anthropology curriculum, see ANTHROPOLOGY. 

SPANISH AND PORTUGUESE 
LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

Professor and Chairman: Hesse. 

Professors: Goodwyn, Gramberg, Marra-Lopez, 

Mendeloff, Nemes, Parsons, Rand (ennerita). 
Associate Professor: Rovner. 
Assistant Professors: Flores, Natalia, Norton, Sos- 

nowski. 
Lecturer: Rentz. 
Instructors: Borroto, Grissman, Diz, Feustle, Miller, 

Raggio, Sandra, Villavicencio, Willoughby-Mac- 

donald, Wooldridge. 

MAJORS 

Two types of undergraduate majors are offered 
in Spanish: one for the general student or the 
future teacher, and the other for those interested 
in a rounded study of a foreign area for the pur- 
pose of understanding another nation through 
its literature, history, sociology, economics, and 
other aspects. Both of these majors confer the 
B.A. degree. (The department also offers M.A. and 
Ph.D. degrees in language and literature, but not 
in area study.) 

An undergraduate major in either language and 
literature or area studies requires a total of 39 
hours with a C average, above the basic Arts and 
Sciences College foreign language requirement. 

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE MAJOR 

Gourses: SPAN 201, 221, 301-302; 311 or 312, 
321-322 or 323-324; 401 or 402 plus five courses 
on the 400 level in literature (one of which may 
be elected outside of the field of literature) for a 
total of 39 hours. 

Twelve hours of supporting courses, two of 
which must be on the 300 and 400 level in a sin- 



gle deoartment other than the major and educa- 
tion. Suggested areas: government and politics, 
art, history, philosophy and comparative literature, 
etc., for a combined total of 51 hours. 

FOREIGN AREA MAJOR 

The area study major in Spanish endeavors to 
provide the student with the knowledge of the 
various aspects of Spain and Spanish America. 
Specific requirements in this major are SPAN 201, 
301-302, 311-312, 321-322 or 323-324, 331-332 or 
333-334, and four semester courses in Spanish 
literature numbered 408-498, for a total of 39 
hours. 

Twelve hours of supporting courses, six of 
which must be on the 300-400 level in a single 
department other than the major and education. 
Suggested areas: economics, government and 
politics, geography, history, philosophy, etc., for 
a combined total of 51 hours. 

HONORS IN SPANISH 

A student whose major is Spanish and who, at 
the time of application, has a general academic 
average of 3.0 to 3.5 in his major field may apply 
to the Ghairman of the Honors Gommittee for ad- 
mission to the Honors Program of the department. 
Honors work normally begins in the first semester 
of the junior year, but a qualified student may 
enter as early as the sophomore year or as late 
as the second semester of the junior year. Honors 
students are required to take two courses from 
those numbered 491, 492, 493 and the seminar 
numbered 496, as well as to meet other require- 
ments for a major in Spanish. There will be a final 
comprehensive examination covering the honors 
reading list, which must be taken by all gradu- 
ating seniors who are candidates for honors. Ad- 
mission of students to the Honors Program, their 
continuance in the program, and the final award 
of honors are the prerogrative of the Departmental 
Honors Gommittee. 

ELEMENTARY HONORS 

Gourses 102H and 112H in Spanish are limited 
to specially approved candidates who have passed 
courses 101 or 111 with high grades, and will allow 
them to by-pass courses 104 and 114. 

LOWER DIVISION COURSES 

There are two tracks of elementary and inter- 
mediate courses in Spanish. Track I consists of 
three semesters of four credits each (101, 102, 
104) and Track II of four semesters of three credits 
each (111, 112, 114, 115). The language require- 
ment of the Gollege of Arts and Sciences is satis- 
fied by passing either 104 or 115 or equivalent. 

Transfer students with college credit have the 
option of continuing at the level for which they are 
theoretically prepared or of taking a placement 



Arts and Sciences / 177 



examination, or of electing courses 103 or 113. If 
a transfer student takes course 103 or 113 for 
credit, he may retain transfer credit only for the 
equivalent of course 101 or 111. A transfer stu- 
dent placing lower than his training should warrant 
may ignore the placement but DOES SO AT HIS 
OWN RISK. 

If a student has received a D in a course, 
advanced and completed the next higher course, 
he cannot go back and repeat the original "D". 

NO CREDIT WILL BE GIVEN, EVEN ELECTIVE, 
FOR A SINGLE SEMESTER OF LANGUAGE 101 
OR 111. 

A student whose native language is taught at 
the University may not meet the college require- 
ment by taking courses 101-104, 111-115, 314, 
and 312 in that language. There is a special option 
by which foreign students may offer a combination 
of FOLA 001 and 002 (English for Foreign Stu- 
dents) and 12 hours of other English courses to 
satisfy both the Arts and Sciences English and 
foreign language requirements. This option may 
not be used by pre-medical students. 

The civilization courses (331-334) cannot be 
used toward the foreign language requirement 
except by students who begin language at the Uni- 
versity with a fifth semester course (201) or higher. 

SPANISH 

SPAN 101 (new). ELEMENTARY SPANISH. (4) 

Introduction to basic structures, with emphasis upon 
audio-lingual skills. Four recitations per week, and one 
optional laboratory hour. Normally leads to 102, but 
gifted students may be recommended for 102H. 

SPAN 102 (new). ELEIVIENTARY SPANISH. (4) 

Completion of basic structures, with increasing emphasis 
upon reading skill, reinforced by discussion and compo- 
sition. Four recitations per week and one optional labor- 
atory hour. Normally leads to 104, but gifted students 
may be recommended for 104H. 

SPAN 102H (new). ELEI^ENTARY SPANISH HONORS. (4) 
Limited to students who have been recommended by 
their instructor in 101. Enriced course of study, with 
broad reading base and related development of oral and 
written expression. Four recitations per week and one 
optional laboratory hour. Normally leads to 201 or 221 at 
student's option. 

SPAN 103 (new). REVIEW OF ELEfVIENTARY SPANISH. (4) 
Limited to students who have had at least two years of 
high school Spanish or the equivalent, and who do not 
qualify for 104. Four recitations per week and one op- 
tional laboratory hour. Normally leads to 104. 

SPAN 104 (new). INTERMEDIATE SPANISH. (4) 

Extensive reading, discussion and composition. Four 
recitations per week and one optional laboratory hour. 
Normally leads to 201 or 221 at student's option. 

SPAN 104H (new). INTERMEDIATE SPANISH HONORS. (4) 
Limited to students who have been recommended by 
their instructor in 102. Enriched course of study, with 
broad reading base and related development of oral and 
written expression. Four recitations per week and one 
optional laboratory hour. Normally leads to 321. 322, 323, 
or 324 at student's option. 

SPAN 111, 112 (001. 002). ELEMENTARY SPANISH. (3, 3) 
Each semester: given as iiitensive course in summer ses- 
sion. Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. 
Study of linguistic structure and development of audio- 
lingual and writing ability. (Rentz, Staff) 

178 / Arts and Sciences 



SPAN 112H (003H). ELEMENTARY SPANISH, HONORS 
COURSE. (3) 
Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. En- 
rollment limited to specially approved candidates from 
SPAN 111. Students taking this course will normally con- 
tinue in SPAN 115. (Rentz, Staff) 

SPAN 113 (005). REVIEW OF ELEMENTARY SPANISH. (3) 
Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. En- 
rollment limited to students who, having taken the 
placement examination, have failed to qualify for SPAN 
114. (Rentz, Staff) 

SPAN 114, 115 (006. 007). INTERMEDIATE SPANISH. (3, 3) 
Three recitations per week. Given as intensive course in 
summer session. Prerequisite, SPAN 112 or equivalent, 
or SPAN 113, except that recommended students may en- 
ter SPAN 115 from SPAN 112H. Study of linguistic 
structure, further development of audio-lingual and writ- 
ing ability, and reading of literary texts with discussion in 
Spanish. Usually there will be an honors section for 
qualified students. (Staff) 

SPAN 201 (012). REVIEW OF ORAL AND WRITTEN 
SPANISH. (3) 

Prerequisite, SPAN 115. A practical language course 
recommended for all students continuing in Spanish. 
May be taken concurrently with SPAN 221. (Staff) 

SPAN 211 (041). SPANISH PHONETICS. (3) 

Prerequisite, SPAN 115 or equivalent. Descriptive study 
of the Spanish sound system. Practice in phonetic per- 
ception, transcription and articulation. Particular atten- 
tion to sentence phonetics: juncture, rhythm, stress, 
pitch. (Mendeloff) 

SPAN 221 (Oil). INTRODUCTION TO SPANISH LITERA- 
TURE. (3) 

Prerequisite, SPAN 115. Required of all students who 
continue in advanced courses of department, with ex- 
ception of superior students who are permitted to by- 
pass an introduction to Spanish literature. Conducted in 
Spanish. Reading of literary texts, discussion and brief 
essays. (Staff) 

SPAN 230, 231 (051, 052). COMMERCIAL SPANISH (3, 3) 
Prerequisite. SPAN 201 and consent of instructor. De- 
signed to give knowledge of correct Spanish usage, 
commercial letters and business forms. Fundamental 
principles of Spanish shorthand will be included if war- 
ranted by the interest and ability of the class. (Rovner) 

SPAN 301, 302 (071, 072). REVIEW OF GRAMMAR AND 
COMPOSITION. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, SPAN 201 and 221 or equivalent. Intended 
to give an intensive and practical drill in Spanish com- 
position. (Staff) 

SPAN 311, 312 (080, 081). ADVANCED CONVERSATION. 
(3. 3) 

Prerequisite, SPAN 201 or consent of instructor. For 
students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in 
speaking the language. (Staff) 

SPAN 321, 322 (075, 076). SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERA- 
TURE. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, SPAN 221 or equivalent. Basic survey of 
the history of Spanish literature. (Staff) 

SPAN 323. 324 (077, 078). SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN 
LITERATURE. (3, 3) 

Prerequisite, SPAN 221 or equivalent. Basic survey of 
the history of Spanish-American literature. (Sosnowski) 

SPAN 331, 332 (171. 172). SPANISH CIVILIZATION. (3. 3) 
A survey of two thousand years of Spanish history, out- 
lining the cultural heritage of the Spanish people, their 
great men, traditions, customs, art, and literature, with 
special emphasis on the interrelationship of social and 
literary history. (Staff) 

SPAN 333, 334 (173, 174). LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION. 

(3, 3) 

The cultural heritage of the Latin American people. 

Pre-Columbian civilization. Hispanic and other European 

influences. (Nemes. Sosnowski) 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

SPAN 401, 402 (103, 104). ADVANCED COMPOSITION. (3, 3) 
Free composition, literary translation and practical study 
of syntactical structure. (Staff) 

SPAN 408, 409 (105, 106). GREAT THEMES OF THE HIS- 
PANIC LITERATURES. (3, 3) 

Pervading themes in ttie literature of Spain or Spanish- 
America. Each theme will be announced when the course 
is offered. (Nemes, Staff) 

SPAN 410. 411 (107, 108). LITERATURE OF THE MIDDLE 
AGES. (3, 3) 

Spanish literary history from the eleventh through the 
fifteenth century. Reading of representative texts. First 
semester: to 1350. Second semester: from 1350 to 1500. 

(Mendeloff) 
SPAN 412 (109). THE ROMANCERO. (3) 

Origin, nature and influence. Extensive reading in each 
of the respective sub-genres. (Mendeloff) 

SPAN 420. 421 (111, 112). PROSE AND POETRY OF THE 
SIXTEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3) 
Selected readings and literary analysis. (Goodwyn, Staff) 
SPAN 424 (113). DRAMA OF THE SIXTEENTH CENTURY. (3) 
From the earliest autos and pasos, the development of 
Spanish drama anterior to Lope de Vega, including Cer- 
vantes. (Rovner) 
SPAN 430, 431 (115, 116). CERVANTES: NOVELAS EJEM- 
PLARES AND DON QUIXOTE. (3, 3) (Goodwyn) 
SPAN 434. 435 (117, 118). PROSE AND POETRY OF THE 
SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3) 

Selected readings, literary analysis, and discussion of the 

outstanding prose and poetry of the period, in the light 

of the historical background. (Goodwyn) 

SPAN 436, 437 (119, 120). DRAMA OF THE SEVENTEENTH 

CENTURY. (3, 3) 

First semester devoted to Lope de Vega, dramatic theory 
and the Spanish stage. Second semester: drama after 
Lope de Vega to Calderon de la Barca and the decline 
of the Spanish theater. (Rovner) 

SPAN 440. 441 (125, 126). LITERATURE OF THE EIGHT- 
EENTH CENTURY. (3, 3) 
Traditionalism, neo-Classicism, and pre-Romanticism in 
prose, poetry, and the theater: esthetics and poetics of 
the Enlightenment. (Rovner) 

SPAN 452 (130). THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT IN SPAIN. (3) 
Poetry, prose and drama of the Romantic and post- 
Romantic periods. (Gramberg) 
SPAN 454 (131). NINETEENTH CENTURY FICTION. (3) 
Significant novels of the nineteenth century. 

(Gramberg) 
SPAN 456 (132). NINETEENTH CENTURY DRAMA AND 
POETRY. (3) 

Significant dramas and poetry of the Realistic period. 

(Gramberg) 
SPAN 460. 461 (141, 142). THE GENERATION OF 1898 AND 
ITS SUCCESSORS. (3, 3) 

Authors and works of all genres of the generation of 
1898 and those of the immediately succeeding genera- 
tion. (Marra-Lopez) 
SPAN 462 (136). TWENTIETH CENTURY DRAMA. (3) 

Significant plays of the twentieth century. (Marra-Lopez) 

SPAN 464 (144). CONTEMPORARY SPANISH POETRY. (3) 

Spanish poetry from the generation of 1927 to the 

present. (Marra-Lopez) 

SPAN 466 (143). THE CONTEMPORARY SPANISH NOVEL. 

(3) 

The novel and the short story from 1940 to the present. 

(Marra-Lopez) 
SPAN 468. 469 (133. 134). MODERNISM AND POST-MOD- 
ERNISM IN SPAIN AND SPANISH-AMERICA. (3, 3) 

A study of the most important works and authors of both 
movements in Spain and Spanish-America. (Nemes) 

SPAN 470 (101). APPLIED LINGUISTICS. (3) 

Nature of applied linguistics and its contribution to the 



effective teaching of foreign languages. Comparative 
study of English and Spanish with emphasis upon points 
of divergence. Analysis, evaluation and construction of 
related drills. (Mendeloff) 

SPAN 480, 481 (163, 164), SPANISH-AMERICAN ESSAY. 
(3, 3) 

A study of the socio-political contents and aesthetic 
qualities of representative works from the Colonial to the 
Contemporary period, with emphasis on the essay of the 
twentieth century in the second semester. 

(Nemes, Sosnowski) 

SPAN 488, 489 (159, 160), SPANISH-AMERICAN FICTION. 
(3, 3) 

Representative novels and^or short stories from the Wars 
of Independence to the present or close analysis of 
major contemporary works. Subject will be announced 
each time course is offered. (Nemes, Staff) 

SPAN 491H. 492H, 493H, (195H, 196H. 197H), HONORS 
READING COURSES. (3, 3, 3) 

Supervised reading to be taken normally only by stu- 
dents admitted to the Honors Program: 491 is poetry, 
492 is the novel, 493 is the drama. (Natella) 

SPAN 496H (199H). HONORS SEMINAR. (3) 

Required of all students in the Honors Program. Other 
students will be admitted on special recommendation. 
Conducted in Spanish. Discussion of a central theme 
with related investigation by students. (Natella) 

SPAN 498 (162). SPANISH-AMERICAN POETRY. (3) 

Main trends, authors and works from the Conquest to 
Ruben Dario. (Nemes, Natella) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

SPAN 600. 601 (281, 282). READING COURSE FOR MINORS 
IN SPANISH LITERATURE. (3, 3) (Staff) 

SPAN 602, 603 (283, 284). READING COURSE FOR MINORS 
IN SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE. (3. 3) (Nemes) 

SPAN 605 (297). TEACHING SPANISH IN INSTITUTIONS OF 
HIGHER LEARNING. (3) (Hesse, Flores) 

SPAN 608, 609 (207, 208). MEDIEVAL SPANISH LITERA- 
TURE. (3) (Mendeloff) 

SPAN 610 (201). THE HISTORY OF THE SPANISH LAN- 
GUAGE. (3) (Mendeloff) 

SPAN 612 (203). COMPARATIVE ROMANCE LINGUISTICS. 
(3) (Mendeloff) 

SPAN 618, 619 (211, 212). POETRY OF THE GOLDEN AGE. 
(3, 3) (Goodwyn, Hesse) 

SPAN 628, 629 (215, 216). SEMINAR: THE GOLDEN AGE 
IN SPANISH LITERATURE. (3, 3) (Hesse) 

SPAN 708, 709 (225, 226). THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. 
(3, 3) (Staff) 

SPAN 718. 719 (233, 234). THE NINETEENTH CENTURY. 
(3, 3) (Gramberg) 

SPAN 728, 729 (241, 242). THE TWENTIETH CENTURY. 
(3, 3) (Marra-Lopez) 

SPAN 738 (245). THE DRAMA OF THE TWENTIETH CEN- 
TURY. (3) (Marra-Lopez) 

SPAN 798 (291). OPEN SEMINAR. (3) 

Topic to be determined. (Staff) 

SPAN 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (1-6) (Staff) 

SPAN 808, 809 (263, 264). COLONIAL SPANISH-AMERICAN 
LITERATURE. (3, 3) (Nemes) 

SPAN 818, 819 (265, 266). NATIONAL SPANISH-AMERICAN 
LITERATURE. (3, 3) (Nemes) 

SPAN 828, 829 (237, 238). HISPANIC POETRY OF THE 
NINETEENTH AND TWENTIETH CENTURIES. (3. 3) 

(Nemes) 

SPAN 898 (292). OPEN SEMINAR. (3) 

Topic to be determined. (Staff) 

SPAN 899 (499). DISSERTATION RESEARCH (ARRANGED). 

(Staff) 



Arts and Sciences / 179 



PORTUGUESE 

PORT 101 (new). ELEMENTARY PORTUGUESE. (4) 

Introduction to basic structures, with emphasis upon 
audio-lingual skills. Four recitations per week and one 
optional laboratory hour. Leads to 102. 

PORT 102 (new). ELEMENTARY PORTUGUESE. (4) 

Completion of basic structures with increasing emphasis 
upon reading skill, reinforced by discussion and com- 
position. Four recitations per week and one optional 
laboratory hour. 

PORT 104 (new). INTERMEDIATE PORTUGUESE. (4) 

Extensive reading, discussion and composition. Four 
recitations per week and one optional laboratory hour. 



SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 

Professor and Chairman: Aylward. 
Professors: Newby, Pugliese, Strausbaugh. 
Associate Professors: Baker, Farquhar, Linkow, 

Meersman, Niemeyer. 
Research Professor: Causey. 
Research Associate Professor: Spuehler. 
Assistant Professors: Abrams, Bankson, Canetta, 

Doudna, Green, Kennicott, Kirkley, LeDuc, 

O'Leary, Provensen, Rebach, Starchier, Vaug- 

han, Weiss, Wolvin, Zelenka. 
Assistant Research Professors: Nabeiek, Elkins. 
Instructors: Blum, Boss, Buenger, Caudill, Corea, 

DuMonceau, Elliott, Geoffrey, Hard, Harris, 

Jones, Lea, McCleary, McGlure, McKerrow, 

Mosbo, Rosenthal, Slattum. 
Research Associates: Revoile, Wintercorn. 

The departmental curricula lead to the Bachelor 
of Arts degree and permit the student to develop 
a program with emphasis in one of the four areas 
of the department: (1) Speech communication 
(rhetoric, public address, communication theory, 
oral interpretation, organizational, and interper- 
sonal communication, (2) Dramatic art (educa- 
tional theater, acting, directing, producing, theater 
history, and technical theater), (3) Radio-televi- 
sion-film (broadcasting, programming, directing, 
broadcast law and regulation, international broad- 
casting, film production, and contemporary cin- 
ema), (4) Speech and hearing science (phonetics, 
speech and hearing therapy, speech pathology, 
and audiology). In cooperation with the College of 
Education, the department provides an opportu- 
nity for teacher certification in the speech educa- 
tion program. 

The curriculum is designed to provide: (1) a 
liberal education through special study of the 
arts and sciences of human communication, (2) 
preparation for numerous opportunities in busi- 
ness, government, media and related industries, 
and education. 

Since communication is a dynamic field, the 
course offerings are under constant review and 
development, and the interested student should 
obtain specific information about a possible pro- 
gram from a departmental advisor. 

The major requirements are: 30 hours of course 



work in any of the divisions exclusive of those 
courses taken to satisfy General Education or 
college requirements. Of the 30 hours, at least 15 
must be upper division, in the 300 or 400 series. 
No course with a grade less than C may be used 
to satisfy major requirements. 

Each of the possible concentrations in the de- 
partment requires certain courses in order to 
provide a firm foundation for the work in that 
area. Specific information about these course re- 
quirements and course options for the supporting 
(minor) program should be obtained from an ad- 
visor in the particular area. 

The department offers numerous specialized 
opportunities for those interested through co-cur- 
ricular activities in theater, film, television, and 
forensics. For the superior student an Honors Pro- 
gram is available, and interested students should 
consult their advisor for further information no 
later than the beginning of their junior year. 

SPEECH COMMUNICATION 

SPCH 100 (001). PUBLIC SPEAKING. (3) 

Prerequisite for advanced speech courses. The prepara- 
tion and delivery of short original speeches; outside read- 
ings: reports, etc. It is recommended that this course be 
taken during the freshman year. SPCH 100 and 107 may 
not both be used for credit. (Linkow, Staff) 

SPCH 107 (007). PUBLIC SPEAKING. (2) 

The preparation and delivery of speeches on technical 
and general subjects. SPCH 107 and 100 may not both 
be used for credit. (Kennicott, Staff) 

SPCH 110 (004). VOICE AND DICTION. (3) 

Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation, 
and phonation. May be taken concurrently with SPCH 
100. (Starcher, Staff) 

SPCH 200 (002). ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING. (3) 

Prerequisite. SPCH 100 or 107. A study of rhetorical 
principles and models of speech composition in con- 
junction with the preparation and presentation of spe- 
cific forms of public address. (Wolvin. Staff) 

SPCH 220 (010). GROUP DISCUSSION. (3) 

A study of the principles, methods and types of discus- 
sion, and their application in the discussion of contem- 
porary problems. (Abrams, Staff) 

SPCH 230 (Oil). DEBATE. (3) 

Pre-law students may take SPCH 230. 330 instead of 
SPCH 100 or SPCH 107. A study of the principles of 
argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning, fallacies, brief- 
ing, and delivery, together with their application in pub- 
lic speaking. (Staff) 

PSCH 240 (013). ORAL INTERPETATION. (3) 

The oral interpretation of literature and the practical 
training of students in the art of reading. 

(Provenson, Staff) 

SPCH 325 (023). PARLIAMENTARY LAW. (1) 

A study of the principles and application of parliament- 
ary law as applied to all types of meetings. Thorough 
training in the use of Robert's Rules of Order. 

(Strausbaugh) 

SPCH 330 (012). DEBATE. (3) 

Pre-law students may take SPCH 230. 330 instead of 
SPCH 100 or SPCH 107. A study of the principles of 
argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning, fallacies, brief- 
ing, and delivery, together with their application in pub- 
lic speaking. (Staff) 

SPCH 350 (021). FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH COMMUNI- 
CATION. (3) 

A study of oral communicative behavior, including prob- 



180 / Arts and Sciences 



lems and processes of symbolizations, aspects ol oral 
language, the involvement of the talker and listener, 
kinds of signals, and self-revelation through speech. 

(Rebach, Staff) 

SPCH 420 (110). ADVANCED GROUP DISCUSSION. (3) 
Prerequisite. SPCH 220. Required in speech curriculum 
and elective in other curricula. An examination of cur- 
rent research and techniques in the discussion and con- 
ference, including extensive practice in this area. 

(Linkow) 

SPCH 423 (133). COMMUNICATION PROCESSES IN CON- 
FERENCES. (3) 

Prerequisite, one course in public speaking. Limited to 
students at the off-campus centers. Group participation 
in conferences, methods of problem solving, semantic 
aspects of language, and the function of conferences in 
industry and government. (Linkow) 

SPCH 440 (107). ADVANCED ORAL INTERPRETATION. (3) 
Prerequisite, SPCH 240. Emphasis upon the longer read- 
ing. Program planning. (Provensen) 

SPCH 450 (161). ANCIENT RHETORIC. (3) 

Prerequisite, SPCH 200 or consent of instructor. The 
theories of speech-making and speech composition as 
propounded by the classical rhetoricians. Special at- 
tention is given to Plato, Aristotle, Socrates, Cicero, 
Quintillian, and St. Augustine. (Wolvin) 

SPCH 451 (162). MODERN RHETORIC. (3) 

Prerequisite, SPCH 200 or consent of the instructor. A 
study of the development of modern rhetorical theories in 
Europe and America with consideration of the application 
of the theories to public address. Special attention is 
given to Thomas Sheridan, John Walker, George Camp- 
bell, Hugh Blair, Richard Whately, James A. Winans, 
Charles Woolbert, I. A. Richards, and Kenneth Burke. 

(Wolvin) 

SPCH 460, 461 (124, 125). AMERICAN PUBLIC ADDRESS. 
(3, 3) 

Prerequisite, SPCH 100 or 107. The first semester 
covers the period from colonial times to the Civil War 
period. The second semester covers from the Civil War 
period through the contemporary period. (Kennicott) 

SPCH 470 (163). MATERIALS AND PROGRAMS FOR THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF LISTENING. (3) 

The study of research finding, listening tests, materials, 
equipment, and programs which can be used to develop 
listening skills. (Wolvin) 

SPCH 475 (164). PERSUASION IN SPEECH. (3) 

Prerequisite, SPCH 200 or 230. A study of the bases of 
persuasion with emphasis on recent experimental de- 
velopments in persuasion. (Kennicott) 

SPCH 498 (111). SEMINAR. (3) 

Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor. 
Present-day speech research. (Strausbaugh. Staff) 

SPCH 499 (180). HONORS SEMINAR. (3) 

For Honors students only. Readings, symposiums, visit- 
ing lecturers, discussions. (Staff) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

SPCH 600 (261). INTRODUCTION TO GRADUATE STUDY IN 

SPEECH COMMUNICATION. (3) 
SPCH 680 (260). SPEECH AND DRAMA PROGRAMS IN 

HIGHER EDUCATION. (3) 
SPCH 698 (262). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN GENERAL 

SPEECH. (3) 
SPCH 755 (263). RHETORICAL THEORIES OF STYLE. (3) 
SPCH 776 (264). INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION. (3) 
SPCH 798 (290). INDEPENDENT STUDY. (1-3) 
SPCH 799 (399), THESIS RESEARCH, (Cr, Arr.) 



DRAMATIC ART 

DART 110 (016), INTRODUCTION TO THE THEATRE. (3) 
A general survey of the fields of the theatre. 

(Pugliese) 

DART 120 (008). ACTING. (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Basic principles of 
histrionic practice. (Zelenka) 

DART 170 (014). STAGECRAFT. (3) 

Fundamentals of technical production. Emphasis on con- 
struction of scenery. (Mosbo, Staff) 

DART 170A (014A). STAGECRAFT. (3) 

For Dramatic Art majors only. (Mosbo, Staff) 

DART 180 (017). MAKE-UP. (2) 

One lecture and one laboratory period a week. A lecture- 
laboratory course in the theory and practice of stage 
make-up, covering basic requirements as to age, type, 
character, race, and period. (Staff) 

DART 311 (113). PLAY PRODUCTION. (3) 

Prerequisite, DART 110 or consent of instructor. Devel- 
opment of procedure followed by the director in pre- 
paring plays for public performance. (Rosenthal) 

DART 314 (114). THE FILM AS AN ART FORM. (3) 

A study of the motion picture as a developing form of 
entertainment, communication, and artistic expre' sion. 
A series of significant American and foreign films are 
viewed to illustrate the artistic, historical, and sociologi- 
cal trends of the twentieth century. (Niemeyer) 

DART 330 (129). PLAY DIRECTING. (3) 

Prerequisite. DART 120 or consent of instructor. A lec- 
ture-laboratory course dealing with the fundamentals of 
script cutting, pacing, movement, blocking, and rehear- 
sal routine as applied to the directing of plays. 

(O'Leary) 

DART 375 (175). STAGE DESIGN. (3) 

Prerequisite, DART 170 or consent of instructor. The 
theory of stage design and lighting. Making of plans as 
coordinate elements of scenic design. (Vaughan) 

DART 390 (131). HISTORY OF THE THEATRE. (3) 

A survey of dramatic production from early origin to 
1800. (Niemeyer) 

DART 391 (132). HISTORY OF THE THEATRE. (3) 

A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the pres- 
ent. (Niemeyer) 

DART 420 (171). STYLES AND THEORIES OF ACTING. (3) 
Prerequisite, DART 120 or consent of instructor. The 
study and application of historical styles and theories 
of acting. (Pugliese, O'Leary) 

DART 430 (130). PLAY DIRECTING II. (3) (Meersman) 

DART 440 (127). CHILDREN'S DRAMATICS. (3) 

Principles and methods necessary for staging children's 
productions on the elementary school level. Major em- 
phasis on creative dramatics; the application of creative 
dramatics in the school room, and the values gained by 
the child in this activity. Students will conduct classes 
in formal and creative dramatics which will culminate 
in children's programs. (McKerrow) 

DART 440A (127A). CHILDREN'S DRAMATICS. (3) 

For Dramatic Art Majors only. (McKerrow) 

DART 476 (176). PRINCIPLES AND THEORIES OF STAGE 
LIGHTING. (3) 

Prerequisite, DART 375. A study of composition, control, 
and instrumentation in theatrical lighting. (Vaughan) 

DART 479 (139). THEATRE WORKSHOP. (3) 

Prerequisite, DART 120 or 170. A laboratory course de- 
signed to provide the student with practical experience 
in all phases of theatre production. (Vaughan) 

DART 480 (177). STAGE COSTUMING I. (3) 

Prerequisite, DART 252. Basic principles of stage cos- 
tuming, (Slattum) 

DART 499 (111). SEMINAR. (3) 

Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor. 
Present-day drama research, (Pugliese, Staff) 



Arts and Sciences / 181 



FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

DART 600 (261). INTRODUCTION TO GRADUATE STUDY 
IN THEATRE. (3) 

DART 669 (290). INDEPENDENT STUDY. (1-3) 

DART 678 (275). THEORY OF VISUAL DESIGN FOR THE 
PERFORMING ARTS. (3) 

DART 688 (272). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN DRAMA. (3) 

DART 689 (273), THEORIES OF THE DRAMA. (3) 

DART 698 (270). SEMINAR: STUDIES IN THEATRE. (3) 

DART 699 (271). THE THEORY OF PRE-MODERN DRA- 
MATIC PRODUCTION. (3) 

DART 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (Cr. Arr.) 

RADIO AND TELEVISION 

RATV 124 (024). MASS COMMUNICATION IN 20TH-CEN- 
TURY SOCIETY. (3) 

A problem centered approach to the study of mass com- 
munication and the impact of media on contemporary 
society. Each semester the media treatment of a contem- 
porary social, economic or environmental issue is used 
as a focus for study of the principles, techniques and 
effects of mass media. Students produce simple radio, 
television and film material on the selected issue. 

(LeOuc) 

RATV 222 (022). INTRODUCTION TO RADIO AND TELE- 
VISION. (3) 

Prerequisite for all courses in radio except RATV 124. 
The development, scope and influence of American 
broadcasting and telecasting, including visits to local 
radio and television stations. (Weiss, duMonceau) 

RATV 302 (102). RADIO PRODUCTION. (3) 

Prerequisites. RATV 222 and consent of instructor. A 
study of the multiple problems facing the producer. 
Special emphasis is given to acoustic setup, casting, 
'miking,' timing, cutting, and the coordination of per- 
sonnel factors involved in the production of radio pro- 
gi^ams. (Kirkley) 

RATV 315 (115). RADIO AND TELEVISION IN RETAILING 
(3) 

Limited to students in the College of Home Economics. 
Prerequisite, SPCH 100 or 107. Writing and production 
of promotional programs for the merchandising of wear- 
ing apparel and home-furnishings. Collaboration with 
the Washington and Baltimore radio stations and retail 
stores. (Kirkley) 

RATV 317 (117). RADIO AND TELEVISION CONTINUITY 
WRITING. (3) 

Prerequisite. RATV 222 or consent of instructor. A study 
of the principles, methods and limitations of writing for 
radio and television. Application will be made in the 
writing of general types of continuities and commercials. 

(duMonceau) 

RATV 340 (140). PRINCIPLES OF TELEVISION PRODUC- 
TION. (3) 

Prerequisite, RATV 222. A study of the theory, meth- 
ods, techniques, and problems of television produc- 
tion and direction. Units of study covering television 
cameras and lenses, lighting theory and practices, scen- 
ery and properties, costumes and makeup, graphic arts 
and special effects are included. Observation of produc- 
tion procedures at nearby television stations. Applica- 
tion will be made through crew assignments for Univer- 
sity-produced television programs. (McCleary) 

RATV 346 (146). TELEVISION NEWS AND PUBLIC 
AFFAIRS. (3) 

Prerequisite, RATV 317 or JOUR 360. Training In pres- 
entation of television news, Interviews, discussions and 
"""""s (McCleary) 

182 / Arts and Sciences 



RATV 347 (147). ANALYSIS OF BROADCASTING 
PROCESSES AND RESULTS. (3) 

Prerequisite, RATV 222 or consent of instructor. Survey 
of the more common analytic approaches, methods, and 
results in the field of radio and television. (duMonceau) 

RATV 355 (155). FILM PRODUCTION, (3) 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of the theo- 
retical and practical aspects of 16 mm film production. 
Through reading and practice, students are familiarized 
with basic cinematography, lighting, editing, pictorial 
composition, and film continuity as a communication arts 
medium. (Weiss) 

RATV 411 (111). SEMINAR. (3) 

Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor. 
Present day radio-television-film research. (Staff) 

RATV 440 (148). TELEVISION DIRECTION. (3) 

Two-hour lecture, three-hour laboratory. Prerequisites. 
RATV 222, 340. Principles of television direction includ- 
ing analysis of script, casting, rehearsing, production, 
and video control. (Weiss) 

RATV 449 (149). TELEVISION WORKSHOP. (3) 

Two-hour lecture, four-hour laboratory. Prerequisites, 
RATV 222, 340, 440 or consent of instructor. (Staff) 

RATV 450 (150). RADIO AND TELEVISION STATION MAN- 
AGEMENT. (3) 

Prerequisite, RATV 222 or consent of instructor. Broad- 
casting regulations, licenses, personnel functions, sales, 
advertising, and program and station promotion. 

(Kirkley) 

RATV 451 (151). BROADCAST PROGRAMMING AND CRITI- 
CISM. (3) 
An investigation of the professional, historical, social, 
and psychological criticism of American radio and tele- 
vision, together with a critical analysis of contemporary 
programming trends and conventions. (Kirkley) 

RATV 452 (152). INTERNATIONAL AND COMPARATIVE 
BROADCASTING SYSTEMS. (3) 

Prerequisite, RATV 222. A comparative study of inter- 
national broadcasting program policies, economic sys- 
tems, control and organization. The use of broadcasting 
m mternational affairs as an instrument of propaganda 
culture and information dissemination. Monitoring of 
overseas broadcasts, television programs and discus- 
sions with representatives of domestic and foreign inter- 
national broadcast agencies. 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 
RATV 600 (261). INTRODUCTION TO GRADUATE STUDY 

IN RADIO AND TELEVISION. (3) 
RATV 640 (248). ADVANCED TELEVISION DIRECTION. (3) 
RATV 648 (240). SEMINAR IN BROADCASTING. (3) 
RATV 649 (241). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN BROADCASTING 

(3) 
RATV 699 (290). INDEPENDENT STUDY. (1-3) 
RATV 799 (399). MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH. (Cr. Arr.) 

SPEECH AND HEARING SCIENCE 

Speech Clinic. No Credit. 

Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the 
clinic is conducted In individual conferences and In 
small group meetings. Hours arranged by consultation 
with the respective speech instructor. (Staff) 

SPHR 202 (003). FUNDAMENTALS OF GENERAL AMERI- 
CAN SPEECH. (3) 

Training in auditory discrimination of speech sounds, 
rhythms and inflection of general American speech. 
Analysis of the physiological bases of speech produc- 
tion and the phonetic elements of speech reception. This 
course is required of majors in speech and hearing 
science and recommended for foreign students and 
majors in nursery and elementary education. (Staff) 



SPUR 302 (105). SPEECH-HANDICAPPED SCHOOL CHIL- 
DREN. (3) 

Prerequisite. SPHR 202 for undergraduates. The occur- 
rence, identification, and treatment of speech handicaps 
in the classrooms. An introduction to speech pathology. 

(Staff) 

SPHR 304 (109). SPEECH AND LANGUAGE DEVELOPfVIENT 
OF CHILDREN. (3) 

Admission by consent of instructor. An analysis of nor- 
mal and abnormal processes of speech and language 
development in children. (Bankson, Staff) 

SPHR 306 (112). PHONETICS. (3) 

Prerequisites, SPHR 202 or consent of instructor. Train- 
ing in the recognition and production of the sounds of 
spoken English, with an analysis of their formation. 
Practice transcription. I^astery of the international pho- 
netic alphabet. (Baker) 

SPHR 310 (126). SEMANTIC ASPECTS OF SPEECH IN 
HUMAN RELATIONS. (3) 

Prerequisite, one course in public speaking. An analysis 
of speech and language habits from the standpoint of 
general semantics. (Staff) 

SPHR 312 (135). INSTRUMENTATON IN SPEECH AND 
HEARING SCIENCE. (3) 

Prerequisite. SPHR 202. The use of electronic equipment 
in the measurement of speech and hearing. (Linkow) 

SPHR 314 (141). INTRODUCTION TO AUDIOMETRY. (3) 
Prerequisites, SPHR 202, 312. Analysis of various meth- 
ods and procedures in evaluating hearing losses. Re- 
quired for students whose concentration is in speech 
and hearing therapy. (Newby) 

SPHR 402 (108). EDUCATION PHONETICS. (3) 

This course is designed to relate phonetic science to the 
classroom. An extensive coverage of broad transcription 
of general American speech. Students having credit for 
SPHR 202 or any previous phonetics course are not 
eligible for this course. (Baker) 

SPHR 404 (120). SPEECH PATHOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisite, SPHR 302. A continuation of SPHR 302 
with emphasis on the causes and treatment of organic 
speech disorders. (Boss) 

SPHR 406 (136). PRINCIPLES OF SPEECH THERAPY. (3) 
Prerequisite, SPHR 404. Differential diagnosis of speech 
and language handicaps and the application of psycho- 
logical principles of learning, motivation and adjustment 
in the treatment of speech disorders. (Farquhar) 

SPHR 408 (106). CLINICAL PRACTICE. (1-5) 

Prerequisites, SPHR 302 and consent of instructor. May 
be taken for 1-5 credit hours per semester. May be re- 
peated for a total of 9 semester hours credit. Clinical 
practice in various methods of corrective procedures 
with various types of speech cases in the University 
clinic, veterans hospitals and public schools. (Boss) 

SPHR 410 (138). METHODS AND MATERIALS IN SPEECH 
CORRECTION. (3) 

Prerequisite, SPHR 404 or the equivalent. The design 
and use of methods and materials for diagnosis, meas- 
urement, and retraining of the speech-handicapped. 

(Boss) 

SPHR 412 (142). SPEECH READING AND AUDITORY 
TRAINING. (3) 

Prerequisites, SPHR 312, 314. Methods of training indi- 
viduals with hearing loss to recognize, interpret and 
understand spoken language. Required for students 
whose concentration is in speech and hearing therapy. 

(Doudna, Staff) 

SPHR 414 (111). SEMINAR. (3) 

Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor. 
Present-day speech and hearing research. (Newby) 

FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 

SPHR 601 (202). TECHNIQUES OF RESEARCH IN SPEECH 
AND HEARING. (3) 



SPHR 602 (212). ADVANCED SPEECH PATHOLOGY. (3) 
SPHR 604 (203). EXPERIMENTAL PHONETICS. (3) 
SPHR 606 (214). CLINICAL AUDIOMETRY. (3) 
SPHR 610 (219). SPEECH DISORDERS OF THE BRAIN- 
INJURED. (3) 
SPHR 612 (201-A). SPECIAL PROBLEMS SEMINAR: 

STUTTERING. (3) 
SPHR 614 (201-B). SPECIAL PROBLEMS SEMINAR: CLEFT 

PALATE. (3) 
SPHR 616 (201-C). SPECIAL PROBLEMS SEMINAR: 

DELAYED SPEECH, (3) 
SPHR 620 (201-D). SPECIAL PROBLEMS SEMINAR: 

ARTICULATION. (3) 
SPHR 622 (201-E), SPECIAL PROBLEMS SEMINAR: 

CEREBRAL PALSY. (3) 
SPHR 624 (201-F). SPECIAL PROBLEMS SEMINAR: 

VOICE. (3) 
SPHR 628 (201-G). SPECIAL PROBLEMS SEMINAR: 

SPECIAL PROBLEMS OF THE DEAF. (3) 
SPHR 630 (201-H). SPECIAL PROBLEMS SEMINAR: 

FOREIGN DIALECT. (3) 
SPHR 632 (201-1). SPECIAL PROBLEMS SEMINAR: 

SPEECH INTELLIGIBILITY. (3) 
SPHR 634 (210). ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF 

SPEECH AND HEARING. (3) 
SPHR 636 (216). COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR THE 

HARD-OF-HEARING. (3) 
SPHR 638 (201-K). SPECIAL PROBLEMS SEMINAR: 

MINOR RESEARCH PROBLEMS. (1-3) 
SPHR 640 (207). ADVANCED PRINCIPLES OF SPEECH 

AND HEARING THERAPY. (3) 
SPHR 642 (201-J). SPECIAL PROBLEMS SEMINAR: 

NEUROPHYSIOLOGY OF HEARING. (3) 
SPHR 648 (211-A), ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTICE. (1-3) 
SPHR 649 (211-B). ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTICE. (1-3) 
SPHR 700 (220). EXPERIMENTAL AUDIOLOGY. (3) 
SPHR 702 (206). DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURES IN SPEECH 

PATHOLOGY. (3) 
SPHR 704 (204). APPLIED PHONETICS. (3) 
SPHR 708 (301). INDEPENDENT STUDY IN SPEECH AND 

HEARING SCIENCE. (1-6) 
SPHR 728 (211-C). ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTICE. (1-3) 
SPHR 729 (211-D). ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTICE. (1-3) 
SPHR 799 (399). MASTER'S THESIS RESEARCH. (Cr. Arr.) 
SPHR 802 (217). HEARING AND SELECTION FOR THE 

ACOUSTICALLY HANDICAPPED. (3) 
SPHR 804 (205). ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL 

PHONETICS. (3) 
SPHR 805 (208). QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN SPEECH 

AND HEARING SCIENCE. (3) 
SPHR 806 (224). THE PREPARATION OF SPEECH AND 

HEARING SCIENTISTS IN INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER 

LEARNING. (3) 
SPHR 807 (218). SPEECH AND HEARING IN MEDICAL 

REHABILITATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 

PROGRAMS. (3) 
SPHR 810 (227). EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN IN SPEECH 

AND HEARING SCIENCE. (3) 
SPHR 816 (221). COMMUNICATION THEORY AND SPEECH 

HEARING PROBLEMS. (3) 
SPHR 817 (225). ADVANCED SEMANTICS. (3) 
SPHR 820 (222). ADVANCED BIO-ACOUSTICS. (3) 
SPHR 822 (223). ADVANCED PSYCHO-ACOUSTICS. (3) 
SPHR 824 (229). CLINICAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC 

ASPECTS OF HEARING LOSS. (3) 

SPHR 826 (226). LANGUAGE PROBLEMS OF THE 

EXCEPTIONAL CHILD. (3) 
SPHR 899 (499). DOCTORAL THESIS RESEARCH. (Cr. Arr.) 



Arts and Sciences / 183 



ZOOLOGY 

Professor and Head: Corliss. 

Professors: Anastos. Brown, Grollman, Haley, Ja- 

chowski, Otto, Schleidt. 
Researchi Professors: Cronin,* Flyger,* Glinos,* 

Koo,* Sadun,* Sprague.* 
Associate Professors: Barnett, Brinkley, Clark, 

Contrera, Highton, Linder, Morse, Potter, Ramm. 
Research Associate Professors: Eisenberg,' Mi- 

hursky,* Price.' 
Assistant Professors: Goode, Imberski, Pierce, 

Rees. 
Research Assistant Professors: Flemer.' 
Research Associates: Doss, Farr, Holt. 
Lecturer: Mcintosh. 

instructors: Jaeger, Kaufman, Moore, Piper, Stew- 
art. 
Junior Instructors: Albert, Dey, Ivie, Harnsberger, 

Melhop, Montviloff, Myton, Phillips, Vieweg. 

The Department of Zoology offers a program 
leading to a B.S. with a major in zoology. A core 
of required courses and restricted electives in 
zoology, as well as supporting courses in other 
fields, provides an introduction to, and an ap- 
preciation of, the broad field of zoology. Through 
selection of additional elective courses to com- 
plete the required 30 credit hours in zoology, the 
student may explore in greater depth some phase 
of zoology which is of particular interest to him. 

All majors are required to complete a mini- 
mum of 30 hours in zoology with an average grade 
of C. Required courses include ZOOL 101, 102, 
246, and one course from each of the following 
groups: Group I, ZOOL 411, 413, 421, 422, 426: 
Group II, ZOOL 430, 475, 481 . 483; Group III, ZOOL 
440. 446, 456, 460, 470, 480. Additional courses 
to complete the required 30 hours in zoology may 
be selected from any of the undergraduate courses 
in zoology except ZOOL 201 . 202, Human Anatomy 
and Physiology (4, 4) and ZOOL 207S, Develop- 
ment of the Human Body (2), which are not ac- 
cepted for credit toward the major. 

Supporting courses must include: CHEM 103, 
104, College Chemistry I and II (4, 4); CHEM 201, 
202. College Chemistry III and Laboratory (3, 2); 
mathematics through one year of calculus (com- 
pletion of MATH 220. 221, Elementary Calculus 
(3. 3) or MATH 140, 141, Analysis I, II (4, 4); PHYS 
121, 122, Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4): and one 
of the following courses; AGRI 401, Agricultural 
Biometrics (3): CHEM 219, Elements of Quantita- 
tive Analysis (4); MATH 240. Linear Algebra (4); 
PSYC 200, Statistical Methods in Psychology (3): 
SOCY 201, Introductory Statistics for Sociology 
(3); STAT 400. Applied Probability and Statistics I 
(3); or STAT 464. Introduction to Biostatistics (3). 
It is strongly recommended that the supporting 
courses in chemistry and mathematics be com- 
pleted as early in the curriculum as possible. Stu- 



ol Ihe faculty 



dents desiring to enter graduate study in certain 
areas of zoology are advised to take biochemistry, 
physical chemistry, statistics or advanced mathe- 
matics as a part of their undergraduate training. 

HONORS 

The Department of Zoology also offers a special 
program for the exceptionally talented and prom- 
ising student. The Honors Program emphasizes 
the scholarly approach to independent study rather 
than adherence to a rigidly prescribed curricu- 
lum. Information regarding this program may be 
obtained from the departmental office or from 
the chairman of the zoology Honors Program. 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

BIOL 101 (001). ORGANIZATION AND INTERRELATION- 
SHIPS IN THE BIOLOGICAL WORLD. (3) 

First semester. An introductory lecture course for the 
nonscience major emphasizing the fundamental organi- 
zation, processes and interdependence of living organ- 
isms and the biological effects associated with human 
influences on the ecosystem. 
ZOOL 101 (001). GENERAL ZOOLOGY. (4) 

Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a 
week. ZOOL 101 and 102 satisfy the freshman pre- 
medical requirement in general biology. An introduction 
to the modern concepts of biological principles and 
animal life. Emphasis will be placed upon the 'unctional 
aspects of living systems with a survey of the physical 
and chemical bases of all life processes. (Linder) 

ZOOL 102 (002). THE ANIMAL PHYLA. (4) 

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisites, ZOOL 101 or BOTN 101. A study of 
the anatomy, classification and life histories of repre- 
sentative animals, invertebrates and vertebrates. (Haley) 
ZOOL 201 (014), HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. (4) 
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite. ZOOL 101. For students who desire 
a general knowledge of human anatomy and physiology. 

(Grollman) 

ZOOL 202 (015). HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. (4) 

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a 

week. Prerequisite. ZOOL 201. A continuation of ZOOL 

201. (Grollman) 

ZOOL 205 (075). HISTORY OF ZOOLOGY. (1) 

One lecture a week. Prerequisites, a general Grade 
Point Average (GPA) of 3.2 and a GPA in biological sub- 
jects of 3.5, or permission of the instructor A course in 
the history of the development of zoology involving the 
historical figures, experiments and ideas which con- 
tributed to modern concepts. (Otto) 
ZOOL 206 (076). ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE, (1) 

One lecture a week. Prerequisites, a general Grade 
Point Average (GPA) of 3,2 and a GPA in biological 
subjects of 3,5, or permission of the instructor. Discus- 
sion of zoological literature, its use and significance. 

(Otto) 
ZOOL 207S (0553), DEVELOPMENT OF THE HUMAN 
BODY. (2) 

Summer session. Five lectures a week. A study of the 
main factors affecting the growth and development o( 
the child with special emphasis on normal development, 

(Staff) 
ZOOL 209 (077), BASIC STUDY IN ZOOLOGY. (1-4) 

Prerequisites, a general Grade Point Average (GPA) of 
3.2 and a GPA in biological subjects of 3,5, or permission 
of the instructor. Independent study, with supporting 
laboratory experiments, of the basic disciplines In zool- 
ogy. Repealable up to 8 hours credit. (Staff) 



184 / Arts and Sciences 



ZOOL 246 (006). GENETICS. (4) 

Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory-discussion period 
per week. Prerequisites, ZOOL 101 or BOTN 101, or 
equivalent, and one semester of college chennlstry. A 
consideration of the basic principles of heredity. 

(Potter, Barnett, ImberskI) 

ZOOL 290 (005), COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE 
MORPHOLOGY. (4) 
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisites, ZOOL 101 and 102 or equivalent. 
A comparative study of the evolution of vertebrate organ 
systems supplemented by laboratory dissection and dem- 
onstrations. (Anastos) 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 

ZOOL 308H (151H). HONORS SEMINAR, (1) 

One discussion period a week. Prerequisite, participation 
in honors program. Guided discussion of topics of cur- 
rent interest. Repeatable to total of 4 hours credit. (Staff) 

ZOOL 309H (152H). HONORS INDEPENDENT STUDY. (1-4) 
Prerequisite, participation in honors program. Study of 
classical material by way of guided independent study 
and laboratory experiments. Repeatable to a total of 12 
hours credit. (Staff) 

ZOOL 318H (153H). HONORS RESEARCH. (1-2) 

Prerequisite, participation in honors program. A labora- 
tory research problem which is required each semester 
during honors participation and culminates in a honors 
thesis. Repeatable to a total of 8 hours credit. (Staff) 

ZOOL 319 (150). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ZOOLOGY. (1-2) 
Prerequisites, major in zoology or biological sciences, 
a minimum of 3.0 cumulative average in the biological 
sciences, and consent of instructor. Research or inte- 
grated reading in zoology. A student may register sev- 
eral times and receive up to 8 semester hours of credit. 

(Staff) 

ZOOL 411 (109). CELL BIOLOGY. (4) 

Two lectures, one one-hour demonstration-discussion 
period and one three-hour laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisites, two years of zoology and a year of organic 
chemistry, or permission of the instructor. A study of 
cell structure and function with an emphasis on the 
activity of subcellular organoids and the mechanisms of 
coordination and control of cell function. (Brown) 

ZOOL 413 (103). BIOPHYSICS. (3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, one year of biolo- 
gy, a year of physics, and at least one semester of cal- 
culus: or permission of the instructor. An introduction to 
the ideas and methods used in biophysics to analyze the 
functional components of cells and tissues as physical- 
chemical systems. (Goode) 

ZOOL 415 (180). CELL DIFFERENTIATION. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, a course in em- 
bryology, cell biology, or genetic systems, or permission 
of the instructor. A discussion of cellular and subcellular 
differentiation, emphasizing the biochemical and ultra- 
structural bases of these development changes. 

(Goode) 

ZOOL 421 (102). VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY. (4) 

Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a 
week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology and one se- 
mester of organic chemistry. An intensive study of nerve, 
muscle, sensory receptors and the central nervous sys- 
tem. (Staff) 

ZOOL 422 (104). VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY. (4) 

Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a 
week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology and one semes- 
ter of organic chemistry. An intensive study of the 
cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, renal and respiratory 
systems, and an introduction to endrocrinology, basal 
metabolism and reproductive physiology. (Contrera) 

ZOOL 426 (105). GENERAL ENDROCRINOLOGY. (3) 

Three lectures each week. Prerequisites, one year of 
zoology and one semester of organic chemistry. The 



study of the functions and the functioning of the en- 
docrine organs of animals, with special reference to the 
vertebrates. (Brinkley) 

ZOOL 430 (120). VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY. (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. Principles of 
developmental dynamics including organization, differ- 
entiation, morphogenesis, and developmental physiology. 

(Ramm) 

ZOOL 440 (190). EVOLUTION. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, a course In ge- 
netics or permission of instructor. A consideration of 
current thought in regard to the origin and evolution of 
living organisms. (HIghton) 

ZOOL 446 (106). MOLECULAR GENETICS. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, a course in ge- 
netics and one year of organic chemistry. The molecular 
basis of gene structure and function. Regulation of dif- 
ferential gene expression. (Imberski) 

ZOOL 456. ZOOGEOGRAPHY. (3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, ZOOL 101, 102, 
and 290 or equivalent. Principles governing the geo- 
graphical distribution of animals, with particular em- 
phasis on vertebrates. (Potter) 

ZOOL 460 (182). ETHOLOGY. (4) 

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, two years of zoology, including a 
course in comparative anatomy, or permission of instruc- 
tor. The function, causation and evolution of behavior; 
laboratory analysis of the behavior of several species. 

(Staff) 

ZOOL 470 (121). ANIMAL ECOLOGY. (3) 

Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a 
week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. The environ- 
ment and its control of animal abundance, organiza- 
tion of populations and the biology of communities will 
be studied. (Morse) 

ZOOL 475 (110). GENERAL PARASITOLOGY. (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisites, two years of zoology and one year 
of chemistry, or permission of the instructor. A consid- 
eration of the phenomenon of parasitism through a study 
of the structure, function and host relationships of para- 
sitic organisms. (Jachowski) 

ZOOL 480 (130). HYDROBIOLOGY. (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, an introductory course in ecology 
and one semester of chemistry. An investigation of the 
causal relationships of fresh water, estuarine and marine 
biotic communities to their environment. (Rees) 

ZOOL 481 (118). THE BIOLOGY OF MARINE AND 
ESTUARINE INVERTEBRATES. (4) 
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. An in-depth con- 
sideration of the taxonomy and functional morphology of 
the invertebrates, exclusive of insects. Chesapeake Bay 
forms and the study of living material will be empha- 
sized. 

ZOOL 482 (122). MARINE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. (4) 
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, two years of zoology or permission 
of the instructor. A consideration of the evolution, tax- 
onomy, morphology, physiology, behavior and ecology 
of marine and estuarine protochordates and vertebrates. 

ZOOL 483 (129). VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. (4) 

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite, one year of zoology or permission of in- 
structor. The identification, classification, habits and be- 
havior of vertebrates with emphasis on fresh water, ter- 
restrial and aerial forms, and a consideration of the 
evolution of living and fossil representatives. (Staff) 

ZOOL 486S (125S). FISHERY BIOLOGY AND MANAGE- 
MENT. (5) 
Summer Session. Five lectures and four three-hour lab- 



Arts and Sciences / 185 



oratories each week for 6 weeks. Prerequisite, one year 
of zoology and permission of instructor. Study of fish 
identification, development, life history stages, food hab- 
its, age. and growth, spawning, migration, and population 
dynamics. (Koo, Staff) 

ZOOL 487 (245). BIOLOGY OF BIRDS. (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a 
week. Prerequisite, a course in vertebrate zoology or 
permission of instructor. Emphasis will be on ecology, 
behavior, anatomy, systematics, and reproductive physi- 
ology, plus field studies of local birds. (Staff) 

ZOOL 495 (108). ANIfVlAL HISTOLOGY. (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisites, a course in general zoology and a 
course in vertebrate anatomy, or permission of the in- 
structor. A study of the microscopic anatomy, ultrastruc- 
ture and histophysiology of tissues and organs of verte- 
brates. (Haley) 



B.S.. Allegheny College, 1929; t^.S.. University of Maine, 
1932; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1937. 
BOYD, Alfred C, Jr., Assistant Dean of the College of Arts 
and Sciences and Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Canisius College, 1951; M.S., Purdue University, 
1953; Ph.D., 1957. 
JOHNSON, Janet W., Assistant Dean of the College of Arts 
and Sciences and Assistant Professor of Psychology 
AS., George Washington University, 1951; A.M.. 1956; 
Ph.D., 1962. 
LEVINSON. Judith C, Assistant Dean of the College of Arts 
and Sciences and Assistant Professor and Assistant Chair- 
man of English 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1964; M.A., Harvard Uni- 
versity, 1965; Ph.D., 1968. 
NORTON, Ann E., Assistant Dean of The College of Arts and 
Sciences and Assistant Professor of Spanish 
B.A., Syracuse University, 1945; M.A., 1947. 



FOR GRADUATES 

See the Graduate School catalog for descriptions. 
ZOOL 608 (207). ZOOLOGY SEMINAR. (Cr. Arr.) 
ZOOL 609 (208). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ZOOLOGY. 

(Cr. Arr.) 
ZOOL 610 (204). CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY. (4) 
ZOOL 616 (216). ADVANCED TOPICS IN CELL 

BIOLOGY. (3) 
ZOOL 621 (201). COMPARATIVE PHYSIOLOGY, (4) 
ZOOL 624 (234). EXPERIMENTAL MAMMALIAN 

PHYSIOLOGY. (4) 
ZOOL 625 (205). COMPARATIVE INVERTEBRATE 

ENDOCRINOLOGY. (3) 
ZOOL 626 (236). MAMMALIAN PHYSIOLOGY. (3) 
ZOOL 627 (237). COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE 

ENDOCRINOLOGY. (3) 
ZOOL 628 (206). ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY. (4) 
ZOOL 630 (223). ANALYSIS OF ANIMAL STRUCTURE. (4) 
ZOOL 640 (220). POPULATION GENETICS. (4) 
ZOOL 641 (221). ECOLOGICAL GENETICS. (4) 
ZOOL 650 (210). SYSTEMATIC ZOOLOGY. (4) 
ZOOL 660 (235). COMPARATIVE BEHAVIOR. (4) 
ZOOL 665 (215). SOCIOBIOLOGY. (4) 

ZOOL 670 (240). ANALYSIS OF ANIMAL POPULATIONS. (4) 
ZOOL 671 (260). QUANTITATIVE ZOOLOGY. (4) 
ZOOL 708. 709 (211. 212). LECTURES IN ZOOLOGY. 

(1-3, 1-3) 
ZOOL 730 (203). ADVANCED EMBRYOLOGY. (4) 
ZOOL 770 (250). EXPERIMENTAL PARASITOLOGY. (4) 
ZOOL 771 (251). HELMINTHOLOGY. (4) 
ZOOL 772 (252). PROTOZOOLOGY. (4) 
ZOOL 773 (253). PHYSIOLOGY OF SYMBIOSIS. (4) 
ZOOL 799 (399). THESIS RESEARCH. (Cr. Arr.) 
ZOOL 878 (300). ADVANCED TOPICS IN PARASITOLOGY. 

(Cr. Arr.) 
ZOOL 899 (499). DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (Cr. Arr.) 



FACULTY 

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Administrative Officers 

AYLWARD, Thomas J., Interim Dean of The College of Arts 

and Sciences and Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts 

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1947; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 

1960. 

LAFFER. Norman C. Associate Dean of the College of Arts 

and Sciences and Professor of Microbiology 



Faculty 

ABBATE, Donatella, Instructor in Italian 
Laurea, University of Milan, 1961. 

ABRAMS, John G., Lecturer in Speech and Dramatic Art 
A.B., University of Michigan, 1964; M.A.. 1967. 

ADAMS, William W., Associate Professor of Mathematics 

A.B., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., Colum- 
bia University, 1964. 

A'HEARN, Michael F., Assistant Professor of Astronomy 
B.S., Boston College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Wiscon- 
sin, 1966. 

ALEXANDER, James Crew, Assistant Professor of Mathe- 
matics 

B.S., The Johns Hopkins University, 1964; Ph.D., 1968. 

ALLEN. Mary, Instructor in English 

B.A., Brigham Young University, 1962; M.A.. 1963. 

ALLEY, Carroll O.. Jr., Associate Professor of Physics 

B.S., University of Richmond, 1948; MA., Princeton Uni- 
versity, 1951; Ph.D., 1962. 

AMMON. Herman L., Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

Sc.B.. Brown University, 1958; Ph.D., University of Wash- 
ington, 1963. 

ANASTOS. George, Professor of Zoology 

B.S., University of Akron, 1942; M.A.. Harvard University. 
1947; Ph.D., 1949. 

ANDERSON, Frank G., Associate Professor of Anthropology 
A.B., Cornell University, 1941; Ph.D., University of New 
Mexico, 1951. 

ANDERSON, J. Robert, Assistant Professor of Physics 
B.S.. Iowa State University, 1955; Ph.D., 1963. 

ANDERSON, Nancy S.. Professor of Psychology 

B.A.. University of Colorado, 1952; M.A.. Ohio State Uni- 
versity. 1953; Ph.D.. 1956. 

ANDERSON. William, Assistant Professor of Music 

B.Mus.. Depauw University, 1949; M.F.A., The Johns 
Hopkins University, 1953. 

ANDERSON, William N., Jr., Assistant Professor of Mathe- 
matics 

B.S., Carnegie-Mellon University, 1969; M.S., 1967; Ph.D., 
1968. 

ANDREWS. Mary L.. Associate Professor Emerita of English 
B.S.. New York University. 1929; MA, 1953; Ph.D.. 1941. 

APITZ. Elly F.. Instructor in German 

B.A., Goucher College, 1958; M.A.. The Johns Hopkins 
University, 1959. 

AUSLANDER, Joseph, Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1952; M.S., 
University of Pennsylvania. 1953: Ph.D., 1957. 

AVERY, William T., Professor and Chairman of Classical 
Languages and Literatures 

B.A.. Western Reserve University, 1934; M.A.. 1935; 
Ph.D., 1937; Fellow of the American Academy in Rome, 
1937-39. 



186 / Arts and Sciences 



AVILA, Wanda E., Instructor in English 

B.Sc, Southern Illinois University, 1959; M.A., University 

ol Chicago, 1963; M.A.. Southern Illinois University, 1968. 

AYLWARD, Thomas J., Professor of Speech and Dramatic 

Art and Interim Dean of The College of Arts and Sciences 

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1947; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 

1960. 

BAILEY, William J., Research Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1943; Ph.D., University of 
Illinois, 1946. 
BAKER, Donald J., Associate Professor of Speech and Dra- 
matic Art 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1954; M.A., 1956; Ph.D., 
1962. 
BANERJEE. Manoj K., Professor of Physics 

B.Sc, Patna University (India), 1949; M.Sc, Calcutta 
University, 1951; Ph.D., 1956. 
BANKS, Oliver T., Lecturer in Art 

B.A., Williams College, 1962; M.A., Boston University, 
1965: M.F.A., Princeton University, 1968. 
BANKSON. Nicholas W., Assistant Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

B.S., University of Kansas, 1960; M.A., 1961; Ph.D., 1970. 
BARDASIS, Angelo, Associate Professor of Physics 

B.A., Cornell University, 1957; M.S., University of Illinois, 
1959; Ph.D., 1962. 
BARKER, John L., Jr., Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

A.B., The Johns Hopkins University, 1958; M.S., Univer- 
sity of Chicago. 1962; Ph.D., 1967. 
BARNES. Jack C, Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Duke University, 1939; M.A., 1947; Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Maryland, 1954. 
BARNETT, Audrey J., Associate Professor of Zoology 

B.A,, Wilson College, 1955; M.A., Indiana University, 
1957; Ph.D., 1962. 
BARNETT, Ronald J., Instructor in Music 

B.Mus., Eastman School of Music, 1960. 
BARRABINl, Micheline G., Instructor in French 

Licence es-Lettres, University of Aix-en-Provence, 1955. 
BARRETT, Paul R., Instructor in English 

B.A., Seton Hall University, 1968; M.A., University ol 
Maryland, 1970. 
BARRY, Jackson G., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Yale University, 1950; M.A., Columbia University, 
1951; Ph.D., Western Reserve University, 1963. 
BARTLETT, Claude J., Professor and Chairman of Psychology 
B.S.. Denison University, 1954; M.A., Ohio State Uni- 
versity, 1956; Ph.D., 1958. 
BATEMAN, Nils I., Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.S., Florida State University, 1960; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., 
1965. 
BAUER, Richard H., Professor Emeritus of History 

B.A., University of Chicago, 1924; M.A., 1928; Ph.D., 
1935. 
BEALL, Edgar F., Associate Professor of Physics 

B.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1958; Ph.D., 
1962. 
BEALL, Otho T., Jr., Professor and Director of American 
Studies 

B.A., Williams College, 1930; M.A., University of Minne- 
sota, 1933; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1952. 
BEATTY, Yvonne J., Instructor in Music 

B.Mus., Michigan State University, 1953; M.Mus., Univer- 
sity of Michigan, 1956. 
BEAUCHAMP, Virginia W., Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., University of Michigan, 1942; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., 
University of Chicago, 1955. 
BELL, Roger A., Associate Professor of Astronomy 

B.Sc. University of Melbourne, 1957; Ph.D., Australian 
National University, 1962. 
BELLAMA, Jon Michael, Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
A.B., Allegheny College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Penn- 
sylvania, 1965. 



BELZ, Herman J,, Associate Professor of History 

A.B., Princeton University, 1959; M.A., University of 
Washington, 1966; Ph.D., 1966. 
BENEDETTO, John J., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., Boston College, 1960; M.A., Harvard University, 
1962; Ph.D., University of Toronto, 1964. 
BENEDICT, William S., Professor of Molecular Physics 

A.B., Cornell University. 1928; A.M., 1929; Ph.D., Massa- 
chusetts Institute of Technology, 1933. 
BENESCH, William M., Professor of Molecular Physics 

B.A., Lehigh University, 1942; M.A., The Johns Hopkins 
University, 1950; Ph.D., 1952, 
BENNETT, Lawrence H., Associate Professor of Physics 

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1951; M.S.. University of Mary- 
land, 1955; Ph.D., Rutgers University, 1958. 
BERG, Kenneth R., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1960; Ph.D., 1967. 
BERG, Richard E., Assistant Professor of Physics 

B.S., Manchester College, 1960; M.S., Michigan State 
University, 1963; Ph.D., 1966. 
EERMAN, Joel H., Professor of Music 

B.S., Juilliard School of Music, 1951; M.A., Columbia 
University, 1952; D.M.A., University of Michigan, 1957. 
BERNSTEIN, Allen R., Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1962; M.A., Uni- 
versity of California, L.A., 1964; Ph.D., 1965. 
BERNSTEIN, Melvin, Professor of Music and Director of Gen- 
eral Education Program 

A.B., Southvi'estern at Memphis, 1947; B.Mus., 1948; 
M.Mus., University of Michigan, 1949; M.A., University 
of North Carolina, 1954; Ph.D., 1964. 
BERRY, Mary F., Associate Professor of History and Acting 
Director of Afro-American Studies 

B.A., Howard University, 1961; M.A., 1962; Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Michigan, 1966; J.D., 1970. 
BERRY, Thomas E., Assistant Professor of Russian 

B.S., University of S. Illinois, 1952; Diploma, Syracuse 
University Russian Language Institute, 1953; M.A., Uni- 
versity of Illinois, 1955; Ph.D., University of Texas, 1965. 
BEST, Otto F., Associate Professor of German 

Abitur, Hohe Landesschule Hanau, 1948; Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Munich, 1963. 
BEVERIDGE, Charles E., Assistant Professor of History 

A.B., Harvard University, 1956; M.S., University of Wis- 
consin, 1959; Ph.D., 1966. 
BHAGAT, Satindar M.. Associate Professor of Physics 

B.A., Jammu and Kashmir University, 1950; M.Sc, Uni- 
versity of Delhi, 1953; Ph.D., 1956. 
BINGHAM, Alfred J., Professor of French 

B.A., Yale University, 1933; Ph.D., Columbia University, 
1939. 
BIRDSALL, Esther K., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Central Michigan College, 1947; M.A., University 
of Arizona, 1950; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1958. 
BLUM, Beula E., Associate Professor of Music 

B.A., Queens College, 1949; M.A., Columbia University. 
1954; Ed.D., University of Michigan, 1968. 
BLUM, Lois Ann, Instructor in Speech and Dramatic Art 

B.S., University of Texas, 1965; M.A., University of Hous- 
ton, 1967. 
BODE, Carl. Professor of English 

Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1933; M.A., Northwestern 
University, 1938; Ph.D., 1941; Fellow of the Royal So- 
ciety of Literature of the United Kingdom. 
BONDURANT, Dolores, Instructor in French 

A.B., Morgan State College, 1954; M.A., Howard Univer- 
sity, 1956. 
BORROTO, Miguel, Instructor in Spanish 

B.A., Instituto de Moron, 1954; Doctorado en Filosofia y 
Letras, Universidad Central, 1961; M.A., Fordham Uni- 
versity, 1969. 
BOSS, Peggy G., Instructor in Speech and Dramatic Art 

B.A., Mount Mercy College, 1962; M.S., University of 
Wisconsin, 1963. 



Arts and Sciences / 187 



BOYD, Alfred C, Jr.. Associate Professor of Chemistry and 
Assistant Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences 

B.S.. Canislus College, 1951; M.S.. Purdue University, 
1953; Ph.D., 1957. 

BRACE, John W., Professor of f^athematics 

B.A., Swarthmore College, 1949; MA.. Cornell University, 
1951; Ph.D., 1953. 

BRACHET, Marina, Instructor In French 

Diplfime, Instltut d' Etudes Polltiques, University of Ly- 
ons, 1963. 

BRADBURY, Miles L., Assistant Professor of History 
A.B., Harvard University, 1960; A.M., 1961; Ph.D., 1967. 

BRANDT, John C, Professor of Astronomy 

A.B.. Washington University (St. Louis), 1956; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Chicago, 1960. 

BRANN, Noel L., Assistant Professor of History 

A.B., Antioch College, 1960; Ph.D., Stanford University, 
1965. 

BRAUNGART, Richard, Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.A.. University of Maryland, 1981; M.A., 1963; Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania State University, 1969. 

BREGER, Irving A., Visiting Professor of Chemistry 

B.S.. Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1941; M.S., Massa- 
chusetts Institute of Technology, 1947; Ph.D., 1950. 

BRESLOW, Marvin A., Associate Professor of History 

B.A., University of Nebraska, 1957; M.A., Harvard Uni- 
versity. 1958; Ph.D., 1963. 

BRIDGERS, Furman A., Assistant Professor In French and 
Foreign Student Advisor 

B.A., Duke University, 1925; M.A., University of Chicago, 
1928. 

BRILL, Dieter P., Professor of Physics 

B.A., Princeton University, 1954; Ph.D., 1959. 

BRINKLEY, Howard J.. Associate Professor of Zoology 

B.S.. West Virginia University, 1958; M.S., University of 
Illinois, 1960; Ph.D.. 1963. 

BRODSKY. Bernadette P., instructor in French 
Licence 6s-Lettres, University of Paris, 1963. 

BROWN, John H., Associate Professor of Philosophy 

A.B., Princeton University, 1952; M.A., 1957; Ph.D.. 1959. 

BROWN. Joshua R. C, Professor of Zoology 

B.A., Duke University, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., 1953. 

BROWN. Margaret L., Instructor in Mathematics 

B.S., Columbia Teacher's College. 1943; M.A., 1948. 

BROWN, Samuel E., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Indiana University, 1934; M.A., 1946; Ph.D., Yale 
University, 1955. 

BRUNNER. Miriam, Instructor in Dance 
Curtis Institute of Music, 1939. 

BRUNNER. Robert T., Instructor in English 

B.A., Fairmont State College, 1966; M.A., West Virginia 
University, 1968. 

BRUSH. Stephen G., Associate Professor of History 

A.B.. Harvard University, 1955; D.Phil., Oxford Univer- 
sity, 1958. 

BRYER, Jackson R.. Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Amherst College, 1959; M.A.. Columbia University. 
1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965. 

BUENGER, Bonnie J.. Instructor in Speech and Dramatic Art 
B.A., University of Houston, 1965; M.A., 1966. 

BUHLIG. Paul, Jr., Instructor in English 

B.S.. Georgetown University, 1950; M.A., University of 
California (Berkeley). 1954. 

BUNTS. Frank E., Assistant Professor of Art 

B.S.. Western Reserve University, 1964; M.A., Cleveland 
Institute of Art. 1964. 

CALLCOTT, George H.. Professor of History and Vice Chan- 
cellor for Academic Affairs 

B.A.. University of South Carolina, 1950; M.A.. Colum- 
bia University, 1951; Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
1956. 

CAMPAGNONI, Anthony T., Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
A.B.. Northwestern University, 1964; Ph.D., Indiana Uni- 
versity, 1968. 



CAMPBELL, Kenneth J., Associate Professor of Art 

CANETTA, Robert, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dra- 
matic Art 
B.A., Colorado State College, 1957; M.A., University of 
Denver, 1960; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1967. 

CARROLL, Robert M., Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.S.. University of New Mexico, 1965; M.A., Ohio State 
University, 1968; Ph.D., 1969. 

CARTER. Dan T., Associate Professor of History 

B.A., University of South Carolina, 1962; M.A., University 
of Wisconsin, 1964; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 
1967. 

CARTWRIGHT, Nancy D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy 
B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1966; M.A., University of 
Illinois (Chicago Circle), 1969; Ph.D., 1971. 

CASTELLAN, Gilbert, Professor of Chemistry and Associate 
Dean of the Graduate School for Physical Sciences and 
Engineering 

B.Sc, Regis College, 1945; Ph.D., The Catholic Univer- 
sity of America, 1949. 

GATE, Allan G., Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Rutgers University, 1960; M.A., Duke University, 
1962; Ph.D., 1967. 

CAUDILL, Gordon Russell, Instructor in Speech and Dra- 
matic Art 

B.S., Kent State University, 1964; M.A., 1966. 

CAUSEY, George D., Research Professor of Speech and Dra- 
matic Art 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.A., 1951; Ph.D., 
Purdue University, 1954. 

CELARIER, James L., Associate Professor of Philosophy 

A.B.. University of Illinois, 1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania, 1960. 

CHANG, Chung-Yun. Assistant Professor of Physics 

B.S., National Taiwan University, 1954; Ph.D., Columbia 
University, 1965. 

CHANG, Hua, Research Associate, Institute for Molecular 
Physics 
B.S., Cheng Kung University, 1961; Ph.D., Brown Univer- 
sity, 1969. 

CHEN, Shirley, instructor in Chinese 

B.Ed., National Taiwan Normal University, 1964; M.S., 
Georgetown University, 1970. 

CHERNICK, Sada, Instructor in Mathematics 

A.B., University of California (Berkeley), 1948; M.A., 
University of Maryland, 1968. 

CHIN. Tsung. Assistant Professor and Director of Chinese 
Program 

B.A., Taiwan Normal University, 1953; Ph.D.. George- 
town University, 1971. 

CHRISTOV, Gabriella T., Instructor In Italian 

Licenza Liceale. Liceo A., D'Oria, Genoa. 1945; Dottore 
in Lettere. University of Genoa. 1950. 

CHU, Hsin. Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Hupeh Teachers College. 1948; M.S., Tulane Uni- 
versity, 1957; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1959. 

CLAIBORN, William L., Assistant Professor of Psychology 
B.A., University of Rochester, 1964; M.A., Syracuse Uni- 
versity, 1968; Ph.D.. 1968. 

CLAPPER. Virginia M.. Instructor in Classical Languages and 
Literatures 

A.B., George Washington University. 1930; M.A., 1932. 

CLARK, Eugenie, Associate Professor of Zoology 

B.A., Hunter College, 1942; M.A., New York University, 
1946; Ph.D., 1950. 

CLYMER. Douglas H., Lecturer in Anthropology 

B.A.. University of Illinois, 1962: M.A., University of 
California (Santa Barbara). 1969. 

COATES, Charles H., Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.S., United States Military Academy, 1924; M.A.. Louisi- 
ana State University, 1952; Ph.D.. 1955. 

COCKBURN. James S.. Assistant Professor of History 

LL.B.. Leeds University, 1959; LL.M.. 1961; Ph.D., 1970. 

COHEN. Leon W.. Professor of Mathematics 

A.B.. Columbia University, 1923; A.M.. 1925; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Michigan, 1928. 



188 / Arts and Sciences 



COLE, Wayne S., Professor of History 

B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1946; M.S., University 
of Wisconsin, 1948; Ph.D., 1951. 

CONNELL. Terrence L., Assistant Professor of tvlathemalics 
B.S., Colorado State University, 1961; M.S.. 1963; Ph.D.. 
1966. 

CONNER, Patrick W., Instructor in English 

B.A,, University of Maryland, 1968; M.A., 1970. 

CONNORS, Philip I., Assistant Professor of Physics 

B.S., University of Notre Dame. 1959; M.S., Pennsylvania 
State University. 1962; Ph.D.. 1965. 

CONTRERA. Joseph F., Associate Professor of Zoology 

B.A.. New York University. 1960; M.S.. 1961; Ph.D., 1966 

COOK, Clarence H., Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A.. State University of Iowa, 1948; M.S., 1950; Ph.D.. 
University of Colorado, 1962. 

COOK. Thomas M., Associate Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1955; M.S., 1957; Ph.D., 
Rutgers University, 1963. 

COOLEY, Franklin D.. Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1927; M.A., Univer- 
sity of Maryland, 1933; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity, 1940. 

COOPER. Jeffrey M.. Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Haverford College, 1962; M.S., University of Illinois, 
1964; Certificat, University of Strasbourg, 1965; Ph.D., 
University of Illinois. 1967. 

COOPER. Sherod M.. Jr., Associate Professor of English 
B.S., Temple University, 1951; M.A., 1953; Ph,D., Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania, 1963. 

COPLIN. Merritt K., Instructor in English 

B.A., North Texas State University, 1964; M.A., 1968. 

COREA, Elizabeth Marie, Instructor in Speech and Dramatic 
Art 

B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1967; M.A., 1969. 

CORLISS, John O., Professor and Chairman of Zoology 

B.S.. University of Chicago, 1944; B.A., University of 
Vermont, 1947; Ph.D., New York University, 1951. 

CORREL. Ellen. Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Douglass College. Rutgers University, 1951; M.S., 
Purdue University, 1953; Ph.D., 1957. 

COSNOW. Jeffrey E., Lecturer in Anthropology 

B.A.. Northwestern University, 1965; M.A., University of 
East Africa, 1969. 

COULTER. John L., Assistant Professor of English 

B.A.. The American University, 1934; M.A., University of 
North Carolina, 1936. 

CRISSMAN. Louise T., Instructor in Spanish and Portuguese 
B.A.. Middlebury College, 1962; M.A., American Uni- 
versity, 1965, 

CRITES. John O., Professor of Psychology 

A.B., Princeton University, 1950; Ph.D., Columbia Uni- 
versity, 1957. 

CRONIN. Eugene, Research Professor of Zoology 

A.B., Western Maryland College, 1938; M.S., University 
of Maryland, 1943; Ph.D., 1946. 

CURRIE. Douglas G.. Associate Professor of Physics 

B.E.P., Cornell University, 1958; Ph.D., University of 
Rochester, 1962. 

CURRIER, Albert W.. Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.A.. State University of Iowa. 1954; M.A., The Johns 
Hopkins University, 1959; Ph.D., 1968. 

CUSSLER, Margaret T., Associate Professor of Sociology 
B.A., New York State Teachers College (Albany), 1933; 
M.A.. Radcliffe College, 1941; Ph.D., 1943. 

DACHLER. H, Peter. Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.S., Richmond Professional Institute, 1963; M.A., Uni- 
versity of Illinois, 1968; Ph.D., 1969. 

DAGER, Edward Z., Professor of Sociology 

A.B.. Kent State University, 1950; A.M., Ohio State Uni- 
versity. 1951; Ph.D., 1956. 

DANCIS. Jerome, Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn. 1961; M.S., Uni- 
versity of Wisconsin, 1963; Ph.D., 1966. 



DANIEL, Klaus H., Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., University of Cologne, 1954; M.A., University of 
Gottingen, 1957; M.A., University of California (Berke- 
ley). 1959; Ph.D., 1961. 

DANIEL, Vera J , Visiting Professor of French 

B.A. Hons., University of London, 1943, Ph.D., 1949. 

DARDANO, Patricia J., Instructor in English 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1957; M.A., University of 
Rhode Island, 1964. 

DAVIDSON. Neil A., Assistant Professor of Mathematics and 
Secondary Education 

B.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1961; M.S., Univer- 
sity of Wisconsin, 1963; Ph.D., 1969. 

DAVIDSON, Ronald C, Assistant Professor of Physics 

B.S., McMaster University, 1963; Ph.D., Princeton Uni- 
versity, 1966. 

DAVIS, Douglas A., Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., University of Washington, 1962; Ph.D., University 
of Florida, 1966. 

DAVIS, Shelley, Instructor in Music 

B.A., New York University, 1957; M.A., 1960. 

DAY. Thomas B., Professor of Physics and Vice Chancellor 
for Academic Planning and Policy 

B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1952; Ph.D.. Cornell Uni- 
versity, 1957. 

DEBURGHGRAEVE, Yves, Instructor in French 

Licence es-Lettres, University of Aix-M^rseilles, 1968; 
Maitre de Lettres Modernes, 1969. 

de LEIRIS, Alain. Professor of Art 

B.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design, 1948; A,M., Har- 
vard University, 1952; Ph.D., 1957. 

de LEIRIS, Mary, Instructor in Art 

B.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design, 1948. 

DEMAITRE, Ann, Associate Professor of French 

B.A., Columbia University, 1950; M.A., University of Cali- 
fornia (Berkeley), 1951; M.S., Columbia University, 1952; 
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1965. 

DEMAREE, Constance H., Instructor in English 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1944; M.A., 1945, 

DENNY, Don, Associate Professor of Art 

B.A., University of Florida, 1959; M.A., Institute of Fine 
Arts, New York University. 1961; Ph.D., 1965. 

De ROCCO, Andrew G., Associate Professor of Molecular 
Physics 
B,S., Purdue University, 1951; M.S., University of Michi- 
gan, 1953; Ph.D., 1956. 

de SILVA, Alan, Associate Professor of Physics 

B.S., University of California (Los Angeles), 1954; Ph.D., 
University of California (Berkeley), 1961. 

DETRICK, Nancy G., Instructor in English 
B.A., Western Maryland College, 1965. 

de VERMOND, Mary F., Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Howard University, 1942; M.A.. Columbia Uni- 
versity, 1948; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1959. 

DEVOE, Howard J., Associate Professor of Chemistry 

A.B., Oberlin College, 1955; Ph.D., Harvard University, 
1960. 

DIES, Robert R., Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.S., Carroll College, 1962; M.A., Bowling Green State 
University, 1964; Ph.D., University of Connecticut, 1968. 

DILLINGER, James J., Instructor in Art 

B.A., University of Maryland, M.A.. 1966. 

DINGWALL, William Orr, Assistant Professor and Director of 
Linguistics Program 

B.S., Georgetown University, 1957; Ph.D., 1964. 

DIXON. Jack R., Associate Professor of Physics 

B.S., Western Reserve University, 1948; M.S., 1950; 
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1956. 

DIZ. Marta A., Instructor in Spanish 

Licenciatura, Universidad de Buenos Aires, 1966; M.A., 
University of Maryland, 1969. 

DOBERT. Eitel W.. Professor of German 

B.A., University of Geneva, 1932; M.A., University of 
Maryland, 1949; Ph.D., 1954. 



Arts and Sciences / 189 



DOETSCH. Raymond N., Professor of Microbiology 

B.S., University of Illinois. 1942; M.S., Indiana Univer- 
sity, 1943; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1948. 

DORFMAN, J. Robert. Associate Professor of Physics 

A B., The Johns Hopkins University. 1957; Ph.D., 1961. 

DOSS. Mildred A., Research Associate in Zoology 

B.A.. University of New Mexico, 1925; B.S., University 
of Illinois, 1928. 

DOUDNA, Mark E., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dra- 
matic Art 
B.S., Ohio State University, 1948; M.A., 1956; Ph.D. 
1962. 

DOUGLIS. Avron, Professor of Mathematics 

A.B., University of Chicago, 1938; M.S., New York Uni- 
versity, 1949; Ph.D., 1949. 

DRAGT. James Alexander. Associate Professor of Physics 
A.B.. Calvin College, 1957; Ph.D.. University of California 
(Berkeley). 1963. 

DREW, Dennis, Assistant Professor of Physics 

B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1962; Ph.D., Cornell Uni- 
versity, 1967. 

DUBOIS, Jacques H., Instructor in French 

B.A., University of Maryland. 1967; M.A., 1970. 

DULBE, Katrina Lidia, Assistant Professor of Russian 

LL.M., University of Latvia, 1931; M.S., Georgetown Uni- 
versity, 1962; Ph.D., 1970. 

DuMONCEAU, Michael Paul, Instructor in Speech and Dra- 
matic Art 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1966; M.A., 1968. 

DUNN. Norma E., Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Madison College. 1946; M.A., University of Pennsyl- 
vania, 1953; Ph.D., 1968. 

DVORAK, Paul F., Instructor in German 

B.A., LaSalle College, 1968; M.A., University of Maryland, 
1970. 

DWYER. Frank A., Instructor In English 

B.A., Miami University (Ohio), 1966; M.A., 1967. 

EARDLEY. Ortensia G., Instructor in Italian 

A.B.. University of Maryland, 1962; M.A.. 1966. 

EARL. James A., Associate Professor of Physics 

B.S.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1953; Ph.D.. 
1957. 

EDMONDS, Barbara P., Instructor in French 

B.A.. University of Maryland. 1963; M.A., 1966. 

EDMUNDSON. Harold Parkins. Professor of Mathematics and 
Computer Science 

PhD . University of California, Los Angeles, 1953. 

EHRLICH, Gertrude. Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Georgia State College (or Women, 1943; M.A., 
University of North Carolina. 1945; Ph.D.. University of 
Tennessee, 1953. 

EISENBERG. John, Research Associate Professor of Zoology 
B.S.. Washington State, 1957; M.S., University of Cali- 
fornia (Berkeley), 1957; Ph.D.. 1962. 

ELDER, D. Stephen. Assistant Professor of German 

B.A.. Kalamazoo College, 1962; M.A., Ohio State Univer- 
sity. 1964; Ph.D., 1969. 

ELKINS, Earleen F.. Research Associate in Speech and Dra- 
matic Art 

B.A.. University of Maryland, 1954; M.A., 1956; Ph.D., 
1967. 

ELLIOTT, Teresa G.. Instructor in Speech and Dramatic Art 
B.A.. The Catholic University of America, 1950; M.C.A., 
1970. 

ELLIS, Robert A., Professor and Chairman of Sociology 
B.A., Yale University, 1952; M.A., 1953; Ph.D.. 1956. 

ELLIS, Robert L., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

A.B., Miami University, 1960; Ph.D.. Duke University, 
1966. 

ERICKSON. William C, Professor of Physics and Astronomy 
B.A.. University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A.. 1955; PhD 
1956. 



ERNST, Matthieu H., Visiting Associate Professor. Institute 
(or Molecular Physics 

Candidatus, University of Amsterdam, 1957; Doctor- 

andus, 1961, Ph.D.. 1965. 
ESCOBAR, Ismael. Visiting Professor of Physics 

D.Sc . University of Barcelona, 1939. 
ETHERIDGE. George. Instructor in Music 

B.Mus.. University of Michigan. 1967; M.Mus.. 1968. 
EVANS. Dorothy A., Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.S.. University of Illinois. 1963: M.A., Southern Illinois 

University, 1966: Ph.D.. 1968. 
FABER. John E., Professor (Emeritus) and Lecturer in 
Microbiology 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; Ph.D., 

1937. 
FALK. David S., Associate Professor of Physics 
B.S.. Cornell University, 1954; M.S.. Harvard University, 

1955; Ph.D.. 1959. 
FANOS, Stavroula. Assistant Professor of Music 

B.Mus. Ed.. Oberlin Conservatory, 1957; M.Ed., University 

of Maryland. 1963: Ed.D.. 1970. 
FAROUHAR, James D., Lecturer in Art 

B.A., Washington and Lee, 1963; M.A., University of 

Chicago, 1966. 
FAROUHAR. Mary S., Associate Professor of Speech and 
Dramatic Art 

B.S. Ed., Lowell Teachers College, 1942; M.Ed.. Boston 

University, 1950; D.Ed., 1958. 
FARR, Marion Margaret, Research Associate in Zoology 

A.B.. Syracuse University, 1925; M.A., 1929. 
FARRELL. Richard T.. Assistant Professor of History 

A.B., Wabash College, 1954; M.S.. Indiana University, 

1958; Ph.D.. 1967. 
FEDERICO. Ronald C. Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.A.. Yale University. 1962; M.S.W.. University of Michi- 
gan. 1964; Ph.D.. Northwestern University, 1968. 
FERENCE, Mary Lou, Instructor in English 

B.A., Mount Mercy College, 1968. 
FERRELL, Richard A.. Professor of Physics 

B.S.. California Institute of Technology. 1948; M.S., 

1949; Ph.D.. Princeton University. 1952. 
FEUSTLE. Joseph A., Jr.. Instruction in Spanish 

B.A., University of Maryland. 1964; M.A.. 1968. 
FEY, James T., Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Sec- 
ondary Education 

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1962; M.S.. 1963; Ph.D., 

Columbia University, 1968. 
FICKER. Sue G., Lecturer in Anthropology 

B.A.. University of South Carolina. 1963; M.A., Univer- 
sity of North Carolina, 1965. 
FIDELHOLTZ. James L.. Assistant Professor of Anthropology 

B.S.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1963: Ph.D.. 

1968. 
FINK. Beatrice C. Assistant Professor of French 

Certificate. Institut d'Etudes Politiques (Paris), 1952; 

B.A.. Bryn Mawr College. 1953: Certificate. Institut d'Etu- 
des Politiques (Paris). 1954; M.A.. Yale University. 1956; 

Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh, 1966. 
FIVEL. Daniel I.. Associate Professor of Physics 

8. A.. The Johns Hopkins University. 1953; Ph.D., 1959. 
FLACK, James K., Jr.. Assistant Professor of History 

A.B., Albion College, 1959; M.A., Wayne State University, 

1963; Ph.D., 1968. 
FLECK. Jere. Assistant Professor of German 

Ph.D., University of Munich, 1968. 
FLEMER, David Andrew, Research Assistant Professor of 
Zoology 

B.S.. College of William and Mary. 1957; M.S., University 

of Richmond, 1959; Ph.D., Rutgers, The State Univer- 
sity, 1963. 
FLEMING. Leon B.. Assistant Professor of Music 

B.S.. East Carolina University, 1948; M.Mus.. Westmin- 
ster Choir College, 1950. 



190 / Arts and Sciences 



FLEMING, Rudd, Associate Proiessor of English 

B.A., University o( Chicago, 1930; M.A., Cornell Univer- 
sity, 1932; Ph.D., 1934. 

FLYGER, Vagn, Research Associate Professor of Zoology 
B.S., Cornell University, 1948; N/I.S., Pennsylvania State 
University, 1952; D.Sc. The Johns Hopkins University, 
1956. 

FOLSOfvl, Kenneth E., Associate Professor of History 

A.B., Princeton University. 1943; A.B., University of Cali- 
fornia (Berkeley), 1955; M.A., 1957; Ph.D., 1964. 

FORBES, James H., Jr., Instructor in Art. 

B.A.. University of IVlaryland, 1964; M.A., 1966. 

FORBES. Leticia T.. Instructor in Spanish 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1963; M.A., 1966. 

FOUST, Clifford M., Professor and Associate Chairman of 
History 

8. A., Syracuse University, 1949; M.A., University of 
Chicago. 1951; Ph.D.. 1957. 

FOWLER, John M., Visiting Professor of Physics 

B.A., Earlham College, 1949; M.S., University of Okla- 
homa, 1950; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1954. 

FRANCK, Bernard T., Instructor in English 

B.A.. St. Mary's (Baltimore). 1956. M.A., University of 
Richmond, 1969. 

FRANZ, Jacob G.. Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Southwestern Oklahoma State Teachers College, 
1935; M.A., Columbia University, 1939; Ph.D., Ohio State 
University, 1960. 

FREEDMAN, Morris, Professor and Chairman of English 

B.A., City College of New York, 1941; M.A., Columbia 
University, 1950; Ph.D., 1953. 

FREENY, Ralph D., Assistant Professor of Art 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1959. 

FREIVOGEL, David C, Instructor in Dance 
A.B.. Washington University, 1958. 

FRETZ, Bruce R., Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Gettysburg College, 1961; M.A., Ohio State Univer- 
sity, 1963; Ph.D., 1965. 

FRIEDMAN, Herbert, Professor of Physics 

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1936; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins 
University, 1940. 

FRY. Gladys-Marie, Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Howard University, 1952; M.A., 1954; Ph.D., In- 
diana University, 1967. 

GABRIEL, James L., Instructor In English 

A.B.. The Catholic University of America, 1958; M.A., 
George Washington University, 1963. 

GALLAGHER. Charles C, Jr., Assistant Professor of Music 
B.Mus.. University of Michigan, 1950; M.Mus., 1952. 

GARDINER, William, Instructor in English 

B.A., Loyola University (Baltimore), 1964; M.A., Purdue 
University, 1966. 

GARDNER. Marjorie H., Associate Professor of Chemistry 
and Science Education 

B.S., Utah State University, 1946; M.A., Ohio State Uni- 
versity, 1958; Ph.D., 1960. 

GARVEY, Evelyn F., Associate Professor of Music 

B.S., Temple University, 1943; M.M., Eastman School of 
Music, 1946. 

GELMAN, Ellen F., Instructor in Art 

B.A., Brandeis University, 1961; M.F.A., Columbia Uni- 
versity, 1967. 

GEOFFREY, Virginia C, Instructor in Speech and Dramatic 
Art 

B.S., Purdue University, 1966; M.S., 1967. 

GIFFIN, Donald W., Associate Professor of History and Di- 
rector of Admissions 

B.A., University of California (Santa Barbara), 1950; M.A., 
Vanderbilt University, 1956; Ph.D., 1962. 

GILBERT, Claire P., Lecturer in French 

B.A., Rice University, 1960; M.A., University of Dela- 
ware, 1963; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1969. 



GILBERT, James B., Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Carleton College, 1961; M.A., University of Wiscon- 
sin, 1963; Ph.D., 1966. 

GILLESPIE, Dan T., Research Associate in Molecular Phys- 
ics 
B,A., Rice University, 1960; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins 
University, 1968. 

GINTER, Marshall L., Associate Professor of Molecular Phys- 
ics 
B.S., Chico State College, 1957; Ph.D., Vanderbilt Univer- 
sity, 1961. 

GLANCY, Eileen K., Instructor in English 

B.A., Emory University, 1957; M.A., University of Mary- 
land, 1970. 

GLASSER, Robert G., Professor of Physics 

A.B., University of Chicago, 1948; B.S., 1950; M.S., 1952; 
Ph.D., 1954. 

GLAZER, Joseph, Visiting Lecturer in English 
B.A., Brooklyn College, 1938. 

CLICK, Arnold J., Associate Professor of Physics 

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1955; Ph.D., University of Mary- 
land, 1961. 

GLINOS, Andre D., Research Professor of Zoology 

Doctor of Medicine, National University of Athens, 1941. 

GLOECKLER, George, Assistant Professor of Physics 

S.B., University of Chicago, 1960; S.M., 1961; Ph.D., 
1965. 

GLOVER, Rolfe E., Ill, Professor of Physics 

A.B., Bowdoin College. 1948; B.S.. Massachusetts Insti- 
tute of Technology, 1948; Ph.D., University of Gottingen, 
1953. 

GLUCKMAN, Stephen J., Lecturer in Anthropology 
B.A., University of Florida, 1961; M.A., 1967. 

GOLD. Edward S., Lecturer in English 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1969; M.A., The Johns 
Hopkins University, 1970. 

GOLDBERG, David, Assistant Professor of Physics 

B.E.P., Cornell University, 1958; M.S., 1960; Ph.D., The 
Johns Hopkins University, 1967. 

GOLDBERG, Seymour, Professor of Mathematics 

A.B., Hunter College, 1950; M.A., Ohio State University, 
1952; Ph.D., University of California (Los Angeles), 1958. 

GOLDHABER, Jacob K., Professor and Chairman of Mathe- 
matics 

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1944; M.A., Harvard University, 
1945; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1950. 

GOLDSTEIN, Irwin L., Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.B.A., City College of New York, 1959; M.A., University 
of Maryland, 1962; Ph.D., 1964. 

GOLDSTEIN, Larry Joel, Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1965; M.A., 1965; M.A., 
Princeton University, 1967; Ph.D., 1967. 

GOLLUB, Lewis R., Professor of Psychology 

A.B., University of Pennsylvania, 1955; Ph.D., Harvard 
University, 1958. 

GOOD, Richard A., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Ashland College, 1939; M.A., University of Wiscon- 
sin, 1940; Ph.D., 1945. 

GOODE, Melvyn Dennis, Assistant Professor of Zoology 

B.S., University of Kansas, 1963; Ph.D., Iowa State Uni- 
versity, 1967. 

GOODWYN, Frank, Professor of Spanish 

B.A., Texas College of Arts and Industries, 1939; M.A., 
1940; Ph.D., University of Texas, 1946. 

GORDON, Arthur E., Instructor in English 

A.B., Woodstock College, 1949; Ph. L., 1950; M.A., 1950; 
S.T.L., 1957. 

GORDON, Donald C, Professor of History 

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1934; M.A., Columbia 
Teachers College, 1938; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1947. 

GORDON, Glen, Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S.. University of Illinois. 1956; Ph.D., University of 
California (Berkeley), 1960. 



Arts and Sciences / 191 



GORDON. Stewart L., Professor of l^usic 

B.A., Kansas University. 1953: M.A., 1954; DMA.. East- 
man Scfiool of IVlusic. 1965. 
GOULD. Murray. Assistant Professor of Music 

B.Mus. Manhattan School of Music. 1957; M.Mus.. 1958. 
GOWEN. Paul J.. Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S.. Georgetown University. 1960; M.A.. University of 
Virginia. 1963; Ph.D.. 1966. 
GRAMBERG. Eduard. Professor of Spanish 

B.A., University of Amsterdam (Holland). 1946; M.A., 
University of California (Los Angeles). 1949; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of California (Berkeley). 1956. 
GRAVELY. William H., Jr.. Associate Professor of English 
B.A., College of William and Mary. 1925; M.A.. University 
of Virginia. 1934; Ph.D.. 1953. 
GRAY. Alfred. Professor of Mathematics 

B.A.. University of Kansas. 1960; M.A.. 1961; Ph.D.. Uni- 
versity of California (Los Angeles). 1964. 
GREEN. Cynthia B.. Instructor in Art 

B.A.. University of Maryland. 1965; M.A.. 1967. 
GREEN. Paul S.. Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A.. Cornell University. 1959; M.A.. Harvard University, 
1960; Ph.D.. Cornell University. 1964. 
GREENBERG. Leon. Professor of Mathematics 

B.S.. College of the City of New York, 1953; M.A., Yale 
University. 1955; Ph.D.. 1958. 
GREENBERG. Louis M., Associate Professor of History 

A.B.. Brooklyn College, 1954; M.A., Harvard University 
1957; Ph.D.. 1963. 
GREENBERG. Meyer, Assistant Professor and Director of 
Hebrew Program 

B.A.. Yeshiva University. 1934; M.A., Jewish Institute of 
Religion. 1944; Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1956. 
GREENBERG. Oscar Wallace, Professor of Physics 

B.S.. Rutgers University, 1952; M.S., Princeton University 
1954; Ph.D., 1956. 
GREENE. Michael P., Assistant Professor and Assistant Chair- 
man of Physics 
BE. P.. Cornell University. 1960; M.S., University of Cali- 
fornia (San Diego). 1962; Ph.D., 1965. 
GREENWOOD. David C. Assistant Professor of English 

B.A.. Uoiversity of London. 1949; Certificate in Educa- 
tion. University of Nottingham. 1953; Ph.D.. University of 
Dublin. 1968. 
GRENTZER. Rose Marie. Professor of Music 

B.A., Carnegie Institute of Technology. 1935; BA 1936- 
M.A., 1939. 
GRIEM, Hans R., Professor of Physics 

Arbitur, Max Planck Schule, 1949; Ph D Universitat 
Kiel. 1954. 
GRIFFIN. James J.. Associate Professor of Physics 

B.S.. Villanova College. 1952; M.S., Princeton University 
1955; Ph.D.. 1956. 
GRIFFIN. Jane Tilley. Lecturer in Art 

BA . Connecticut College for Women, 1948; M.A.. Insti- 
tute of Fine Arts. New York University. 1958; Ph D Uni- 
versity of Michigan, 1955. 
GRIM. Samuel O.. Professor of Chemistry 

B.S.. Franklin and Marshall College. 1956; Ph.D.. H/lassa- 
chusetls Institute of Technology. 1960. 
GRIMSTED. David A.. Associate Professor of History 

B.A.. Harvard University. 1957; M.A., University of Cali- 
fornia (Berkeley); Ph.D.. 1963. 
GROLLMAN. Sigmund. Professor of Zoology 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1947; MS 1949- PhD 
1952. . . 

GUIEU. Jean-Max. Instructor in French 

Licence 6s-Lettres. University of Aix-Marseilles. 1967; 
Maitre de Lettres Modernes, 1968. 
GULICK. Sidney L.. Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A.. Oberlin College. 1958; M.A., Yale University I960- 
Ph.D., 1963. 
GUTSCHE, Graham, Visiting Lecturer in Physics 

B.S.. University of Colorado. 1950: M.S., University of 
Minnesota, 1952; Ph.D., The Catholic University of Amer- 
ica. 1960. 

192 / Arts and Sciences 



GUYON. Bernard J., Visiting Professor of French 

Agreg6 des Lettres, University of Paris, 1926; Docteur 6s- 
Lettres, 1946; Docteur ■honoris causa, " University of 
Geneva, 1962. 
HABER, Francis C, Professor of History 

B.A.. University of Connecticut, 1948; M.A., the Johns 
Hopkins University, 1952; Ph.D.. 1957. 
HALEY, A. James, Professor of Zoology 

B.S.. University of New Hampshire, 1949; M.S., 1950; 
Sc.D., The Johns Hopkins University. 1955. 
HALEY, Kathleen, Assistant Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Michigan State University, 1949; M.Mus.. 1951; 
D.M.A.. University of Michigan. 1964. 
HALL, Thomas W., Associate Professor of French 

B.A.. Universi;/ of Maryland. 1938; M.A.. Middlebury Col- 
lege. 1950; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1958 
HAMILTON, Donna B., Lecturer in English 

B.A., St. Olaf College, 1963; Ph.D., University of Wiscon- 
sin, 1968. 
HAMILTON. Gary D.. Assistant Professor of English 

B.A.. St. Olaf College. 1962; M.A., University of Wiscon- 
sin. 1965; Ph.D., 1968. 
HANSEN, J. Norman, Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.A., Drake University. 1964; Ph.D.. UCLA, 1968. 
HANSEN, P. Arne. Professor of Microbiology 

B.Ph.. University of Copenhagen, 1922; M.S., 1926; Ph D 
Cornell University, 1931. 
HARD. Aloysia F.. Instructor in Speech and Dramatic Art 
B.A.. University of North Carolina, 1962; M.A.. Teachers 
College. Columbia University. 1964. 
HARLAN. Louis R.. Professor of History 

M.S. A.. Emory University, 1943; M.A.. Vanderbilt Univer- 
sity. 1948; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University. 1955 
HARMAN. Susan E., Professor Emerita of English 

B.A., University of Nebraska, 1917; M.A., 1918; Ph.D., 
The Johns Hopkins University, 1926. 
HARPER, Glenn A., Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.S.. Purdue University. 1958; M.S.. 1961; Ph.D., 1968 
HARRINGTON. J. Patrick, Assistant Professor of Astronomy 
B.S.. University of Chicago, 1961; M.S.. Ohio State Uni- 
versity. 1964; Ph.D.. 1967. 
HARRIS. James F.. Assistant Professor of History 

B.S.. Loyola University. 1962; M.S., University of Wiscon- 
sin, 1964; Ph.D., 1968. 
HARRIS. Marilyn A.. Instructor in Speech and Dramatic Art 

B.S., University of Missouri, 1965; M.A., 1970. 
HAYWARD. Raymond W., Professor of Physics 

B.S., Iowa State College, 1943; Ph.D., University of Cali- 
fornia (Berkeley), 1950. 
HEAD. Emerson W., Associate Professor of Music 

B.Mus., University of Michigan, 1957; M.Mus.. 1961. 
HEATH. Fred E., Instructor in Music and Assistant Director 
of Bands 

B.Mus.. University of Michigan. 1963: M.Mus. 1964. 
HEGGE. Frederick W.. Assistant Professor of Psychology 
B.A.. Hofstra University, 1960; M.Sc, Brown University 
1963; Ph.D.. 1966. 
HEIKKINEN, Henry W.. Lecturer In Chemistry 

B.S.. Yale University, 1956; MA.. Columbia University 
1962. 
HEIM. Norman. Professor of A^usic 

B.Mus. Ed.. Evansville College. 1951; M.Mus.. Eastman 
School of Music. 1952; DMA.. 1962. 
HELM, Eugene E., Associate Professor of Music 

B.Mus.Ed., Southeastern Louisiana College. 1950; 
M.Mus.Ed.. Louisiana State University. 1955: Ph.D.. Nortfi 
Texas State University. 1958. 
HELZ. George. Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

A.B., Princeton University. 1964; Ph.D., Pennsylvania 
State University. 1971. 
HELZER, Garry A., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A.. Portland State College. 1959; M.A.. Northwestern 
University. 1962: Ph.D., 1964. 
HENERY-LOGAN. Kenneth R., Professor of Chemistry 
B.Sc, McGIII University, 1942; Ph.D., 1946. 



HENKEL, Ramon E., Associate Professor of Sociology 

Ph.B., University of North Dal<ota, 1958; MA,, University 

of Wisconsin, 1961; Ph.D., 1967. 
HENKELMAN, James M., Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S.. Miami University (Ohio), 1954; M.Ed., 1955; Ed.D., 

Harvard University, 1965. 
HERING, Christoph A., Professor and Chairman of Germanic 
and Slavic Languages and Literatures 

Ph.D., University of Bonn, 1950. 
HERMAN, Harold J., Associate Professor of English 

A.B., University of Maryland, 1952; Ph.D., University of 

Pennsylvania, 1960. 
HESSE, Everett W., Professor and Chairman of Spanish and 
Portuguese Languages and Literatures 

B.A.. New Yorl< University, 1931; M.A., 1933; Ph.D., 1941. 
HETRICK, Frank M., Professor of Microbiology 

B.S.. Michigan State University, 1954; M.S., University 

of Maryland, 1960; Ph.D., 1962. 
HICKS, Eric C. Assistant Professor of French 

B.A.. Yale University, 1959; Ph.D., 1965. 
HIGHTON, Richard T., Associate Professor of Zoology 

B.A., New Yorl< University, 1950; M.S., University of 

Florida. 1953; Ph.D., 1956. 
HILL, Robert J. Jr., Faculty Research Assistant in Mathe- 
matics 

B.S., USMA, 1939. 
HILT, Kathryn F., Instructor in English 

B.A., Parl< College, 1961; M.A., University of Maryland, 

1964. 
HIRZEL, Robert K., Associate Professor and Vice Chairman 
of Sociology 

B.A., Pennsylvania State College, 1946; M.A., 1950; Ph.D., 

Louisiana State University, 1954. 
HITCHCOCK, Donald, Assistant Professor of Russian 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1952; M.A., Harvard Uni- 
versity, 1954; Ph.D., 1965. 
HODOS. William. Professor of Psychology 

B.S.. Brooklyn College, 1955; M.A., University of Pennsyl- 
vania. 1957; Ph.D., 1960. 
HOFFMAN. Bernard G., Associate Professor of Anthropology 

B.S., Montana State University, 1946; Ph.D., University 

of California (Berkeley), 1955. 
HOFFMAN, Ronald, Assistant Professor of History 

B.A.. George Peabody College, 1964; M.A., University of 

Wisconsin, 1965; Ph.D., 1969. 
HOFSOMMER. Harold C, Professor Emeritus of Sociology 

B.A., Northwestern University, 1921; M.A., 1923; Ph.D., 

Cornell University, 1929. 
HOLMGREN. Harry D., Professor of Physics 

B. of Physics, University of Minnesota, 1949; M.A., 1950; 

Ph.D., 1954. 
HOLMGREN, John E., Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.S.. University of Wisconsin, 1965; Ph.D., Stanford Uni- 
versity, 1969. 
HOLMLUND, Chester E., Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1943; M.S., 1951; 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1954. 
HOLT, Portia A., Research Associate in Zoology 

B.A.. Colorado College. 1960; M.A., 1962; Ph.D., George- 
town University, 1970. 
HOLTON. W. Mil